Digitized by the Internet Arciiive
in 2011 witii funding from
LYRASIS IVIembers and Sloan Foundation
http://www.archive.org/details/ohiouniversitybu1958ohio
Ohio University
A GATEWAY TO OPPORTUNITY
1804 • OHIO'S OLDEST UNIVERSITY *
One Hundred Fifty-Four Years of Distinguished
Educational Service to the State and Nation
1958
See inside of map folder for identification
of pictures in Bulletin
^l-SiL- l"" "==" ^» *" AlRPOilT
INOUSTBIAL ARTS
HEATING PLAMT
LAUNDRY
ENGINEERING BUILDINfi
SCIENCE HALL
CHEMISTRY
CbPELAND HALL
SUPER HALL
MEN'S 8YM(CAP.t300)
LINDLEY ANNEX
LINDLEY HALL
CHUGS LIBRARY
UEMORIAL AUDITORIUM
GALBREATH CHAPEL
ELLIS HALL
WILSON HALL
MCSUFFET HALL
CUTL£R HALL
riNE ARTS HALL
EWINC HALL
CARNEGIE HALL
WOMEf/S GYM
ROYD HALL
S9 PARK PLACE (PRES.RES.)
MUSIC HALL
NATnORIUM (SEAHNG CAP 850)
SCOTT QUADRANGLE (STOWOUENI
AGRICULTURE BUILDING
BRYAN HALL
UNIVERSITY ELEM.SCHQOL
JOHNSON HALL (IIS)
8USH HALL(I4S)
BIDBLC HALL (133)
PEItKINS HALL042)
BEAD HAL^l 142)
WASHINGTON HALL ( 260)
TIFFIN HALL 11 96)
I SHIVELY HALLIieS)
DORMITORY
6AHERTSFELDER HALL(3I01
JEFFERSON HALL(309)
HEALTH CENTER
VOICT HALL
SPEECH BTJILDINO
VETERANS AFFAIRS 29,31 S.COLLEGE ST
OHIO UNIVERSITY CENTER
HOWARD HALL
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
INDOOR PRACTICE BUILDING
LIFE SCIENCE BUILDING
S.W.TM.ON as.
BO TO 0.a3S3A.
EXPRMNTU FARM
<H£BBAflO$VILLE)
53 ANIN
54 EDGE
55 ENSI
: e BUS
97 BALI I
SB STAI
59 STAF
60 GAR
61 351
62 SB
6 3 56 1
64 60E
es SHE'
66 WEL:
6T 4B
68 34
69 PUT
70 IIS.
71 SER
72 EWI
PICTURES IN THE BULLETIN
"An Act, establishing an
University . . . " Frontispiece
Edwin Watts Chubb Library Frontispiece
Opposite page:
Voigt Hall — A Residence Hall for Women 32
Bryan Hall — A Residence Hall for Women 33
East Green Residence Halls for Men 64
Helen Mauck Galbreath Memorial Chapel 65
Commencement on the Green 96
Freshmen Learn About the University's
Traditions (top) 97
A Dean Counsels with a Student (bottom) 97
One of the Home Economics Laboratories (top)_128
A Student Teacher and Children (bottom) 128
A Modern Classroom (top) 129
A Journalism Laboratory (bottom) 129
University Women's Glee Club (top) 160
University Symphony Orchestra (Center) 160
University Men's Glee Club (bottom) 160
Bobcats Meet Foe on Gridiron (top) 161
A Meet in the Natatorium (bottom) 161
The Study of History (top) 192
Research in Chemistry (bottom) 192
Summer Session Students enjoy "Under the
Elms" Concert (top) 193
Students Enjoy the Advantages of Study at an
Ohio University Branch (bottom) 193
A Corner of the Ceramics Laboratory (top) 224
Scene from a Theatre Production (bottom) 224
R.O.T.C. Review (top) 225
A Chemical Engineering Laboratory (bottom) — 225
Jo the #/^ ^^ -
rospectlve student
p.
Ohio University, established by an act of the Legislature of the
State of Ohio in 1804, is but a year younger than the state itself.
Those who planned its founding were members of the original Ohio
Company of Associates who came from New England and understood
well the supreme importance of higher education. Through more
than a century and a half the University has grown into a complex
organization of seven colleges, five schools, a number of Branches,
and other major divisions. Year-round study opportunities are provided,
and programs leading to undergraduate and graduate degrees, includ-
ing the doctorate, are available.
The University is coeducational. It is fully accredited, and is con-
stantly improving its facilities and its instructional services to afford
the best possible educational opportunities. Because it is supported
by the state, the costs of attendance are lower than at most universi-
ties of similar high standards.
Ohio University offers an extensive program of recreational activi-
ties and intramural sports for all students. In inter-collegiate com-
petition its varsity teams consistently rank high in the Mid-American
Conference.
There are on the campus over 150 student organizations in which
participation is encouraged as a valuable aid in developing leadership
and civic responsibility. Students sit as active members on several
committees concerned with the government of the university and the
regulation of campus life.
The university and the Athens community present many cultural
advantages. There are frequent and varied professional and student
concerts, plays in the fine University Theatre, art exhibits, lectures,
and other programs of general or special interest.
Qualified men have the opportunity for military training in Army
and Air Force Tactics, Organization, and Administration. Upon comple-
tion of the university and the Reserve Officers Training Corps re-
quirements they may be offered commissions as second lieutenants
in the U. S. Army Reserve or the U. S. Air Force Reserve.
Ohio University is a friendly university. The faculty and adminis-
tration strive to give students an education and to make life as pleas-
ant for them as possible while they are doing it. With more than 7000
students on its compact, residential campus, Ohio University is large
enough to sustain a true university atmosphere but not so large as to
endanger the personal relationship that should exist between every
student and his University.
The University welcomes the serious consideration of all who are
giving thought to the preparation they need to live a rich and effec-
tive life.
CHAPTER ^^^^"^
in the towu oi i^"'
. ^ . n- *:^n^ for the liberal
WHEREAS infiitutKins lo
education ot joaui^.te ^ ^^^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^
grefs of arts and .- ] .,. ,^.^ ^1^^
rality, virtue and v. = -- -^^^ ^ ^_^^^^ '
peace, order ana proii^ - ■ ; ^. ^_^^^^ t-n-vj-ra-
honor^blti ' ' ' ' ^^v.ibie,
-:sai;d patiouuL^v.' .- - ^
a
.-. 0/ the stvif fj '-'^-'^ iadt..Aic jj^,jj,,a.
hall b- ^.u timvt)iit> i~^^^^-_ , ,. . ,
.1
1 1 1 <*. i »• i.V >- * * - " - , , ,
blH^-"^ III the town • '■
fl,u^ in th^ilrnVr
■ %! bv tbc O'hio 1. y •'• ;;-'■
Umvcriityrturthcn.uu ., -^ .,..Uns and
" vuM" rcli-'on and moralUy, and
calKjn, Mia.., rcno.-.. V.t^rirv
,-. ,,,1, an the dcgvcfs and literary
.^ - dl be and lor.'- .u nn m the laid ^^^.^^,.;,,,.
nmvcuuy, a body politic and corporate, by
A ti
iiiii Ill iiiiiiiMiiiiiiiiiiif
%>{^
\
V
/
\"-
%.!
■r]
Pi
'"\.
\\'
mm
4^4.; «
#^
^/■t..;<-
<" /
Pifc.
ikj >,
-#:•
'^rh
fit
?»*'^.
\hy^d'
^J-
A":
OHIO
UNIVERSITY BULLETIN
For The Biennium
1958 • 1960
ATHENS. OHIO
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(See Index for more detailed listings)
University Calendar 4
University History 12
Curricula and Degrees 12
Accreditation 14
Buildings and Grounds 14
Housing and Food Service 17
Other University Services 19
Scholarships 24
Loan Funds 29
Prizes and Awards 32
Cultural Opportunities 36
Recreational Opportunities 39
Student Activities and Organizations 44
Admissions 52
Fees 58
Expense Estimate 59
Registration 60
Graduation 68
The University College 76
The College of Applied Science 82
The College of Arts and Sciences 98
The College of Commerce 116
The College of Education 128
The College of Fine Arts 144
The Graduate College 160
The Branches 166
The Division of Physical Education and Athletics 166
The Reserve Officers' Training Corps Division 171
The University Extension Division 174
The Summer Session 175
Courses of Instruction 178
General Officers of the University 304
Administrative Officers 305
Administrative Officers in the Colleges 307
Officers of Instruction 310
Index 327
OHIO UNIVERSITY BULLETIN
Vol. LV JANUARY, 1958 Number 1
Published at Athens', Ohio, by Ohio University in January (twice), March, April,
August, and November. Entered at the Post Office at Athens, Ohio, as Second-class
Matter under act of August 24, 1912.
1958-1959
1959-1960
JUNE '58
S M T W T F S
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
JULY '58
1 2 S 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
AUGUST '58
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
SI
SEPTEMBER '58
1 2 S 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 IS
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
OCTOBEK '58
12 8 4
6 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 SO 31
JANUARY '59
S M T W T F S
J^ 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY '59
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
MARCH '59
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
APRIL '59
12 3 4
i 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
28 27 28 29 30
MAY '59
1 2
8 4 5 G 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
JUNE '59
S M T W T F S
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
JULY '59
1 2 3 J_
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
AUGUST '59
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
SEPTEMBER '59
12 3 4 5
6 _7^ 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
OCTOBER '59
12 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
JANUARY '60
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
81
FEBRUARY '60
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29
MARCH '60
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
APRIL '60
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
r7 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
MAY '60
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
NOVEMBER '58
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
DECEMBER '58
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
JUNE '59
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Inclusive
Vacation Dates :
Thanksgiving,
Noon Nov. 26 to
Noon Dec. 1
Christmas,
Dec. 17 to Jan. 5
at noon.
Spring, Noon
Mar. 25 to Noon
April 1.
NOVEMBER '59
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
DECEMBER '59
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24_25 26
27 28 29 30 31
JUNE '60
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Inclusive
Vacation Dates :
Thanksgiving,
Noon Nov. 25 to
Noon Nov. 30
Christmas,
Dec. 17 to Jan. 4
at noon.
Spring, Noon
April 13 to Noon
April 20.
THE UNIVERSITY CALENDAR FOR 1958-1959
THE 1958 SUMMER SESSION
First term June 16 to July 18; second term July 21 to August
22. For complete announcements see the Summer Session Bulletin.
PRECOLLEGE COUNSELING
A one-day testing and counseling program recommended for all new
freshmen. Freshmen come to the campus for one day in July.
FIRST SEMESTER 1958-1959
1958
Sept. 13 Sat. Opening of Freshman Week.
Sept. 17 Wed. Registration for all students at time specified on
registration time card.
Sept. 18 Thur. Classes begin.
Sept. 29 Mon. Last day for registering for the semester.
Last day for graduate student to apply for admis-
sion to candidacy.
Oct. 4 Sat. Last day for adding course by change order.
Last day for degree college student to withdraw
from a course.
Oct. 6 Mon. Last day for filing application for graduation on
January 31.
Oct. 11 Sat. Last day for partial refund of fees to students
who withdraw.
Oct. 16 Thur. English proficiency test in evening.
Oct. 25 Sat. Last day for removing incomplete grades incurred
during last session in residence.
Oct. 30 Thur. University College seven-weeks' grades due in
Registrar's office by 4:00 p.m.
Nov. 4 Tues.
to
Nov. 8 Sat. Counseling period for University College students.
Nov. 8 Sat. Last day for University College student to with-
draw from a course.
Nov. 26 Wed. Thanksgiving recess begins at 12:00 noon.
4
Dec. 1 Mon, Classes resume at 12:00 noon,
Dec. 4 Thur. University College twelve-weeks' grades due in
Registrar's office by 4:00 p.m.
Dec. 5 Fri Advising of degree college students for second
semester; classes dismissed.
Dec. 9 Tues.
to
Dec. 13 Sat. Counseling period for University College students;
second semester schedules are prepared.
Dec. 12 Fri. Last day for all master's degree candidates to
take comprehensive examination on major
course work.
Last day for master's degree candidates to present
thesis in form for final typing to Thesis
Director for approval.
Dec. 16 Tues. Christmas recess begins after last class.
1959
Jan. 5 Mon. Classes resume at 12:00 noon.
Jan. 21 Wed. Last day of classes.
Jan. 22 Thur. Reading and review day.
Last day for master's degree candidates to take
oral examination on thesis.
Jan. 23 Fri. Examinations begin.
Jan. 26 Mon. Theses due in library and abstracts due in
Graduate College office.
Jan. 28 Wed. Candidates' grades due in Registrar's office,
4:00 p.m.
Jan. 29 Thur. Examinations end.
Jan. 31 Sat. Semester closes; commencement; activities for
new second semester students begin.
SECOND SEMESTER 1958-1959
Semester opens; counseling and advising.
Registration.
Classes begin.
Last day for registering for the semester.
Last day for graduate student to apply for
admission to candidacy.
Feb. 21 Sat. Last day for adding course by change order.
Last day for degree college student to withdraw
from a course.
Feb.
2
Mon.
Feb.
3
Tues.
Feb.
4
Wed.
Feb.
16
Mon.
Feb. 23 Mon.
Feb. 28 Sat.
Mar. 12 Thur.
Mar. 14 Sat.
Mar. 17 Tues.
to
Mar. 21 Sat.
Mar. 19 Thur,
Mar. 25 Wed.
Mar. 28 Sat.
Apr. 1 Wed.
Apr. 28 Tues.
Apr. 30 Thur,
May 5 Tues.
to
May 9 Sat.
May 7 Thur.
May 26 Tues.
May 27 Wed.
May 28 Thur.
May 30 Sat.
June 1 Mon.
June 3 Wed.
June 5 Fri.
June 7 Sun.
Last day for filing application for graduation on
June 7.
Last day for partial refund of fees to students
who withdraw.
University College six-weeks' grades due in
Registrar's office by 4:00 p.m.
Last day for removing incomplete grades in-
curred during last session in residence.
Counseling period for University College students.
English proficiency test in evening.
Spring recess begins at 12:00 noon.
Last day for University College student to with-
draw from a course.
Classes resume at 12:00 noon.
Last day for master's degree candidates to present
thesis in form for final typing to Thesis
Director for approval.
University College thirteen-weeks' grades due in
Registrar's office by 4:00 p.m.
Counseling period for University College students.
Last day for all master's degree candidates to
take comprehensive examination on major
course work.
Last day for master's degree candidates to take
oral examination on thesis.
Reading and review day; counseling and advising
for September.
Examinations begin.
Memorial Day holiday.
Theses due in library and abstracts due in
Graduate College office.
Candidates' grades due in Registrar's office,
4:00 p.m.
Examinations end.
Commencement.
6
THE UNIVERSITY CALENDAR FOR ] 959-1 960
THE 1959 SUMMER SESSION
First term June 15 to July 17; second term July 20 to August 21.
For complete announcements see the Summer Session Bulletin.
PRECOLLEGE COUNSELING
A one-day testing and counseling program recommended for all new
freshmen. Freshmen come to the campus for one day in July.
1959
Sept. 12 Sat.
Sept. 16 Wed.
Sept. 17 Thur.
Sept. 28 Mon.
Oct.
3 Sat.
Oct. 5 Mon.
Oct. 10 Sat.
Oct. 15 Thur.
Oct. 24 Sat.
Oct. 29 Thur.
Nov. 3 Tues.
to
Nov. 7 Sat.
Nov. 7 Sat.
Nov. 25 Wed.
Nov. 30 Mon.
FIRST SEMESTER 1959-1960
Opening of Freshman Week.
Registration for all students at time specified on
registration time card.
Classes begin.
Last day for registering for the semester.
Last day for graduate student to apply for admis-
sion to candidacy.
Last day for adding course by change order.
Last day for degree college student to withdraw
from a course.
Last day for filing application for graduation on
January 30.
Last day for partial refund to fees to students
who withdraw.
English proficiency test in evening.
Last day for removing incomplete grades incurred
during last session in residence.
University College seven-weeks' grades due in
Registrar's office by 4:00 p.m.
Counseling period for University College students.
Last day for University College student to with-
draw from a course.
Thanksgiving recess begins at 12:00 noon.
Classes resume at 12:00 noon.
7
Dec. 3 Thur. University College twelve-weeks' grades due in
Registrar's office by 4:00 p.m.
Dec. 4 Fri. Advising of degree college students for second
semester; classes dismissed.
Dec. 8 Tues.
to
Dec. 12 Sat. Counseling period for University College students;
second semester schedules are prepared.
Dec. 11 Fri. Last day for all master's degree candidates to
take comprehensive examination on major
course work.
Dec. 14 Mon. Last day for master's degree candidates to present
thesis in form for final typing to Thesis
Director for approval,
Dec. 16 Wed. Christmas recess begins after last class.
1960
Jan. 4 Mon. Classes resume at 12:00 noon.
Jan. 20 Wed. Last day of classes.
Jan. 21 Thur. Reading and review day.
Last day for master's degree candidates to take
oral examination on thesis.
Jan. 22 Fri. Examinations begin.
Jan. 25 Mon. Theses due in library and abstracts due in
Graduate College office.
Jan. 27 Wed. Candidates' grades due in Registrar's office,
4:00 p.m.
Jan. 28 Thur. Examinations end.
Jan. 30 Sat. Semester closes; commencement; activities for
new second semester students begin.
SECOND SEMESTER 1959-1960
Semester opens; counseling and advising.
Registration.
Classes begin.
Last day for registering for the semester.
Last day for graduate student to apply for
admission to candidacy.
Feb. 20 Sat. Last day for adding course by change order .
Last day for degree college student to withdraw
from a course.
8
Feb.
1
Mon.
Feb.
2
Tues.
Feb.
3
Wed.
Feb.
15
Mon.
Feb. 22 Mon.
Feb. 27 Sat.
Mar. 12 Sat.
Mar. 17 Thur.
Mar. 17 Thur.
Mar. 22 Tues.
to
Mar. 26 Sat.
Mar. 26 Sat.
Apr. 13 Wed.
Apr. 20 Wed.
Apr. 27 Wed.
Apr. 28 Thur.
May 3 Tues.
to
May 7 Sat.
May 5 Thur.
May 24 Tues.
May 25 Wed.
May 26 Thur.
May 30 Mon.
May 31 Tues.
June 1 Wed.
June 3 Fri.
June 5 Sun.
Last day for filing application for graduation on
June 5.
Last day for partial refund of fees to students
who withdraw.
Last day for removing incomplete grades in-
curred during last session in residence.
English proficiency test in evening.
University College seven-weeks' grades due in
Registrar's office by 4:00 p.m.
Counseling period for University College students.
Last day for University College student to with-
draw from a course.
Spring recess begins at 12:00 noon.
Classes resume at 12:00 noon.
Last day for master's degree candidates to
present thesis in form for final typing to
Thesis Director for approval.
University College thirteen-week's grades due in
Registrar's office by 4:00 p.m.
Counseling period for University College students.
Last day for all master's degree candidates to
take comprehensive examination on major
course work.
Last day for master's degree candidates to take
oral examination on thesis.
Reading and review day; counseling and advising
for September.
Examinations begin.
Memorial Day holiday.
Theses due in library and abstracts due in
Graduate College office.
Candidates' grades due in Registrar's office,
4:00 p.m.
Examinations end.
Commencement.
9
GENERAL INFORMATION
Historical Background
Organization of the University;
Curricula and Degrees
Buildings and Grounds
Housing and Food Service
Other University Services
Student Health Service
Counseling
Clinics
Veterans
Students fronn Other Countries
Bureau of Appointnnents
Student Financial Aids
Scholarships
Loan Funds
Student Ennployment
Prizes and Awards
Cultural and Recreational Opportunities
Student Activities and Organizations
Student Government
Publications
Dramatics
Music
Religious
Scholastic and Social
OHIO UNIVERSITY
HISTORICAL BACKGROUND
Ohio University has a rich heritage. Considered its co-founders are
Dr. Manasseh Cutler of Ipswich, Massachusetts, and General Rufus
Putnam of Rutland, Massachusetts. It was Cutler who in 1787 signed
the Ohio Company's contract with Congress for the purchase of land
in the Northwest Territory. The contract set aside two townships of
land in the center of the purchase tract as the gift of the United States
Government for the founding of a University. It was adding reality
to Cutler's words which had been incorporated in the Ordinance of
1787 for the government of the Northwest Territory: "Religion,
morality, and knowledge being necessary to good government and the
happiness of mankind, schools, and the means of education shall for-
ever be encouraged." It was Putnam who in 1799, after delay caused by
the Indian Wars, laid out the town of Athens and the College Green.
On March 1, 1803, Ohio, the first of five states to be formed from the
Northwest Territory, entered the Union, and on February 18, 1804 its
Legislature provided for the establishment of "an University . . .
in the town of Athens ... by the name and style of the Ohio University."
Thus Ohio University became the first institution of higher learning in
the Northwest Territory and the vast region beyond. It has grown with
the Nation and the State into a diversified and effective institution of
higher education.
ORGANIZATION OF THE UNIVERSITY
CURRICULA AND DEGREES
The University College
Basic preparation for admission to each of the degree-granting
colleges
Two-year terminal programs leading to the Associate in Arts
diploma
The College of Applied Science
Engineering Curricula leading to the degrees Bachelor of Science
in Architectural Engineering, Bachelor of Science in Chemical
Engineering, Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering, Bachelor
of Science in Electrical Engineering, and Bachelor of Science in
Mechanical Engineering
Curriculum leading to the degree Bachelor of Science in Industrial
Technology
The School of Home Economics
Curricula leading to the degree Bachelor of Science in Home
Economics
The Department of Industrial Arts
The College of Arts and Sciences
Curricula leading to the degrees Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of
Science
Preprofessional curricula
12
Organization of the University 13
The College of Commerce
Curricula leading to the degrees Bachelor of Science (major in
Agriculture), Bachelor of Science in Commerce, and Bachelor of
Science in Secretarial Studies
The School of Journalism
Curricula leading to the degree Bachelor of Science in Journalism
The College of Education
Teacher-training curricula leading to the degree Bachelor of Science
in Education
The College of Fine Arts
Curricula in three schools leading to the degree Bachelor of Fine
Arts
The School of Dramatic Art and Speech
The School of Music
The School of Painting and Allied Arts
The Graduate College
Programs leading to the degrees Master of Arts, Master of Business
Administration, Master of Education, Master of Fine Arts,
Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy
The Branches
Chillicothe
Ironton
Lancaster
Martins Ferry
Portsmouth
Zanesville
The Division of Physical Education and Athletics
The Reserve Officers' Training Corps
Air Science
Military Science and Tactics
The University Extension Division
Extension Classes
Correspondence Courses
CLASSIFICATION AND LOCATION
Ohio University is a coeducational, state-supported university. The
city of Athens, home of the University, is located in scenic South-
eastern Ohio and has a population of 10,000.
Free from the distractions of a metropolitan center, Athens offers
many advantages to the person who desires to pursue university work
in an atmosphere of culture and relative quiet.
14 Ohio University
Athens is conveniently accessible by automobile on U. S. Routes
33 and 50 and State Route 56. The city is on the main New York-St.
Louis route of the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad. Bus service from the
north is provided by the Lake Shore System and the Zane Transit Lines,
from the south by Lake Shore, and from the east and west by Grey-
hound Lines.
THE SESSIONS
The sessions of the University consist, annually, of two eighteen-
week semesters and a summer session of two five-week terms. Sequences
of courses are planned to permit students to begin degree programs in
any of these sessions. The plan provides year-round study opportunities
for students at both the undergraduate and graduate levels.
ACCREDITATION
Ohio University is accredited by the North Central Association of
Colleges and Secondary Schools, and by the recognized professional
accrediting associations identified with its major academic divisions.
It holds membership in the leading state and national educational and
professional associations in its major areas of interest. Specific references
to accreditation are contained in the respective college sections of the
catalog. A selected list of memberships and approvals appears on the
inside back cover.
BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS
Ohio University's physical plant consists of 53 principal build-
ings, 47 auxiliary buildings, and 332 acres of land. There is in ad-
dition the Ohio University Airport of 100 acres and the University
Farm of 391 acres.
ON THE GREEN
The "College Green" was laid out from time to time between
1799 and 1804 in compliance with the terms of a Resolution of the
General Assembly of the Territory of Ohio passed in 1799. Its pres-
ent boundaries were fixed in 1844.
The Green now comprises a small part of the land holdings of
the University, and a majority of the university buildings are to be
found off The Green, although near it.
On The Green are located 12 buildings and two memorial gate-
ways.
Manasseh Cutler Hall (18*), the oldest building in the North-
west Territory erected for the purposes of higher education, was known
in its early days as "The College Edifice" and later as the Center Build-
ing. It was given its present name for one of the founders of the Uni-
versity. Its construction was begun in 1816 and completed in 1818.
Cutler Hall and the nearby "Wings," of similar style, comprise an in-
teresting unit of early American architecture.
•See map and key in front of catalog.
Buildings and Grounds 15
Wilson Hall (16) was erected in 1837 and for more than a century
was known as East Wing.
McGuFFEY Hall (17), originally known as West Wing, was erected
in 1839. This building was named for William Holmes McGuffey, author
of the famous "Readers" and a onetime president of Ohio University.
It is identical with Wilson Hall in the unit of three old buildings, which
today house administrative offices.
Other buildings on The Green are — the Edwin Watts Chubb
Library (12), the Alumni Memorial Auditorium (13), the Galbreath
MEM0RLA.L Chapel (14), Ewing Hall (Social Sciences) (20), Hall of
Fine Arts (Architecture, Photography) (19), Ellis Hall (Art, Eng-
lish, Languages) (15), Carnegie Hall (Mathematics, R.O.T.C.) (21),
the Women's Gymnasium (22), and Boyd Hall (residence for women)
(23).
Most of the other university buildings are located on streets adjacent
to or leading from The Green.
OFF THE GREEN
ON EAST UNION STREET, north boundary of The Green, are the
University Center (46), the University Guest House (67), the
Home Economics Management House (68), the University Elemen-
tary School (30), and the Education Building (51).
The Student Health Center (42) is located off East Union
Street.
ON UNIVERSITY TERRACE, immediately east of The Green, is Bryan
Hall (residence for women) (29) and the Agriculture and House-
hold Arts Building (28).
Also on University Terrace, southeast of The Green, is Scott
Quadrangle (27) and the Natatorium (26). Scott Quadrangle, a resi-
dence for women, is composed of eight units — Atkinson, Bentley,
Copeland, Dana, Dunkle, Evans, Gordy, and Hoover halls.
ON PARK PLACE, south boundary of The Green, is Music Hall (25)
and the President's Home (24).
ON COLLEGE STREET, a street running north and south from The
Green, will be found the Speech Building (44), Voigt Hall (43), and
Howard Hall (47). The latter two halls are residences for women.
ON SOUTH COURT STREET, west boundary of The Green are Lindley
Hall (residence for women) (11) and Copeland Hall (Commerce,
Journalism) (7).
ON PRESIDENT STREET, west of The Green, are to be found the Men's
Gymnasium (9), Super Hall (Physics) (8), the Chemistry Building
(6), Science Hall (Zoology) (5), and the Engineering Building (4).
Located on top of the Engineering Building is the nine-inch refract-
or telescope of the Department of Astronomy.
16 Ohio University
ON RICHLAND AVENUE, across the South Bridge, are the Life Sci-
ence Building (50), the Engineering Laboratory (55), and the
Animal Building (53).
The Industrial Arts Building (1) and the Heating Plant (2)
are located on West Union Street.
EAST GREEN
ON THE EAST GREEN, an area immediately east of the main campus,
is an 11-unit housing area for men. The entire project, when the final
dormitory (39) is completed, will house 2,200 men students, will have
cost approximately seven and one-half million dollars, and will be one
of the finest dormitory systems in the Midwest,
Occupied are the following: Johnson Hall (31), Bush Hall (32),
Biddle Hall (33), Perkins Hall (34), Read Hall (35), Washington
Hall (36), Tiffin Hall (37), Shively Hall (38), Gamertsfelder
Hall (40), and Jefferson Hall (41).
ATHLETIC FIELDS
The Athletic Fields, comprising 200 acres, are located across the
Hocking River on the east side of Richland Avenue. There is an excellent
baseball field (57); Indoor practice building and Ice Rink (49), the
first unit of a new Physical Education Plant (48); Ohio Stadium (58),
seating 14,000 persons, with a football gridiron and running track;
intramural fields; tennis courts and practice fields. Additional recrea-
tional areas total 206 acres.
UNIVERSITY GOLF COURSE
The nine-hole University Golf Course is located on the east side of
the Hocking River across from Ohio Stadium and the other athletic
fields. The two areas are connected by an iron footbridge.
UNIVERSITY AIRPORT
The Ohio University Airport of 100 acres is located approximately
two miles from the campus on U.S. Route 50, east of Athens. The field
has a runway 4,000 feet in length, four hangars, and an administration
building. The hangars provide space for plane storage, a repair station,
a Link Trainer room, and a pilots' ready room. The field is equippe ^
with runway lights for night flying.
UNIVERSITY FARM
The University Farm of 391 acres is located nine miles southwest
of Athens. Laboratory work and demonstrations are carried on with
crops (primarily grain and feed) and with livestock (dairy and beef
cattle, hogs, and poultry). On the farm are two homes, four barns,
poultry houses, and numerous small buildings.
HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE
LIVING ACCOMMODATIONS. Ohio University provides attractive
residence halls for the health and well-being of its students. All of the
men's and women's facilities are adjacent to the campus, easily and
conveniently accessible to other University buildings and to the business
section of the city of Athens. Each residence hall has its own dining
hall, with the exception of Voigt Hall and the dormitories on the East
Green which are served by central dining halls. Management of the
dining halls is under competent dietitians, who serve as members of
the staff of the Director of Residence Services. Each residence hall is
under the supervision of a resident manager or resident head. In
addition, a number of graduate assistants and upperclass student
counselors are assigned to the halls to aid in the over-all counseling
program.
APPLICATIONS. Applications for rooms in either the women's or
men's residence halls should be made to the Director of Housing, Ohio
University, Athens, Ohio. HOUSING CONTRACTS ARE MADE FOR
THE FULL ACADEMIC YEAR. An application is considered only
if accompanied by a $5.00 retaining fee made payable to Ohio Uni-
versity. (Applicants for mid-year entrance or the summer session
remit $2.50). The retaining fee is not refundable. All Freshmen,
Except Those Twenty-one Years of Age and Over, Must Live in
University Housing During Their First Year. Exceptions are made
for commuters and residents of Athens.
BOARD. The cost of board in University dining halls is $216.00 a
semester for 21 meals a week. Meals are served throughout the academic
year except during the Thanksgiving, Christmas, and Spring recesses.
Board rates are subject to revision, upward or downward, in accord-
ance with prevailing economic conditions. Residents in all University
housing accommodations are required to eat in University dining halls.
ROOMS. In the residence halls for men or women, two or more
students are assigned to each room. Semester room rates in the perm-
anent dormitories for each student range from $117.00 to $144.00. All
room rates include telephone, mail, and linen services. Rooms are
furnished with dresser, study desks, chairs, beds, and bed linen which
is laundered by the University. Items such as blankets, bed spread,
dresser scarf, towels, toilet articles, and such accessories as draperies
and desk lamp, must be provided by the student.
The University reserves the right to use rooms in any of the resi-
dence halls during the Christmas recess.
RESIDENCE HALLS. There are eight residence halls and three Uni-
versity-owned cottages for women. The residence units are Boyd, Bryan,
Howard, Jefferson, Lindley, and Voigt halls, Scott Quadrangle, and
Ohio University Center Dormitory.
The present facilities for men include nine residence halls. They
are Biddle, Bush, Gamertsfelder, Johnson, Perkins, Read, Shively, Tiffin,
17
18 Ohio University
and Washington halls. Married students are permitted to live in Uni-
versity residence halls provided their husband or wife is not on campus
or in the vicinity of Athens.
PAYMENTS. Following the assignment of a student to a place in a
residence hall, an advance payment is required. The amount of the
advance deposit, together with a deadline for its receipt, will be indi-
cated in the assignment letter. The advance deposit is applied to the
student's room account. An initial board payment will be due the first
week of each term. A schedule of payment and dates, determined by
the Office of the Treasurer, will be forwarded with the assignment letter.
CANCELLATIONS AND REFUNDS. Full refund of the advance room
payment will be made to a student requesting cancellation by September
1 for the fall semester and by January 15 for the spring semester.
After those dates, refunds will be made on the basis of 80% of the
advance room payment if application for refund is made before the
second week of the semester and 50% if it is made before the end of
the fourth week. A week is interpreted to mean a calendar week ending
on Saturday. A student withdrawing during the semester will be re-
funded the unused portion of the board payment. Further information
about housing may be obtained from the Director of Housing, Ohio
University, Athens, Ohio.
ROOMS IN PRIVATE HOMES
Rooms in private homes are listed in the Office of the Director of
Housing. Rooms are not listed until they have been inspected and
approved by a member of the staff of the Director of Housing or of
the Dean of Women. All undergraduate students, except those 25 years
of age or over, are required to reside in approved housing. This rule
applies to married students whose husbands or wives do not accompany
them to Athens on the same basis as to single students.
FRATERNITIES AND SORORITIES
Eighteen of the twenty social fraternities and eleven social soi'ori-
ties maintain houses near the campus in which residence and dining
facilities are available to members.
HOUSING FOR MARRIED STUDENTS
NOTE: The apartment and trailer park facilities are provided only for
married students and their families.
APARTMENTS. The University has 112 apartment units located on
East State Street, approximately two miles from The Green. Each of
these apartments consists of a living room, bedroom, kitchen, and bath-
room. Each has an abundance of closet space, and is equipped with a
gas cooking range and a gas heating unit. Tenants must arrange to
supply the additional needed articles. The rent is $39.00 a month,
payable in advance. The rental charge includes all utilities.
Housing and Food Service 19
In addition, there are seventeen furnished (except refrigerator)
two-room prefabricated units which accommodate a like number of
families. The rent for each unit is $30.00 a month, payable in advance.
The rental charge includes gas and water. Each family unit is compact,
efficient, and quite livable.
Veterans are given preference in the assignment of these facilities.
TRAILER PARK. The University Trailer Park, which will accommo-
date 36 privately-owned trailers, is located on East State Street, ad-
jacent to the University Airport. Space rental for a trailer is $10.00
a month, which includes water and sewerage. Excellent toilet, bathing,
and laundry facilities are provided for all trailer occupants. The
rental charge does not cover electricity.
TRANSPORTATION. Convenient bus service is maintained by the
University, on an hourly schedule when classes are in session, at no
cost to the occupants of the East State Street area.
Further information about quarters for married students may be
obtained from the Director of Housing, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio.
OTHER UNIVERSITY SERVICES
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The Student Health Service facilities are to be found in the Health
Center Building, which can be reached from East Union Street.
The Health Center includes a complete clinic with X-ray and minor
surgery, an infirmary of forty beds with an isolation wing, a physio-
therapy department and nurses' quarters. There is an auditorium where,
by means of health films and lectures, an accent is placed upon preven-
tive medicine and health education.
The Health Service maintains a continuous record of each student's
health, beginning with the family physician's report which is required
on admission. A tuberculin skin test is given each new student on ad-
mission. All positive skin reactors are given a chest X-ray each year.
All negative reactors are urged to be re-tested each year. This pro\ides
a means of early detection and protection for the college community.
The Director of the Health Service in this, as in all other respects,
has authority to take steps to prevent the spread of communicable
diseases and to maintain standards of sanitation on the campus.
The Health Service staff comprises four full-time doctors and nine
registered nurses.
Students are entitled to the following:
1. Clinic. This ambulant or outpatient service is open from 8 a.m.
to 5 p.m., except Saturdays when the hours are 10 a.m. to 12 noon. The
Clinic is closed on Sundays and holidays.
20 Ohio University
2. Infirmary. This is the bed, or inpatient, service. Each student
is entitled to infirmary care, subject to the judgment of the doctors. The
daily visiting hour is from 2:30 to 3:30 p.m., and the number of visitors
at any one time is limited to two per patient. During epidemics the
visiting hour may be suspended.
3. Emergency Service. When the Clinic closes at 5 p.m. the main
door is locked. Throughout the evening and night a nurse remains on
duty, and a doctor is on call to care for emergencies. Admission can be
gained by ambulance or car at the east entrance to the Health Center,
or on foot at the west entrance where there is an illuminated night bell.
This service is for emergencies only, and is not intended to be an ex-
tension of the daytime Clinic.
The university physicians do not make outside calls except in ex-
treme emergency, and then only when called by a housemother, student
dean, or other responsible person. The accessibility of the Health Center
to all parts of the campus is one of its conspicious features.
4. Consultations. Specialists in eye, ear, nose, throat, major sur-
gery, and psychiatry are available in Athens, and consultations, obtained
at the discretion of the Director, are at the expense of the Health Ser-
vice. The student is responsible for any expense beyond first consul-
tation. The Health Service does not assume any of the cost of glasses or
dental care; students are expected to have these matters attended to at
home. Likewise, major surgery is not provided for or paid for by the
Health Service. The Health Center is not equipped to care for such cases,
and they are therefore transferred to their homes or to the local (Athens)
hospital. Students' families should carry hospital and medical insurance.
5. Diagnosis and Medicines. The Health Center is equipped with
full diagnostic service, such as clinical laboratory, metabolism tester,
and X-ray. No charge is made for any of these tests. Medicines are
also dispensed without extra charge, except in certain chronic cases.
Needless to say, the doctor must be the judge as to what tests and what
medications are required in any given case.
ABSENCE CERTIFICATES, A student who has been treated in the clinic
or infirmary will be given a signed statement to be presented to his
individual professors. The Health Service has no responsibility to the
student who absents himself from class on his own initiative. A student,
therefore, who feels unwell is wise to report to the Health Center at
the earliest opportunity.
VACCINATION. New students, whether freshmen or transfers, must
present evidence of vaccination against smallpox within the past five
years, before being admitted to Ohio University. A blank certificate
giving detailed instruction is sent to each applicant for admission and
must be returned to the Director of Admissions properly completed and
signed. Tetanus toxoid is given to all entering students unless they have
been previously immunized-
Other University Services 21
COUNSELING
EDUCATIONAL COUNSELING. Each student is assigned to a faculty
counselor who is primarily concerned with the educational guidance
of the student throughout his freshman year. The counselor assists with
the selection of courses and follows the progress of each student in his
studies. Because the faculty counselor is selected from the student's
major field of interest, many students choose to continue with the same
adviser for four yeai-s. In the degree college the student is assigned to
or selects his adviser on the basis of his field of specialization or con-
centration. Students are encouraged to consult freely with faculty ad-
GENERAL COUNSELING. General counseling is a special concern of
the Dean of Men and the Dean of Women and their associates in their
offices in McGuffey Hall. Through student activities and organizations
and the housing program these persons are in close touch with student
life. Problems as a normal part of educational development are often
personal in nature; e.g., meeting financial needs, getting along with
people, making vocational choices. The offices of the Dean of Men and
Dean of Women provide students with resources for helping themselves
when confronted with perplexities beyond their own immediate resources.
The Dean of Men and the Dean of Women work in close relationship
with all other services in the University which are concerned with the
welfare of students.
TESTING AND VOCATIONAL COUNSELING. Tests for all new students
are administered, scored and reported to the administrative officers and
faculty counselors. Students, counselors, and advisers may secure the
results of such tests by inquiring at the University Testing and Voca-
tional Counseling Service.
Complete vocational counseling is available to interested students.
Educational and vocational plans are developed on the basis of a survey
of the abilities, interests, aptitudes and achievements, and also on the
basis of the requirements for the occupations and their training pro-
grams. A fee of $5 is charged to cover the costs of tests and test scoring.
Application for this service may be made by contacting the staff of the
Testing and Counseling Service.
SPEECH AND HEARING CLINIC
The School of Dramatic Art and Speech offers clinical services with-
out charge to students with special problems in speech or hearing. Stu-
dents wishing counseling or training should inquire at the office of the
Speech and Hearing Clinic, Room 204, Speech Building.
VETERANS
Veterans who enter Ohio University should report to the Office
of the Coordinator of Veterans Affairs, 29 South College Street. Stu-
dents who expect to be enrolled under Public Law 634 (orphans of
22 Ohio University
deceased veterans) should also report to the Veterans Office as soon
as possible after their arrival on campus. It is the desire of that office
to be of all possible service to veterans and students enrolled in the
University.
STUDENTS FROM FOREIGN COUNTRIES
Ohio University welcomes students from other countries who show
promise of profiting from educational opportunities in this country, and
it has prepared special information for the benefit of prospective stu-
dents from outside the continental limits of the United States. This in-
formation may be obtained by writing to the Director of Admissions,
Ohio University, Athens, Ohio.
There is, furthermore, an Adviser to Foreign Students, whose in-
terest in the problems of the foreign student is not limited to official
matters. All such students are invited to consult him at the beginning of
their period of residence and to call upon him at any time during their
stay at the University. His office is located at 29 South College Street.
BUREAU OF APPOINTMENTS
The Bureau of Appointments, located in Cutler Hall, affords stu-
dents, former students, and graduates of the University assistance in
securing positions in such fields as teaching, business, and industry.
There is no registration fee or charge for service while an applicant
is enrolled as a student in the University or during his first year out
of school. After the one-year period, a charge of $.2 a year is made
for each year in which assistance is requested.
The Director of the Bureau of Appointments and the office personnel
are available to counsel students relative to their vocational plans.
The Bureau maintains and promotes all possible connections with
prospective employers for the benefit of persons seeking initial place-
ment and for those looking toward advancement to better positions.
PUBLIC RELATIONS OFFICE
The University's Public Eelations Office, located in Cutler Hall,
provides interesting and reliable information to prospective students
and public school officers through personal interviews, literature, and
correspondence; and arranges for the availability of university talent
and services to high schools, civic groups and other organizations in
order that good will toward the University may be furthered.
NEWS BUREAU
Supervised by the Director of Press Relations, the Ohio University
News Bureau prepares stories, features, and pictures concerning all
branches of the University, including intercollegiate athletics, and the
activities and accomplishments of students and student groups, for
publication in newspapers and magazines and for radio broadcasts. As-
Other University Services 23
sistance is given in writing material for various university publications
and bulletins. Liaison is mantaned with other university and college
publicity departments. Visiting members of the press and radio are in
vited to make the News Bureau, located in Cutler Hall, their head-
quarters when visiting Ohio University, and every aid is given in secur-
ing data requested personally or by letter.
ALUMNI OFFICE
The Alumni Office, a central records office and service agency, lo-
cated in Cutler Hall, is maintained jointly by Ohio University and the
Ohio University Alumni Association. The work of the office is super-
vised by the Alumni Secretary, who is the executive secretary of the
alumni association.
The maintenance of biographical and address records of graduates
and former students is a primary function of the office. The Ohio
Alumnus, published monthly from October to June, is the official mag'a-
zine of the alumni association and is mailed to all members paying the
annual membership fee.
The Ohio University Alumni Association was organized June 22,
1859, to serve the mutual interests of the alumni and the University.
Any person who has attended the University for at least one year is
eligible for membership in it. The Association is governed by a Board
of Directors representing the various geographic areas in the United
States, the Alumni Clubs, the Alumni Council, the Class Secretaries
Council, the Varsity Board Council, the University, and the Ohio Uni-
versity Fund, Inc. The local groups, knovm as clubs, have been organized
in cities, counties, and other geographical areas throughout the United
States, where the number of graduates and former students is large
enough to warrant or support a club.
OHIO UNIVERSITY FUND, INCORPORATED
The Ohio University Fund, Incorporated, a non-profit organization,
was incorporated October 11, 1945, under the laws of the State of Ohio
for the support of the educational undertakings of Ohio University.
The corporation receives and holds in trust any property, real and
personal, that is given, devised, bequeathed, given in trust or in any
other way made over to the Corporation for the use or benefit of Ohio
University, or of any student or professor, or any dependent thereof,
for the purpose of carrying on at the university any line of work,
teaching or investigation, which the donor, grantor, or testator may
designate. The corporation invests and disburses all monies received,
and manages, administers, and controls all property received according
to the specifications established by the donors. General gifts are used
for projects that cannot be financed by state appropriations, such as
student aid, research, scholarships and awards, travel, library needs,
intellectual and cultural life, special equipment, general needs, and the
president's fund, and other uses as determined by the Board of Trustees.
The Fund is governed by a board of trustees of five members,
chosen to give balanced representation from the Board of Trustees
24 Ohio University
of Ohio University, from the Administration of the University, and
from the Ohio University Alumni Association.
Contributions should be made payable to the Ohio University Fund,
Inc., and sent to the Director, Ohio University Fund, Inc., Cutler Hall,
Ohio University, Athens, Ohio. The Director will be happy to answer
inquiries relating to the purposes and management of the Fund.
STUDENT FINANCIAL AIDS
Ohio University attempts to assist students in furthering their edu-
cation on the college level by providing three types of financial aid:
scholarships, loans, and employment.
Unless otherwise indicated, persons desiring information concern-
ing any of these types of aid or who submit applications for them should
direct their communications to the Director of Student Financial Aids,
Ohio University, Athens, Ohio.
SCHOLARSHIPS
ALUMNAE, ALUMNI AND MOTHERS CLUB SCHOLARSHIPS. Scholarships
in varying amounts are awarded annually by Ohio University women's
clubs in Akron, Dayton, and Youngstown, by Ohio University mother's
clubs in Lakewood and Youngstown, and by various chapters of the Ohio
University Alumni Association, to seniors graduating from high schools
in the immediate areas of the organizations, or to students already en-
rolled in the University from these areas.
A.A.U.W. SCHOLARSHIP. Through the generosity of the Athens
Branch of the American Association of University Women an annual
scholarship has been established that provides for the remission of the
general registration fee for each semester and is available to a girl
graduate from an Athens County high school on the basis of citizen-
ship, leadership, and scholastic aptitude and promise.
ANCHOR HOCKING SCHOLARSHIPS. The Anchor Hocking Scholar-
ships at Ohio University have been established by the directors of the
Anchor Hocking Glass Corporation, Lancaster, Ohio, for the purpose of
providing financial assistance to worthy young men and women who seek
a college education. Those eligible to apply for these scholarships are
seniors or graduates of all high schools in the communities and counties
in which the corporation's plants and off'ices are located. These include
Lancaster and Fairfield County, Ohio; Connellsville and Fayette County,
Pennsylvania; Salem and Salem County, New Jersey; Winchester and
Randolph County, Indiana, and Sales Offices of the Company. Gradua-
tion from an accredited high school and a scholastic standing in the
upper third of the graduating class are basic requirements.
Each scholarship has an annual monetary value of $250, with the
possibility of annual renewals for a four-year period. The money is to be
applied to registration fees and books. Renewals are based upon a thorough
review of the recipient's scholastic accomplishments at the University.
Student Financial Aids 25
Candidates for the Anchor Hocking Scholarships submit applica-
tions directly to the Scholarship Committee, Ohio University, Athens,
Ohio, and the selection of candidates rests entirely with that body. Ap-
plicants must meet established standards which include scholastic
achievement, leadership, high moral character, financial need, and other
qualifications which point to success in college and post-college life.
BEASLEY SCHOLARSHIPS. A grant of $1,000 from Mr. F. R. Beasley,
Athens, Ohio, provides cash awards each semester to outstanding fresh-
men on the basis of academic promise, citizenship, and personal qualities.
CHILLICOTHE EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATION. Six business establish-
ments and industries, a fraternal organization, and an individual have
made available eight endowed scholarships of $200 each for Chillicothe
Branch students.
CLINTON POSTON BIDDLE MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. In 1939, Dr.
T. R. Biddle, '91, and Mrs. Biddle, Athens, Ohio, gave $5,000 to the
University for the purpose of establishing a loan fund in memory of
their son, Clinton Poston Biddle, '17. This fund is now available for
scholarships, without limitations as to academic class or scholastic
standing.
COLUMBIA DOWNING SCHOLARSHIPS. Madeleine Downing Knight,
Glynlea, South Jacksonville, Florida, has established a scholarship fund
of $10,000 as a memorial to her father, Columbia Downing, who in the
early sixties was a student at Ohio University. The income from the
fund, $600 annually, is normally divided among several qualified stu-
dents.
ROSE MARIE DARST SCHOLARSHIP. A bequest of $3,000 has been re-
ceived from the estate of the late Mrs. Mary E. Darst to establish a
memorial to her daughter. Rose Marie Darst, '26, a former assistant
professor of art at Kansas State College. Income from the memorial
fund is used to provide scholarships for "worthy students of high stand-
ing in the Art Department."
RUTH AND ORAL DAUGHERTY SCHOLARSHIP. An endowment estab-
lished through the generosity of Mr. and Mrs. Oral Daugherty of Nelson-
ville, provides an annual income of $150 to be awarded a graduate of
Nelsonville High School each year on the basis of scholastic aptitude and
promise, qualities of citizenship, leadership, participation in school acti-
vities and evidences of good character.
FORBES FUND SCHOLARSHIP GRANTS-IN-AID. An endowment of
$8,000 provides $480 cash each year to assist with the cost of housing
for girls who are working to help pay college expenses. Awards are
based upon scholastic standing and need.
GALBREATH SCHOLARSHIPS. A grant of $1,000 from Mr. John W.
Galbreath, '20, a member of the Board of Trustees of Ohio University,
provides cash awards each semester to outstanding freshmen on the
basis of academic promise, citizenship, and personal qualities.
26 Ohio University
GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS. Several University Scholarships are
available to college graduates who have maintained a high scholastic
average. These awards pay the basic registration (resident or non-
resident) fee. Applications should be filed with the Director of Student
Financial Aids by July 1.
McLaughlin scholarship, a scholarship has been established in
memory of George E. McLaughlin, '14, former professor of industrial
arts, by his daughter, Mrs. Helen McLaughlin Gray, '32. Income from
a memorial fund of $1,500 is awarded annually to an outstanding stu-
dent who is majoring in industrial arts and who is in need of financial
asistance.
albert F. MARTING scholarships. One two-year scholarship is
available each year to high school graduates who enroll in the Ports-
mouth Branch of Ohio University. The value of the scholarship is $100
for each semester the student is enrolled up to a maximum of four se-
mesters.
Final awards are made by an impartial committee of five members.
Awards are based upon the following: (a) high school scholastic rec-
ord; (b) score on a college ability test; (c) qualities of citizenship,
leadership, and participation in school activities.
Applications, in writing, should be made not later than July 1 to
The Marting Bros. Co., Portsmouth, Ohio.
OHIO ACADEMY OF SCIENCE SCHOLARSHIPS. Scholarships are
available to winners in the Ohio Academy of Science Competition for
high school seniors. Awards are based upon: (a) high school scholastic
record, (b) superior academy exhibit rating, and (c) approved rating in
the National Science Talent Search Test or in a science test given by
the Ohio Academy of Science. These scholarships provide for remission
of the general registration fee each semester.
OHIO UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIPS. A limited number of scholarships
are awarded annually to a selected group of high school graduates and
college students. Each scholarship is awarded for the academic year of
two semesters, and provides for the remission of the general registration
fee each semester. A faculty committee appointed by the president of the
University awards all scholarships on or before July 1.
Freshman Scholarships are awarded to high school graduates who
rank high in their graduating classes. Awards are also based upon need,
character, recommendations, high school activities and results of the Ohio
State Psychological Test.
Upper-Class Scholarships are available to students who have com-
pleted at least two semesters in residence at Ohio University, and who
are carrying a full academic load. Any student having a point-hour
ratio of 3.0 (B) or who expects to attain it by the close of the second
semester, may apply for a scholarship at any time after April 1 and prior
to June 1. Awards are based upon scholastic achievement, need, and col-
lege activities.
Student Financial Aids 27
H. WESTCOn ROACH SCHOLARSHIP. A scholarship has been estab-
lished in the memory of H. Westcott Roach, '23, by his widow, Mrs.
Helen Hedden Roach, '36. Income from a memorial fund of $2,500 is used
to provide an annual scholarship for a student of outstanding ability
who is majoring in music and who is in need of financial assistance.
SESQUICENTENNIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. As their contribution to the ob-
servance of Ohio University's 150 years of educational leadership, the
alumni and friends of the University have pledged in excess of $400,000
toward a Sesquicentennial Scholarship Fund. The money has been in-
vested in the Irreducible Debt Fund of the State of Ohio. At least 80
annual scholarships, with a value of $150 each, have been established
in perpetuity through these contributions. The names of the donors
are being inscribed in a book appropriate for the purpose.
The Sesquicentennial Scholarships are awarded on the basis of scho-
lastic achievement, character, need, and recommendations. It is hoped
that the recipients of these awards may someday contribute to similar
funds to help students who follow them in years to come.
SPECIAL MUSIC SCHOLARSHIPS. A limited number of scholarships
are available to students having special ability and promise in applied
music. These scholarships provide for remission of the general registra-
tion fee each semester and for remission of the applied music fees.
PAUL AND BETH STOCKER SCHOLARSHIP. Through the generosity of
Paul Stocker, '26, and Mrs. Beth Kilpatrick Stocker, '28, Lorain, Ohio,
an endowment has been established which provides an annual income of
$150 to be awarded a son or daughter of an employee of the Lorain
Products Corporation. Applicants must meet the standard requirements
established by the University Scholarships Committee.
HARRIET E. TENAN SCHOLARSHIP. The Harriet E. Tenan Scholar-
ship is awarded to an entering freshman boy or girl from McConnels-
ville, Ohio, who is recommended by the pastor of the McConnelsville
Trinity Methodist Church and the editor of the Morgan County Herald.
The annual award is made from the income from a gift to the University
by the founder of the fund.
HENRY ZENNER SCHOLARSHIPS. The Henry Zenner Scholarships
were established by the directors of The McBee Company, Athens, Ohio,
for sons and daughters of persons in the employ of the company. How-
ever, if eligible candidates are not found among sons and daughters, the
scholarships will be made available to any qualified scholarship applicant
at Ohio University selected by the Scholarships Committee.
High school graduates and upperclass students are eligible to apply
for the Henry Zenner Scholarships provided they meet the University's
established standards, which include scholastic achievement, leadership
qualities, high moral character, seriousness of purpose, and financial
need. Applications are submitted directly to the Scholarship Committee,
Ohio University, Athens, Ohio, which has sole jurisdication in the award-
ing of the scholarships.
28 Ohio University
Each scholarship provides for the payment of all fees, room rent, and
an allowance of not to exceed $75 for books and supplies. It is awarded
for one year, but is renewed automatically from year to year, provided
the recipient continues to meet the University's standards for gradua-
tion. The Henry Zenner alternate scholarships provide for the payment
of all fees.
JAMES W. FAULKNER MEMORIAL FUND SCHOLARSHIP. An annual
$250 scholarship for a worthy and needy student of journalism who is a
resident of Ohio. Renewable year to year if a point-hour ratio of 2.5
is maintained. Established by the trustees of the Fund which was raised
by friends of Mr. Faulkner, a pioneer among Ohio political writers and
state house correspondents, after his death in 1923.
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
AMERICAN BANKER'S ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP. The American
Banker's Association Foundation for Education in Economics allocates
annually a $250 loan scholarship to the College of Commerce. This loan
scholarship is awarded to a deserving student of senior rank or above
whose major course is in banking, economics, or related subjects.
FULBRIGHT OR MARSHALL SCHOLARSHIPS. Students who are inter-
ested in applying for Fulbright or Marshall Scholarships should consult
Dr. B. A. Renkenberger, Chairman, Foreign Study Committee, Ohio Uni-
versity, Athens, Ohio. Application blanks are available at the opening
of the academic year each September. Only graduate students are eligible
for these awards.
RHODES SCHOLARSHIPS. Men who have completed their sophomore
year at Ohio University are eligible to compete for the Cecil Rhodes
Scholarship, tenable for three years at Oxford University, England,
with a stipend of $2,000 each year. These scholarships are awarded on
the combined bases of character, scholarship, athletics, and leadership
in collegiate activities. Persons desiring information or application blanks
should direct their communications to Dr. Paul G. Krauss, Ohio Univer-
sity, Athens, Ohio.
GRANTS-IN-AID
LIGHTER GRANTS-IN-AID. Through a gift of the Lichter Foundation
of Cincinnati, ten grants-in-aid of $200 each are available each year
to high school graduates in modest circumstances who desire an
opportunity of working their way through college. Awarding of the
grants will be based upon character, superior scholastic standing, recom-
mendations, definite need, and personal interviews.
Applicants for these grants must be prepared to demonstrate their
willingness to take employment as a means of helping to defray their
expenses. The University will make available employment on the campus,
or will give assistance in obtaining employment elsewhere.
Student Financial Aids 29
Should a successful applicant find that the grant-in-aid, his own
earnings, and supplementary help from home sources are not sufficient
to cover school expenses, he will have the privilege of borrowing from
the Lichter-provided loan fund (see Loan Funds).
LOAN FUNDS
Certain general provisions apply to all loan funds unless otherwise
noted. These provisions include the following:
1. Applicants must have a point-hour ratio of at least 2.0 (C).
2. Long-term loans bear an interest rate of four (4) per cent per
annum.
3. For the most part, long-term loans are available only to upper-
class students (juniors and seniors).
4. Inquiries and applications should be directed to the Director of
Student Financial Aids, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio.
ALUMNI LOAN FUND. A number of alumni and friends of Ohio
University have contributed over $8,000 for the purpose of furnishing
loans to students pursuing four-year courses in the University. Loans
may not exceed $200.
KELLOGG FOUNDATION LOAN FUND. The W. K. Kellogg Foundation
of Battle Creek, Michigan, has granted the University the sum of $2,000
to be used as a loan fund for medical technology students during their
year at Mount Carmel Hospital in Columbus. See "Medical Technology"
under ZOOLOGY.
LIGHTER FOUNDATION LOAN FUND. In considering applications for
assistance, primary consideration will be given to the student's scholastic
record. However, account will also be taken of the applicant's evidences
of need for financial assistance, of his good character, and of his gen-
eral worthiness and professional promise.
To receive favorable consideration, an applicant must:
1. Be endorsed as to character and personality by (a) two per-
sons of some standing in the community in which he has re-
sided who have known the applicant at least five years, one of
whom preferably should be an alumnus of the University; (b)
the principal or headmaster of the high school or preparatory
school, or the president or dean of the college or university pre-
viously attended; (c) the registration officer or head of the
college in which he is enrolled.
2. Be in good health, and furnish upon request a certificate from
a physician to that effect.
3. Submit a statement of his financial needs and such other in-
formation as the Foundation may deem necessary, on the appli-
cation form of the Foundation, such application to have the
approval of his parent or guardian.
30 Ohio University
4. Be prepared upon request to furnish such life insurance as
collateral as may be required by the Foundation.
A recipient of a loan will be required to sign a promisory note for
each sum received. The notes will begin to bear interest at the rate of
3% per annum, payable semi-annually, one year after graduation, or
after leaving the University for other reasons. Should the applicant,
for reasons satisfactory to the Foundation, postpone entering upon his
earning career, he may apply for deferment of the date of the begin-
ning of interest until one year after entering upon his earning career.
One year after leaving the University, and annually thereafter, the
recipient of a loan will be required to consult with the Lichter Founda-
tion for the purpose of establishing a program of payment of the notes
commensurate with his earning capacity. He will be required, on these
occasions, to inform the Foundation of his whereabouts, the character of
the work in which he is engaged, and the remuneration he is receiving.
In general it will be the policy of the Foundation to make loans
to students who have completed at least one year of residence in college
with a good academic record. In exceptional cases, applications will be
considered from a student after one semester of residence. Applications
will be considered from students entering college in special cases, in
which the applicant shall have met, with high standing, all entrance re-
quirements and shall present references and records of previous attain-
ments of the highest order.
HENRY STRONG EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATION LOAN FUND. Scholar-
ship loans are granted to qualified upperclassmen under twenty-five
years of age. Interest at 3% per annum begins to accrue at graduation
or upon withdrawal from college, and repayment of the principal and
interest is made during the four year period after graduation or with-
drawal. Loans up to $600 for an academic year may be obtained by
students who are superior risks as evidenced by scholarship, character,
and future financial ability.
MEL WEINBERG MEMORIAL LOAN FUND. In memory of their son,
Mr. and Mrs. Jerome M. Weinberg of New York City have contributed
$500 for the establishment of this fund. Its purpose is to make available
to juniors or seniors of demonstrable need small loans to be repaid
within two years after graduation. The maximum sum to be loaned is
$250.
G. FRANKLIN WHITE STUDENT LOAN FUND. This fund, of $2000, was
provided by the will of the late Dr. G. Franklin White, '01. Preference
is given to students preparing to teach and to pre-medical students.
Preference, under the terms of the grant, is also given to residents of
Ohio, although non-residents are not barred from applying for loans.
WOMEN'S LEAGUE LOAN AND SERVICE FUND. The Women's League
of Ohio University maintains a loan and service fund for women stu-
dents. A sum not to exceed $200 may be borrowed by a student who has
spent at least one year on the campus. Collateral, or payment guaran-
teed by a parent, is required.
Student Financial Aids 31
EMERGENCY LOAN FUNDS
ALPHA PHI OMEGA LOAN FUND. Delta Gamma Chapter of Alpha
Phi Omega, national scouting service fraternity, has established a loan
fund of $50. Scouts or former scouts may borrow up to $15 from this
fund to meet financial emergencies. A service charge of 25 cents is made
for a 30-day loan.
LAKEWOOD MOTHERS' CLUB LOAN FUND. The Ohio University
Mothers' Club of Lakewood, Ohio, has given $100 to be used as an emer-
gency loan fund for the benefit of students whose homes are in Lake-
wood, Rocky River, Bay Village, or Fairview. Any amount up to $10 may
be borrowed for one month's time without qualification except as to
residence. A fee of 25 cents is charged for each loan.
MEN'S UNION EMERGENCY LOAN FUND. The Men's Union, which
is the governing organization representing all men on the Ohio Uni-
versity campus, has set up a loan fund with a principal amount of
$1,200. Loans not exceeding $35 are made to men students to meet fi-
nancial emergencies. Loans are not made for expenses which might
reasonably be anticipated. A service charge of 40 cents is made for a
30-day loan.
WOMEN'S LEAGUE LOAN AND SERVICE FUND. The Women's League,
in addition to their long-term loan, has set up a loan fund for women on
the short-term basis. A maximum amount of $35 may be borrowed for
30 days with a service charge of 40 cents.
HEALTH SERVICE FUND
DELLA HIXSON HEALTH SERVICE FUND. Prompted by a deep interest
in physical welfare, the late Mrs. Delia Connett Hixson, '97, Cambridge,
Ohio, bequeathed a sum of money to the University, the annual interest
on which, approximately $700, is to be used for the treatment and hos-
pitalization of students who are financially unable to provide such service
for themselves or whose families cannot defray these expenses. The
fund, known as the Delia Hixson Health Service Fund, is administered
by a committee composed of the Dean of Women (chairman), the Dean
of Men, and the Director of the University Health Service.
PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT
Every effort is made to secure employment for those students whose
resources are not adequate for entire self support and who request aid.
The placements are both on and off campus, and fall into three
general categories: (1) board jobs in various university dining halls;
(2) part-time work as student assistants in university departments and
offices; (3) part-time employment in Athens business establishments and
homes. The job referrals are based upon: (1) cumulative grade aver-
age, (2) need, (3) personal qualifications, (4) past experience, and (5)
free time. For freshmen, high school records and recommendations are
considered. All board job recipients must have a lung x-ray.
32 Ohio University
Provision is made for special class schedules in order to permit stu-
dents to meet employers' needs. Adjustment of academic programs for
employment will not be made for students having a point-hour ratio less
than 2,0 (C), for students on academic warning, or for working beyond,
a distance of 75 miles from Athens. Freshman students, in cases of es-
sential need, are given every consideration for permits for schedule
adjustment. Students applying for permits must present a letter from the
employer, stating working hours, to the office of the Dean of Men or
Dean of Women before consulting their adviser prior to registration
for the semester.
Anyone wishing to apply for part-time employement may do so by
writing directly to the Director of Student Financial Aids, Ohio Univer-
sity, Athens, Ohio, or by contacting the director personally in McGuffey
Hall.
PRIZES AND AWARDS
Announcement of the winners and presentation of the following
prizes and awards are made at the Honors Day Convocation, usually
held in April. The awards have been established, primarily, for the
recognition of high scholastic achievement. Complete descriptions and
other information relating to them may be obtained from the Chair-
man, Committee on Scholarship Encouragement.
In the listing below, the name of the prize or award is followed,
in parentheses, by the field in which it is given; a designation of those
eligible for it; and by the name of the donor, if the latter is not in-
dicated by the name of the award.
A. A. ATKINSON AWARDS. (Physics and electrical engineering.)
Seniors. Established by the late Dean A. A. Atkinson, '91, of the College
of Applied Science.
ALPHA DELTA PI SCHOLARSHIP PRIZE. (General scholarship.) Sopho-
more girl.
ALPHA GAMMA DELTA SPEECH CORRECTION AWARD. (Speech cor-
rection.) Senior major — man or woman — expecting to continue graduate
work in the field.
ALPHA LAMBDA DELTA SENIOR AWARD AND HONOR CERTIFICATES.
(General scholarship.) Senior rank and membership in awarding or-
ganization.
ALPHA LAMBDA DELTA JUNIOR AWARD. (General scholarship.)
Junior rank and membership in awarding organization.
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF CHEMISTS SENIOR AWARD. (Chemistry.)
Senior.
BORDEN FRESHMAN PRIZE. (General Scholarship.) Student with the
highest scholastic average during his freshman year.
CHI OMEGA ECONOMICS PRIZE. (Economics.) All women.
:^ % %
^^jTi
m^^
A^
ILira jin
*■?«'
:i:^tete. ""''''^Ipji^
mmmir':^ f
<#^-<-
il T'K is SI
Tt
ir f 'if
<*i*'
^■''.
miJ
lir"' %■«§-¥
Prizes and Awards 33
CLEVELAND BOBCAT CLUB AWARD. (General scholarship.) Freshman
boy.
DELTA PHI DELTA AWARDS. (Space arts and fine arts.) To a freshman
in the former; to a senior in the latter.
DELTA SIGMA PI AWARD. (Commerce.) Male student who upon
graduation ranks highest for entire course in commerce and business
administration.
DICK DE LA HAVE HUGHES BAND AWARD. (Band.) Junior. Establish-
ed by Mr. M. D. Hughes, '12, and Mrs. Hughes as a memorial to their
son.
DOUGAN VARSITY BASEBALL AWARD. (Baseball.) Varsity player.
Established by Dr. Stanley Dougan, '14, and Mrs. Nelle Stokes Dougan,
'16.
EMERSON POEM PRIZE. (Original poetry.) Students or graduates of
Ohio University. Established by Mr. W. D. Emerson, of the Class of
1833. Awarded biennially. Entries for the next competition must be in
the hands of the President of the University before the opening of the
second semester of 1958-59.
EVANS LATIN PRIZES. (Latin.) Students in the classical languages.
Established by the Ohio University Alumni Association as a memorial
to Dr. Dafydd J. Evans, '71, for many years professor of classical
languages at Ohio University.
FRANCES McVICKER MAXWELL DEBATE AWARD. (Intercollegiate de-
bate.) Junior or senior man or woman.
FRANK B. GULLUM AV/ARD. (General scholarship.) Male student with
highest scholastic record during first two semesters at Ohio University.
Established by Delta Tau Delta fraternity in honor of Frank B. Gullum,
'07, associate professor emeritus of chemistry.
GEORGE LaVALLEE AWARD IN CHEMISTRY. (Chemistry.) Senior.
Established by the Upper Ohio Valley Section of the American Chemical
Society.
HORN SENIOR COMMERCE PRIZE. (Commerce.) Senior in Commerce
with highest scholastic average in commerce subjects. Established by the
late Mr. Clarence H. Horn, '01, former lecturer in commerce, and aug-
mented as a memorial by his widow and son, Mrs. Sarah Murphy Horn,
'00, and Robert H. Horn, '25.
INTER-DORMITORY COUNCIL AWARD. (General scholarship.) Sopho-
more or junior woman residing in a university dormitory.
IRMA E. VOIGT MEMORIAL AWARD OF SIGMA KAPPA. (Dramatic art
and speech.) Senior girl participating in dramatic productions or in a
related technical field. Established by Sigma Kappa sorority as a me-
morial to Dr. Irma E. Voigt, dean of women at Ohio University, 1913-
1953.
34 Ohio University
J-CLUB AWARD. (General scholarship.) Junior man.
JOHN BAYARD THOMAS PREMEDIC PRIZE. (Zoology.) Junior or senior
premedical student who has gained admission to a medical school. Estab-
lished by Dr. Josephus Tucker Ullum, '98, as a memorial to his nephew,
and augmented in 1954 by three of Dr. Ullum's sisters, Mrs. Mary Ullum
Thomas, '96, Mrs. Margaret Uilum Stalder, '05, and Mrs. Charlotte
Ullum Coultrap, '08.
JOSHUA R. MORTON AWARD IN CHEMISTRY. (Chemistry.) Major in
chemistry. Established by the Ohio University Chemistry Club in honor
of J. R. Morton, '05, professor emeritus of chemistry.
JULIA J. NEHLS HOME ECONOMICS AWARD. (Home economics.)
Junior girl majoring in home economics. Established by Kappa Delta
sorority in honor of its adviser, Miss Nehls.
MEN'S UNION SCHOLARSHIP PRIZES. (General scholarship.) All men
achieving a 4.0 scholastic standing in either of the two semesters pre-
ceding the award; the fraternity pledge class and the East Green
dormitory with highest scholastic averages for the Fall semester.
MERRILL PALMER SCHOLARSHIP AWARD. (Home Economics.) Pro-
vides the privilege of studying for one semester at the Merrill Palmer
School in Detroit, Michigan. Awarded to students who have shown high
scholarship and aptitude and interest in Family Life Education.
OHIO UNIVERSITY FUND, INC., AWARDS. (Scholarship.) Seniors who
show outstanding ability and willingness to undertake scholarly work
independently and on own initiative.
PANHELLENIC SCHOLARSHIP AWARDS. (General scholarship.) So-
rority with highest scholastic average for the preceding two semesters.
Established by the Panhellenic Association.
PANHELLENIC FOREIGN STUDENT AWARD. (Scholarship and need.)
Foreign woman student. Established by the Panhellenic Association.
PEARL HEHN GAMERTSFELDER PHILOSOPHY PRIZE. (Philosophy.) Junior
who through high scholarship and campus citizenship shows promise for
a career in philosophy or a closely related field.
PHI BETA KAPPA HUMANITIES AWARDS. (Classical languages and
other humanities.) Juniors and seniors. Established by Dr. Anna Pearl
McVay, '92.
PHI MU PLEDGE CLASS AWARD. (General scholarship.) Sorority
pledge class having highest scholastic average for first semester of the
year.
PHI UPSILON OMICRON AWARDS. (Home economics.) Sophomore
woman and senior woman.
Prizes and Awards 35
SIGMA ALPHA IOTA MUSIC PRIZE. (General scholarship.) Sophomore
woman with a major in music.
SIGMA ALPHA IOTA NATIONAL HONOR CERTIFICATE. ( General scholar-
ship.) Senior woman, member of awarding organization, with the highest
scholastic average.
SIGMA DELTA CHI SCHOLARSHIP AWARDS. (General scholarship and
achievement.) Highest five per cent of seniors in journalism, and most
outstanding senior man in journalism.
SINA SIDWELL ROGERS PRIZE IN FINE ARTS. (Art.) Junior or senior,
member of De'^^a Phi Delta, national art fraternity. Established by Mrs.
Elizabeth Sidwell Wagner as a memorial to her sister, Miss Sina
Sidwell, '25.
SUPER GREEK PRIZES. (Greek language and classical culture.) Juniors
and seniors. Established by friends and former students of Dr. Charles
W. Super, fonner president of Ohio University and classical scholar.
THETA SIGMA PHI AWARDS. (Journalism.) Two most outstanding
senior women in journalism.
THOMAS COOKE McCRACKEN KAPPA DELTA PI SCHOLARSHIP AWARD.
(Education.) Senior in Omega Chapter of Kappa Delta Pi or an alum-
nus of the Chapter, or a Senior in the College of Education, expecting
to pursue graduate study in teacher preparation. Recipient selected
on bases of scholarship, personality and leadership qualities, and
promise of high attainment in educational service. Established in honor
of Dr. T. C. McCracken, dean emeritus of the College of Education,
and for many years national president of Kappa Delta Pi.
VARSITY "O" SCHOLARSHIP AWARD. (Scholarship and citizenship.)
Member of a varsity sports squad.
WOMAN'S MUSIC CLUB PRIZE. (Music.) A music major enrolled in
the College of Education, the College of Fine Arts, or the College of
Arts and Sciences. Established by the Woman's Music Club of Athens.
WOMEN'S INDEPENDENT ASSOCIATION AWARD. (General scholar-
ship.) Upperclass woman.
WOMEN'S LEAGUE SCHOLARSHIP AWARDS. (General scholarship and
need.) (1) Sophomore girl with highest two-consecutive-semester record,
(2) women students with 4.0 scholastic average for second semester of
year preceding the awarding or first semester of year in which award
is made, (3) residence cottage for women with highest scholastic average.
ZETA TAU ALPHA PRIZE IN FINE ARTS. (General scholarship and mer-
it.) Sophomore in College of Fine Arts.
36 Ohio University
CULTURAL OPPORTUNITIES
FOREIGN STUDY PROGRAMS
EXCHANGE PROGRAMS IN FRANCE AND SPAIN. Students interested
in spending a year in France or Spain may have the opportunity to do
so under the Exchange Program sponsored by the University and super-
vised by the Department of Romance Languages. These students will
follow an academic program in Paris or Madrid under the guidance of
the French Ministry of Education or the Institute de Cultural Hispan-
ica, and, upon presentation of a diploma granted for the work done,
will receive credit for a year of work at Ohio University.
Any student may participate in this program who has the prepara-
tion in language necessary to pursue the course work. However, lan-
guage majors (particularly those who are preparing to teach) will be
given preference where a choice is necessary. It is highly desirable that
the student be in his junior year during his study abroad, although
exceptions may be made in deserving cases.
Each student pays to the Office of the Treasurer the same fees that
he would pay were he to be on the campus. The French or Spanish
student pays the same fees (board, room, and tuition) in his own school.
The two then exchange places.
Ordinarily the student will sail for Europe in mid-September. This
will give him time to adapt himself to his surroundings and to become
more fluent in the language before the opening of classes in early
October. Classwork usually ends about the first of July. All arrange-
ments for this program are made through the Director of Foreign Study,
Ohio University, Athens, Ohio.
TRAVEL— STUDY PROGRAMS IN FRANCE AND SPAIN. Each summer
Ohio University sponsors a program of travel and study in France and
Spain. These projects are primarily intended for teachers of French
and Spanish in high schools and colleges, but other interested persons
may be accepted. Language qualifications must be met only where credit
is desired.
The program consists of five weeks in and about Paris or Madrid,
with the time divided between classwork and educational and recreational
activities. The dates of the program are approximately the same as
those of the Ohio University Summer Session.
Up to four hours of graduate or undergraduate credit may be earned
in French or Spanish in two two-hour courses. The classwork is held
in the mornings, leaving afternoons, evenings and weekends free for
sightseeing, travel, and the theatre. The last week is free of classwork
and students are at liberty to travel.
The groups will be under the guidance of one of the regular mem-
bers of the Ohio University staff, and instruction will be given by
native French or Spanish teachers. Those not wishing to earn credit
will register as auditors.
Persons interested in this program should communicate with the
Director of Foreign Study, Ohio University, for further details.
Cultural Opportunities 37
UNIVERSITY LIBRARY
Books are an important part of an educational experience at Ohio
University. Tlie University Library is organized to provide books for
study and research and to promote an appreciation for reading as one
of the cultural assets of later life.
The collections are housed in the Edwin Watts Chubb Library,
erected in 1930 and named in honor of a former dean of the College
of Arts and Sciences. The main collection of more than 275,000 volumes,
including periodical sets, documents, and pamphlets, is shelved chiefly
in the stacks to which all students have direct access. A reference
collection of several thousand volumes is in the Reading Room and
current issues of more than 1,200 periodicals are in the adjoining
Periodical Room. Newspapers from the principal cities of Ohio and
elsewhere are available in the Philomathean Room nearby, which also
contains a selection of standard literature.
Books reserved in courses at faculty request are on the ground
floor. The Athenian Room serves as a history reading room; selected
documents and maps are on display illustrating the history of the
University and the state. Other special subject reading rooms will be
developed as facilities permit. A browsing room contains books of
general interest for pleasure reading. A collection of sound recordings
is available for use in the Irvine Room and here is kept the library's
collection of microfilm which includes files of newspapers printed in
Athens from 1825. A microcard reader is also available here.
In the Children's and Young People's Room an extensive collection
of books for younger readers provides service to the children of Athens
and is used as a laboratory by students in education. Small collections
of specialized material are administered by the College of Commerce,
School of Music, Department of Chemistry, Department of Physics, and
the University Health Center.
During regular sessions the Library is open daily and throughout
the evenings; on weekends and during vacations shorter hours are ob-
served.
GUEST ARTISTS AND SPEAKERS
In addition to bringing many distinguished persons to the campus
for limited engagements, the University each year invites one or more
guest artists to spend periods of time during which they not only lecture
or appear in recitals but counsel informally with interested students.
Among the visitors who have recently been in residence for con-
sultation and instruction are Dr. Ernst von Dohnanyi, composer, con-
ductor, and pianist; Maurice Eisenberg, cellist; Charles Burchfield and
Ben Shahn, artists; Marc Connelly, playwright; Charles Laughton
and Blanche Yurka, of stage and screen; Jean Renoir, motion picture
director; Clare Leighton, printmaker; and Charles Allen Smart, author
of a best seller, "R.F.D.," and other novels.
Guest speakers have included men and women eminent in such
fields as business, education, the fine arts, science, government, and
foreign affairs.
38 Ohio University
SPECIAL CONCERT SERIES
The Athens Community Concert Association and the Athens Cham-
ber Music Society each sponsor a concert series, bringing to the campus
internationally-famous instrumentalists and vocalists, symphony orches-
tras, opera and ballet companies, and chamber music groups. Special
arrangements are made for the admission of students.
FINE ARTS PROJECTS
The College of Fine Arts plans many events of a cultural nature
each year. In addition to the numerous concerts and plays which are
presented by the students and faculties of the School of Dramatic Art
and Speech and the School of Music, the two schools have cooperated in
campus-wide production of "Roberta," "Girl Crazy," "Song of Norway,"
"No, No, Nanette," "Brigadoon," "Fledermaus," "Finian's Rainbow,"
"Kiss Me, Kate," "Knickerbocker Holiday," and "Oklahoma."
Since 1943, the School of Painting and Allied Arts has sponsored
the Ohio Valley Oil and Water Color Show, a competition open to artists
of Ohio, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, West Virginia and Pennsylvania.
The University is building a permanent collection of paintings, many of
which are purchased from this show.
The Ohio Valley Summer Theatre, sponsored by the School of Dra-
matic Art and Speech, produces annually a series of six outstanding
plays.
ART EXHIBITS
The School of Painting and Allied Arts maintains an art gallery
in the Edwin Watts Chubb Library in which a program of exhibitions
is conducted throughout the year. Other exhibitions are scheduled from
time to time in other parts of the library and in the University Center.
UNIVERSITY MUSEUM
The University Museum of Natural History, oldest of its kind west
of the Allegheny Mountains, houses more than 80,000 specimens, in-
cluding specimens from Dr. S. P. Hildreth's famous collection of rocks
and minerals dated 1815 and 1825.
Many science collections have gravitated to the museum through
the efforts of local groups, societies and individuals. These have yielded
series of fossils, rocks, minerals, plants and animals. In addition, there
are on display many items of archaeological, ethnological, economic and
historic interest.
The museum is housed in the basement of Alumni Memorial Audi-
torium and is open to the general public — Monday through Friday, 9
to 11 a.m.; Monday and Tuesday, 3 to 5 p.m.; Friday 1 to 3 p.m.; Sat-
urday, 9 a.m. to 12 noon; and Sunday by special group request.
RECREATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES
THE UNIVERSITY CENTER
The University Center provides facilities for the cultural, social,
and recreational benefit of students. The Center, located opposite the
north gateway to the campus, contains three beautiful lounges, a large
ballroom, dining rooms, cafeteria, snack bar, library and record listening
room, television, conference rooms, student government and publications
offices, and recreational areas for bowling, billiards, table tennis, and
cards.
Club rooms for both men and women members of the university
faculty are also located in this building.
The University Center is not only a place for fun and relaxation,
but is also an educational workshop, where students can develop cultural
interest, skills in human relations, and organizational efficiency during
their out-of-class hours.
A faculty-student policy board controls the operation of the build-
ing, and an all student board directs the large and varied program pro-
vided by the Center for the benefit of the entire student body.
THE NATATORIUM
The Natatorium is one of the largest and most modern of such
structures on any college campus. Conveniently located adjacent to the
main campus, the building is featured by a pool, 42 feet wide by 75 feet
long, with six standard 7 foot racing lanes and a rated capacity of 116
persons. The pool is equipped with submerged lighting, Olympic-style
starting blocks, diving boards, and safety equipment.
The building contains locker rooms, dressing rooms, and spectator
accommodations for about 1,000 persons.
The facilities of the Natatorium are available to students for both
credit and recreational swimming.
GENERAL RECREATION
The Division of Physical Education and Athletics directs the intra-
mural athletic program at Ohio University. This program includes com-
petitive and physical recreational activities that are sponsored for men
and women students.
Facilities at Ohio University for intramural athletics include a
gymnasium for men, a gymasium for women, a natatorium, an ice
skating rink, a game room in the University Center, and extensive
outdoor recreational areas. The men's athletic fields are equipped to
39
40 Ohio University
handle ten softball games or seven touch-pass football games at one
time. Women's athletic fields are available for intramural softball,
hockey, archery, and soccer. Thirty-seven tennis courts are used inter-
changeably for men's and women's programs. Outdoor areas for basket-
ball, horseshoe pitching, bowling on the green, and volleyball are also
available to men and women.
The indoor practice building houses an ice skating rink, 85 feet by
190 feet, the first such college facility in the state. From October to
April there are classes in beginning and advanced skating skills, in ad-
dition to recreational skating. Ice hockey is an intramural and inter-
collegiate sport.
Plans are being completed for a $2,000,000 Physical Education and
Athletic Plant, which will accommodate a diversified sports and activity
program for men and women.
Intramural activities for men include touch football, basketball,
track, golf, volleyball, handball, softball, tennis, badminton, bowling,
horseshoes, wrestling, field days, soccer, hockey, swimming, and table
tennis.
Intramural activities sponsored by the Women's Recreation Associa-
tion include hockey, archery, tennis, bowling, basketball, soccer, softball,
golf, and swimming.
The Division of Physical Education and Athletics directs the varsity
sports program which consists of football, baseball, basketball, track,
soccer, wrestling, cross country, tennis, swimming, golf, ice hockey,
and riflery.
The Women's Recreation Association has a cabin in the wooded
hills outside of Athens that is available to groups for outing activities.
A nine-hole, university-owned golf course, located adjacent to
the campus, is available to the university community.
The University Center is, as its name suggests, truly a center of
recreational, social, and educational activities within most attractive
surroundings.
Dramatic productions by the University Theatre and the University
Playshop are scheduled at frequent intervals for the enjoyment of stu-
dents and members of the local community.
Numerous dances, both formal and informal, are held during the
year.
The Dance Club, sponsored by the women's department of the Di-
vision of Physical Education and Athletics, gives an annual dance con-
cert which is a production of compositions in dance form.
The Dolphin Club, a women's aquatic group, presents an annual
water show.
Student Activities and Organizations 41
Under the sponsorship of the Men's Independent Association, fea-
ture movie productions are shown three nights each week in Memorial
Auditorium.
Several of the local churches have social-religious programs that
are designed for and enjoyed by large numbers of students.
Not many miles distant from Athens, and suitable as weekend
diversions, are the attractions of four of the state's most scenic areas —
Dow Lake, just east of Athens; Lake Hope, in the heart of the Zaleski
State Forest; the caves and gorges of the Hocking Park area; and
Burr Oak Lake near Glouster, Ohio.
The 160 acre Dow Lake, within a 2,000 acre state park, will be used
extensively by the university for outdoor education, group camping,
aquatics, boating, and for research projects in conservation and natural
resources.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS
SOCIAL POLICY
The students, faculty, and administrative officers of Ohio University
and the community of Athens are united in their interest in maintaining
a moral tone and a social pattern that is in keeping with good taste and
acceptable social practice anywhere among educated people.
Ohio University has a long and interesting history. Succeeding
generations of students who come to the University with varying back-
grounds and social interests should enrich the traditions, social stand-
ards, prestige, and reputation of the University. The University expects
students to exercise discerning judgment and to be personally respon-
sible for absorbing and complying with the social patterns of the uni-
versity community.
The student body, faculty, and administrative officers, therefore,
will employ any reasonable means to control moral indiscretions and
social behavior which is in bad taste.
CAMPUS AFFAIRS COMMIHEE
The Campus Affairs Committee is the official executive committee
of extracuri'icular life, recognized and authorized by the President. It
corresponds to the academic executive board of which the President is
chairman. The two personnel deans. Dean of Men and Dean of Women,
are the administration's permanent representatives on the committee and
serve as co-chairmen, alternating annually as presiding officer. In addi-
42 Ohio University
tion to the two personnel deans, four faculty members, two men and
two women, are appointed for three-year terms by the President. The
five student members are elected each year. All of the Campus Affairs
Committee student members are on the committee by virtue of their
positions; namely, the president and two vice presidents of the Student
Council elected by the campus at large, and the presidents of the Women's
League and the Men's Union.
The Campus Affairs Committee is held responsible by the President
for extracurricular policies, for allocation of the non-athletic portion
of the student activity fee, for final decisions relative to new organiza-
tions on campus, for those activities growing out of student life which
affect campus and public relationships, for the jurisdiction over rules
and regulations in which both men and women are involved, and for
any other matters which the President may refer to it.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT ASSOCIATIONS
THE STUDENT COUNCIL. The Student Council is an organization that
includes among its purposes the fostering of a spirit of unity and loyalty
to Ohio University and the coordination of all campus social and extra-
curricular activities.
The Council is composed of the indicated officers or elected represen-
tatives of the following organizations:
President of Student Council Interfraternity Council
Women's Vice President of East Green Council
Student Council Interdorm Council
Men's Vice President of Panhellenic Association
Student Council President of the Senior Class
Men's Union Governing Board President of the Junior Class
Women's League President of the Sophomore Class
Campus Religious Council President of the Freshman Class
The council operates under a constitution of its own which has
been approved by the Campus Affairs Committee. It has the delegated
authority, with the approval of the Campus Affairs Committee, to con-
sider, promote, and put into effect projects which pertain to student
activities and, particularly, to promote a balanced campus-wide social
program.
THE WOMEN'S LEAGUE. The Women's League, the all-women's or-
ganization, has an active membership of every regularly-enrolled woman
student. The Women's League shares the Student Government Room
in the Ohio University Center. The activities sponsored by the League
consist of a Freshman Women's Party, receptions, teas. Co-ed Prom,
and Leadership Conference. Each year the League awards a $25 cash
Student Activities and Organizations 43
prize to the woman with the highest scholastic average extending over
two semesters. In addition, it grants a resident scholarship to one
foreign student.
THE MEN'S UNION. The Men's Union is an organization to which
every regularly-enrolled male student automatically belongs. The Men's
Union sponsors the Registration Hop in September, the annual Men's
Leaders' Banquet, and many other projects. Throughout the year the
Men's Union also sponsors activities designed to be broad enough in
scope to include the interests of every man on the campus. Each
semester the Men's Union makes an award of a gold medal to the
man with the highest scholastic standing as well as five cups for group
achievement.
PUBLICATIONS
The Ohio University Post, the student newspaper, is published four
times a week. The Athena, a yearbook published under student editor-
ship, appears toward the latter part of the spring semester. The editorial
and business offices for both publications are located in the Otiio Univer-
sity Center.
Opportunities are provided for practical work in copy writing and
editing, photography, salesmanship, accounting, and business, and edi-
torial management. Students are encouraged to make application for the
various positions on the publications staffs through the respective edi-
tors and business managers.
There are also a number of salaried positions on both publications
for qualified individuals. Applications for these positions are filed with
the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women at certain announced times. The
Campus Affairs Committee, in consultation with the faculty advisers, is
responsible for the selection of salaried staff members and for the over-
all management of the publications.
Sphere is the Ohio University literai-y magazine. Issued annually or
semi-annually, it publishes student poetry, fiction, essays, and photog-
raphy. It has a considerable campus circulation and is widely exchanged
with student literary magazines from other schools. The magazine is
managed by students and cooperating faculty members.
DRAMATIC AND FORENSIC ORGANIZATIONS
THE UNIVERSITY THEATRE. The University Theatre serves both the
University and the community by promoting the cultural and entertain-
ment values which the legitimate theatre provides through participation
of audience and performers. Production details of the presentation of
four plays annually are managed, under faculty supervision, by students
enrolled in courses in the School of Dramatic Art and Speech. Casts
are chosen at public tryouts open to all students. In addition to the regu-
lar program of plays, a musical comedy is produced each year in cooper-
ation with the School of Music and the Fine Arts Council.
44 Ohio University
THE UNIVERSITY PLAYSHOP. The University Playshop is a producing
group comprised principally of student directors, actors, and technicians,
who are enrolled in courses in the School of Dramatic Art and Speech.
However, roles in Playship productions are open to all students in the
University. Playshop produces the "Great Play" series. Each year two
full-length plays are given as a part of a four-year cycle designed to
be representative of each of eight periods in the history of drama from
the classical Greek and Roman to the American Theatre of the early
nineteen hundreds.
THEATRE WORKSHOP. The workshop is a producing organization de-
signed especially for freshmen and sophomores who have an interest in
theatre and a desire to participate actively in plays. It is open to all
students. Bills of one-act plays and new scripts are presented from
time to time during the academic year.
THE OHIO VALLEY SUMMER THEATRE. The summer theatre, a joint
project of the University and the Community of Athens, produces six
plays each season and provides an opportunity for some 20 to 30 selected
students to work and study full time in the theatre. Faculty members
and townspepole work together with students in all phases of production.
VARSITY INTERCOLLEGIATE DEBATE. Ohio University is an active
member of the Ohio Intercollegiate Debate Association for men and for
women. Numerous opportunities for participation are provided by an
extensive program of local practice debates, together with frequent
intercollegiate debates both in tournaments and before audiences.
FIRST-YEAR DEBATE. First-year debate is open to freshmen and to
upperclassmen who have not had previous experience in intercollegiate
debate. Discussion meetings and practice debates are held on the ques-
tion and selected teams take part in an intercollegiate first-year debate
tournament.
ORATORY CONTEST. Ohio University is an active member of three
state oratory associations. In February the State Oratorical Contest
for Men is held, followed in March by the State Oratorical Contest for
Women, and in May by the State Peace Contest in v/hich men partici-
pate.
INTERPRETATION CONTEST. Each year an average of four inter-
pretation contests in poetry and prose are held for men and women. The
State Interpretation Contest for women is held in connection with the
State Oratorical Contest.
TELEVISION. Closed circuit television equipment is available for lab-
oratory and experimental work. Students enrolled in television courses
are given practical experience in camera operation and the techniques
of direction and production.
Student Activities and Organizations 45
RADIO STATIONS WOUB-AM and WOUI-FM. Ohio University main-
tains laboratory stations WOUB and WOUI. WOUB, the 100 watt AM
station, broadcasts on 1340 kc and has a range of approximately 30
miles. It broadcasts 16 hours a day, every day of the year. The Uni-
versity stations are non-commercial and educational. They provide radio
students with practical experience in all aspects of broadcasting. Most
of the responsibility for the operation of the stations and the preparation
and production of the progi'ams is in the hands of advanced students
who work under close faculty supervision. In addition to the regular
schedule, special events such as football games, lectures, and musical
programs are broadcast through remote facilities of the stations. Many
of the programs are beamed specifically to the citizens of Athens and
the county, and are designed to acquaint them with the activities carried
on in the entire University.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
Membership, with or without academic credit, is open to all qualified
men and women of the various schools and colleges of the University.
THE UNIVERSITY CHORUS. A large chorus of mixed voices which
performs works from the standard choral repertoire. The Concert Choir,
an organization of 30 singers, is selected from the membership of the
University Chorus.
THE UNIVERSITY MEN'S GLEE CLUB. Among the activities of the club
are several concerts each year on the campus and participation in vari-
ous traditional events. Occasional tours and radio broadcasts are sched-
uled.
THE UNIVERSITY WOMEN'S GLEE CLUB. The club is well known for
the quality of its work and its activities on the campus. It gives several
programs on the campus and occasional trips are taken in the spring.
THE UNIVERSITY BANDS. The University Bands are composed of three
musical organizations — the Symphonic Band, which maintains a well-
balanced instrumentation of selected musicians; the Varsity Band, which
serves as a recreational-laboratory group; and the football Marching
Band, which is composed of all members of the Symphonic Band in addi-
tion to selected players from the Varsity Band.
THE UNIVERSITY SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA. At present the orchestra
has a complete, well-balanced instrumentation of seventy. Several con-
certs, using the standard symphonic repertoire, are given on the campus
during the year and trips to near-by cities are occasionally made. Mem-
bership, either with credit or as an extracurricular activity, is open to
all qualified men and women of the various schools and colleges of the
University.
46 Ohio IjNrv'ERSiTY
RELIGIOUS ORGANIZATIONS
YWCA. The Y.W.C.A. is the campus religious organization for
women. Its program includes social service activities in the Children's
Home, State Hospital for the Insane, mining centers in Athens County,
and with children at the Salvation Army. A Newcomers Party for
Freshmen women, regular monthly meetings and social functions are
also a part of the program.
Under the direction of the Y.W.C.A. the pledges of the Greek-letter
sororities participate in an annual original theatrical production which
is known as "The Prep Follies." The income from the production is used
in support of the Y.W.C.A. program.
YMCA. The Y.M.C.A. provides an all-campus religious activity for
men. It includes a broad program of religious, social, and service
functions. Discussion sessions, personal counseling, and worship services
are integral parts of the Y.M.C.A. schedule.
The religious welfare and interests of students are fostered by
various organizations sponsored by the churches of Athens or church-
affiliated groups. See "Religious Societies" below.
CAMPUS RELIGIOUS COUNCIL. Representatives of the religious or-
ganizations constitute the Campus Religious Council. This council serves
as a coordinating agency for the programs of the various groups listed,
and initiates programs of an interfaith nature upon the campus. The
council is composed of the adult advisers and two student representa-
tives from each group.
RELIGIOUS SOCIETIES
These organizations are sponsored by Athens churches or church-
affiliated groups. All are social as well as religious in character and
activities.
Baptist-Disciple Student Fellowship (Northern Baptist-Disciple men
and women)
Baptist Student Union (men and women)
Canterbury Club (Episcopal men and women)
Christian Science Club (men and women)
Hillel Foundation (Jewish men and women) .
Intervarsity Christian Fellowship (non-sectarian, men and women)
Kappa Phi (Methodist women)
Lutheran Student Association (men and women)
Newman Club (Catholic men and women)
Orthodox Christian Fellowship (Orthodox Christian men and women)
Phi Chi Delta (Presbyterian women)
Sigma Theta Epsilon (Methodist men)
Wesley Foundation (Methodist men and women)
Wesley Pla^yers (Methodist men and women)
Westminster Foundation (Presbyterian men and women)
SCHOLASTIC AND SOCIAL ORGANIZATIONS
HONOR SOCIETIES
These organizations confer metuhersliij) in recognition of high
scholastic attainment and the fulfillment of other constitutional re-
quirements. Sovie of the societies recognize and encourage the develop-
ment of a ivell-rounded personality and leadership and service qualities
in addition to academic achievement.
The first date is the founding date; the second the do.te the Ohio
University chapter was established. Organizations are listed in the
order of establishment at Ohio University.
Tau Kappa Alpha. 1908; 1916. Forensics (men and women).
Phi Upsilon Omicron. 1909; 1921. Home Economics (women).
Kappa Delta Pl 1911; 1923. Education (men and women).
Phi Beta Kappa. 1776; 1929. Liberal Arts (men and women).
Kappa Tau Alpha. 1910; 1929. Journalism (men and women).
Epsilon Pi Tau. 1929; 1934. Industrial Arts Education.
Phi Eta Sigma. 1923; 1936. Freshman Scholarship (men).
MoPvTAR Board. 1918; 1938. Student Leadership and Service (senior
women).
Alpha Lambda Delta. 1924; 1941. Freshman Scholarship (women).
Beta Gamma Sigma. 1913; 1951. Commerce (men and women).
Omicron Delta Kappa. 1914; 1951. Student Leadership and Service
(men).
Tau Beta Pi. 1885; 1953. Engineering (men).
Phi Kappa Phl 1897; 1956. All Academic Fields (men and women).
Pi Gamma Mu. 1924; 1956. Social Science (men and women).
NATIONAL PROFESSIONAL, RECOGNITION, OR DEPARTMENT SOCIETIES
These organizations confer membership in recognition of achieve-
ments in specific fields of education or service.
Accounting (men and women) Beta Alpha Psi
Art (men and women) Delta Phi Delta
Band (men and women) Kappa Kappa Psi
Band (women) Tau Beta Sigma
Campus Service (men) Alpha Phi Omega
Campus Service (men) Circle K
Campus Leadership (women) Chimes
Campus Leadership (men) J Club
Classical Languages (men and women) Eta Sigma Phi
Commerce (men) Delta Sigma Pi
Dramatics (men and women) National Collegiate Players
Education Ohio Student Education Assoclation
47
48
Ohio University
Education (graduate men) Phi Delta Kappa
Engineering (men) American Society of Civil Engineers
Engineering (men) American Institute of Electrical Engineers
Engineering (men) American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Engineering (men) Ohio Society of Professional Engineers
History (men and women) Phi Alpha Theta
Journalism (women) Theta Sigma Phi
Journalism (men) Sigma Delta Chi
Management Society for the Advancement of Management
Military (men) Arnold Air Society
Military (men) Pershing Rifles
Military (men) Scabbard and Blade
Music (v/omen) Sigma Alpha Iota
Music (men) Phi Mu Alpha
Music (men and women) Music Education Conference
Photography (men and women) Kappa Alpha Mu
Physics (men) American Institute of Physics
Psychology (men and women) Psi Chi
Radio American Institute of Radio Engineers
Sociology (men and women) Alpha Kappa Delta
Speech (men and women) Speech Correction Club
Student Activities (men) Blue Key
SPECIAL INTEREST SOCIETIES
Departmental and other organizations that are not affiliated with
national groups.
Alliance Franciase (French)
Alpha Omega Upsilon
Architectural Society
Camera Club
Chemical Society
Childhood Education Club
Chi Psi Omega (Botany-Zoology)
Chi Rho Beta (Radio)
Der Deutsche Verein (German)
Dolphin Club (Swimming)
Earth Science Club
Finnettes (Swimming)
Flying "O" (Sports)
FooTLiGHTERS (Dramatics)
Graduate Club
Green and White Chess Club
Home Economics Club
Industrial Arts Club
International Club
International Forum
Judo Club
Klub Siella (Medical Technology)
La Tertulia
Metropolitan Club of Ohio U.
O. U. Band
0. U. Radio Club
O. U. Republican Club
O. U. Table Tennis Club
Orchesis (Dance)
Rifle Club
Russian Language Club
Sabre Air Command
Secretarial Club
Sociology Club
Spanish Club
Student Press Club
Symphony Orchestra
Varsity "0" (Sports)
Veterans Club of Ohio U.
Women's Recreation Association
Women's Tennis Club
Young Democratic Club
Scholastic and Social Organizations 49
SOCIAL FRATERNITIES
These self -perpetuating groups organize the social life of their
members as a contributing factor to their educational program,. Member-
ship is upon invitation only.
INTERFRATERNITY COUNCIL (MEN)*
Beta Theta Pi (1839) f— Beta Kappa Chapter, 1841
Delta Tau Delta (1859)— Beta Chapter, 1862
Phi Delta Theta (1848)— Ohio Gamma Chapter, 1868
Phi Kappa Tau (1906)— Beta Chapter, 1909
Lambda Chi Alpha (1909) — Alpha Omega Chapter, 1918 (inactive
1937-1950)
Theta Chi (1856)— Alpha Tau Chapter, 1925
Tau Kappa Epsilon (1899)— Alpha Beta Chapter, 1927
Phi Kappa (1889)— Psi Chapter, 1929
Pi Kappa Alpha (1868) — Gamma Omicron Chapter, 1930
Phi Epsilon Pi (1904)— Alpha Rho Chapter, 1933
Phi Sigma Delta (1910)— Alpha Delta Chapter, 1948
Acacia (1904)— Ohio Trowel Chapter, 1949
Sigma Chi (1855)— Delta Pi Chapter, 1949
Alpha Phi Alpha (1906)— Phi Chapter, 1950
Sigma Nu (1869)— Zeta Mu, 1951
Sigma Alpha Epsilon (1856) — Ohio Gamma Chapter, 1953
Phi Kappa Sigma (1850)— Beta Zeta Chapter, 1953
Delta Upsilon (1834)— Ohio Chapter, 1955
Tau Gamma Delta — Local, 1957
Chi Kappa Nu — Local, 1957
PANHELLENIC ASSOCIATION (WOMEN)*
Pi Beta Phi (1867)t— Ohio Alpha Chapter, 1889
Alpha Gamma Delta (1904) — Zeta Chapter, 1908
Alpha Xi Delta (1893)— Pi Chapter, 1911
Chi Omega (1895)— Tau Alpha Chapter, 1913
Alpha Delta Pi (1851)— Xi Chapter, 1914
Zeta Tau Alpha (1898)— Alpha Pi Chapter, 1922
Phi Mu (1852)— Delta Delta Chapter, 1927
Sigma Kappa (1874) — Beta Upsilon Chapter, 1949
Alpha Epsilon Phi (1909)— Alpha Phi Chapter, 1951
Kappa Delta (1897) — Gamma Eta Chapter, 1955
Theta Phi Alpha (1912)— Delta Chapter, 1957
Kappa Alpha Alpha (local), 1955
•Listed in order of establishment at Ohio University.
tYear of founding of national organization.
50
Ohio University
INDEPENDENT GROUP
This organization is for students who are not affiliated with Greek-
letter social groups.
Men's Independent Association, 1938
STUDENT GOVERNMENT ASSOCIATIONS AND CLASS ORGANIZATIONS
Biddle Hall House Council
Boyd Hall House Council
Bryan Hall House Council
Bush Hall House Council
Campus Affairs Committee
Class, Senior
Class, Junior
Class, Sophomore
Class, Freshman
East Green Inter-Dorm Council
Gamertsfelder Hall House
Council
Howard Hall House Council
Inter-Dormitory Council
Interfraternity Council
Jefferson Hall House Council
Johnson Hall House Council
Junior Panhellenic Association
Lindley Hall House
Organization
Men's Union Governing Board
0. U. Center Dormitory Council
0. U. Center Program Board
Panhellenic Association
Perkins Hall House Council
Read Hall House Council
Scott Quad Council
Shively Hall House Council
Student Council
Tiffin Hall House Council
Voigt Hall House Organization
Washington Hall House Council
Women's League Assembly
Women's League Senate
UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS
Admissions
Fees
Expense Estimate
Registration
Scholarship
Grade Reports
Honors
Probation
Transcripts
Attendance and Absences
Graduation
UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS
ADMISSIONS
GENERAL ADMISSION INFORMATION. All correspondence pertaining
to the admission of a student to the University should be addressed to
the Director of Admissions and University Examiner, Ohio University,
Athens, Ohio.
Students are accepted for admission to the University for the fall
semester, the second semester wMch begins in February, and the sum-
mer sessions.
Application for admission consists of the presentation of an appli-
cation blank filled in by the applicant, official transcripts of all high
school or college credit, two small photographs of the applicant, a vacci-
nation blank certified by a physician, and a medical history blank filled
in by the applicant and completed by a physician. These documents
when submitted become the permanent property of the University and
are never returned to the applicant.
The application blank for admission and the transcript of high
school record may be sent in any time after the completion of the junior
year and the applicant then will be given provisional acceptance or
denial. Final admission is granted upon satisfactory completion of the
secondary school course.
If the applicant is transferring from another university, he must
request the registrar of that university to forward an off'icial transcript
of college record direct to the Director of Admissions, Ohio University.
It is important to get all entrance credentials to the Director of
Admissions early enough so that the applicant can be informed concern-
ing his admission and the opening of the session he wishes to enter.
If accepted, the applicant will be forwarded information which he will
need for registration at the University. For the fall semester, appli-
cations are usually not accepted after September 1 and for the second
semester, after January 10.
SUBJECTS IN HIGH SCHOOL. Because Ohio University accepts gradu-
ates of first-grade high schools in Ohio, no particular pattern of high
school subjects is required for admission. Hov/ever, since prospective
students frequently ask what subjects they should take in high school,
the following is suggested as a reasonable minimum distribution. This
distribution meets the specific University College requirements (see
page 76) and prepares the student for the pursuit of any curriculiim
in the University:
English 3 or 4 units
Foreign language 2 units
52
University Regulations 53
Social sciences 2 units
(One of which should be United States history and
civics.)
Laboratory sciences 2 units
(Biology, botany, zoology, chemistry, or physics pre-
ferred. General science and senior science do not
meet University College requirements. Prospective
engineering students should take chemistry and
physics.)
Algebra 1 unit
Plane geometry 1 unit
(Prospective engineering students should take ad-
vanced algebra, solid geometry and trigonometry.)
Electlves 4 or 5 units
Total 16 units
THE TESTING PROGRAM. Each new student is required to take the
college ability test. A notice of the date, place and hour is included in
his admission credentials. A student who fails to take the college ability
test at the appointed time, or who applies too late to take the test at the
appointed time is required to take the test at a later date and to pay an
aaditional fee of $2, A student transferring to Ohio University from
another college is not required to take the test if he has had the Ohio
State Psychological Examination or American Council Examination at
that college and the record of the test is on the transcript from the
college.
In addition to the college ability test, an English placement test, a
reading examination and a mathematics achievement test are adminis-
tered to all freshmen. Additional information regarding the testing pro-
grams is given under the heading "Testing and Vocational Counseling
Service," page 21, and "University College," page 76.
RESIDENTS AND NONRESIDENTS OF OHIO. The scholastic require-
ments for admission and the general registration fee for non-residents
of the State of Ohio are higher than for residents of the State.
1. No student shall be considered eligible to register in the Univer-
sity as a resident of the State of Ohio unless he has had bona
fide domicile in the state twelve consecutive months before he
registers at the University. There is a strong presumption that
one who comes into the state to attend college has a temporary
residence, not a domicile.
2. No student whose domicile was outside the State of Ohio in the
year preceding his original enrollment in the University shall be
considered a resident unless it can be clearly established by him
that his former domicile has been abandoned and a new domicile
54 Ohio University
established in the State of Ohio and maintained for at least twelve
consecutive months. No application for residence of one whose
legal residence is not determined by his parents or legal guardian
can be considered until the applicant is 22 years of age.
3. No student whose domicile was outside the State of Ohio at any
time after his original enrollment in the University shall be con-
sidered a resident unless he has established his domicile as stated
in paragraph 2,
4. Minors: The domicile of a student who is a minor shall be con-
sidered the same as that of his parents or legal guardian, if any,
regardless of emancipation. If an Ohio resident is appointed
guardian of a nonresident minor, the latter shall be considered
a nonresident until twelve months after the appointment.
5. Wives : A wife shall be classed as a resident student for registra-
tion purposes if her husband has had a bona fide residence in the
State of Ohio for a period of at least twelve months preceding her
registration and is a resident of the state at the time of her reg-
istration.
6. Losing Ohio Classification: A student, who at time of entrance is
classified as an Ohio resident, loses his Ohio classification if his
legal residence is changed to another state, but not until one
year has elapsed.
APPLICANTS FROM OHIO (High School Graduates). All residents of
Ohio who are graduates of approved high schools and who have not
attended another college are eligible for admission to the University.
An applicant, however, who ranks in the lower half of his graduating
class and, in addition, has a low expectancy of success in college, will
be admitted on special warning. This status for the low-in-class gradu-
ate will be determined on the basis of freshman test scores, pattern of
high school subjects, and high school recommendations. The decision as
to the special warning status will be made during the pre-college
counseling program held in midsummer which every applicant gradu-
ating in the lower half of his high school class must attend. Many
students required to participate in the pre-college counseling program
will avoid the special warning status by means of satisfactory test
scores. If, for an acceptable reason, a student does not attend the
pre-college conference, it is necessary for him to complete the tests by
individual appointment. Completion of the tests at an authorized time
is required for admission and enrollment.
For further statements relative to students admitted on special
warning, see page 79.
In the case of a veteran of military service, Ohio University
recognizes a diploma issued by an accredited Ohio high school on the
basis of the General Educational Development Tests. The applicant,
University Regulations 55
however, may be accepted only for a two-year terminal program if his
test scores are low.
APPLICANTS FROM OHIO (Transfer Students.) Any applicant, a resident
of Ohio, who has attended another college and who desires to transfer
to Ohio University is considered for admission if he has a point-hour
ratio of 2.0 (C) on all hours attempted, and if he is eligible for good
standing at Ohio University.
APPLICANTS FROM OUT OF THE STATE. An application from an out-
of-state student is considered if the applicant ranks in the upper half
of his graduating class in an approved high school.
A veteran who ranks above the 50 centile on the General Educa-
tional Development Tests (High School Level) may be considered for
admission.
A transfer student from out of the state who makes application for
admission to any college of the University is considered for admission if
he has a point-hour ratio of 2.0 (on the Ohio University grade-point
system) on all hours attempted in all of his previous college work, and
if he is eligible for good standing at Ohio University.
APPLICANTS FROM FOREIGN COUNTRIES. An applicant from a foreign
country makes application for admission on a special foreign student
application blank. This application form is obtained by writing to
the Director of Admissions, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio. If the ap-
plicant has need for scholarship aid he so indicates on the application
form.
No application will be considered until complete official credentials
from all secondary schools, colleges, universities, normal schools, or tech-
nical schools attended have been received. These should indicate the
degree or diploma received, if any, all subjects studied, and grades,
marks, or standing achieved in examinations. If original documents are
issued in native language, the original documents or certified copies
thereof shall be accompanied by official translations in the English
language. Three letters of recommendation should be submitted, includ-
ing one from an administrative officer of the last educational institution
attended and one from a teacher.
English Certification. The application should be accompanied by an
English certification signed by a professor of English, cultural relations
attache, a diplomatic or consular official of the United States, or a dele-
gated representative of one of these persons, certifying that the ap-
plicant speaks English fluently and understands English sufficiently well
to profit by study in a university in which English is used exclusively.
It is essential that a foreign student be able to understand directions
and lectures in English and express his thoughts clearly in spoken
English immediately upon arrival at the University. Ohio University
50 Ohio University
reserves the right to require the taking of an English language pro-
ficiency test under the auspices of such an agency as the English
Language Institute of the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan,
or the American-Korean Foundation which has offices in New York City
and Seoul.
Health Certification. A statement signed by a licensed physician
certifying as to the general state of the student's health and a smallpox
vaccination certificate should be submitted along with the application
for admission. The medical forms are provided by Ohio University and
must indicate that the applicant is:
1. Free from contagious or communicable disease.
2. Able physically and mentally to perform satisfactorily as a full-
time student.
3. Sufficiently stable, emotionally, to make adjustment to an Ameri-
can university environment.
4. Vaccinated against smallpox.
GRADUATE STUDENTS. For admission to the Graduate College, see
page 160.
TRANSFER FROM ANOTHER GRADUATE COLLEGE. An applicant for
admission to the Graduate College of Ohio University who has attended
a graduate college elsewhere must have a point-hour ratio of 3.0 (B) on
all graduate course? attempted. For acceptance of credits see catalog
page 162 under "Credit and Residence."
SPECIAL STUDENTS. A person who has completed a minimum of 15
units of high school work and is not planning to work toward a degree
or diploma at Ohio University, or a mature person (ordinarily 21 years
of age or over) not planning to work toward a degree or diploma, may
be accepted as a Special Student. Such a person must file an application
for admission to the University and clear through the Admissions Office.
He is permitted to carry a full class load and may take any course for
which he is qualified.
A person may register as a Special Part-Time Student for a maxi-
mum of six semester hours of work a semester without clearing through
the Admissions Office. Such a student, however, is not permitted to
retain this special status after he has accumulated 32 semester hours
of credit at Ohio University or its Branches; or is within 32 semester
hours of having sufficient credit for a degree or diploma. A student
University Regulations 57
who has attended another college or university must be eligible for
good standing at Ohio University.
ADVANCED STANDING EXAMINATIONS. Application for an advanced
standing examination is made with the Director of Admissions and Uni-
versity Examiner for any course listed in the current catalog in which
the student desires credit witl'out taking the course in class, provided
the course lends itself to an examination. An advanced standing exam-
ination may not be taken to alter a passing grade at Ohio University.
The application must be approved by the chairman of the department
and the dean of the college in which the student is classified. Only a
student who is enrolled for a minimum of six semester hours as a resi-
dent student of Ohio University is eligible to make application. A fee of
$5 is charged for each semester hour.
Credit for the course is granted when a student receives at least a
C grade and has completed at least 15 semester hours of credit at Ohio
University with a point-hour ratio of 2.0. If a student who has not
completed 15 semester hours is granted permission to take an examin-
ation for advanced standing, the credit is withheld until he has earned
the required amount.
Any grade received on the examination for advanced standing be-
comes a part of the student's academic record and is used to compute
the point-hour ratio.
CREDIT EARNED DURING MILITARY SERVICE. A student in military
service may receive college credit for college courses completed through
the United States Armed Forces Institute when end-of-the-course exam-
inations are passed or when courses are taken in correspondence with
accredited colleges.
For training completed by veterans in training units other than
those offered in the colleges, the recommendations made for college
credit by the American Council on Education are followed in most cases.
A student who has covered the subject matter in certain fields (for
example: mathematics, physics, meteorology) during his training period
may receive credit in the courses by presenting evidence of having had
the courses and by passing satisfactory examinations in the subjects.
CREDIT FOR MILITARY SERVICE. A maximum of 8 semester hours of
college credit for basic military training, or 16 semester hours for
officer's training with commission will be awarded to a student who,
after completing his military service, enrolls in the University. This
credit is granted when the student presents a certified copy of his
separation papers showing honorable discharge and a minimum of six
months of service. A deduction in the amount of credit allowed is made
for those students who received high school credit for military service
or who have had R.O.T.C. credit in college.
58 Ohio University
FEES
Official enrollment is completed when all fees have been paid. Fees
are payable at the Cashier's Office at registration time. Checks and
money orders should be drawn in favor of Ohio University in the exact
amount of the fees. If paid by mail, by the parents, they should be sent
to the student in whose name the account is carried. It is important that
the student retain his receipt for it mnst be presented at the time the
activity card is issued.
Payment of fees is a prerequisite to official enrollment, and all
students should have sufficient funds to cover these expenses. Postdated
checks will not be accepted. Checks issued to the University and not paid
on presentation to the bank, will automatically cancel any receipts given
and result in the assessment of penalties.
Ohio University reserves the right to make, without prior notice,
any fee adjustments that may become necessary before the appearance
of the next catalog.
REGISTRATION FEES Resident Non-
The Semester: of Ohio Resident
Comprehensive fee for load of 12 to 18 hours,
inclusive $115.00 $240.00
Includes the general registration fee of $75.00,
the student activity fee, student service fees
such as health, library, and testing, and course
and laboratory fees. Excludes fees for private
instruction as in music and bowling, which
are listed in the course descriptions.
Extra fee for each semester hour in excess of
18 hours 8.00 20.00
Fee for each hour for load of 7 to 11 hours,
inclusive 10.00 20.00
Fee for each hour for load of 1 to 6 hours,
inclusive 8.00 20.00
The fee for 1 to 6 hours does not carry with it
the privilege of a student activity card or the
use of the Health Service.
Auditors pay fees in full as above.
The Summer Session:
Fees for each term are proportionate amounts
of the semester fees. See Summer Session bul-
letin for details.
Correspondence Study:
Registration for each semester hour 9.00 10.00
Extension Class:
Registration fee, each semester hour 10.00 22.00
Fee is increased if class is organized with an
enrollment below the required quota.
University Regulations 59
MISCELLANEOUS FEES
Certificate of completion $ 2.50
Change of course or change of college 2.00
Entrance Tests, when not taken at the designated time 2.00
Duplicate official forms, fee receipts, grade report, etc 1.00
Examination for advanced standing, each semester hour 5.00
Graduation —
Application for degree 10.00
Application for Associate in Arts diploma 5.00
Re-application 2.00
Penalty for late application 5.00
Diploma mailing fee for those absent from commencement 2.00
Late registration or late payment of fees — $3.00 Minimum,
$10.00 Maximum 3.00-10.00
R.O.T.C. Deposit Fee 20.00
Dissertation Microfilming 25.00
Thesis Editing and Abstract Printing 5.00
Dissertation or Thesis Binding, Each copy 2.50
Transcript of record, after first transcript request 1.00
Group requests of five to ten copies, $5.00; five to twenty
copies, $10.00
Vocational Counseling Fee for students and prospective students 5.00
REFUND OF FEES. Voluntary and official withdrawal from the Uni-
versity entitles the student to a refund of 80% of the comprehensive
fee if he withdraws within the first and second weeks of a semester,
and 50% if he withdraws within the third and fourth weeks. A week is
interpreted to mean a calendar week and ends at noon on Saturday.
If a student withdraws from the University before he pays his
registration fees or before he completes the payment for his registration
fees, he is considered indebted to the University for the amount de-
termined according to the refund regulations.
EXPENSE ESTIMATE
The following is an estimate of expenses for one eighteen-week
semester at Ohio University:
Comprehensive registration fee* $115.00
Rent of room in dormitory (average rental) 117.00
Board in dormitory 216.00
Total for semester $448.00
The estimate does not include the cost of books, which amounts to
approximately $25 a semester for the average student.
The real differences in the costs of attending the University are to
be found in such personal maintenance expenditures as those for laundry,
clothes, recreation, and other incidentals. These may vary greatly and
are determined by the individual's tastes and interests.
The University does not make provision for handling student ac-
counts, this service being available through local banks.
*The i-ecristration fee for a student who is not a resident of Ohio is increased by the
nonresident fee. See "Fees and Deposits," page 58.
60 Ohio University
REGISTRATION
Details concerning the registration procedure are given in the
schedule of classes which is obtained at the office of the Registrar
before each registration.
PERMITS TO REGISTER. A permit to register which shows the hour
and place for advising and registration must be obtained for each regis-
tration. A student enrolled in the University obtains his permit in
accordance with regulations announced by the Registrar.
A former student obtains a permit to register by calling at the
office of the Registrar or by making his request by mail about a month
before the opening of the session he wishes to attend.
A new student receives his permit to register by mail with other
admission material.
STUDENT LOAD. A full-time student normally carries a minimum of
15 semester hours. A student on warning or probation carries a maxi-
mum of 14. A student must obtain approval from the dean of his college
to carry less than the minimum prescribed by his college or more than
17 semester hours (19 if registered for an engineering degree), or more
than 14 if on warning or probation. Specific regulations are given in
the respective college sections of the catalog.
AUDITING PRIVILEGE. At the time he is advised a student may re-
ceive permission to audit courses as part of his load. The courses must
be marked "Audit" on the schedule and registration cards. The fee for
auditing is the same as for credit. Subsequent to registration, changes
from audit to credit or from credit to audit are made by change order
during the period when changes are permitted.
CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS. A student who has been regularly
admitted to the University and who expects to pursue a degree or a
diploma course is given rank according to the number of semester hours
completed: Freshman, 0-24; Sophomore, 25-54; Junior, 55-86; and
Senior, 87 and over.
All other students are unclassified. If an unclassified student has
completed 24 or fewer semester hours, he enrolls as a special student in
the University College; if he has completed 25 or more semester hours,
he registers in the degree college of his choice as a special student. An
unclassified student continues to enroll as a special student until he has
made up high school credit deficiencies or is regularly admitted to a
degree or diploma course.
A student who has earned a degree and desires to register for
undergraduate courses without pursuing another degree enrolls as a
special student in the degree college from which he was graduated;
however, a student who wishes to enroll for a special interest subject
only may register in the college offering the course.
A student who has been admitted to the Graduate College enrolls
as a special student when he does not wish to pursue a program leading
to a degree.
University Regulations 61
CHANGE ORDERS. When a student finds it necessary to add a course,
withdraw from a course, or correct his registration, he requests a
change order in the office of the dean of the college in which he is
enrolled. The order does not go into effect until it has been presented to
and accepted by the office of the Registrar.
A course may not be added after the close of the third week of a
semester.
When a student withdraws from a course by change order his grade
is recorded W; and the instructor destroys the class card on receipt of a
notice from the Registrar.
A course cannot be dropped by change order by a student in a
degree college after the third week and by a student in University
College after the close of the eighth week of the semester, or in the
case of a course that has a late starting date, one week after the start-
ing date.
The following procedure is authorized for making a change order:
The student secures a change order form in the dean's office, and then
consults the designated departmental representative or the instructor of
each course being dropped or added. If the departmental representative
or the instructor approves the change, he signs the change order form.
If the change is not approved, the reason may be indicated on the
change order form or in a separate communication to the dean. The
change order form is returned to the dean of the college in which the
student is enrolled for approval. After securing the dean's approval,
the student deposits the change order form in the office of the Registrar
and pays the change order fee of $2 if it was assessed by the dean.
Changes correcting mechanical errors in registration during the
first week of classes may be approved by the dean of the college follow-
ing approval of the departmental representative.
Exceptions to the above regulations are made only with the ap-
proval of the Executive Committee.
The dates marking the close of each period mentioned are shown
in the calendar.
CHANGE OF ADDRESS. A student is responsible for any university
office communication sent to him at the last address reported to the
office of the Registrar. Forms for reporting a change of home or Athens
address are available in the Registrar's office.
CHANGE OF COLLEGE. Application for transfer from one degree
college to another is made in the office of the dean of the college in
which the student is enrolled and should be made before registration.
The change goes into effect when the application, signed by the two
deans concerned, has been presented to the Registrar and the transfer
fee of $2 has been paid. A student is required to fulfill all the require-
ments of the degree and the college to which he transfers. The change
must be completed within two weeks after the opening of a session or
the student remains in the college in which he was registered until the
next session.
62 Ohio University
WITHDRAWAL FROM THE UNIVERSITY. Application is made on a
withdrawal form obtained in the office of the dean of the college in
which the student is registered. When the request for the withdrawal
has been approved by the dean of the college, the order is referred to
the Registrar who grants an official withdrawal after it has been deter-
mined that all obligations to the University have been met. A refund
of registration fees is made according to regulations under "Fees."
"W" is recorded for a University College student who is granted
a withdrawal from the University during the first eight weeks of a
semester, and for a degree college student during the first three weeks;
and on receipt of notice from the Registrar, the instructor destroys the
class card. The weeks are counted from the date marking the opening
of the semester.
When a University College or degree college student is granted a
withdrawal from the University following the close of the eighth or
third week of a semester, respectively, his grade in each course is
recorded "WP" if he is passing or "WF" if failing at the time of
withdrawal. Hours of "WP" are not included in total hours attempted;
hours of "WF" are. "WP" and "WF" appear on the transcript of
record.
A student who leaves the University without obtaining an official
withdrawal is not permitted a refund of fees and is given F in all
courses. The University reserves the right to ask a student to withdraw
at any time when it considers such action to be in its best interests.
CREDIT. All credit is designated in semester hours. A semester hour
is the equivalent of one recitation or two or more laboratary periods
a week throughout a semester. In order to receive credit, students are
required o take final examinations. The final examinations are held
during the last week of a session and all students are required to take
the examinations according to the schedule issued by the Registrar.
The final examination for honors work must be taken before the
opening of the regular examination period. For information concerning
honors work, refer to "Honors Work Program."
REGISTRATION OF MOTOR VEHICLES
University policy and regulations require that all students operat-
ing automobiles, motorcycles, or other types of motor vehicles,
including students who are residents of the city of Athens, must register
these vehicles and pay a $2 registration fee during registration at the
beginning of each semester. In turn, each student will be given a wind-
shield sticker, upon registration and payment of fee, which will entitle
him to park in the areas designated. Failure to display the sticker on
the lower right-hand corner of the windshield will result in a fine of $3.
If a vehicle is brought to the campus after registration day, it must
be registered within twenty-four hours at the Office of the Dean of
Men. Persons violating this regulation will be fined $10 in addition to
the I'equired registration fee, and it will be counted as a first offense.
University Regulations 63
SCHOLARSHIP REGULATIONS
THE GRADING SYSTEM. At the close of a session or upon the comple-
tion of a course an instructor reports a letter grade indicating the
quality of a student's work in the course. Points are assigned for each
semester hour of credit earned, according to the following grading
system :
Points
Letter Grade Explanation Per Semester Hour
A Very high 4
B High 3
C Average 2
D Passing but low 1
F Failure 0*
I Incomplete 0*
W Withdrawn -**
WP Withdrawn Passing -**
WF Withdrawn Failing 0*
Cr. *** Credit without grade -**
* Hours are included in total hours attempted.
** Hours are not included in total hours attempted.
*** Not used at Ohio University for regular courses. Recorded if a
part of a transferred record.
THE POINT-HOUR RATIO is the basis for determining scholastic
standing. It is obtained by dividing the total number of points earned
by the total number of semester hours undertaken, excluding courses
in which the marks "W", "WP", or "Cr." are recorded (those with **
in the table).
"W" is recorded for a University College student who is granted
a withdrawal from a course or from the University during the first
eight weeks of a semester, and for a degree college student during
the first three weeks. University College students may not withdraw
from a course after the close of the eighth week, and degree college
students after the third week. The weeks are counted from the date
marking the opening of the semester.
When a University College or degree college student is granted a
withdrawal from the University following the close of the eighth or
third week of a semester, respectively, his grade in each course is
recorded "WP" if he is passing or "WF" if failing at the time of
withdrawal. Hours of "WP" are not included in total hours attempted;
hours of "WF" are. "WP" and "WF" appear on the transcript of
record.
Unofficial withdrawals result in "F" grades.
"I" is given to a student who, in a course in which he is doing
passing work, has a relatively small part of the session's work not
completed because of illness or other reason beyond his control as
verified by the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women, or for some reason
acceptable to the dean of the college in which he is enrolled. Two meth-
ods are available to the student for removing an "I" grade from his
64 Ohio University
record: by arranging with the instructor to complete the work of the
course within six weeks after the opening of the next semester he is
in residence, or by re-registering for the course and completing it with
a passing grade. An extension of time for the removal of an "I" may
be made by the dean of the college.
POINT-HOUR RATIO (SCHOLASTIC AVERAGE). Except for hours of
"W," "WP," and "Cr.", the entire record including each grade in each
course attempted, is used to determine probation status, eligibility for
honors, and class ranking, and for all purposes where a cumulative
point-hour ratio is requested.
MINIMUM STANDARD FOR GRADUATION. To meet the minimum
standard for graduation from Ohio University, a student must have a
point-hour ratio of 2.0 (C) on all hours attempted, but including only
the final hours and points in repeated courses. This applies to his
total record, and to his major or equivalent as determined by his
college. For a student, with transferred credit, this rule applies to both
his cumulative record, which includes transferred credits, and to his
Ohio University record exclusive of transferred credits.
REPEATING A COURSE. When a course is repeated, the last grade
becomes the grade in that course for graduation purposes. Previous
grades in repeated courses continue to be used to determine the cumu-
lative point-hour ratio. A course may not be repeated after a more
advanced course in the same field has been passed. A course passed
may not be repeated in the semester in which the student is a candidate
for graduation.
GRADE REPORTS
STUDENTS IN THE UNIVERSITY COLLEGE. At the end of the seventh
and thirteenth weeks, grades for University College students are re-
ported to the Registrar. The grades are available to the student through
his counselor. The Dean of the University College sends a notice of
warning at the close of the seventh week to the student who has a
point-hour ratio below 1.5. At the close of the thirteenth week, a similar
point-hour ratio results in a notice of warning being sent to the student
and his parents.
A student who is on probation will have a notice of warning sent to
his parents both at the seven and thirteen week grading periods if his
point-hour ratio is below 2.0.
A final grade report is mailed to each student immediately after
the close of a session.
STUDENTS IN DEGREE COLLEGES. At the end of the seventh and
thirteenth weeks instructors report to the student his standing in class.
His dean receives a report if he has F or low D in a course. If at the
end of a session, a degree college student's cumulative point-hour ratio
falls below 2.0 (C) but not low enough to place him on probation, a
notice is sent to the student and to his parents by the dean of his college.
A final grade report is mailed to each student immediately after
the close of a session.
% 3
f -I*;
.^^
m -^ w
«^ t
University Regulations 65
HONORS
DEAN'S LIST. The Dean's List, compiled at the close of each session,
includes the names of all freshmen who have a point-hour ratio of at
least 3.0 (B) on a minimum load of 15 semester hours of credit; and
the names of all upperclassmen who have a point-hour ratio of at least
3.3 on a minimum load of 15 semester hours of credit.
HONORS DAY. The Honors Day Convocation, held each spring-, is
for the purpose of honoring students who have attained high scholastic
standing. The names of all undergraduate students who have attained
a point-hour ratio of 3.0 (B) on a minimum total of 15 semester hours
at Ohio University, and who in their last semester preceding Honors
Day completed a minimum of 15 semester hours, are listed in the Honors
Day Program. Students with transferred credits who have the necessary
standing at Ohio University as well as on their cumulative record are
also honored.
Graduate students are honored if they have attained a point-hour
ratio of 3.5 (B-f) on a minimum of 12 semester credit hours earned
in residence, and if in their last semester preceding Honors Day they
completed a minimum of 9 semester hours.
The student who attains these honors will have an indication of
them on his record and on the transcript of his record.
GRADUATION. The name of the recipient of the bachelor's degree
is distinguished in the commencement program by the notation "with
honor" if his point-hour ratio on all hours attempted is 3.0 to 3.5, and
with "high honor" if 3.5 or above. The name of one with transferred
credits is similarly distinguished if both his Ohio University and total
record meet the requirement.
PROBATION REGULATIONS
GRADE-POINT DEFICIENCY. A student whose total grade points is
less than twice the number of hours attempted has a grade-point de-
ficiency. A student's grade-point deficiency is found by taking two
times the number of hours attempted minus total grade points accumu-
lated. Thus, a student who has attempted a total of 31 semester hours
and earned 48 grade points has a grade-point deficiency of 14
(2x31-48 = 14).
At the close of each session the record of every student is reviewed.
If a student's cumulative record shows a grade-point deficiency, he is
subject to being placed on probation or dropped from the University.
Action taken as the result of poor scholarship is indicated on the grade
repoi-t which is mailed to the student. A notice is also sent by the
Registrar to the student's parent or guardian. In general, action will
be taken in accordance with the following regulations:
66 Ohio University
PROBATION. A student who has attempted fewer than 30 hours
is placed on scholastic probation when his grade-point deficiency is
greater than half the number of hours attempted. A student who has
attempted 30 hours or more is placed on scholastic probation when his
grade-point deficiency is greater than 15 grade points.
PROBATION REMOVED. If a student on probation has attempted a
total of fewer than 30 hours and his grade-point deficiency is not
greater than half the total hours attempted, probation is removed. If
a student on probation has attempted 30 hours or more and his grade-
point deficiency is not greater than 15 grade points, probation is re-
moved.
PROBATION CONTINUED. A student who has been on probation for
one session may be continued on probation for one additional session
if his grade-point deficiency has not increased and he is not eligible to
be removed from probation. However, at the close of this additional
session he must be eligible to be removed from probation or he will be
dropped from the University.
DROPPED FROM THE UNIVERSITY. A student on probation is dropped
from the University if his grade-point deficiency has increased and he
is not eligible to be removed from probation.
Any student whose grade-point deficiency at the close of any session
exceeds the number of hours attempted will be dropped from the Uni-
versity whether or not he has been on probation. A student may be
dropped even though he has not previously been on probation. See
SPECIAL ACTION.
Normally a petition for reinstatement will not be considered until
a year after the student was dropped. He presents the petition to the
dean of his college for consideration by the Executive Committee.
A student who is dropped may not enroll for courses on campus,
in a Branch, or in correspondence or extension courses conducted by
Ohio University until he is reinstated by the Executive Committee.
SPECIAL ACTION. In individual cases the Executive Committee may
drop, impose or remove probation, or grant continuation or reinstate-
ment if the circumstances appear to justify special action.
TRANSCRIPTS
A photograph of a student's record is issued by the office of the
Registrar as an official transcript. Transcripts are made only upon
request. Each student is entitled to one copy free of charge. A transcript
requested after the free copy has been issued costs $.1. For a group
request of from five to ten copies the fee is $5; for five to twenty copies,
$10. The transcript fee must accompany the transcript request.
A transcript carries a statement of good standing except when a
student has been dropped from the University because of poor scholar-
ship, nonpayment of fees, or unsatisfactory conduct. A student on scho-
lastic probation has his status indicated on his transcript.
University Regulations 67
CLASS ATTENDANCE AND ABSENCES
A student is expected to attend all scheduled meetings of his classes
and all examinations.
REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO CERTIFIED ABSENCES. If because of
illness or other authorized reasons a student is absent, it is his re-
sponsibility to obtain the appropriate certificate of absence and to
present it to his instructor immediately upon his return to class.
Qualifying for a certificate does not exempt a student from class work.
In making up work he must meet the requirements prescribed by the
instructor.
The following two types of certificates are available to the student
and are honored by instructors.
Certificate of absence due to illness: This is given by the Health
Service to a student who has received treatment at the clinic; who
has been a patient in the infirmary, or who presents evidence of
illness from a physician.
Certificate for other authorized reason: This is obtained from the
Dean of Men or the Dean of Women for an absence resulting from
serious illness or death in the family; a wedding in the immediate
family; trips in connection with authorized educational and univer-
sity activities; other educational trips, appointments, meetings,
mandatory tests (as for example, the selective service test), manda-
tory court appearances, approved extracurricular activities, and any
occurrence which can be classified as an act of God.
Extended group educational trips that make it necessary for stu-
dents to be absent from classes require the approval of the dean of the
college or the director of the division under whose auspices the trip is
made. The dean or director certifies the list of participants to the Dean
of Men or Dean of Women.
ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS. Apart from the requirements of the
following additional regulations, all uncertified absences are handled by
the instructor concerned.
Instructor's Attendance Reports: Instructors will submit absence
reports to the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women for students who
are frequently tardy, frequently absent on any one day of the week,
absent from so many meetings that academic work is aff"ected, or
absent from all meetings of a class for one week. This will enable
the Deans of Men and Women and the dean of the student's college
to follow up irregular and excessive absences because it is often
the first indication that a student is in trouble outside the class-
room. Upon the recommendation of the personnel dean to the dean
of the college, a student may be dropped from the University be-
cause of excessive absence.
Class Probation and Penalties: At the discretion of the instructor
a student may be placed on class probation for uncertified absences.
Instructors request the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women to
place the student on class probation. The Dean of Men or Dean of
68 Ohio University
"Women notifies in writing the student, the parents, the Registrar,
the dean of the student's college, and the instructor who made the
request. After being placed on probation an additional uncertified
absence will result in the student receiving "F" in the course. The
"F" is reported to the Registrar immediately with the reason in-
dicated on the class card.
Uncertified Absences Before and After Vacations: Each instructor
will report all absences from class on the two days preceding and
following official vacation periods for the assignment of penalty
absences. A penalty of one semester hour is added to the require-
ments for graduation for an uncertified absence from the student's
last scheduled class preceding a vacation and his first scheduled
class period following a vacation. If a student is absent from all
periods on the day immediately preceding a vacation and his last
class period on the second day preceding a vacation, he is penalized
two semester hours. The same penalty applies to the two days im-
mediately following an official vacation. A total of four semester
hours may, therefore, be added to an individual's graduation require-
ments for absences incurred at any one holiday period.
Absence from Final Examinations : Certification for absences from
examinations for the usual authorized reasons (family emergency,
etc.) is obtainable from the appropriate personnel dean, or, in case
of illness, from the Health Service. Application for absence for
other reasons must be made through the academic dean and requires
approval of the instructor concerned and the Executive Committee
of the University.
Special Requests: If unusual circumstances not covered by these
regulations make it necessary for a student to request absence he
consults the dean of his college who will confer with the instructors
concerned. Executive Committee action may be required at the dis-
cretion of the deans involved.
GRADUATION
APPLICATION. A candidate for graduation must make application
in the office of the Registrar, and pay the application fee, not later than
the date given in the university calendar for the session in which he
plans to graduate. The application fee for a degree is $10; for the
Associate in Arts diploma, $5. Application for graduation made after
the time designated adds a penalty of $5.
If an applicant fails to meet the requirements for graduation, he
may reapply for the session in which he plans to complete the require-
ments. The reapplication fee is $2. The penalty fee of $5 is added for
late reapplication.
SCHOLASTIC AVERAGE FOR GRADUATION. To meet the minimum
standard for graduation from Ohio University, a student must have a
point-hour ratio of 2.0 (C) on all hours attempted, but including only
University Regulations 69
the final hours and points in repeated courses. This applies to his total
record, and to his major or equivalent as determined by his college. For
a student with transferred credit, this rule applies to both his cumula-
tive record, which includes transferred credits, and to his Ohio Univer-
sity record exclusive of transferred credits.
The minimum number of semester hours required is increased by
the number of hours received as a penalty for excess absences before or
after a holiday vacation, by the number of hours of repeated subjects,
and by the number of hours in courses not allowed toward a degree by
catalog designation or by the dean of the college, and may be increased
by the number of semester hours earned in physical activity coiirses.
A student who fails to graduate because of a grade-point deficiency
may take, with approval of his dean, up to a maximum of 6 semester
hours of work in correspondence, extension, or Branches of Ohio Uni-
versity to make up his deficiency. Work may not be taken at another
college to make up this deficiency.
MAJOR AREAS OF STUDY. Requirements for majors and fields of
concentration are outlined by the individual colleges. A transfer student
whose transcript shows the completion of most or of all the courses
in a major area of study may be required by the dean of his college to
satisfy the departments concerned that he has met Ohio University's
standards in that area before it is recognized for purposes of gradua-
tion.
PROFICIENCY IN ENGLISH. A degree student who failed to make a
grade of A or B in English 4 is required to take the English proficiency
test the first time it is given after his record shows a total of 45 semes-
ter hours of credit. A student who transfers to Ohio University in his
junior or senior year takes the test during his first semester in resi-
dence, and one who transfers in his sophomore year takes the test after
his record shows a total of 45 semester hours of credit, regardless of
the grade he received in freshman English in another school. Any trans-
fer student who must take English 3 at Ohio University to complete
his freshman composition requirements may be excused from the pro-
ficiency test if his grade is A or B.
The proficiency test is off"ered each semester. Dates are shown in
the calendar. It consists of a few paragraphs of prose, written on a
subject chosen by the student from a list of subjects given to him at
the test. The papers are later marked Passed or Failed.
The student who fails the test will be required to repeat English
3 during the following semester. If the student then makes a grade
of A or B in this semester of repetition, he is excused from the profi-
ciency test. A student who makes a grade below B on repetition must
take the proficiency test.
The student who fails to take the proficiency test at the scheduled
time will be required to take a make-up examination.
70 Ohio University
PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Men students have a flexible physical edu-
cation requirement. The normal requirement of two semesters may be
reduced by passing physical proficiency and sports tests which are
offered near the close of each semester and summer session. After
completing one semester with credit, the student may elect to try physi-
cal proficiency tests or continue to register for additional credit. Having
passed testing standards prescribed by the Division of Physical Educa-
tion and Athletics, the student is excused from further requirement.
Men classified as veterans of the armed forces are not held to the
one-semester rule and, therefore, may take proficiency tests on entrance
to the University.
Women students are required to complete two semesters with credit
in physical education.
Men and women may, however, elect additional semesters in physi-
cal education service courses and, subject to exceptions listed by the
colleges, may use four hours of this credit toward degree requirements.
See "Service Courses" in "Courses of Instruction" for regulations
governing service course credit toward the degree requirement.
Exceptions, Excuses, and Deferments are allowed for both men
and women as follows:
Exemption from the physical education requirement is made auto-
matically for a graduate student, for a student who is 30 years of age or
over, or for a veteran who is 25 years of age or over, provided he has
completed the requirement up to and including the semester in which
he attained the required age.
An excuse from the physical education requirement is granted to a
permanently disabled student by the Director of Physical Education
upon the recommendation of the Director of the Health Center.
Deferment — postponement for one semester — is authorized by the
Director of Physical Education upon the recommendation of the Dean of
Men or the Dean of Women for a student who has an excessive physical
load in connection with part-time work or by the student's academic
dean in cases of serious scheduling conflicts. Any student who is granted
a deferment in physical education courses must complete before gradu-
ation the requirement he otherwise would have had to meet without
deferment.
RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS. The Army and Air Force
R.O.T.C. oifers a two-year basic course and a two-year advanced course.
Once either course is elected, completion of that course becomes a pre-
requisite for graduation, unless the student is relieved of this obligation
by proper authority. R.O.T.C. credit does not increase the total semester
hours required for most degrees, provided the student utilizes his cur-
ricular elective hours for this credit. See college sections, and "R.O.T.C.
Division."
University Regulations 71
RESIDENCE. In general the minimum residence requirement for a
degree or a diploma course is two semesters or the equivalent in summer
sessions which should total not fewer than 30 weeks with the completion
of a minimum of 30 semester hours. If a student spends the minimum
of 30 weeks, or less than 45 weeks with the completion of less than 45
semester hours, in residence, the 30 weeks must be the final weeks before
graduation.
If a student spends 45 weeks or more in residence with the com-
pletion of a minimum of 45 semester hours, his last residence may be
reduced to 15 weeks with the completion of 15 semester hours.
If a student begins graduate study before he completes all require-
ments for a bachelor's degree, residence for the bachelor's degree will
be reduced by as many weeks as credit hours of gi^aduate work com-
pleted. The number of weeks subtracted will be credited toward the
residence requirement for a master's degree if the credit is acceptable in
the program approved for graduate work tov/ard a degree. Residence
used for meeting requirements for one or more bachelor's degrees may
not be used for meeting the residence requirements for a master's de-
gree.
The residence regulations apply to a student who has been approved
for graduation in absentia and is completing his last year in an ac-
credited professional school, except that the regulations apply to his
residence before he leaves the University to attend the professional
school.
An exception to the final semester or final year of residence may
he made in the case of a student who has otherwise met the minimum
residence and scholastic requirements and who has completed all but 6
semester hours, or fewer, required for a degree. When this occurs a stu-
dent may complete the final semester hours, 6 or fewer, at another insti-
tution, or by extension, correspondence or Branch study at Ohio Uni-
versity.
Credit earned at an Ohio University Branch, and Saturday and
evening class credit may be used to satisfy the residence requirements
in combination with one semester or several summer sessions. The num-
ber of weeks' residence for part-time students enrolled in Branch, Sat-
urday, evening, and day classes is determined by the number of hours
of credit allowed for the course. A student whose work has been exclu-
sively at a Branch, is required to spend the last 15 weeks of residence
on the Athens campus with the completion of a minimum of 15 semester
hours.
Credit earned in the Extension Division, whether in extension
classes or in correspondence study, does not count toward the fulfillment
of the residence requirement.
IN ABSENTIA. In absentia permission is obtained in writing from the
dean of the college in which the student is enrolled. Application for
graduation in absentia is made by a student in the office of the Registrar
before he leaves the campus. To obtain his bachelor's degree a student
72 Ohio University
who has been approved for the senior-in-absentia privilege in an ap-
proved professional school must have completed a full year's work of
the quality prescribed for the bachelor's degree at Ohio University, and
be eligible for advancement without condition to the second year. The
official transcript from the school, and the statement from the dean of
the school certifying that he has satisfactorily completed the full year's
work and is eligible for advancement without condition to the second
year, must be in the office of the University Examiner, Ohio University,
tv>^o weeks before the commencement date, or a notice of the last date
it will be received prior to commencement must be sent.
A student graduating in absentia is excused from attending com-
mencement exercises.
TIME LIMIT. A student first registers for a bachelor's degree when
he enrolls in a degree college, after he has been released or advanced
from the University College, and may secure that degree by fulfilling
the requirements as outlined in the catalog of the year in which he first
registered in the University. A student who does not complete the degree
requirements within the usual three years spent in a degree college may
be allowed to fulfill the same requirements at a later date, provided he
completes them within seven years after his first enrollment in the Uni-
versity. A transfer student is governed by the same regulations, except
that the number of years in which to complete the degree requirements
is reduced by the number of years of transferred work.
GRADUATION WITH HONOR. A candidate for the bachelor's degree
who is graduated with a point-hour ratio of 3.0 to 3.5 on all hours
attempted is distinguished on the commencement program by the nota-
tion "with honor"; with 3.5 or above, by the notation "with high honor."
A student with transferred credit is similarly distinguished if both his
Ohio University record and his cumulative record meet the requirement.
A candidate who has successfully completed a program of study
in honors work is, in addition, distinguished on the commencement pro-
gram by the notation "with honors in ," with the indication
of the field in which he has achieved distinction.
HONORS WORK PROGRAM. Honors work is offered to give the supe-
rior student freedom to pursue the study of his chosen field as rapidly
as his talents permit. The aims of the program include acquisition of
knowledge in a chosen field, integration of knowledge of one field with
that of related fields, development of the ability to carry on independent
investigation and research, enhancement of skill in the written expres-
sion of the results of reading or investigation, and development of
creative talents.
Students who have attained a point-hour ratio of 3.0 or better on
all work attemped and possess a talent to work independently may be-
come candidates for a degree with honors in their chosen field of study.
Application is m.ade to the Honors Work Committee during the junior
year or at the beginning of the senior year. The committee, with the
University Regulations 73
approval of the student's dean, assigns the student to an instructor who
will serve as the student's adviser in honors work.
At the beginning of each semester, the student files with the com-
mittee a brief plan of his program of honors work for the semester.
Near the close of the semester, he files with the committee a statement
of work accomplished and a notation of any changes in plan. At the
close of the senior year, a final essay, research paper, or completed
creative project is submitted to the committee. At the end of each
semester a grade for honors work is sent to the Registrar by the stu-
dent's honors adviser. A student registered for honors work who at the
end of any semester has not maintained a point-hour ratio of 3.0, or who
has received a grade below B in his honors work, is dropped as a candi-
date for honors but receives course credit.
All general requirements for the degree sought by the student must
be met either before or while the student is registered in honors work.
The student may register for from three to eight semester hours of
honors work each semester as a part of his student load. Normally, the
student will be permitted to carry only one honors work project. In
exceptional cases permission to enroll for more than one program may
be obtained from the Executive Committee of the University.
Upon completion of the project a student whose adviser does not
grant a grade of B or better is disqualified for honors in his field but
retains course credit earned by his honors work. Final judgment on the
projects of otherwise qualified candidates is made by the Honors Work
Committee.
COMMENCEMENT. Degrees and diplomas are granted at the close
of each session even though the session may not close with formal com-
mencement exercises. Attendance at graduation exercises is required
in academic costume. Students who have been granted permission to
graduate in abentia are excused from attendance. Oher candidates, due
to unusual circumstances, may need to request absence. Application for
excuse is made with the dean of the college. The application form which
is filed with the Registrar includes instructions for the mailing of the
diploma and carries a diploma handling charge of $2.
A SECOND BACHELOR'S DEGREE. A student who desires two bache-
lor's degrees may meet the requirements for them either simultaneously
or successively:
(a) If a student desires to complete the requirements for the two
degrees simultaneously and have the degrees conferred on the same
date, he must meet the particular subject requirements for both degrees;
earn a minimum of 154 semester hours approved for the degrees (170
for two engineering degrees) with the requisite scholastic average, both
on Ohio University work and on the total record when credit has been
transferred from another school; and must have completed a total of
9 semesters of college work or its equivalent, witli a minimum of three
74 Ohio University
semesters of residence, or the equivalent, at Ohio University. When the
two degrees are offered by different colleges, the student must register
in both collges during the session in which the degrees are to be con-
ferred.
(b) If a student has met the requirements for two degrees as indi-
cated above and desires to have the degrees conferred in successive
semesters, he may do so without further credit or residence. He may,
for example, have one degree conferred at the end of one semester or
summer session and may make application for the second degree at a
subsequent session. If the session closes with commencement exercises,
he will be required to attend in academic costume unless his application
for excuse from commencement is approved.
(c) If a student desires to take a second bachelor's degree after
he has received his first, he must complete the subject requirements for
the second bachelor's degree, earn a minimum of 30 acceptable semester
hours beyond the requirements for the first degree with the requisite
scholastic average and have at least an additional semester of residence,
or equivalent, in the college offering the second degree with the com-
pletion of at least 15 acceptable semester hours.
Basic Preparation
for admission
[o each of the
degree-granting
colleges
Two-Year Terminal
programs leading
to Associate in
Arts diploma
THE UNIVERSITY COLLEGE
GAIGE B. PAULSEN
DEAN
BERNARD R. BUkCK
ASSISTANT DEAN
THE UNIVERSITY COLLEGE
All freshmen enroll in the University College which concerns itself
primarily with the problems of first-year students — their courses of
study, and their guidance during the period of transition from high
school to college. The freshman year in the University College and
the following three years in one of the degree colleges represent the
normal time required for completion of any of the baccalaureate degree
programs.
During the first week of the semester in which a student is first
enrolled, designated as "Freshman Week," the University College con-
ducts a program of orientation for freshmen. All new students are
required to attend Freshman Week activities. Various tests are given
to assist students and their counselors in the selection of courses and ed-
ucational objectives. Meetings are held during the week to help students
become acquainted v/ith the University — its history and traditions, regu-
lations, opportunities for development, and student activities and organi-
tions. A copy of the "Orientation and Studies in the Freshman Year"
bulletin is sent to each new student prior to his enrollment in the Uni-
versity. It includes the program for the week, giving the exact time and
place of all events.
A Pre-College Conference in July provides an early opportunity
to come to the campus for one day to complete the freshman tests,
to learn the significance of the scores, and to confer with a faculty
counselor and prepare a schedule of classes.
The University College aims to provide an educational progi-am
that will best meet the individual needs of the student. No prescribed
course of study is required of all. The courses in the freshman year are
planned so as to provide studies that are generally recognized as most
essential to the educated person. Students are advised to consider it a
year of broad preparation for later specialization. General course re-
quirements are determined so as to complement the work done in high
school and to take into account the educational objective of the student.
General requirements of the University College are determined as
follows :
1. English Composition — Eng. 3-4.
Students who place low on the English Placement Test given all entering
freshmen take Eng. 1, then complete Eng. 3-4 in their second and third
semesters in the University. Hours earned in Eng. 1 are added to the re-
quirements for graduation.
Students who demonstrate superior ability on the Placement Test will be
registered in an Honor Section of Eng. 3.
2. Fundamentals of Speech — Speech 1.
3. Physical Education
For detailed statement concerning this requirement see page 70.
4. One year in each of two of the following groups:
In case a student has a specific requirement due to a high
school deficiency, as in Humanities and Mathematics, the courses
taken to meet these two requirements also meet the two group re-
The University College 77
quirement, or a course taken to meet one specific requirement also
is counted as meeting one of the two-group requirement. In other
words, a course or courses taken to meet specific requirements also
apply toward the two-group requirement.
A. Humanities: (a) Foreign language; (b) Humanities 7, 8 — The
Great Books (see "General Studies") ; (c) Fine Arts 17-18 — In-
troduction to the Fine Arts; (d) Phil. 1 — Principles of Reason-
ing, and Phil. 2 — Moral Philosophies.
Students with less than two years of foreign language in high school are
required to take a year in one subject in the Humanities group.
B. Mathematics: Math. 1 — Elementary Algebra, Math. 2 — Plane
Geometry, Math. 3 — Intermediate Algebra, Math. 5 — Freshman
Mathematics, Math. 6 — Analytic Geometry and Calculus I,
Math. 9 — Fundamentals of Mathematics, Math. 34 — Mathe-
matics of Finance, Math. 107 — Elementary Statistics (taken by
freshmen only following Math. 5 or 9).
Students who have had no algebra or plane geometry in high school take
Math. 1 — Elementary Algebra and Math. 2 — Plane Geometry. Students who
have had one year of algebra and no plane geometry take Math. 2. Math. 1
and Math. 2 are offered only in the Summer Session. Students are strongly
urged to complete algebra and plane geometry in high school.
C. Natural Sciences:
Biological — Biol. 1-2 — The Living World (see "General
Studies"); Bot. 3-4 — General Botany; Zool. 3-4 — Principles of
Zoology.
Physical — Astron. 11-12 — Elementary Astronomy; (Chem.
1-2 or (Chem. 3-4 and 99)— General Chemistry; Geol. 1-2—
Elements of Geology; and Phys. Sci. 3, 4 — The Physical World
or Phys. 5, 6 — Introduction to Physics.
Students with less than two full years of laboratory science in high school
take a year in one science in the area in which no science was taken in
high school, i.e., if Biological Science was taken in high school tb" require-
ment is in Physical Science. (High school courses such as general science
and senior science are excluded). Exceptions to this requirement must be
approved by the Dean of the University College.
D. Social Science: Ec. 11-12 — Principles of Economics; Geog. 3 —
Elements of Physical Geography; Geog. 4 — World Regional
Geography; Govt. 1, 2 — American Government; Hist. 1, 2 —
Western Civilization in Modern Times; Psych. 1 — General
Psychology, Psych. 2 — Psychology of Everyday Problems; Soc.
Sci. 9, 10 — Citizenship in the Modern World (see "General
Studies") ; and Soc. 1, 2 — General Sociology.
Students with less than two years in any combination of courses in social
science taken in high school are required to take one year of social science.
In addition to the above listed courses, a large number of courses
have been selected which a freshman student may carry on an elective
basis, but which do not meet the specific requirements outlined above.
The student normally plans his schedule so as to complete the Uni-
versity College requirements in the freshman year. A student who has
chosen the degree he wishes ultimately to receive is advised to select
courses from among those offered in the four groups above that are
78 Ohio University
especially recommended for the particular curriculum he expects to
follow. For example, it is suggested that a student who expects to pur-
sue a program in the Arts and Sciences and who will have a requirement
in language carry a language course to meet the humanities requirement,
while a student who plans to major in the Fine Arts should select F.A.
17-18 — Introduction to the Fine Arts to meet the humanities require-
ment. The student who has not decided upon any definite course will find
that the University College program affords him an opportunity to ex-
plore various fields of knowledge so that a wiser final choice may be
made. No student's schedule may include more than five semester hours
in courses not included in the general requirements or in any one of the
four groups.
COUNSELING PROGRAM. This program is designed to help the stu-
dent make wise decisions regarding his academic plans. In addition, it
encourages him to develop initiative and increasing responsibility for
his personal development. Each student is assigned to a faculty counsel-
or selected on the basis of having professional interests similar to those
of the student. Throughout the year the student confers with his coun-
selor: at the beginning of each semester for schedule preparation, at the
time of the two grade periods each semester (end of seventh and thir-
teenth weeks), and at other times as he may need advice or assistance.
ADVANCEMENT TO DEGREE COLLEGE. At the end of two semesters,
the student is advanced to the degree college of his choice. Graduation
from the University requires the completion of all University College
requirements. The student is advised to include courses for completing
any unfulfilled University College requirements in his sophomore sched-
ule of classes.
REGISTRATION. All entering freshmen must register and participate
in the orientation program. A copy of the complete schedule of events
is mailed to each new student before registration. Announcements for
registration in the second semester and the summer session are made to
students registered in the University directly by mail and through the
student newspaper, the Ohio University Post.
TERMINAL PROGRAM LEADING TO ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DIPLOMA. The
University College offers a program of study for the student who does
not intend to complete a four-year degree program and who plans to
spend only two years in the University. Its completion leads to the
Associate in Arts diploma.
The Associate in Arts program includes English composition, physi-
cal education, speech, Social Science 9 and 10, and other general educa-
tion and career courses. The same standards of academic achievement
as for the degree are required during the progress of the program. The
student must complete 62 hours with a minimum of 124 grade points.
Application for the diploma is made at the office of the Registrar at the
time announced for all degree and diploma candidates and must be ac-
companied by a fee of $5.
The University College 79
A number of curricula for terminal programs have been outlined.
They furnish the student with a background for admission to certain
professional schools or for employment in a special position. The out-
lined curricula include: Agriculture; Commerce, including General
Business or Secretarial Studies; Home Economics; Journalism, with
work in either Advertising or Radio Speech; Medical Technology;
Meteorology; Premortuary Science; Prephaimacy ; Preveterinary Medi-
cine; and Recreation Leadership. There are additional curricula, and
other special programs may be planned to meet the needs of the student.
When the student decides to pursue one of these programs, he con-
fers with his counselor and prepares an outline of courses which he
will carry to complete the program. This is filed with the University
College office. Credit earned while enrolled in a terminal program may
be counted on a four-year degree course, subject to the approval of the
dean of the degree college in which he later enrolls. A student who
shifts to a degree program is required to complete all University Col-
lege requirements. This shift from a terminal program to a degree pro-
gram may involve spending additional time in completing the degree
requirements, since some of these requirements are normally completed
in the first two years and may not have been a part of the Associate
in Arts program.
STUDENT HOUR LOAD FOR FRESHMEN IN THE UNIVERSITY COLLEGE.
It is important that a university student should establish good study
habits and that he should normally complete one fourth of the work
required for a degree (from 31 to 36 semester hours credit) during his
freshman year.
So that a student may accomplish these things and carry a load
adjusted to his demonstrated ability in high school, a full-time student
not admitted on warning and not on probation is required to carry a
minimum load of 15 semester hours credit. The maximum load will
usually not exceed 17 semester hours (18 or 19 semester hours for an
engineering student).
A full-time student admitted on "special warning" (see page 54)
or who is on probation is required to carry a minimum load of 12
semester hours credit. The maximum load for such a student is 14 semes-
ter hours credit.
Any exceptions to the above regulations — either to carry a load in
excess of the maximum or less than the minimum — must be approved
by the dean of the University College.
THE COLLEGE OF APPLIED SCIENCE
E. J. TAYLOR. JR..
DEAN
ENGINEERING
Architectural
Chemical
Civil
Electrical
Engineering Drawing
Mechanical
[Industrial and Technical Options)
THE SCHOOL OF HOME ECONOMICS
VIVIAN M. ROBERTS, DIRECTOR
Child Development and Family Life
Foods and Nutrition
Home Economics Education
Housing and Home Management
Institution Administration
Textiles and Clothing
THE DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL ARTS
Industrial Arts
Industrial Technology
Printing Administration
THE COLLEGE OF APPLIED SCIENCE
The College of Applied Science offers curricula leading to the
Bachelor of Science degree in the fields of engineering, industrial tech-
nology, and home economics.
Candidates for degrees must fulfill the general graduation require-
ments of the University (see page 68), Candidates for the degree in
industrial technology must complete a minimum of 130 hours and for
the degree in home economics a minimum of 124 hours, plus any
physical education requirements in excess of 2 hours with a point-hour
ratio of 2,0 (see page 68) on all hours attempted, but including only the
final hours and points in repeated courses. This applies to his total
record and to his major or equivalent. Candidates for degrees in engi-
neering must complete a minimum of 140 semester hours plus satis-
faction of physical education requirements with a point-hour ratio
of 2.0 (C) on all hours attempted, but including only the final hours
and points in repeated courses. Not more than 8 semester hours credit
in ROTC may be included in the 140 semester hours required for
graduation. At least 18 semester hours of credit in humanities and
social sciences is required for a degree in engineering, with at least
6 hours credit in each field.
For a student with transferred credits, these rules apply to both
his cumulative record, which includes transferred credits, and to his
Ohio University record exclusive of transferred credits,
STUDENTS WHO DESIRE TO TEACH. Students who desire to teach in-
dustrial arts or home economics may enroll for the degree Bachelor of
Science in Education offered by the College of Education. Students who
enroll in the College of Applied Science may complete the requirements
for the degree Bachelor of Science in Home Economics and secure a
teaching certificate by satisfying the requirements in education speci-
fied by the State Department of Education for the field in which the
student desires to teach. Requirements of the State Department of
Education are listed under "Teaching Certificates" on page 141.
ENGINEERING
Engineering curricula accredited by the Engineer's Council for
Professional Development are offered in Architectural Engineering,
Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, and Mechanical Engineering
(Industrial and Technical Options). A curriculum in Chemical Engi-
neering has recently been organized.
All engineering faculty members are registered professional engi-
neers in the State of Ohio. New faculty members are expected to
register in the State of Ohio within a year after they have been
appointed to the faculty.
A four-year engineering program necessarily limits the time which
may be devoted to study in other colleges of the University. Since a
background in English, the humanities, and the social sciences is
82
The College of Applied Science 83
essential for an engineer who hopes to advance in his profession, the
faculty requires that all candidates for an engineering degree must
have completed at least 18 semester hours of credit in the humanities-
social sciences (including English courses numbered above 100). At
least 6 hours credit in each field is required. The student is urged to
plan in consultation with his advisor a program in these fields which
will be most helpful to him. Engineers are frequently chosen for
management; hence it is to the student's advantage to secure the
broadest possible education.
ADMISSION TO AN ENGINEERING PROGRAM
High school students who wish to follow an engineering curriculum
should plan to present for admission to the University those subjects
which meet the area requirements of the University College, including
the additional mathematics courses listed under "Subjects in High
School" on page 52. Students should indicate their choice of an engi-
neering curriculum on their official application for admission to the
University. This precaution will assure proper guidance in the Uni-
versity College program of study.
To be admitted to an engineering program from the University
College a student must at the time of admission to the engineering
program have (1) satisfactorily completed Math. 6 — Analytic Geometry
and Calculus I, (2) satisfied all University College requirements,
and (3) have a cumulative point-hour ratio of at least 1.8.
Students who are not properly prepared in high school mathematics
must enroll in preparatory mathematics courses. No mathematics course
below Math. 5 will be counted toward satisfying the requirements for
a degree in engineering.
A student whose point-hour ratio is less than 2.0 for the second
semester of the freshman year, or who receives a grade lower than "C"
in the mathematics course taken during the second semester of the
freshman year, is admitted to an engineering program on warning. Such
a student remains on warning until the end of the first semester in
which he achieves a cumulative point-hour ratio of 2.0.
Students who wish to lighten the strenuous load of a four-year
program may plan their program to take nine semesters or to attend a
summer session. Students who have high school deficiencies to make up
are urged to consider this alternative. With proper planning a student
may obtain a degree from the College of Arts and Sciences, the College
of Commerce, or the College of Fine Arts as well as a Bachelor of
Science degree in an engineering field upon the completion of 10 semes-
ters in the University. (See "A Second Bachelor's Degree" on page 73.)
University College students who intend to study engineering are
urged to consider a foreign language for the humanities requirement.
Those intending to enroll in Chemical Engineering should choose Ger-
man. Opportunities for engineers who are acquainted with a foreign
language are increasing.
84 Ohio University
Every engineering student should be prepared after completion of
his four-year program to pass the examination given by the Board of
Registration for Professional Engineers of the state in which he intends
to practice. The Ohio Board allows those who have completed the stand-
ard four-year curriculum to appear for examination. It is to the stu-
dent's advantage to take the examination as soon as possible after
graduation.
REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUING IN AN ENGINEERING PROGRAM
A student who has been admitted to an engineering program with
a point-hour ratio of less than a 2.0 must remove the grade-point defi-
ciency by the end of the second semester in the engineering program.
A grade-point deficiency in engineering subjects will not be permitted
after two semesters in an engineering program. Failure to meet these
requirements will result in a student being dropped from the engineering
program by special action.
CURRICULA IN ENGINEERING
The faculty has established basic curricula in Architectural Engi-
neering, Civil Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Electrical Engineer-
ing, and Mechanical Engineering (Industrial and Technical Options).
University requirements pertaining to English Composition, physi-
cal education, the humanities, social sciences, and speech (see page 76)
are not indicated in the engineering curricula which follow.
HUMANITIES-SOCIAL SCIENCE ELECTIVES. The following subjects will
meet the humanities and social science requirements.
Humanities Elective Group Social Science Elective Group
English courses numbered over 100 Courses in Economics
Courses in Fine Arts Courses in Geography-
Humanities 7, 8 — Great Books Courses in Government
A foreign language Courses in History
Courses in Philosophy General Studies 9, 10 — Citizenship In
Human Relations 303, 304 — Human the Modern World
Relations Courses in Psychology
Courses in Sociology
If a student desires to take other courses to satisfy the restricted
elective requirement, he must receive prior approval of his department
chairman and the dean.
ELECTIVES. Any courses listed other than those used to remove high
school deficiencies may be selected as free electives. ROTC courses not
to exceed eight hours credit may be used for free electives. The follow-
ing are recommended.
Accounting 75-76 — Elementary Accounting Management 312 — Administration
Accounting 175 — Cost Accounting of Personnel
Business Law 255-256 — Business Law Physics 115 — Modern Physics
C. E. 270 — Engineering Economy Physics 349-350 — Atomic and Nuclear
Math. 207 — Applied Statistics Physics
Math. 304— Advanced Calculus Physics 365— Nuclear Reactor Theory and
Math. 315 — Advanced Applied Practice
Mathematics I Statistics 155 — Business Statistics
Management 302 — Production Management Speech 3 — Public Speaking
The College of Applied Science 85
Freshman Program
(For all engineers)
The University College Program should include :
First Semester Hours Second Semester Hours
Chem. 1 or 3 — General Chemistry 4 Chem. 2 or 4 — General Chemistry* 4 or 3
E. D. 1 — Engineering Drawing 2 E. D. 2 — Engineering Drawing** 2
Math. 5 — Freshman Mathematics 5 E. D. 21 — Descriptive Geometry 2
•Chemical Engineers take Chem. 99 Math. 6 — Analytic Geometry and
Calculus 1 5
**Ai-chitectural Engineers take Art 1 3
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING
The curriculum for this degree is planned to give the student a
broad fundamental background in architecture and engineering. The
elective hours of study may be used to increase either the engineering or
architectural content of the curriculum, or to broaden it by study in
other divisions of the University.
Freshman Program
(See top of page)
Sophomore Program
Hours Hours
Math. 101 — Analytic Geometry and Math. 102 — Analytic Geometry and
Calculus II 4 Calculus III 4
Phys. 113 — General Physics 4 Phys. 114 — General Physics 4
C. E. 120— Applied Mechanics 3 C. E. 10— Plane Surveying 3
Arch. 55 — Fundamentals of Architecture 3 Arch. 56 — Architectural Graphics 3
Humanities or Social Science Elective 3 C. E. 121 — Applied Mechanics 8
B. D. 3— Slide Rule 1
Junior Program
C. E. 222 — Strength of Materials 3 C. E. 228— Reinforced Concrete Theory— 2
C. E. 223— Materials Test Lab 1 C. E. 330— Structural Analysis II 4
C. E. 230 — Structural Analysis I 4 Arch. 156 — Architectural Design 5
Arch. 155 — Architectural Design 5 Arch. 183 — Architectural Equipment 3
Arch. 179 — Architectural Materials 3 English Literature Elective 3
Math. 315 — Advanced Applied Elective 2
Mathematics I 3
Senior Program
E. E. 201 — Circuits and Measurements 4 E. E. 328 — Illuminating Engineering 3
C. E. 231— Structural Design I 4 C. E. 331— Structural Design II 3
Bus. L. 255 — Business Law 3 C. E. 270 — Engineering Economy 3
C. E. 225— Soil Mechanics 3 F. A. 176— History of Architecture 3
Arch. 254 — Working Drawings 2 Basic Science Elective or Engr.
F. A. 175 — History of Architecture 3 Sci. Elec. 3
Humanities or Social Science Elective 3
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
The rapid rise of the chemical industry in the Ohio Valley has
prompted the faculty to establish a curriculum in chemical engineering.
Classrooms and space for laboratory instruction in unit operations and
unit processes as well as facilities for chemical engineering research
are included in the Engineering Building.
This curriculum is designed to provide a broad but thorough train-
ing in chemical engineering. The graduate from the program will have
an adequate background for graduate study in engineering or the
86 Ohio University
sciences, or for further self -training in the areas of engineering develop-
ment, research, management, or technical sales in the chemical or re-
lated industries.
In the first two years, chemistry, mathematics, physics, and the
sciences basic to all engineering, are emphasized. Simultaneously an
integrated sequence of courses in engineering science and analysis is
developed which leads to intensive study of the fundamentals of chemical
engineering in the latter years. In addition to technical training, the
professional engineer needs to have some knowledge of fields other than
his own. Approximately a fifth of the curriculum is elective, v/hich
permits the student to pursue his interests, under guidance, in the
humanities and social studies.
Freshman Progrram
(See page 85)
Sophomore Progrram
First Semester Hours Second Semestar Hotirs
C. E. 120 — Applied Mechanics 3 C. E. 121— Applied Mechanics 3
Chem. 107 — Quantitative Analysis 4 Ch. E. 101 — Introduction to Chemical
Math. 101 — Analytic Geometry and Process Prin. 3
Calculus II 4 Math. 102 — Analytic Geometry and
Phys. 113 — General Physics 4 Calculus III 4
E. D. 3— Slide Rule 1 Phys. 114— General Physics 4
Elective 2 English Literature Elective 3
Elective 2
Junior Program
C. E. 222— Strength of Materials 3 M. E. 221— Thermodynamics I 3
C. E. 223— Materials Testing Lab. 1 Chem. 202— Organic Chemistry 3
Chem. 201— Organic Chemistry 3 Chem. 314 — Physical Chemistry 3
Chem. 313 — Physical Chemistry 3 Chem. 315 — Physical Chemistry Lab. __ 2
Chem. 203 — Organic Chemistry Lab. 2 Ch. E. 310 — Unit Operations 3
Elective from Group A 3 Social Science or Humanities Elective 3
History Elective 3
Senior Program
Ch. E. 311 — Unit Operations 3 Ch. E. 340 — Design and Instrumenta-
Ch. E. 312 — Unit Operations Lab. 2 tion 5
Ch. E. 320— Unit Processes 3 Engr. 391 — Seminar in Ch. E. 1
Ch. E. 211— Materials & Metallurgy or B. E. 309— Applied Electronics 3
Ch. E. 220 — Thermodynamics & Elective from Group B 2-3
Kinetics 3 Elective from Group C 3
E. E. 201 — Circuits and Measurements _ 4 Social Science or Humanities Elective 3
Social Science or Humanities Elective — 3
Group B Electives :
Group A Electives: Phys. 115 — Modem Physics 2-3
Math. 301 — Theory of Equations 3 Phys. 365 — Nuclear Reactor Theory
(Math. 304 — Advanced Calculus 3 and Practice 3
(Math. 315 — Advanced Applied Phys. 314 — Modern Spectroscopy 3
Math 316 — Advanced Applied Phys. 349 — Atomic & Nuclear
Mathematics I 3 Physics 3
Mathematics II 3 Group C Electives :
Ch. E. Advanced Topics 3
M. E. 314— Heat Transfer 3
Senior Level Chemistry 3
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
The curriculum for this degree is planned to give the fundamental
training necessary for a broad understanding of the profession. The
following fields are studied: structures and foundations, hydraulics,
highway and railroad layout and construction, water supply, sanitation,
and surveying. Courses which consider the economic and legal aspects
of engineering are required. Although the program is comprehensive.
The College of Applied Science 87
it allows the student elective hours of study during the last two years.
By a proper choice of these electives he may extend his study of one or
more of the several fields discussed above or he may pursue further the
business aspects of engineering, or he may broaden himself in a more
general way by a judicious selection of courses in various divisions of
the University.
Freshman Program
(See page 85)
Sophomore Program
First Semester Hours Second Semester Hours
E. D. 3 — Slide Rule 1 C. E. 121 — Applied Mechanics 3
C. E. 120 — Applied Mechanics 3 Phys. 114 — General Physics 4
Phys. 113 — General Physics 4 Math. 102 — Analytic Geometry and
Geol. 103 — Engineering Geology 3 Calculus III 4
Math. 101— Analytic Geometry and C. E. 224 — Fluid Mechanics 3
Calculus II 4 C. E. 240 — Hydraulics Lab. 1
C. E. 10 — Plane Surveying or C. E. 10 — Plane Surveying or
Humanities or Social Science Elective 3 Humanities or Social Science Elective — 3
Junior-Program
C. E. 213 — Advanced Surveying 3 C. E. 228 — Reinforced Concrete Theory _ 2
C. E. 260— Route Engineering 2 C. E. 330 — Structural Analysis II 4
C. E. 222 — Strength of Materials 3 C. E. 249 — Water Supply Engineering _ 3
C. E. 223 — Materials Testing Labora- Math. 315 — Advanced Applied Mathe-
tory 1 matics I 3
C. E. 230 — Structural Analysis I 4 C. E. 270 — Engineering Economy 3
C. E. 241 — Hydrology 2 Humanities or Social Science Elective 3
Humanities or Social Science Elective 3
Senior Progrram
C. E. 225— Soil Mechanics 3 C. E. 331 — Structural Design II 3
C. E. 231 — Structural Design I 4 C. E. 250 — Sanitary Engineering 3
E. E. 201 — Circuits and Measurements _ 4 C. E. 261 — Highway Engineering 3
Bus. L. 255 — Business Law 3 E. E. 309 — Applied Electronics 3
English Literature Elective 3 Basic Science Elective or Engr. Sci. 2-3
Humanities or Social Science Elective — 3 Humanities or Social Science Elective 3
Basic Science or Engineering Science Elective Group:
Phys. 115 — Modem Physics Math. 316 — Advanced Applied
M. E. 221 — Thermodynamics I Mathematics II
C. E. 326— Advanced Strength of Phys. 349, 350— Atomic and Nuclear
Materials Physics
Chem. 113 — Organic Chemistry Chem. 99 — Qualitative Analysis
M. E. 394 — Mechanical Vibration
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
It is the aim of the department of Electrical Engineering to provide
tlie background of general information and basic knowledge of principles
which enables a student to analyze situations and to think intelligently
and effectively in the field. The curriculum to be pursued has grown out
of the belief that these are the most essential foundation elements for
the various specialized fields, as well as for early advancement in prac-
tical electrical engineering. A choice of electives offers a limited amount
of specialization in eitlier power engineering or communication engi-
neering.
88 Ohio University
Freshman Progrram
(See page 85)
Sophomore Program
First Semester Hours Second Semester Hours
E. E. 103 — Basic Electrical Engi- E. E. 104 — Basic Electrical Engi-
neering 5 neering 5
Physics 113 — General Physics 4 Physics 114 — General Physics 4
End. A. 13— General Cold Metals 3 C. E. 120— Applied Mechanics 3
Math. 101 — Analytic Geometry and Math. 102 — Analytic Geometry and
Calculus II 4 Calculus III 4
Humanities or Social Science Electives _ 3 Humanities or Social Science Electives _ 3
Junior Program
E. E. 303 — Electrical Machines 5 E. E. 304 — Electrical Machines 5
C. E. 121— Applied Mechanics 3 C. E. 222— Strength of Materials 3
Math. 315 — Advanced Applied Mathe- Phys. 115 — Modern Physics 3
matics I 3 E. E. 308 — Engineering Electronics 3
E. E. 307 — Engineering Electronics 3 Humanities or Social Science Electives _ 3
Humanities or Social Science Electives _ 3 Electives 2
Electives 2
Senior Program
E. E. 301 — Communication Engi- E. E. 302 — Communication Engi-
neering 4 neering 4
E. E. 334 — Advanced Electrical E. E. 335 — Electric and Magnetic
Circuits 3 Fields 3
Technical Electives 6 Technical Electives 6
Thermodynamics 3 Electives 2
Humanities or Social Science Electives _ 3 Humanities or Social Science Electives _ 3
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
The technical option in mechanical engineering emphasizes machine
design and heat engineering. The work covered in the first two years is
general and fundamental and parallels that in the other engineering
curricula. The last two years cover comprehensive courses in the theory,
development, and design of machines and mechanical equipment, and in
thermodynamics and its application to steam generators, steam engines
and turbines, combustion engines, and refrigeration and air conditioning.
To give a well-rounded curriculum, work is included in other fields of
engineering, such as fluid mechanics and electrical engineering. Limited
specialization is provided for by elective courses.
The industrial option provides a fundamental engineering back-
ground as in the technical option but, instead of focusing the early
training on machine design and heat engineering, it emphasizes training
in fields leading to careers in industrial management.
TECHNICAL OPTION
Freshman Program
(See page 85)
Sophomore Program
First Semester Hours Second Semester Hours
Econ. 101 — Principles of Economics 3 C. E. 120 — Applied Mechanics 3
[nd. A. 14— General Hot Metals 3 Ind. A. 13— General Cold Metals 3
Math. 101 — Analytic Geometry and Math. 102 — Analytic Geometry and
'Calculus II 4 Calculus III 4
Phys. 113 — General Physics 4 Phys. 114 — General Physics 4
E. D. 3 — Slide Rule 1 Social Science or Humanities Elective 3
Elective 2 Elective 2
17 19
The College of Applied Science
89
Junior Prog:rain
C. E. 121— Applied Mechanics 3
E. E. 201 — Circuits and Measurements _ 4
M. E. 201 — Kinematics 3
M. E. 211 — Engineering Metallurgy 3
M. E. 221— Thermodynamics I 3
History Elective 3
19
C. E. 222— Strength of Materials 3
C. E. 223 — Materials Testing Lab 1
E. E. 202 — Electrical Machinery 2
Math. 315 — Advanced Applied Mathe-
matics I 3
M. E. 113— Metal Processing 2
M. E. 222— Thermodynamics II 3
M. E. 302 — Dynamics of Machinery 3
Phys. 115— Modern Physics 3
20
Senior Program
C. B. 224— Fluid Mechanics 3
E. E. 309 — Applied Electronics 3
M. E. 227— Steam Power Plants 3
M. E. 303— Machine Design I 3
M. E. 311— Air Cond. and
Refrigeration 3
Social Science or Humanities Elective — 3
18
Engr. 391 — Seminar 1
M. E. 229— Steam Power Laboratory ___ 2
M. E. 304— Machine Design II 3
M. E. 312 — Internal Combustion
Engines 4
M. E. 314— Heat Transfer 3
English Literature Elective 3
Social Science or Humanities Elective _ 3
19
INDUSTRIAL OPTION
Freshman Program
(See page 85)
Sophomore Program
Hours
Econ. 101 — Principles of Economics 3
End. A. 13— General Cold Metals 3
Math. 101 — Analytic Geometry and
Calculus II 4
Phys. 113 — General Physics 4
E. D. 3— Slide Rule 1
Elective 2
Hours
C. E. 120 — Applied Mechanics 3
Econ. 102 — Principles of Economics 3
Ind. A. 14 — General Hot Metals 3
Math. 102 — Analytic Geometry and
Calculus III 4
Phys. 114 — General Physics 4
Elective 2
17
19
Junior Program
Acct. 75 — Elementary Accounting 3
C. E. 121 — Applied Mechanics 3
E. E. 201 — Circuits and Measurements _ 4
M. E. 113 — Metal Processing 2
M. E. 211 — Engineering Metallurgy 3
History Elective 3
18
Acct. 76 — Elementary Accounting 8
C. E. 222— Strength of Materials S
C. E. 223— Materials Testing Lab. 1
E. E. 202— Electrical Machinery 2
M. E. 221— Thermodynamics I 3
Mgt. 302 — Production Management 3
Phys. 115 — Modern Physics 3
IS
Senior Program
C. E. 270 — Engineering Economy 3
M. E. 201— Kinematics 3
E. E. 309— Applied Electronics 3
Social Science or Humanities Elective 3
Elective from the following:
Acct. 175 — Cost Accounting 3
C. E. 10— Plane Surveying 3
Econ. 335 — Labor Economics 3
Math. 207— Applied Statistics 3
Mgt. SOS — Production Planning and
Control 3
Elective from the following:
Ch.E. 310— Unit Processes 3
Math. 315 — Advanced Applied
Mathematics I 3
M. E. 222— Thermodynamics II 3
M. E. 227— Steam Power Plants 3
Engr. 391 — Seminar 1
M. E. 303— Machine Design I 3
BIgt. 321— Motion and Time Study 3
Elective from the following:
Ch. E. 320— Unit Processes 3
C. E. 224— Fluid Mechanics 3
M. E. 304— Machine Desicn II 3
M. E. 311— Air Cond. and Refrig. _ 3
M. E. 312 — Internal Combustion
Eng. 4
English Literature Elective 3
Social Science or Humanities Elective 3
Elective 8
90 Ohio University
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN HOME ECONOMICS
The School of Home Economics plays a dual role in training young
women for home and family living as well as a business or professional
career. During the freshman and sophomore years, emphasis is placed
upon general education and basic training for home and family living.
The student thus has the opportunity of becoming acquainted with all
areas of Home Economics and is better able to select the field of spe-
cialization she wishes to follow during the junior and senior years.
Ten professional curricula, and one nonprofessional, are available,
all of which lead to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Home Econom-
ics. The curricula are as follows :
Professional
Foods and Nutrition (Dietetics) Home Economics in Business
Clothing and Textiles with Design Journalism
Home Economics Education Commercial Foods and Equipment
Home Economics Extension Clothing Merchandising
Child Development with Nursery School Home Planning and Decoration
Radio-TV
Nonprofessional
Home and Family Living
Career opportunities for the home economist in the business and
the professional world are numerous. Hospitals, restaurants, hotels and
college residence halls are seeking the major in Dietetics. Public utility
companies and manufacturers or retailers of food seek women trained in
Commercial Foods and Equipment for promotional activities or for
writing publications or for experimental work with foods and equipment.
The girl interested in Textiles will find opportunities in textile
testing or in developing promotional and educational programs for tex-
tile concerns. Clothing manufacturers, pattern companies, and clothing
departments in retail stores seek the Clothing specialist for promotional
work, for designing garments, for merchandising and buying, for altera-
tions, for comparison shopping, or for fashion coordination.
Home Economics Teachers, both vocational and nonvocational, are
always in demand. The School of Home Economics is approved by the
State of Ohio Department of Education for training vocational home
economics teachers.
The broad program of Home Economics Extension in rural and
urban areas of Ohio requires a large stafi' trained in extension for posi-
tions as home demonstration agent, extension specialist, or 4-H Club
leader.
The home economist interested in Child Development will find op-
portunities in private or industrial nursery schools, or in welfare agen-
cies caring for young children. By meeting the state requirements for
certification, she may teach young children in public schools.
The College of Applied Science 91
Newspapers, women's magazines, radio and television companies
seek the home economist with a flair for writing, speaking or demon-
strating, since she is trained to direct her program to the homemaker
and consumer.
The Home Planning and Decoration specialist finds opportunities
in gift and decorating establishments helping the consumer in the selec-
tion of furnishings for the home. Or she may become associated with
magazine or advertising concerns writing articles or assisting with
promotional programs.
SPECIAL FACILITIES. The program in Home Economics at Ohio Uni-
versity is not confined to the classroom and laboratories; other activities
and experiences are encouraged. A Nursery School and a Home Man-
agement House are maintained by the department. Nearby high school
home economics laboratories are available for student teaching. Off-
campus activities have been developed with the Ohio State Extension
Service, with the Health Department, with business organizations, with
department stores, and with radio-TV stations to give the student op-
portunities for field work in specialized areas. Affiliation with the
Merrill-Palmer School in Detroit, Michigan, provides a unique experience
for the junior or senior desiring a semester of specialized training in all
areas related to marriage and the family.
CORE COURSES. The School of Home Economics offers a group of
core courses having no prerequisites, and open to any student in the
University. These courses are the basic courses taken by all students
in home economics. However, they emphasize the practical aspects of
home economics and are planned for women students desiring basic
training in the activities relating to the successful management of a
home. Individual courses may be elected.
H. Ec. 1-2 — Foods, Nutrition and Meal Planning
H. E. 3-4 — Clothing Selection and Construction
H. Ec. 5 — Child Development
H. Ec. 6 — Family Living
H. Ec. 7 — The Home and Its Furnishings
H. Ec. 108 — Consumer Problems of the Family
H. Ec. 110— Textiles
H. Ec. 161 — Home Nursing and Family Health
MINORS IN HOME ECONOMICS. Programs may be set up with some
one phase of home economics as a minor field. For instance, students in
any department in the University may elect a minor in Home and
Family Living, or Clothing and Textiles, or Foods and Nutrition, or
Child Development and Family Life, or School Lunch and Institution
Management.
I FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE PROGRAM
The lequirements of the University College relative to high school
deficiencies, English composition, physical education, and speech must be
fulfilled. In addition the freshman and sophomore program should in-
clude the following basic courses :
92
Ohio University
Hours
H. Ec. 51 — Orientation in Home
Economics 2
Science — (See Note 1) 6-8
Soc. 1 — General Sociology 3
Psych. 1 — General Psychology 3
Ec. 11 or 101 — Principles of Economics _ 3
Art 1, 2 — Drawing and Design (6) or
Art 91 — Design and
Composition (3) 3-6
Hours
H. Ec. 1-2 — Foods, Nutrition and
Meal Planning 6
H. Ec. 3-4— Clothing Selection and
Construction 4
H. Ec. 5— Child Development 3
H. Ec. 6 — Family Living 3
H. Ec. 7 — The Home and its
Furnishings 2
H. Ec. 108 — Consumer Problems of the
Family 2
H. Ec. 110— Textiles 2
Note 1: Chemistry is required of those majoring in Foods and Nutrition, Clothing and
Textiles, or Commercial Foods. Students following other curricula in home
economics may take either Biol. 1-2 — Living World, Zool. 3-4 — Principles of
Zoology, or chemistry. Chemistry is strongly recommended for those students
who do not know which curriculum they wish to follow.
II JUNIOR AND SENIOR PROGRAM
If the student wishes to prepare for a career in some phase of home
economics, she follows one of the ten professional curricula during her
junior and senior years. If she is not interested in a professional or
business career, she may follow the nonprofessional curriculum with
emphasis on home and family living.
PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA
Foods and Nutrition (Dietetics)
Hours
H. Ec. 125— Family Nutrition 3
H. Ec. 322— Experimental Cookery 3
H. Ec. 326— Advanced Nutrition 3
H. Ec. 327— Quantity Cookery 3
H. Ec. 329— Nutrition in Disease 2
H. Ec. 351 — Home Management 2
H. Ec. 353 — Home Management
Laboratory 3
Acct. 75 — Elementary Accounting 3
Chem. 113 — Organic Chemistry 4
Hours
H. Ec. 342 — Institution Marketing and
Food Cost Control 2
H. Ec. 343 — Institution Equipment and
Furnishings 2
H. Ec. 348 — Institution Management 3
H. Ec. 269— Teaching of Foods and
Nutrition 3
Zool. 235 — Elements of Physiology 4
Zool. 241 — Elementary Bacteriology 4
Zool. 309- Biological Chemistry 4
Clothing and Textiles with Merchandising
H. Ec. 212-213— Flat Pattern Design __ 4
H. Ec. 313— Clothing and Textiles
for the Consumer 2
H. Ec. 315 — History of Costume and
Textiles 2
H. Ec. 316— Tailoring 3
H. Ec. 318— Advanced Textiles 3
H. Ec. 319 a and b — Special studies in
Textiles and Clothing 6
H. Ec. 351 — Home Management 2
H. Ec. 353 — Home Management
Laboratory 3
Advt. 155 — Advertising Principles 3
Art 28 — Figure Drawing 2
Art 120— Textile Design 3
Art 137 — Fashion Design 2
Ec. 12 or 102 — Principles of Economics _ 3
Jour. 322 — Feature and Magazine
Writing 3
Mkt. 155 — Marketing Principles 3
Six hours selected from the following:
Acct. 75 — Elementary Accounting 3
Mgt. 211 — Industrial Management 3
Mkt. 271 — Principles of Personal
Selling 2
Psych. 135 — Psychology of Advertising
and Selling 3
Sec. St. 220 — Business Communications _ 3
Sec. St. 285— Office Management 3
Clothing and Textiles with Design
H. Ec. 212-213— Flat Pattern Design __ 4
H. Ec. 313— Clothing and Textiles
for the Consumer 2
H. Ec. 315 — History of Costume and
Textiles 2
H. Ec. 316— Tailoring 3
H. Ec. 318— Advanced Textiles 3
H. Ec. 319, a and b — Special Studies in
Textiles or Clothing 6
H. Ec. 351 — Home Management 2
H. Ec. 353 — Home Management
Laboratory 3
Art 28 — Figure Drawing 4-6
Art 120— Textile Design 3
Art 137 — Fashion Design 2
Art 321 — Advanced Fashion Design
and Illustration 2-4
Six hours selected from the following:
Art 107 — Advanced Design 3
Art 113— Lettering 3
Art 147-148 — Advertising Design 4
Art 301 — Individual Problems 1-3
The College of Applied Science
93
Home Economics Education
H. Ec. 161— Home Nursing and
Family Health 2
H. Ec. 125— Family Nutrition 3
H. Ec. 172— Advanced Child
Development 2
H. Ec. 268— Teaching of Home
Economics 3
H. Ec. 316— Tailoring 3
H. Ec. 327— Quantity Cookery 3
H. Ec. 330 — Workshop in Home
Furnishings 3
H. Ec. 334 — Household Equipment 3
H. Ec. 351 — Home Management 2
H. Ec. 353 — Home Management
Laboratory 3
H. Ec. 368— Demonstration Tech-
niques 2
Zool. 241 — Elementary Bacteriology 4
Humanities — Literature, Philosophy, Fine
Arts, or Foreign Language 6-8
Psych. 5 — Educational Psychology 3
Ed. 130 — Secondary Education 3
Ed. 229 — Curriculum and Teaching
Practices 4
Ed. 281— Observation and Student
Teaching in High School 7
Home Economics Extension
H. Ec. 161 — Home Nursing and
Family Health 2
H. Ec. 125— Family Nutrition 3
H. Ec. 172— Advanced Child
Development 2
H. Ec. 268— Teaching of Home
Economics 3
H. Ec. 316— Tailoring 3
H. Ec. 323— Food Preservation 2
H. Ec. 330 — Workshop in Home
Furnishings 3
H. Ec. 334 — Household Equipment 3
H. Ec. 351 — Home Management 2
H. Ec. 353 — Home Management
Laboratory 3
H. Ec. 368 — Demonstration Tech-
niques 2
Zool. 241 — Elementary Bacteriology 4
Psych. 5 — Educational Psychology 3
Ed. 130 — Secondary Education 3
Ed. 229 — Curriculum and Teaching
Practices 4
Ed. 281 — Observation and Student
Teaching in High School 7
Six hours selected from the following:
H. Ec. 369 — Home Economics in
Adult Education 3
H. Ec. 390a— Field Work in Home
Economics Extension 4-6
Jour. 322 — Magazine and Feature
Writing 3
Child Development With Nursery School Training
H. Ec. 161 — Home Nursing and
Family Health 2
H. Ec. 125— Family Nutrition or H. Ec.
155 — Home Economics for the
Elementary School 2-3
H. Ec. 172— Advanced Child
Development 2
H. Ec. 351 — Home Management 2
H. Ec. 353 — Home Management
Laboratory 3
H. Ec. 377— Techniques with Young
Children 3
H. Ec. 379 a and b — Guidance of
Nursery School Children 6
Zool. 241 — Elementary Bacteriology (4)
or
Biol. 1— The Living World (3) or
Phys. Sci. 3— The Physical World (3) -3-4
Psych. 5 — Educational Psychology 3
Ed. 101— Materials and Methods in
Kindergarten-Primary
Education 2
Ed. 102— Literature for Children 3
Mus. 72 — Music Fundamentals 2
Minor directed toward Child Welfare*
Soc. 2 — General Sociology 3
Soc. 133 — Social Work in the American
Community 3
Soc. 234— Child Welfare 3
H. Ec. 375 a and b — Readings in
Child Development or Family
Living 4
H. Ec. 378 — Administration of Group
Care of Young Children 3
H. R. 303— Human Relations 3
Home Economics With Journalismf
Hours
H. Ec. 161 — Home Nursing and
Family Health 2
H. Ec. 125— Family Nutrition 3
H. Ec. 172— Advanced Child
Development 2
H. Ec. 316— Tailoring 3
H. Ec. 330 — Workshop in Home
Furnishings 3
H. Ec. 334 — Household Equipment 3
H. Ec. 351 — Home Management 2
H. Ec. 353 — Home Management
Laboratory 3
OFIours
Humanities — Literature, Philosophy, or
Fine Arts 6-8
Jour. 107 — Newspaper Reporting 3
Jour. 146 — Typography, Mechanics,
and Make-up 3
Jour. 322 — Feature and Magazine
Writing 3
8-9 hours selected from the following:
Jour. 323 — Advanced Feature and
Magazine Writing 2
Jour. 375 — Specialized Journalism 3
Jour. 327 — Public Relations Techniques- 2
Eng. 290— Creative Writing 3
Eng. 293 — Sophomore Composition 3
*A minor directed toward Child Welfare is required with this curriculum. An exception
is made for students in Child Development who want to meet state certification re-
quirements for Kindergarten as well as training for Nursery School. In that case, the
Director of the School of Home Economics will waive the sociology requirements and
make substitutions necessary for certification.
tStudents may combine Journalism with a special area of Home Economics. In such
cases Journalism course?, may be substituted for the Business courses as listed under
the Clothing and Textiles, or the Commercial Food and Equipment curricula.
94
Ohio University
Commercial Food and Equipment
H. Ec. 125— Family Nutrition 3
H. Ec. 322 — Experimental Cookery 3
H. Ec. 323— Food Preservation 2
H. Ec. 327— Quantity Cookery 3
H. Ec. 334 — Household Equipment 3
H. Ec. 340— Problems in Food and
Nutrition 3
H. Ec. 351 — Home Management 2
H. Ec. 353 — Home Management
Laboratory 3
H. Ec. 368 — Demonstration Techniques 2
Advt. 155 — Advertising Principles 3
Ec. 12 or 102 — Principles of Economics- 3
Chem. 113 — Organic Chemistry 4
Mkt. 155 — Marketing Principles 3
Jour. 322 — Feature and Magazine
Writing 3
Speech 3 — Public Speaking 2
Six hours selected from the following:
Sec. St. 220 — Business Communications- S
Mkt. 271 — Principles of Personal
Selling 2
Econ. 309— Public Utilities 2-3
Radio-TV 79— Introduction to
Radio-TV 2
Jour. 323 — Advanced Feature and
Magazine Writing 3
Psych. 135 — Psychology of Advertising
and Selling 3
Eng. 290 — Creative Writing 3
Eng. 293 — Sophomore Composition 8
Home Planning and Decoration
H. Ec. 330— Workshop in Home
Furnishings 3
H. Ec. 331 — Economics of Furnishings _ 2
H. Ec. 334 — Household Equipment 3
H. Ec. 351 — Home Management 2
H. Ec. 353 — Home Management
Laboratory 3
Arch. 56 — Architectural Graphics 3
Art 120— Textile Design 3
Art 125 — Art in Every Day Life 2
Art 271-272— Interior Design 6
Art 313 — Advanced Interior Design 3
Ec. 12 or 102 — Principles of Economics 3
Advt. 155 — Advertising Principles 3
Mkt. 155 — Marketing Principles 3
Six hours selected from the following:
Acct. 75 — Elementary Accounting 8
Jour. 322 — Feature and Magazine
Writing 3
Mgt. 211 — Industrial Management 3
Mkt. 271 — Principles of Personal
Selling 2
Psych. 135 — Psychology of
Advertising and Selling 3
Sec. St. 220 — Business Communications 3
Sec. St. 285— Office Management 3
Home Economics with Radio-TV*
Hours
161 — Home Nursing and
Family Health 2
125— Family Nutrition 3
172— Advanced Child
Development 2
316— Tailoring 3
330 — Workshop in Home
Furnishings 3
334 — Household Equipment — 8
351 — Home Management 2
353 — Home Management
H. Ec.
H. Ec.
H. Ec.
B. Ec.
H. Ec.
H. Ec.
H. Ec.
H. Ec.
Laboratory 8
H. Ec. 368 — Demonstration
Techniques 2
Hours
Humanities — Literature, Philosophy, or
Fine Arts 6
Jour. 107 — Newspaper Reporting 3
Speech 2 — Voice and Articulation 2
Radio-TV 79— Introduction to 7-iadio-
TV 2
Radio-TV 180— Radio Speech 3
8-9 hours selected from the following:
Radio-TV 147— Radio Workshop 2-4
Radio-TV 247— Advanced Radio
Workshop 2
Radio-TV 280— Radio-TV News
Writing and Editing 2
Radio-TV 285— Radio-TV News
Practice 2-3
Radio-TV 316— Continuity Writing 2
NONPROFESSIONAL CURRICULUM
Home and Family Living
H. Ec. 172— Advanced Child
Development 2
H. Ec. 125— Family Nutrition 3
H. Ec. 161 — Home Nursing and
Family Health 2
H. Ec. 316— Tailoring 3
H. Ec. 330 — Workshop in Home
Furnishings 3
H. Ec. 334 — Household Equipment 3
H. Ec. 351 — Home Management 2
H. Ec. 353 — Home Management
Laboratory 3
Social Science Electives 9
Fin. 75 — Personal Finance 2
Humanities — Philosophy, Fine Arts or
Foreign Language 6-8
Literature Electives 6
H.R. 301 Marriage or
Soc. 260 — Marriage and the Family 3
* Students may combine Radio-TV with a special area of Home Economics. In such
cases Radio-TV courses may be substituted for the Business courses as listed under the
Clothing and Textiles, or the Commercial Food and Equipment curricula.
The College op Applied Science 95
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY
There is a heavy demand from industry for men trained as tech-
nicians. These technicians assist engineers and management in the field
of operations. They frequently attain responsible executive positions.
The curriculum in Industrial Technology includes a group of courses
selected for their contribution to a knowledge and understanding of the
manufacturing phase of industry. Some of these courses give an under-
standing of the economic and legislative controls within which industry
operates, others deal with personal and social problems of the worker
and his relation with labor groups and management. The shop courses
provide experiences with materials, tools and machines. They contribute
some of the basic, technical knowledge necessary for the development
of skills pertinent to the manufacturing and production phases of
industry.
The block of restricted electives is provided in order to allow
the student to pursue and build a degree of specialization within
related areas. The choice of courses identifying this specialization will
generally be restricted to the areas of industrial arts, engineering,
architecture, drafting, management, or the physical sciences. The student
in consultation with his adviser is expected to select the program of
courses designated as his vocational objective before the close of his
sophomore year.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM
Freshman Program
The University College Program should include:
Hours (Hours
Eng. 3 — Composition 3 Eng. 4 — Composition 3
Hist. 1, 101, Govt. 1, 101 or Hist. 2, 102, Govt. 2, 102 or
Soc. Sc. 9 3 Soc. Sc. 10 3
Physics or Chemistry 3-4 Physics or Chemistry 3-4
E. D. 1, Engineering Drawing 2 E. D. 2 or 15, Drawing 2-3
Speech 1, Fundamentals 1 Elective 3-5
Elective 3-5
Sophomore Program
Math. 5, Freshman Math. 5 E. D. 3, Slide Rule 1
Ec. 11 or 101, Principles 3 Ec. 12 or 102, Principles 3
Acct. 75, Elem. Accounting 3 Psych. 1 or 101, General 3
Ind. A. 1, General Woodworking 3 Ind. A. 2, General Woodworking 3
Ind. A. 13. Gen. Cold Metals 3 Ind. A. 14, Gen. Hot Metals 3
Elective 3-4
Junior Program
Ind. A. 11, Duplicating 3 Ind. A. 134, Power & Trans. 3
Ind. A. 133, Prac. Electricity 3 Ind. A. 141, Printing 3
Mgt. 211, Industrial 3 Mgt. 321, Motion & Time Study 3
Bus. Law 25."), Business Law 3 Sec. St. 220, Business Commun. 3
Restricted Electives* 5 Restricted Electives* 5
Senior Program
Ind. A. 105, Mat. and Finishes 3 Mgt. 302. Production 5
Restricted Electives* 9 Restricted Electives* 6
Electives - 4-5 Electives 6-7
♦Restricted electives will be chosen by the student and his adviser to satisfy the
student's specific objective in the fields of industrial arts, engineering, architecture,
drafting, management, physical science, etc.
-!■'«
H
'f;..K'^
180^
^:^ J-
>. %^^
L,r-i^
y
If*
■PI'
#% w
\
^>'--'^
» 1
) •
"liii M"
' f
i-iJ%»
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
RUSH ELLIOn
DEAN
Archaeology and Antiquities
Astronomy
Botany
Chennistry
Classical Languages
English
General Studies
Biology
Great Books
Physical Science
Social Science
Geography and Geology
German
Government
History
Human Relations
Mathematics
Philosophy
Physics
Psychology
Romance Languages
Russian
Sociology
Zoology
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
Ohio University remained a liberal arts college for almost one
hundred years after it was founded. With the expansion of curricula
and organization of new colleges and divisions during the last fifty
years, the College of Arts and Sciences has held to what has been
the central purpose of the college for a century and a half; namely to
provide opportunities for the student to secure a general, liberal
education. Since its focus is on more general concerns of man, it is
broader than an education for immediate application. Liberal education
implies knowledge, critical mindedness, the capacity for clear and inde-
pendent thinking and expression, and ideas important to the thinking
of free men and women. A liberal education affords an acquaintance
with the language, skills, and methods in some area at a level that is
beyond introductory concepts and methods. It prepares the student for
more advanced graduate or professional training in some field or for
immediate vocation.
These objectives are achieved through courses which make up the
curriculum of the college — courses which historically have been regarded
as the means whereby man has come to understand himself and the
world in which he lives — and through degree requirements so arranged
that the student gets specialized knowledge in some particular field or
area together with a fundamental education in the humanities, natural
sciences, and the social sciences.
The College includes the following departments:
Botany Human Eelations
Chemistry Mathematics and Astronomy
Classical Languages Philosophy
English Physics
Geography and Geology Psychology
General Studies Romance Languages
German Russian
Government Sociology
History Zoology
Departments of the College are accredited or recognized by leading
professional associations. These include the Council on Social Work
Education, the American Chemical Society, the American Psychological
Association, and the Board of Registry of the American Society of
Clinical Pathologists.
A student enrolled in any college at Ohio University may elect
courses in any other college with considerable freedom. Thus, much
of the course work required by the other colleges is offered by the
faculty of the College of Arts and Sciences. In turn, a student pursuing
a degree in this college may elect courses, in some instances completing
a major in a department of one of the other colleges.
98
The College of Arts and Sciences 99
When a student enters the College of Arts and Sciences from the
University College, or by transfer from another college or university,
he is assigned an adviser who is a member of the faculty teaching in
the area in which the student expects to major. The faculty adviser will
assist the student in the preparation of his schedule each semester so
that proper sequences of courses in the major, and appropriate related
courses, are selected. The student is responsible for being certain that
all requirements for the degree are being met.
The College offers two degrees: the Bachelor of Arts and the Bach-
elor of Science. The requirements for the degrees represent a consider-
able distribution of studies, yet they require sufficient stress in a major
field to insure some degree of mastery of at least one area. All candi-
dates in the College of Arts and Sciences must have a point-hour ratio
of 2.0 (C) on all hours attempted, but including only the final hours
and points in repeated courses. This applies to the major also.
The normal load requirement for a student enrolled in the College
is a minimum of 1-5 semester hours and a usual maximum load of 17
semester hours when not on probation, and a minimum of 12 semester
hours and a maximum of 14 semester hours when on probation. Any
exception to these load requirements must be approved by the dean of
the College.
Students who do not complete all University College requirements
in the freshman year are expected to have these completed before being
advanced to the junior year. Students who have requirements which in-
volve courses numbered below 100 should start meeting such require-
ments not later than the beginning of the sophomore year. This is par-
ticularly recommended in the case of foreign language. Eegistration
for courses numbered below 100 is prohibited for juniors and seniors in
many areas and is discouraged in all areas.
BACHELOR OF ARTS
A total of 124 hours is required for the degree of Bachelor of Arts
subject to the following:
(a) At least 60 hours must be in courses numbered above 100.
Elective credit is given for courses taken in divisions or depart-
ments for which no major is provided in the College, as, for example,
industrial arts, military science and physical education, and for courses
in departments not listed as meeting degree requirements. A maximum
of eight elective credit hours in applied music, four elective credit hours
in physical education activities courses, including the two-hour require-
ment, and six elective hours in industrial arts, are accepted toward the
124-hour degree requirement. Advanced courses for which elective credit
is extended are not counted toward the 60-hour requirement in courses
numbered above 100. Exception is made for courses in Education above
100 required for teacher certification (see page 112). Further exceptions
are made only on review by and approval of the dean of the College.
100 Ohio Univeesity
(b) At least six hours in the major field must be in courses num-
bered above 300. (See preceding paragraph.)
(c) A minimum of 70 hours must be in courses included in humani-
ties, social sciences, and natural sciences. The hours included in the
major in departments of the College of Arts and Sciences are applied
toward this total.
(d) Not more than 40 hours in any one department may be counted
in the 124 hours required.
(e) No course may satisfy two of the following requirements, and
the courses selected to meet the requirements in foreign languages, hu-
manities, social sciences and natural sciences must be from departments
other than the major.
For example, an English major may not apply courses in English
toward the humanities requirement, even though these be courses not
required for the major, or in excess of the hours required for the major.
Likewise, a zoology major must meet the natural science requirement
in departments other than zoology.
The specific requirements for the degree are: Hours
English Composition: Courses numbered 3-4 6
Physical Education: Activities courses as required 0-2
Speejch: Fundamentals of Speech 1
Foreign Language: Complete in sequence through course 102 in
a language, or equivalent 0-16
Achievement of proficiency in a foreign language equiva-
lent to that attained upon completion of two college years of one
language is required. Exception is made for the student with 2
years of high school Latin who may complete the requirement by
taking one year of Greek. A student who has had equivalent
preparation to the above requirement may satisfy this requirement
by passing an examination given by the language department con-
cerned.
A student who is a major in one language must meet the
foreig-H language degree requirement in another language.
Humanities: Select courses from two or more of the following
with at least six hours in one 12
(a) Archaeology
(b) 'English courses numbered 100
(c) Foreign language courses other than those necessary to com-
plete the foreign language requirement
(d) Philosophy
(eV Humanities 7, 8 or 107, 108 — Great Books
(f) Fine arts
Of the fine arts only courses in the history and appreciation
of fine arts may be taken to satisfy the 12-hour group require-
ment, (Courses listed on page 222.) Music 5 (Music Appreciation)
may be taken except in cases where Fine Arts 123-124 have been
previously completed.
Social Sciences: Select courses from two or more departments
with at least six hours in some one department 12
(a) Economics (e) Government
(b) History (f) Psychology (except 209, 301, or 807)
(c) Human Relations - (g) Sociology
(d) Geography (except 175, 176) (h) Social Science 9, 10 or 209, 210
The College of Arts and Sciences 101
Natural Sciences: A one-year course in one department and at
least a one-semester course in another 12
A minimum of a one-year course in biological science and a
one-year course in physical science must be completed in either
high school or college. If either requirement was not com-
pleted in high school, this must be done in college as part of the
12-hour requirement. If the requirement was completed in high
school, the 12-hour requirement may be met in any two of the
following science departments or courses:
Biological Sciences: Physical Sciences:
(a) Biology 1-2 (a) Astronomy
(b) Botany (b) Chemistry
(c) Psychology 209, 301, or 307 (c) Geography 17.5 or 176 ex-
except for psychology majors cept for geography majors
(d) Zoology (d) Geology
(e) Physics
(f) Physical Science 3, 4
(g) Mathematics (except 1, 2)
Students who have completed Biology 1-2 cannot receive credit
for Botany 3-4 or Zoology 3-4. Students who have completed
Botany 3-4 or Zoology 3-4 cannot receive credit for Biology 1-2.
Major: See departmental requirements for particular courses in
the major and related fields recommended or required.
(a) A minimum of twenty-four hours, including six hours in
courses numbered above 300, selected from a single depart-
ment (see specific department requirements), in consultation
with an adviser from that department, or
(b) Dual Major — Twelve hours in courses numbered above 100,
including six hours in courses numbered above 300, in each
of two closely related departments, chosen with the approval of
an adviser from each of the two departments. Courses taken in
either or both of two departments for a dual major, even though
not required for the major, cannot be used to meet the general
area requirements in language, humanities, natural science
and social science.
A transfer student is required to complete eight hours toward the
major in courses at the 100 level or above at Ohio University, the
courses to be approved by the department chairman. A transfer student
completing the dual major is required to complete six hours at the 100
level or above in each of two departments at Ohio University, the
courses to be approved by the chairmen of the two departments.
A student may complete a major for the A.B. degree in any of the
following departments by meeting the specific requirements outlined
above and the number of hours and courses specified by the department
concerned: botany, chemistry, classical languages, dramatic art and
speech, economics, English, geography, geology, German, government,
history, home economics. Journalism, mathematics, music, painting and
allied arts, philosophy, physics, psychology, romance languages, soci-
ology, speech therapy and zoology.
The specific requirements in the departments in the College of Arts
and Sciences are indicated in the descriptive material covering the de-
partment. Requirements in departments outside the College are deter-
mined by an adviser in the department.
A minor is not required. However, the student may wish to complete
one or more minors. A minor consists of at least twelve hours in a single
department, including six hours in courses numbered above 100. Courses
used to satisfy any of the above degree requirements may not be counted
toward the minor.
It is left to the discretion of the dean of the College to approve
modification of these requirements in exceptional cases.
102 Ohio University
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
A total of 124 hours is required for the degree of Bachelor of
Science subject to the following:
(a) At least 60 hours must be in courses numbered above 100.
Elective credit is given for courses taken in divisions or depart-
ments for which no major is provided in the College, as, for example,
industrial arts, military science and physical education, and for courses
in departments not listed as meeting degree requirements. A maximum
of eight elective credit hours in applied music, four elective credit hours
in physical education activities courses, including the two-hour require-
ment, and six elective hours in industrial arts, are accepted toward the
124-hour degree requirement. Advanced courses for which elective credit
is extended are not counted toward the 60-hour requirement in courses
numbered above 100. Exception is made for courses in Education above
100 required for teacher certification (see page 112). Further exceptions
are made only on review by and approval of the dean of the College.
(b) At least six hours in the major field must be in courses num-
bered above 300 (see the preceding paragraph).
(c) A minimum total of 70 hours must be in courses included in
humanities, social sciences, and natural sciences. The hours included
in the major in departments of the College of Arts and Sciences are
applied toward this total.
(d) Not more than 45 hours in any one department may be
counted in the 124 hours required.
(e) No course may satisfy two of the following requirements.
The specific requirements for the degree are: Hours
English Composition: Courses numbered 3-4 6
Physical Education: Activities courses as required 0-2
Speech: Fundamentals of 1
Foreign Language: Two college years, or equivalent 0-16
Two years of one high school language are considered equiva-
lent to one year in college. The requirement may be satisfied by
taking more than one language. Students who enter with two
years of language, but with less than four years have a one-year
requirement in language. Students who enter with only one year
of language have a two-year language requirement. Credit is not
extended toward meeting the language requirement for the first
semester of a beginning language unless the second semester is
completed.
Humanities: Select courses from two or more of the following
with at least six hours in one 12
(a) Archaeology (d) Philosophy
(b) English courses numbered above 100 (e) Humanities 7, 8 or 107, 108 — Great
(c) Foreign language courses other than Books
those necessary to complete the for- (f ) Fine Arts
leign language requirement
Of the fine arts, only courses in the history and appreciation of
fine arts may be taken to satisfy the 12-hour group requirement.
(Courses listed on page 222.) Music 5 (Music Appreciation) may
be taken except in cases where Fine Arts 123-124 have been
previously completed.
The College of Arts and Sciences 103
Social Sciences: Select courses from two or more departments
with at least six hours in some one department 12
(a) Economics (e) Government
(b) History (f) Psychology (except 209, 301, or 307)
(c) Human Relations (g) Sociology
(d) Geography (except 175, 176) (h) Social Science 9, 10 or 209, 210
Natural Sciences: A one-year course in one department and at
least a one-semester course in another 12
a minimum of a one-year course in biological science and a one-
year course in physical science must be completed in either high
school or college. If either requirement was not completed in high
school, this musT be done in college as part of the 12-hour require-
ment. If the requirement was completed in high school, the 12-hour
requirement may be met in any two of the following departments
or courses:
Biological Sciences : Physical Sciences :
(a) Biology 1-2 (a) Astronomy
(b) Botany (b) Chemistry
(c) Psychology 209, 301, or 807 (c) Geography 175, 176
except for psychology majors (d) Geology
(d) Zoology (e) Physics
(f) Physical Science 3, 4
(g) Mathematics except 1, 2
Courses meeting this requirement must be selected from depart-
ments other than the one in which the student is a major.
Students who have completed Biology 1-2 cannot receive credit
for Botany 1-2 or Zoology 3-4. Students who have completed Botany
3-4 or Zoology 3-4 cannot receive credit for Biology 1-2.
Major: See departmental requirements for particular courses in
the major and related fields recommended or required.
(a) A minimum of twenty-four hours. Including six hours in
courses numbered above 300, selected from one of the following
departments : Botany, Chemistry, Geology, Home Economics,
[Mathematics, Physics or Zoology in consultation with an
adviser from that department, or
(b) Dual Major — twelve hours in courses numbered above 100,
including six hours in courses numbered above 300, in each
of two of the above departments, chosen with the approval
of an adviser from each of the two departments. Courses
taken in either or both of two departments for a dual major,
even though not required for the major, cannot be used to
meet the general area requirement in natural science.
A transfer student is required to complete eight hours toward the
major in courses at the 100 level or above at Ohio University, the
courses to be approved by the department chairman. A transfer student
completing the dual major is required to complete six hours at the 100
level or above in each of the two departments at Ohio University, the
courses to be approved by the chairmen of the two departments.
A minor is not required. However, the student may wish to complete
one or more minors. A minor consists of at least twelve hours in a
single department, including six hours in courses numbered above 100.
Courses used to satisfy any of the above degree requirements may not
be counted toward the minor.
It is left to the discretion of the dean of the College to approve
modification of these requirements in exceptional cases.
104 Ohio University
SPECIAL CURRICULA
ATOMIC ENERGY AND INDUSTRIAL PHYSICS
Students preparing for a career in the atomic energy industry or
in an industrial physics laboratory should elect the Bachelor of Science
degree with a major in physics. The basic curriculum shown below is
recommended. Some specialization in a particular phase of physics can
be obtained in the junior and senior years by the choice of electives.
General university requirements in physical education and speech and
the foreign language requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree
are omitted from the curriculum below. For these requirements see
pages 68, 76, and 102.
Freshman Program
(First Semester Hours Second Semester Hours
Chem. 3 — General 4 Chem. 4 and 99 — General and
Eng. 3 — Composition 3 Qual. Analysis 5
Math. 5 — Freshman 5 Eng. 4 — Composition 3
Social science or humanities 3 Math. 6 — Analytic Geometry and
Electives* 1-2 Calculus I 5
Social science or humanities 3
Electives* 1-2
Sophomore Program
Phys. 113— General 4 Phys. 114 — General 4
Math. 101 — Analytic Geometry and Math. 102 — Analytic Geometry and
Calculus II 4 Calculus III 4
Ec. 101— Principles of 3 Ec. 102— Principles of 3
Social science or humanities 3 Social science or humanities 3
Electives** 2-3 Electives** 2-3
Junior Program
Math. 304 — Advanced Calculus 3 Math. 315 — Advanced Applied
Phys. 201 — Mechanics 3 Mathematics I 3
Phys. 219— Electricity and Magnetism __ 3 Phys. 305— Light 3
Advanced physics laboratory 2 Phys. 220 — Electricity and
Social science or humanities 3 Magnetisna 3
Electives** 2 Advanced physics laboratory 2
Social science and humanities 3
Electives** 2
Senior Program
Phys. 314 — Modern Spectroscopy 3 Phys. 352— Quantum Mechanics 3
Phys. 349 — Atomic and Nuclear 3 Phys. 350 — Atomic and Nuclear 3
Phys. 310 — Heat and Thermodynamics 3 Phys. 361 — Special Problems in
Advanced physics laboratory 2 Physics . 1
Electives** 5 Phys. 365^Nuclear Reactor Theory
and Practice 3
Electives**
PREPARATION FOR DENTISTRY
The minimum requirement for admission to dental school is the
completion of at least 60 semester hours of college work which must
include general chemistry, organic chemistry, physics, zoology, and
English. A broad training in courses other than natural science is urged.
Predental students have the same degree-in-absentia privileges as pre-
medical students (see page 108).
♦See University College requirements.
**See requirements for Bachelor of Science degree.
The College of Arts and Sciences 105
The following sequence of courses is recommended. The require-
ments pertaining to English composition, physical education and speech
are not indicated in the curriculum below. See pages 68 and 76.
Freshman Program
The University College Program should include:
Hours Hours
Chem. 3-4, 99 — General and Zool. 3-4 — Principles of 6
Qual. Analysis 9 Requirements and/or electives*
Math. 9 — Fundamentals of 3
Sophomore Program
Chem. 113 — Organic 4 Zool. 120 — Comparative Vertebrate
Chem. 117 — Organic Chemistry Anatomy 4
Laboratory 2 Zool. 311- — General Bacteriology*** 4
Phys. 5, 6 — Introduction to 8 Requirements and/or electives**
Zool. 107— Prin. of Heredity 3
Junior Program
Phil. 110— Introd. to 3 Zool. 301— Mammalian Anatomy*** 4
or Zool. 305 — Principles of Physiology 4
Phil. 209 — Logic 3 Requirements and/or electives**
PREPARATION FOR FORESTRY
The curriculum outlined may be followed, and by meeting the re-
quirements of the College of Arts and Sciences, the Bachelor of Arts
or Bachelor of Science degree may be earned.
Freshman Program
The University College Program should include :
Hours Hours
Agr. 1 or 2 — Intro, to 3 Bot. 3-4 — ^General 6
or Math. 5 — Freshman 5
Agr. 30 — Forestry 3 Requirements and/or electives*
Sophomore Program
Bot. 117^Dendrology 3 Phys. 5 — Introduction to 4
Chem. 1-2 — General 8 Zool. 3-4 — Principles of 6
C. E. 10 — Plane Surveying 3 Requirements and/or electivesf
Geol. 106— Agricultural 3
Junior and Senior Programs
All preforestry students should consult the preforestry adviser concerning course
requirements in the junior and senior programs. These requirements will vary with
the student's preparation, with the degree program the student elects to follow, and the
field of concentration. It is recommended that appropriate selections from the following
courses be included :
Agr. 216 — Crops and Soils 4 Bot. 318— Wood Technolociy 3
Bot. 105— Elem. Plant Physiology 3 Bot. 324— Forest Pathology 3
Bot. 203 — Plant Ecology 4 Zool. 216 — Animal Communities 4
Bot. 211 — Plant Anatomy 3 Zool. 219 — General Entomology 4
*See requirements for University College (page 76).
**See requirements for Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree.
***Suggested.
tSee requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree.
106 Ohio University
PREPARATION FOR GOVERNMENT FOREIGN SERVICE
Students desiring to prepare for the government foreign service
examinations, which are given twice yearly, are advised to concentrate
their attention on those aspects of history, economics, and government
which relate to world problems. Com-petency in some foreign language
such as French, Spanish, German, or Russian is essential, in addition
to superior command of English diction.
PREPARATION FOR LAV/
A student in the College of Arts and Sciences who plans to entei
law school normally completes the specific requirements for the degree
of Bachelor of Arts. No special curriculum is prescribed. The prelaw
student may complete a major in the area of his principal interest.
The student is advised to select courses from as many of the following
as possible : English composition and literature and American literature ;
history, with a preference for English and American history; govern-
ment; economics; sociology; at least one laboratoi-y science and an addi-
tional advanced course is advised; mathematics; philosophy; ethics;
logic; accounting; psychology; and a foreign language, preferably
Latin. Courses in speech and training in expression, as well as activities
that develop the capacity for independent thought and action, are rec-
ommended.
The Ohio Supreme Court has ruled that a student entering law
school after January 1, 1960 must be able to show that he possesses
an undergraduate degree from an approved college if he wishes to take
the Ohio Bar Examination. Law schools in the state of Ohio are sup-
plementing this Supreme Court ruling by requiring the degree of all
entering students beginning in the fall of 1960, regardless of the state
in which they plan to take the bar examination.
PREPARATION FOR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Preparation in medical technology trains students in laboratory
methods used in hospitals, physicians' offices, public health bureaus,
and other laboratories concerned with medical diagnosis and investiga-
tion.
Technologists who wish to be recognized by the American Society
of Clinical Pathologists and entitled to use the initials, M.T., must have
had a minimum of 60 semester hours of college work in a college or
university recognized by the regional accrediting association, and a
year's training in an approved school of medical technology.
The Ohio University — Mount Carmel Hospital Affiliated Training
for Medical Technologists fulfills these requirements and affords the
student an opportunity to earn the bachelor's degree. After completing
six semesters ( a minimum of 94 semester hours with a point-hour ratio
of 2.0 or above in all hours attempted, including the major, and with
The College of Arts and Sciences 107
courses which meet degree requirements) at Ohio University, and while
still registered in the University, prospective technologists spend twelve
months in residence at Mount Carmel Hospital, Columbus, Ohio. Upon
satisfactory completion of the University and hospital training require-
ments, the student is eligible to receive from Ohio University the degree
of Bachelor of Science and to take the qualifying examination given
by the Board of Registry of the American Society of Clinical Patholo-
gists for the professional designation of Medical Technologist. Credit
toward the degree for the hospital training program is extended only
in case all basic science courses which are required for admission to the
Mount Carmel Hospital affiliated training program are completed previ-
ous to the hospital residence.
The W. K. Kellogg Foundation of Battle Creek, Michigan, has
granted the University the sum of $4,000 to be used as a loan fund for
students during their year at Mount Carmel.f Expenses to be met
during the year in Columbus are room rent and a small sum for books
and laboratory gowns. No fees are charged by Mount Carmel Hospital,
nor does it pay any remuneration except that it furnishes board.
The requirements pertaining to English, physical education and
speech are not indicated in the curriculum below. See pages 68 and 76.
Freshman Program
The University College Program should include :
Hours Hours
Chem. 3-4, 99 — General and Zool. 3-4 — Principles of 6
Qual. Analysis 9 Requirements and/or electives*
Sophomore Program
Chem. 107 — Quantitative Analysis 4 Zool. 107 — Principles of Heredity 3
Chem. 113 — Organic 4 Zool. 121 — Elements of Anatomy 3
Chem. 117 — Organic Chemistry Zool. 304 — Histology 4
Laboratory 2 Zool. 311 — General Bacteriology 4
Requirements and/or electives**
Junior Program
Phil. 110— Introduction to 3 Zool. 245 — Clinical Technic 2
or Zool. 309 — Biological Chemistry 4
Phil. 209— Logic 3 Zool. 312 — Pathogenic Bacteriology 4
Zool. 225 — Animal Microtechnic 1-2 Zool. 316 — Animal Parasites 4
Zool. 235 — Elements of Physiology 4 Requirements and/or electives**
Senior Program
Med. Tech. 291— Urinalysis 3 Med. Tech. 295— Histologic Technic 4
Med. Tech. 292— Hematology 5 Med. Tech. 296 — Basal Metabolism and
Med. Tech. 293 — Bacteriology, etc. 11 Electrocardiography 1
Med. Tech. 294— Chemistry S
PREPARATION FOR MEDICINE
Medical colleges require their prospective students to spend from
six to eight semesters in premedical preparation. A number of medical
colleges give preference to holders of a bachelor's degree and some re-
quire the degree for admission.
*See requirements for University College (page 76)
**See requirements for the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Science degree.
tApplication for aid should be filed with Chairman, Department of Zoology.
108 Ohio University
For most colleges the requirements for admission include general
chemistry, organic chemistry, physics, zoology, comparative anatomy,
embryology and English. Courses in government, history, economics,
sociology, philosophy, and literature are strongly advised. A year's
course in mathematics (Math 5-6, or 9-10) is required by some and
advised by most schools. A student who plans to complete only three
years at Ohio University is advised to meet the degree requirements
so as to be eligible for the degree in absentia privilege.
DEGREE IN ABSENTIA. Students who have completed 94 semester
hours (six semesters) at Ohio University with a point-hour ratio of
2.0 or above, on all hours attempted, and have satisfied the requirements
for the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science may obtain
the degree after completing a full year's work in an accredited school
of medicine of the quality prescribed for the bachelor's degree at Ohio
University, including advancement, without condition, to the second
year of medical school, provided before entering the school of medicine,
the student secures a statement in writing from the dean giving the
senior-in-absentia privilege.
The following sequence of courses is recommended. The require-
ments pertaining to English composition, physical education and speech
are not indicated in the curriculum below. See pages 68 and 76.
Freshman Program
The University College Program should include:
Hours Hours
Chem. 3-4, 99 — General and Math. 10 — Fundamentals of 3
Qualitative Analysis 9 Zool. 3-4 — Principles of 6
Math. 9 — Fundamentals of 3 Requirements and/or electives*
Sophomore Program
Chem. 107- — Quantitative Analysis 4 Zool. 107 — Principles of Heredity 3
Gk 27— Greek Words in English^ 2 Zool. 120— Comparative Vertebrate
Phil. 110 — Introduction to Anatomy 4
Philosophy 3 Requirements and/or electives**
or
Phil. 209— Logic 3
Junior Program
Chem. 113 — Organic 4
Chem. 201-202— Organic 6 and
and Chem. 117 — Organic Chemistry
Chem. 203-204 — Organic Chemistry Laboratory 2
'Laboratory 4 Phys. 5, 6 — Introduction to 8
or Requirements and/or electives**
Senior Program
Chem. 211— Physical! 3 Zool. 305— Principles of Physiologyf 4
Zool. 301 — Mammalian Anatomyf 4 Zool. 311 — General Bacteriology^ 4
Zool. 302 — Vertebrate Embryologyf 4 Requirements and/or electives**
*See requirements for University College (page 76)
**See requirements for the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Science degree.
■[Students leaving at the end of the third year should elect this in the third year.
^Suggested.
The College of Arts and Sciences 109
PREPARATION FOR NURSING
Education for nursing has come to fall into three categories: (1)
the hospital school of nursing which requires no training beyond high
school for admission, (2) the college school of nursing which is either a
combined four-year program in which a limited amount of liberal edu-
cation is combined with the training for nursing and leads to the Bache-
lor of Science in Nursing degree, or (3) a program in which a minimum
of two years of college work is required for admission and then upon
the completion of nurses training, the Bachelor of Science in Nursing
degree is awarded.
In present day society, a broad education, with a reasonable degree
of specialization, is generally regarded as being the most valuable for
life, so that an Ohio University student interested in nursing is advised
to complete requirements for either the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of
Science degree and then to complete nurses training in an approved
program. In many cases the length of time required for the hospital
training is shortened as a result of the student having completed the
college degree.
The curriculum to be followed in such a program should include
courses which provide a scientific background for nursing. The following
curriculum will lead to either the A.B. or B.S. degree, and if only part
of the program is completed, will prepare a student for admission to
a nursing program which requires less preparation than the college
degree. No credit is extended by Ohio University for work completed in
a nursing program except in a collegiate school of nursing.
Freshman Program
The University College Program should include:
Hours (Hours
Chem. 3-4, 99 — General and Psych. 5 — Educational 3
Qualitative Analysis 9 Zool. 3-4 — Principles of 6
Psych. 1 — General 3 Requirements and/or electives*
Sophomore Program
Chem. 113 — Organic 4 H. Ec. 1-2 — Foods, Nutrition and
Chem. 117 — Organic Chemistry Meal Planning 6
Laboratory 2 Soc. 101 — Principles of 3
Eng. 101, 102— Soph. Eng. Literature Zool. 107 — Principles of Heredity 3
or Zool. 121 — Elements of Anatomy S
Eng. Ill, 112 — Chief American Writers 3-6 Zool. 311 — General Bacteriology 4
Requirements and/or electives**
Junior Program
Phil. 110— Introduction to 3 Zool. 235— Elements of Physiology 4
or Zool. 312 — Pathogenic Bacterology' 4
Phil. 209 — Logic 3 Requirements and/or electives**
Psych. 310 — Mental Hygiene 3
Senior Program
Requirements and/or electives**
♦See requirements for University College (page 76)
•*See requirements for Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree.
'Suggested.
110 Ohio University
PREPARATION FOR OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY
Colleges offering programs in Occupational Therapy require two
years of college work in preparation for the two years of professional
work leading to the degree. The first two years may be taken at Ohio
University, after which transfer can be made to another institution
where the work will be completed and the degree conferred.
The first two years of college should include English 3-4 and six
hours of literature; Chemistry 1-2 or Physics 5, 6; physical education;
psychology, 6 hrs.; sociology, 6 hrs.; Zoology 3, 4 and 107. The remainder
of the credit to complete the minimum of 60 hours may be elected from
education, foreign language, science, etc. The particular requirements
of the school to which the student may wish to transfer should be fol-
lowed in planning the program at Ohio University.
Further information relative to requirements and the profession
of Occupational Therapy may be obtained by writing the American
Occupational Therapy Association, 250 West 57th Street, New York
19, N.Y.
PREPARATION FOR OPTOMETRY
The requirements for admission to schools of optometry are not
identical. A minimum of two years of college work is required and
should include the following courses: English 3-4; Chemistry 1-2; for-
eign language (the requirement must be determined from the particular
school the student wishes to attend); humanities; Mathematics 5-6,
101-102; physical education; Physics 5, 6 or 113, 114; and Zoology 3-4
and 107. Total hours to make a minimum of 64 should include electives
from literature, philosophy and psychology, if these have not been
selected in the above outlined courses.
Further information relative to requirements and the profession
of optometry may be obtained by writing to the American Optometric
Association, Department of Public Information, 4030 Chouteau Avenue,
St. Louis 10, Missouri.
PREPARATION FOR PHARMACY
Most schools of pharmacy require two years (minimum of 60 semes-
ter hours) of prescribed college courses. The following program will
meet these entrance requirements.
Freshman Program
Hours Hours
Biol. 1-2 — Living World 6 Humanities and/or social science 6
or Math. 9 — ^Fundamentals of 3
Zool. 3-4 — Principles of 6 Math. 10 — Fundamentals of 3
Chem. 3-4, 99 — General and Physical Education 2
iQualitative Analysis 9 Speech 1 1
Eng. 3-4 — English Composition 6
Sophomore Program
Chem. 107 — Quantitative Analysis 4 Econ. 10-11 — Principles of 6
Chem. 201-202 — Organic 6 Humanities and/or social science 3
Chem. 208-204— Organic Chemistry Phys. 5, 6^— Introduction to 8
Laboratory 4
'Not required but suggested.
The College of Arts and Sciences 111
PREPARATION FOR PHYSICAL THERAPY
The following program extending over a period of three years at
Ohio University is recommended to those students who wish to enter the
field of physical therapy. Upon completion of 94 semester credit hours,
if a scholastic average of 2.0 or better on all hours attempted has been
maintained, the student is eligible for admission to a school of physical
therapy fully accredited by the American Medical Association. An insti-
tution affiliating in this program is the Frank E. Bunts Educational
Institute of the Cleveland Clinic Foundation, Cleveland, Ohio, which
offers a 14-month course in physical therapy. Upon satisfactory comple-
tion of the three-year program at Ohio University, including degree
requirements, and the course in physical therapy, Ohio University will
award the student the bachelor's degree.
Freshman Program
Hours Hours
Chem. 1-2 — General 8 Psych. 1 — General 3
Math. 9 — Fundamentals of 3 Zool. 3-4 — Principles of 6
Requirements and /or electives (a course in swimming is advised for the physical edu-
cation requirement.)*
Sophomore Progrram
Psych. 103— Child 3 Zool. 107— Principles of Heredity 3
Soc. 101 — Principles of 3 Zool. 241 — Elementary Bacteriology 4
Zool. 133-134 — Anatomy, Kinesiology Requirements and/or electives (Psych. 5,
and Physiology 8 Educational Psychology, is advised)**
Janior Program
Phil. 110— Intro, to 3 Zool. 304— Histology 4
or Zool. 308— Physiology of
Phil. 209 — Logic 3 Exercise 2
Phys. 5,6 Intro, to 8
Requirements and/or electives (activity courses in physical education, and Sociology
204, Urban Communities, are advised)**
PREPARATION FOR SOCIAL WORK
The Department of Sociology is a member of the Council on Social
Work Education and offers a limited sequence of courses for prepro-
fessional training for social work in conjunction with a major in
sociology. These courses also offer students preparing for medicine, law,
teaching, and nursing an opportunity to become acquainted with the
functions of social agencies which they will encounter frequently in
their professional activities or as citizens.
At present there is a national need for professionally trained social
workers. Generous financial assistance is available to enable qualified
students to obtain a professional education at one of the many accredited
graduate schools of social work throughout the nation. Students intend-
ing to pursue a career in social work should plan to continue their
*See requirements for University College (page 76)
**See requirements for Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree.
112 Ohio University
preparation beyond the undergraduate level, and should Inquire regard-
ing scholarships at the institution of their choice.
(1) Preparation for Professional Training. The undergraduate
foundation for professional training at graduate schools of social work
is a broad liberal arts education, with a concentration of studies in the
social, psychological, and biological sciences. Students should elect
sociology as their major field, with a minor or second major to be chosen
in consultation with the departmental adviser.
(2) Preparation for Employment. Students who intend to seek
employment in some phase of social work immediately upon completion
of the A.B. degree should meet the requirements stated on page 288.
Successful completion of these will assist in qualifying for appointment
to certain positions in public welfare offices, children's institutions, Red
Cross, YMCA, YWCA, Girl Scouts, and Boy Scouts. Admission to 300-
level courses in social v/ork requires the specific consent of the instruc-
tor based upon an individual conference prior to registration.
PREPARATION FOR TEACHING
A student pursuing either the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of
Science degree may meet the special requirements in education for certi-
fication to teach in the secondary schools in Ohio by completing the
following :
Fsyeh. 5 — Educational Psychology 3
Ed. 130 — Secondary Education 3
Ed. 229 — Curriculum and Teaching Practices 4
Ed. 287— Student Teaching Lab. 2
Or
A methods course 2-3
Ed. 281— Student Teaching 2-12
Total hours required 19-20
PREPARATION FOR THEOLOGY
No fixed sequence of courses is outlined for a student who wishes to
enter a theological seminary. A broad general background is advised,
with a major in philosophy or the social sciences suggested. A strong
background in English is urged and courses in speech are particularly
valuable. The student should check the entrance requirements of the
theological seminary of his choice and plan his course to meet these
requirements as well as the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts de-
gree at Ohio University.
PREPARATION FOR VETERINARY MEDICINE
Schools of veterinary medicine require sixty semester hours of
academic credit, exclusive of physical education and military science,
for admission. The following program will meet such requirements.
The College of Arts and Sciences 113
Freshman Program
Hours Hours
Chem. 3-4,99 — General and Speech 1 — Fundamentals of 1
Qualitative Analysis 9 Zool. 3-4 — Principles of 6
Eng. 3-4 — Composition 6 Humanities and/or social science 8
Physical Education 2
Sophomore Program
Chem. 113 — Organic 4 Zool. 107 — Principles of Heredity 8
Chem. 114 — Organic Chem. Laboratory 2 Humanities and/or social science to make
Math. 9-10— Fundamentals of 6 total of 32 hours
or
Phys. 5,6 — Introduction to 8
In addition to the above program, some schools require either farm
experience or courses in agriculture, either of which must be arranged
for and approved by the school of veterinary medicine. This additional
requirement can be met in summers previous to enrollment or during
the progress of the veterinary program.
PREPARATION FOR WORK IN JUVENILE DELINQUENCY AND CRIMINOLOGY
Police and court services and the supervision and training of juve-
nile delinquents, young offenders, and criminals offer career positions
for college graduates with special training in these fields. Preparation
should be based upon the liberal arts subjects with concentration in
the social sciences and in specialized courses in sociology and social
work. By careful planning the student will be able to spend the second
semester of his senior year as an intern in a court or correctional insti-
tution and thus obtain experience which will assist him in qualifying
for appointmient in one of the above fields. To qualify for positions
in metropolitan courts, federal institutions, and newer branches of cor-
rectional education, students should plan to complete the M.A. degree
in sociology and social work. See the requirements for admission to the
Graduate College, page 160. Admission to 300-level courses in crimi-
nology and social work requires the specific consent of the instructors
based upon individual conferences prior to registration.
THE COLLEGE OF COMMERCE
KARL H. KRAUSKOPF
ACTING DEAN
Accounting
Advertising-MarlceHng
Agriculture
Business Law
Economics
Finance
Management
Secretarial Studies
Statistics
THE SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM
LOREN J. HORTIN
DIRECTOR
Advertising-Management
Magazine Journalism
News Writing and Editing
Public Relations
Radio-Television News
THE COLLEGE OF COMMERCE
Consistent with its character and history as a pioneer educational
institution, Ohio University inaugurated courses in accounting and
secretarial studies in 1893 at a time when few colleges and universities
offered instruction in commerce or business administration. As the
conception of collegiate training for business broadened, the oiferings
were steadily expanded until today the College of Commerce oflFers com-
prehensive programs of study in business and in economics which lead
to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Commerce. The College is ac-
credited by and is a member of the American Association of Collegiate
Schools of Business.
The College also includes the Department of Agriculture, which
offers programs of study leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science
with a major in Agriculture, the Department of Secretarial Studies,
which offers programs of study leading to the degree of Bachelor of
Science in Secretarial Studies, and the School of Journalism, which
offers theoretical and practical programs of study leading to the degree
of Bachelor of Science in Journalism.
It is deemed as essential to teach students the art of living as it is
to teach them how to earn a living. Further, it is a duty of every col-
lege graduate to participate in and, if possible, to assume responsibility
for intelligent leadership in civic, governmental, professional, and social
activities of life. Every student in the College of Commerce, therefore,
is required to take some courses offered by the other colleges of the Uni-
versity in order to widen his scope of knowledge and interest.
Through a wise use of the elective hours given in all programs of
study in the College of Commerce, a student may stress an interest by
choosing courses offered by any other college of the University. Such
courses are open to students in the College of Commerce on the same
basis as they are open to students in those colleges. The College of
Commerce, in turn, aims to serve students enrolled in the other colleges
of the University and admits them to its courses on the same basis as
students registered in the College of Commerce.
The mutual relationship between the colleges whereby a student
in one college may take courses in another gives a breadth of combi-
nations in education which only a university can offer. The colleges
of Education and Commerce, for example, cooperate in offering teaching
majors in agriculture and commerce and the colleges of Applied Science
and Commerce cooperate in offering industrial technology or an indus-
trial option in mechanical engineering. However, it is impossible to
set up predetermined curricula for each and every possible combination.
For this reason, the College of Commerce stresses its faculty advisory
system for students. Each student may choose as an adviser a member
of the College of Commerce faculty who is a specialist in the student's
field of interest. Student and adviser together then mold the skeletal
outlines of courses into an integrated program of study best suited to
the student's individual needs.
116
The College of Commerce 117
A candidate for a degree in the College of Commerce must complete
the general university requirements for graduation which include a
minimum of 124 semester hours with a point-hour ratio of 2.0 (C) on
all hours attempted, but including only the final hours and points in
repeated courses. This point-hour ratio requirement applies to his total
record and to his major or equivalent as determined by the college. For
a student with transferred credit, this rule applies to both his cumula-
tive record, which includes transferred credits, and to his Ohio Univer-
sity record exclusive of transferred credits.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR IN AGRICULTURE
The curriculum in agriculture is designed to provide the student
with a broad, basic background in the areas of agriculture, business,
and science. Persons completing the work for the degree are trained to
take responsible positions in the various non-farming business and scien-
tific phases of agriculture. This curriculum also provides opportunities
for the student to achieve the basic skills and training necessary for
farming and for advanced study in agriculture and business.
Considerable emphasis is stressed in the laboratory and classroom
on the practical application of scientific techniques in farm operations.
Opportunities for practical experience in all fields are provided in the
greenhouse and on the Ohio University farm.
For a teaching major in agriculture see page 131. A Preforestry
curriculum is offered in the College of Arts and Sciences. See page 105.
CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURE
The university requirements pertaining to English composition,
physical education, and speech are not indicated in the curriculum below.
See pages 68 and 76.
Freshman Program
The University College Program should include :
First Semester Hours Second Semester Hours
Agr. 1 — Introduction to Agriculture* 3 Agr. 2 — Introduction to Agriculture* 3
Ec. 11 — Principles of Economics 3 Ec. 12 — Principles of Economics 3
Sophomore Program
Chem. 1 — General Chemistry 4 Chem. 2 — General Chemistry 4
Acct. 75 — Elementary Accounting 3 Acct. 76 — Elementary Accounting 3
Bot. 3 — General Botany 3 Bet. 4 — General Botany 3
Agr. 30 — Forestry 3 Geol. 106 — Agricultural Geology 3
Commerce elective 3 Agriculture elective 3
Junior Program
Agr. 121 — Livestock Management 4 Agr. 216 — Crops and Soils 4
Mkt. 155 — Marketing Principles 3 Fin. 101 — Financial Institutions 3
Commerce elective 3 Agriculture elective 3
Science elective 3 Science elective 3
Senior Program
Agr. 201 — Agricultural Practices 3 Ajrr. 202 — Agricultural Practices 3
Agr. 217 — Soil Conservation 3 Zoo!. 241 — Elementary Bacteriology 4
Agr. 235 — Farm Management 3 Agriculture elective 3
Speech 3 — Public Speaking 2 Commerce elective 3
Commerce elective 3
*Not required for students who have had 3 years of vocational agriculture in high school
118 Ohio University
A minimum of eight hours of required agriculture electives must be
selected from the following courses:
Agr. 1,2 — Introduction to Agriculture 3,3 Agr. 320 — Agricultural Organizations 3
Agr. 102 — Gardening 3 Ind. A. 51 — Farm Shop 3
Agr. 104 — Fruit Production 3
A minimum of twelve hours of required commerce electives must be
selected from the following courses:
Advt. 155 — Advertising Principles 3 Mgt. 211 — Industrial Management 3
B. L. 255-256 — Business Law 3-3 Sec. St. 220 — Business
Fin. 121 — Corporation Finance 3 iCommunications 3
Advanced Economics 2-3 Stat. 155 — Business Statistics 4
A minimum of 6 hours or required science electives may be selected
from any laboratory science.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE
All students following programs of study leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Science in Commerce must take the basic subjects indicated
in the freshman, sophomore, junior, and senior programs of the curricu-
lum outline. The sequence of the courses introduces a logical develop-
ment of the student's knowledge but it can be varied to fit his or her
particular interest.
The core curriculum permits a maximum of elective hours through
which the needs of each individual student may be met and his interests
may be developed. There are only two limitations on the choice of elec-
tive hours. They must be chosen so that no fewer than 54 semester hours
required for graduation are in commerce and economics subjects, and
no fewer than 47 semester hours are in subjects offered in other fields.
This distribution of semester hours includes those earned in the Univer-
sity College and the basic subjects listed in the curriculum outline. The
second limitation on the choice of elective semester hours is that they
must be approved by the Dean of the College or the student's faculty
adviser. This approval safeguards the student's own best interests.
FIELDS OF SPECIALIZATION. It is felt that a student who follows a
program of studies leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Commerce automatically has chosen a field of concentration. Further
concentration, therefore, by way of a major is not required; however,
additional specialization may prove desirable, especially when a student
seeks employment, and it is recommended. Some of the fields which may
be stressed are listed below. Others based on a student's particular
interest may be developed.
ACCOUNTING General
General accounting International
Cost accounting Labor relations
Public (C.P.A.) accounting Public utilities
DISTRIBUTION FINANCE
Marketing Banking
Advertising Business finance
Retailing Investments
iSelling and sales management MANAGEMENT
ECONOMICS Personnel
Economic history Production
Economic theory PREPARATION FOR LAW SCHOOL
Business cycles STATISTICS
Detailed information about the possibilities of developing a special interest may be
obtained from the office of the Dean.
The College of Commerce 119
CURRICULUM IN COMMERCE
The university requirements pertaining to English composition,
physical education and speech are not indicated in the curriculum below.
See pages 68 and 76.
Freshman Program
The freshman program will be determined largely by the requirements of the
University College.
The University College Program should include:
First Semester Hours Second Semester Hours
Math. 3 — Intermediate Algebra (3) or Math. 34 — Mathematics of Finance 3
Math. 5 — Freshman Mathematics (5) 3-5 Speech 3 — Public Speaking 2
Ec. 11 — Principles of Economics 3 Ec. 12 — Principles of Economics _3
Acct. 75-76 — Elementary Accounting, which is a curriculum requirement, is
strongly recommended for the freshman year, especially for those students who plan
to specialize in this field.
Sophomore Program
Acct. 75 — Elementary Accounting 3 Acct. 76 — ^Elementary Accounting 3
Mkt. 155 — Marketing Principles 3 Fin. 101 — Financial Institutions* 3
Stat. 155 — Business Statistics* 4 Advt. 155 — Advertising Principlest 3
Eng. 293 Sophomore Composition 3 Eng. — Literature* 3
Electives 3 Electives 4
16 16
Jonior Program
Bus. L. 255 — Business Law 3 Bus. L. 256 — Business Law 3
Fin. 121 — Corporation Finance* 3 Ec. (advanced) — Elective* 2-3
Mgt. 211 — Industrial Management* 3 Electives 11
Sec. St. 220 — Business
Communications* 3 16-17
Electives 4
Senior Program
Electives 16 Electives 16
PREPARATION FOR LAW SCHOOL. A student in the College of Com-
merce who plans to enter law school should follow the Bachelor of
Science in Commerce degree curriculum and also elect, with the approval
of his adviser, courses in other fields, especially American government,
American and English history, English, philosophy, and speech.
A student who desires to enter a school of law at the end of three
years of college work and receive the Bachelor of Science in Commerce
degree from Ohio University after completing his first year in law
school may do so, provided the following conditions are met: the student
has the written approval of the dean of the College of Commerce; the
requirements of the University College are met; a minimum of 94
approved semester hours, including the required courses in the Bachelor
of Science in Commerce degree curriculum with the exception of Busi-
ness Law 255-256, are completed with a point-hour ratio of 2.0 on all
hours attempted (see page 117); and a full year's work in an accredited
law school is completed with an average equivalent to that prescribed
for the bachelor's degree at Ohio University, and the student is eligible
for advancement without condition to the second year.
♦May be taken either semester.
tMkt. 258 or 301 may be substituted.
120 Ohio University
PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT IN INDUSTRY. The College of Commerce
has designed a field of specialization which will prepare the student for
personnel-management v/ork either in industry or government service.
Preparation in this field must be broadly based, and it is recommended
that courses be selected on the advice and guidance of the faculty
adviser from the offerings in the departments of Economics, Manage-
ment, Secretarial Studies, Statistics, Government, Human Relations,
Psychology, and Sociology.
OFFICE MANAGEMENT. Students interested in office management as
an area of specialization should take the core curriculum for the Bache-
lor of Science in Commerce degree as well as Office Management, Office
Procedures, Office Machines, and Typewriting, In consultation with the
faculty adviser, other courses should be selected from the following
areas: accounting, management, psychology, sociology, government,
speech, and mathematics,
RESTAURANT MANAGEMENT, Students interested in restaurant man-
agement should take the core curriculum for the Bachelor of Science
in Commerce degree plus courses in foods and nutrition selected with
the advice and approval of the director of the School of Home Eco-
nomics. In consultation with the faculty adviser, other courses should
be selected from the following areas: accounting, government, manage-
ment, psychology, and speech.
INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY OR INDUSTRIAL OPTION IN MECHANICAL
ENGINEERING. In recognition of the increasing need that executives in
industry have a knowledge of and training in economics and business
management, the College of Applied Science, in cooperation with the
College of Commerce, offers two curricula, one leading to the degree
of Bachelor of Science in Industrial Technology and the other leading
to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering with
an industrial option. These curricula are listed under the College of
Applied Science.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES
The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Secretarial Studies is designed to give the student: (1) high proficiency
in the secretarial skills, (2) an understanding of the basic business
areas, and (3) a well-rounded background in cultural subjects. Persons
completing the work for the degree are trained to take responsible
secretarial positions. Their technical skills and training also may be
used as a stepping stone to other positions in business.
For those who enter without high school credit in typewriting and
shorthand, the number of hours required in secretarial, commerce, and
economics subjects is 68, and the minimum number of semester hours
required in other fields is 50.
The College of Commerce 121
Students entering with high school credits in typewriting or short-
hand should enroll in the advanced classes in these subjects. Whenever
a student is unable to meet the prerequisite standard of achievement
for the advanced courses in shorthand or typewriting, he may change to
the beginning courses in these subjects. The hours of credit earned,
however, will be added to the hours for graduation.
Special care is taken to enable students to secure carefully super-
vised practice in the secretarial fields as a part of the curriculum. This
practice includes the use of all representative office machinery and
experience in using secretarial techniques under normal business office
conditions.
During the student's final semester, he must take proficiency tests
in shorthand, typewriting, and business procedures. These tests are
similar in nature to those given in business for the selection of secre-
tarial employees.
CURRICULUM IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES
The university requirements pertaining to English composition,
physical education and speech are not indicated in the curriculum below.
See pages 68 and 76.
Freshman Program
The freshman program will be determined largely by the require-
ments of the University College.
The University College Program should include:
First Semester Hours Second Semester Hours
Ec. 11 — Principles of Economics 3 Ec. 12 — Principles of Economics 3
Sec. St. 15 — Beginning Typewriting 2 Sec. St. 16 — Intermediate Typewriting 2
Sec. St. 31 — Beginning Shorthand 3 Sec. St. 32 — Intermediate Shorthand _ 3
Those students who enter with high school credit in typewriting and shorthand
should postpone the advanced courses in these subjects until the sophomore year.
Sophomore Program \
Acct. 75 — ^Elementary Accounting 3 Acct. 76 — Elementary Accounting 3
Sec. St. 172 — Filing Systems and Sec. St. Ill — Advanced Typewriting 2
Procedures 1 Sec. St. 181 — Office Procedures 2
Sec. St. 180— Office Machines 2 Advt. 155 — Advertising Principles 3
Mkt. 155 — Marketing Principles 3 Sec. St. 173 — Machine Transcription 1
Psych. 1 — General Psychology 3 Eng. — Elective 3
Electives 4 Electives 2
16 16
Junior Program
Sec. St. 151 — Beginning Dictation and Sec. St. 152 — Advanced Dictation and
Transcription 3 Transcription 3
Fin. 101 — Financial Institutions 3 Fin. 121 — Corporation Finatce 3
Eng.— Electives 3 Sec. St. 285— Office Manager»ent 3
Electives 7 Electives 7
16 16
Senior Program
Bus. L. 255^Business Law 3 Bus. L. 256 — Business Law 3
Sec. St. 220 — Business Sec. St. 275 — Secretarial Practice 3
Communications 3 Electives 10
Mgt. 211 — Industrial Management (3)
Mgt. 312 — Administration of Personnel 3
Electives 7
16
16
122 Ohio University
PREPARATION OF SECRETARIES FOR SPECIALIZED FIELDS. Students may
prepare themselves to do secretarial work in specialized offices; such
as legal, medical, governmental, educational, merchandising, or advertis-
ing. These students follow the secretarial studies curriculum and, in
addition, select courses from a prescribed group considered basic for
training in the specialized field. Careful guidance in the selection of
elective courses is given by the college adviser.
BUSINESS TEACHER TRAINING. Students trained to teach business
subjects in the high school should be as well prepared in the basic busi-
ness and technical subjects as those trained to enter business offices. In
order to prepare students for effective teaching of business subjects, the
College of Education in cooperation with the College of Commerce offers
comprehensive majors in the business fields. These majors, which include
bookkeeping-social business and business education (comprehensive), are
outlined under the "College of Education," page 131.
Students preparing to teach are expected to meet the same stand-
ards as those entering business, and are required to take proficiency
tests in shorthand, in typewriting, and in business procedures during
their last semester in school. These students are also given an oppor-
tunity to apply their skills and knowledge through actual working
experience.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN JOURNALISM
The Ohio University School of Journalism is accredited by the
American Council on Education for Journalism. It is one of a limited
number of accredited schools and departments of journalism in the
United States. As such, it is one of the members of the Amei'ican Asso-
ciation of Schools and Departments of Journalism.
Journalism today is a profession — like medicine, law, teaching, or
engineering. It requires its practitioners to be culturally educated and
professionally trained. Blending the liberal arts with professional
courses, Ohio University journalism students take approximately two-
thirds of their courses outside the professional school.
Five sequences are offered, all leading to the degree of Bachelor
of Science in Journalism: Advertising-Management, Magazine Journal-
ism, News Writing and Editing, Public Relations, and Radio-Television
News. Along with these sequences, several specialized study areas are
possible — for example, scientific writing, religious journalism, or foreign
correspondence. The master of science degree is also offered for work
in journalism.
While working toward their degrees, students serve on the staff
of the Athens Messenger, an independently-owned daily newspaper. The
city editor, managing editor, and advertising manager are faculty
members of the School of Journalism. The student staff members of
the Messenger gather and write news, edit local and Associated Press
copy, write headines, and prepare advertising copy and layouts. This
training prepares students to take and hold jobs immediately after
graduation.
The College of Commerce 123
Practical experience is also available in the University News Bu-
reau, in the Photography Department, and in the journalism labora-
tories. Many students also add to their experience by helping edit the
Ohio University Post, daily newspaper, the Athena, the university year-
book, and other campus publications.
In Radio-Television News, students get practical experience in pre-
paring and broadcasting news over the University's AM and FM sta-
tions, WOUB and WOUI, and in the University's television studios. The
United Press radio news teletype service is available for journalism
students in this sequence.
INTERNSHIP PROGRAM. Consistent with its policy of combining class-
work with practical training, the School of Journalism has inaugurated
a Journalism Internship Program. Juniors or seniors who have ranked
high in their courses are eligible for appointment as interns. The pe-
riod of internship is ten weeks or more during the summer. The intern
is provided with as varied experience in practical journalism as possible.
The intern will be paid a moderate sum for his work and study. No
credit will be granted for internship work itself. However, upon comple-
tion of the internship period, a student is permitted to enroll the follow-
ing semester in Journalism 370 — Internship, 3 hours credit. The selection
of the interns is made by the Director of the School of Journalism.
CURRICULA AND REQUIREMENTS IN JOURNALISM
Not more than 40 hours in the School of Journalism may be counted
in the 124 hours required for graduation. Not more than 12 additional
hours may be counted in any one of the following departments: Adver-
tising, Photography, Radio.
Journalism students must take a group of courses specifically
selected to serve as a background for journalism. These courses should
include at least 20 hours of courses numbered 200 and above in other
social sciences, humanities, or natural sciences. But students may, with
the approval of the director, substitute up to 18 hours of courses in
agriculture, commerce, home economics, education, engineering, or other
fields to permit a background for specialized reporting in the chosen
field.
Non-Journalism courses required of all students include :
Hours
English Composition 6 Speech 1-5
Literature (above freshman) 6 Foreigrn Lang\iages or Humanities 3-8*
Economics 6 Mathematics 3-6*
Psychology _ 3 Natural Sciences 3-6*
Sociology 3 Physical Education 2
Government 3 Typewriting 2*
History 6
Other non-journalism courses are required, but they are not the same for all sequences.
See individual sequences for listing.
♦Depending upon high school deficiency.
124 Ohio University
FRESHMAN PROGRAM
Freshmen should meet the requirements of the University and the
University College in English Composition, Speech, Physical Education,
and a year's work in each of two of the following groups: Humanities,
Mathematics, Natural Sciences, and Social Sciences. In selecting the
groups, the student must conform to the specific requirements based
upon high school deficiencies, if he has any. He should plan his program
for the freshman year to include the following courses:
Sec. St. 15 — Typewriting (2), unless he can operate a typewriter
by the touch system.
Hist. 1,2 — Western Civilization in Modern Times (6)
Psych. 1 — General Psychology (3)
All students except those expecting to enter the Advertising-
Management sequence should take F. A 17 — Introduction to Fine Arts
(3), or two semesters of a foreign language. Students preparing for
Advertising-Management will find it advantageous to take Ec. 11-12 —
Principles of Economics (6) in their freshman year and may, if neces-
sary, have the requirement in History delayed to permit scheduling of
the Economics course. Acct. 75-76 — Elementary Accounting (6) also
may be taken in the freshman year.
If a student chooses to fulfill his group requirements with science,
he should take Eiol. 1-2— The Living World (6), or Phys. Sci. 3,4— The
Physical World (6).
ADVERTISING-MANAGEMENT
Sophomore Program
(Hours -Hours
Acct. 75 — Elementary Accounting 3 Jour. 146 — Typography, Mechanics, and
Advt. 155 — Advertising Principles 3 Makeup 3
Jour. 107 — Newspaper Reporting 3 Mkt. 155 — Marketing Principles 3
Students interested in Management training will take in addition:
Acct. 76 — Elementary Accounting (3) and Jour. 105 — History of American Journalism (3).
Junior Program
Jour. 217 — Newspaper and Magazine Jour. 247 — Newspaper Advertising and
Editing 3 [Layout 3
Advertising students will take these courses:
Advt. 286 — Retail Advertising 3 Jour. 348 — Advertising Production 2
Jour. 309 — Radio-TV Advertising and
Management 3
Management students will take these courses:
Bus. L. 255 — Business Law 3 Mgt. 211 — Industrial Management 3
Jour. 251 — Contemporary Thought and
Developments 3
Senior Program
Jour. 277 — Newspaper Advertising Jour. 306— Newspaper and
DPractice 2 each semester Communications Law 3
Jour. 343 — Newspaper Management 2
Advertising students also will take Advt. 332 — Copy Writing (2).
Management students also will take Psych. 231 — Employee Selection and Placement (2).
Electives should include an advanced Economics course.
The College of Commerce 125
MAGAZINE JOURNALISM
Sophomore Program
Hours Hours
Ec. 11-12 — Principles of Economics 6 Jour. 105 — History of American
Eng. 101, 102 — Sophomore English Journalism 3
Literature or Jour. 107 — Newspaper Reporting 3
Eng. Ill, 112 — Chief American Writers Jour. 146 — Typography, Mechanics,
(total of 6) and Makeup 3
Soc. 1 — General Sociology 3
Junior Program
Eng. 290 — Creative Writing 3 Jour. 251 — Contemporary Thought and
Jour. Ill — Reporting Practice 2 Developments 3
Jour. 217 — Newspaper and Jour. 329 — Business and Magazine
Magazine Editing 3 Journalism 2
Jour. 230 — Reviewing and Photog. 133 — Basic News Photography 3
iCriticism 2
Senior Program
Jour. 221 — Editing Practice 2 or Jour. 322 — Feature and Magazine
Photog. 145 — Workshop in Writing 8
Photography 3 Jour. 323 — Advanced Feature and
Jour. 306 — Newspaper and Magazine Writing 2
Communications Law 2
NEWS WRITING AND EDITING
Sophomore Program
Hours Hours
Ec. 11-12 — Principles of Economics 6 Jour. 146 — Typography, Mechanics,
Jour. 105 — History of American and Makeup 3
Journalism 3 Radio-TV 79 — Introduction to
Jour. 107 — Newspaper Reporting 3 Radio-TV 2
Soc. 1- — General Sociology 3
Junior Program
Advt. 1B5 — Advertising Principles 3 Jour. 251 — Contemporary Thought and
Jour. Ill — Reporting Developments 3
Practice (2 each semester) Photog. 133 — Basic News Photography 3
Jour. 217 — Newspaper and Magazine
Editing S
Senior Program
Jour. 221 — Editing Practice 2 Jour. 307 — Reporting of Public
Jour. 306 — Newspaper and Affairs 2
(Communications Law 2 Jour. 825 — The Editorial Page 2
Jour. 343 — Newspaper Management 2
PUBLIC RELATIONS
Sophomore Program
Hours iHours
Advt. 155 — Advertising Principles 3 Jour. 107 — Newspaper Reporting 3
Ec. 11-12 — Principles of Economics 6 Jour. 146 — Typography, Mechanics, and
Jour. 105 — History of American Makeup 3
Journalism 3 Soc. 1 — General Sociology 3
Junior Program
Jour. Ill — Reporting Practice 2 Photog. 133 — Basic News Photography 3
Jour. 217 — Newspaper and Magazine Psych. 315 — Social Psychology 3
Editing 3 Radio-TV 79— Introduction to
Jour. 251 — Contemporary Thought and Radio-TV 2
Developments 3 Speech 3 — Public Speaking 2
126 Ohio University
Senior Program
Advt. 332 — Copy Writing 2 Jour. 329 — Business and Magazine
H. R. 303— Human Relations 3 Journalism 2
Jour. 306 — Newspaper and Jour. 348 — Advertising Production 2
Communications Law 2 Psych. 341 — Psychology of
Jour. 327 — Public Relations Techniques 3 Communications 3
Jour. 328 — Public Relations 3 Soc. 336 — Public Opinion and Mass
Communications 3
The course in Human Relations and the advanced courses in Psychology and Sociology
listed above are a partial fulfillment of the requirement that students must take at
least 20 hours of courses numbered 200 and above in departments other than journalism,
advertising, and radio.
RADIO-TELEVISION NEWS
Sophomore Program
Hours Hours
Ec. 11-12 — Principles of Economics 6 Radio-TV 79 — Introduction to
Jour. 107 — Newspaper Reporting 3 Radio-TV 2
Photog. 133— Basic News Photography— 3 Radio-TV 180— Radio Speech 8
Speech 2 — Voice and Articulation 2
Jnnior Program
Advt. 155 — Advertising Principles 3 Jour. 280 — Radio-TV News Writing and
Jour. Ill — Reporting Practice 2 ^Editing 2
Jour. 251 — Contemporary Thought and Radio-TV 301 — Principles of
Developments 3 TV Production 3
Senior Program
Jour. 285 — Radio-TV News Jour. 306 — Newspaper and
Practice 4 Communications Law 2
Jour. 303— TV News Production 3 Jour. 309— Radio-TV Advertising and
Management 3
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
F. N. HAMBLIN
DEAN
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Guidance and Counseling
Teaching Special Subjects
School Adnninistration and Supervision
Library Science
Research and Scientific Techniques
History and Philosophy of Education
Student Teaching
Center for Educational Service
Teaching Certificates
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
The College of Education is devoted to the education of men and
women who intend to enter the fields of teaching and educational ad-
ministration. A wide range of programs prepares students for teaching
in elementary schools, high schools, and colleges; for positions as super-
visors, school principals, or superintendents; and for such specialized
educational work as that of the guidance counselor or school psycholo-
gist.
All these programs include a broad base of general education, in-
tensive preparation in the subjects to be taught, and professional em-
phasis and focus which combine educational theory with actual practice
in meeting the responsibilities of the profession. Each program is
thus designed to prepare students to enter the profession possessing the
liberal background, the functional knowledge, and the professional un-
derstanding and skill which are requirements for professional success.
The College of Education is accredited by the National Council for
Accreditation of Teacher Education, and is approved for teacher train-
ing by the State of Ohio Department of Education.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION
The degree, Bachelor of Science in Education, represents the com-
pletion of a program designed to develop in the student competence in
three areas: in the broad awareness of the principal academic fields
developed through a true university education; in the deeper study of
the particular studies in which the student seeks the undergraduate
mastery necessary for teaching these subjects; and in the understanding
of the professional responsibilities of teaching, and demonstrated skill
in meeting them.
The degree is granted upon completion of the general graduation
requirements of the University, including a minimum of 124 semester
hours with a point-hour ratio of 2.0 (C) on all hours attempted, but
including only the final hours and points in repeated courses, and in
addition this same point-hour ratio on one of the approved programs in
the College of Education. For a student with transferred credit, this
rule applies to both his cumulative record, which includes transferred
credits, and to his Ohio University record exclusive of transferred
credits. These programs are of four main types:
Elementary Education. This program prepares for teaching in kin-
dergarten, primary, or intermediate grades, with specialization in one
of these groups.
Secondary Education. This program prepares for teaching any of
the academic fields in high school. Students planning to teach at the
secondary school level will ordinarily be prepared in one or more minor
teaching subjects, in addition to their major field. Such minors should be
carefully selected in consultation with the student's adviser, in the light
of the student's interests and abilities. (See outlines for the majors be-
ginning on page 130.)
128
The College of Education 129
Teaching Special Subjects. Such special subjects as art, home eco-
nomics, industrial arts, music, physical education, speech, and speech
and hearing therapy are ordinarily not limited to any grade level. Stu-
dents who major in these subjects will be prepared to teach their
specialty in both elementary and high school.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
The following program includes all requirements, except those
established by deficiencies in the high school pattern, for students who
plan to specialize in elementary education.
Psych. 1 — General Psychology 3 Govt. 106 — Current Political and Social
Psych. 5 — Educational Psychology 3 Problems or
Eng. 3-4 — English Composition 6 See. Sci. 10 — Citizenship in the
Eng. Ill or 112 — Chief American Modern World 2-3
Writers 3 Social science elective 3-4
Speech 1 — Fundamentals of Speech 1 Ed. 102 — Literature for Children 3
Physical education 2 Ed. 103— Studies of Children 3
P.E. 102 — Personal and Community Ed. 165 — Teaching Arithmetic in the
Health 3 Elementary School 3
P.E. 270 — Teaching of Physical Ed. 163 — Teaching Reading and Lang-
'Education 1 uage in the Elementary School 3
Mus. 72 — Music Fundamentals 2 Eki. 169 — Teaching Social Studies and
Mus. 266 — Teaching of Music in Science in the Elementary
Elementary Grades 2 School 3
Art 3 — Elementary Design for Ed. 210 — Student Teacher Laboratory 3
Teachers 2 Ed. 272— Student Teaching in the
Art 160 — Practical Design Workshop Elementary Grades 7
for Elementary Teachers 3 E. 211— The Child and the Cur-
Select from following: 9 riculum 3
Biol. 1-2— The Living World Ed. 277— Field Experience in Student
Phys. Sci. 3-4 — The Physical Teaching 2
World Electives in education 2
Hist. 1, 2— Western Civilization in Mod- Ed. 101 — Materials and Methods in
ern Times 6 Kindergarten Primary
Hist. 102— History of the United Education 2
States 3 [Required of Kindergarten - Primary
Geog. 150 — Geography and Environment 3 majors]
Electives to total 124 semester hrs, for
graduation.
Kindergarten-Primary Education. A student majoring in Elemen-
tary Education may receive the kindergarten-primary certificate by com-
pleting the general pattern of the elementary curriculum as shown
above. Student teaching must be done on the kindergarten-primary level
and specialized courses in theory, materials, and methods of kinder-
garten-primary education must be taken as indicated by the adviser.
SPECIAL CADET PROGRAM
To assist in meeting the critical shortage of elementary teachers,
Ohio University will tentatively continue to offer a special two-year
program. The four-year provisional "cadet" certificate is granted upon
the satisfactory completion of this accelerated course. Only those high
school graduates who are superior both in academic aptitude and in
social maturity, are encouraged to enter this program, which should
be pursued in four successive regular semesters. The provisional cadet
certificate may be renewed only upon completion of 24 semester hours
of additional credit applicable to the degree in elementary education.
130 Ohio University
The program for the Cadet Provisional Certificate is as follows:
Freshman Proirram
First Semester Hours Second Semester Hours
Eng. 3 — English Composition 8 Eng. 4 — English Composition 3
Hist. 1 or 2 — Western Civilization Ed. 102 — Literature for Children 3
in Modern Times 3 Biol. 2 — The Living World 8
Biol. 1 — The Living World 3 Mus. 72 — Music Fundamentals 2
Psych. 1— General Psychology 3 Hist. 101 or 102— History of the
Speech 1 — Fundamentals of Speech 1 United States 3
Art 160 — Practical Design Workshop P. E. 102 — Personal and Community
for Elementary Teachers 2 Health 8
P. E. — Physical education 1
Sophomore Program
Ed. 103 — Studies of Children 3 Ed. 169— Teaching of Social Studies
Ed. 163 — Teaching of Reading and and Science in the Elementary
'Language 3 'School 8
Ed. 165 — Teaching of Arithmetic in Ed. 210 — Student Teaching Laboratory 3
the Elementary School 8 Ed. 272 — Student Teaching in the Ele-
Mus. 266 — Teaching of Music in mentary Grades 7
Elementary Grades 2 Electives 2
Geog. 150 — Geography and Environment 3
SECONDARY EDUCATION
The following are the general requirements for all students in the
College of Education who plan to specialize in the teaching of the
academic subjects in the secondary school.
1. Psychology 6
Psych. 1 — General Psychology
Psych. 5 — Educational Psychology 3
2. Education 16-17
Ed. 130 — Secondary Education 3
Ed. 229 — Curriculum and Teaching Practices 4
Ed. 281 — Observation and Student Teaching in High School 7
Ed. 287 — Student Teaching Laboratory or
Methods in Major 2-3
3. English 12
Eng. 3-4 — English Composition 6
Eng. 101 or 102 — Sophomore English Literature and
Eng. Ill or 112— The Chief American Writers 6
4. Humanities (Fine or Applied Arts or Philosophy) 6
5. Mathematics (as required by University College)
6. Military Science (See page 70.)
7. Physical Education (See page 70.) 2
8. Natural Science 6-8
(One year in one field): biology, botany, zoology; chemistry,
physics, geology.)'
9. Social studies 12
History 101 or 102 — History of the United States 3
Economics, sociology, geography, government, or
Social Science 9 or 10 3
Social science electives 6
10. Speech 1 — Fundamentals of Speech 1
11. Elective approved by adviser 2-3
The College of Education 131
Specialization requirements for a major in academic high school
subjects.
Asricoltare
Select 27 semester hours in agriculture :
Agr. 1, 2 — Introduction to Agriculture _ 6 Agr. 216 — Crops and Soils 4
Agr. 30 — Forestry 3 Agr. 217 — Soil Conservation S
Agr. 102 — Gardening 3 Agr. 235 — Farm Management 3
Agr. 104 — Fruit Production 3 Geol. 106 — Agricultural 3
Agr. 121 — Livestock Management 4 Ind. A. 51 — Farm Shop 8
Agr, 201, 202, — Agricultural Practices _ 6
Biological Science
Bot. 3-4— General Botany 6 Bot. 203— Plant Ecology (4)
Any three of the following courses Bot. 212 — Plant Microtechnique (3)
or groups of courses: 9-10 Zool. 3-4 — Principles of Zoology 6
Bot. 105 — Elementary Plant Any three of the following courses: 9-10
Physiology (3) Zool. 107— Principles of Heredity (3>
Bot. 106— Local Flora (3) or Zool. 113— Biology of Vertebrates (4>
Bot. 117— Dendrology (3) 'Zool. 118— Ornithology (3)
Bot. 123 — Introduction to the Zool. 121 — Elements of Anatomy (3)
Fungi (3) Zool. 216 — Animal Communities (4)
Bot. 173— Elementary Plant Zool. 219 — General Entomology (4)
Morphology (3) or Zool. 235 — Elements of Physiology (4>
Bot. 211 — Plant Anatomy (3)
Commerce — Bookkeepingr-Basic Business
Acct. 75-76 — Elementary Accounting 6 Mkt. 271 — Principles of Personal
Acct. 125 — Intermediate Accounting 3 Selling 2
Bus. L. 255-256 — Business Law 6 Fin. 101 — Financial Institutions 8
Ec. 11-12 or 101-102— Principles of Sec. St. 261— Teaching of Business
Economics 6 Subjects 8
Geog. 15 — Economic Geography 3 Electives in commerce 6
Sec. St. 180— Office Machines 2 ;(Suggested: Sec. St. 15, 16
Mgt. S^Introduction to Business . 3 — Typewriting)
Mkt. 155 — Marketing Principles 3
Commerce — Business Education
Acct, 75-76 — Elementary Accounting 6 See, St. 152 — Advanced Dictation and
Adv. 155 — Principles of Advertising 3 Transcription 3
Bus. L. 255 — Business Law 3 Sec, St. 172 — Filing Systems and
Mgt. 3 — Introduction to Business 3 Procedures 1
Ec. 11-12 — Principles of Economics 6 Sec. St. 173 — Machine Transcription 1
Mkt. 155 — Principles of Marketing 3 Sec. St. 180 — Office Machines 2
Sec. St. 15 — Beginning Typewriting 2 Sec. St. ISl — Office Procedures 2
Sec. St. 16 — Intermediate Typewriting _ 2 Sec. St. 220 — Business Communications _ 3
Sec. St. 31 — Beginning Shorthand 3 Sec. St. 275 — Secretarial Practice 3
Sec. St. 32— Intermediate Shorthand __ 3 Sec. St. 28.5— Office Management 3
Sec. St. Ill — Advanced Typewriting 2 Sec. St. 261 — Teaching of Business
Sec, St. 151 — Beginning Dictation 'Subjects 3
and Transcription 3
Earth Science
Geog. 3-4 — Elements of Phys. Geog. ; Geog. 232 — Conservation of Natural
World Regional Geog. (6) or Resources 3
Geog. 150 — Geography and Environment Geol. 1-2 — Elements of Geology 6
(3) 3-6 Geol. 111-112— Historical Geology 4
Geog. 175 — Fundamentals of Meteor- Geol. 223 — Principles of Geomorphology _ 3
ology 3 Electives in geography or geology to
Geog. 202 — Geography of the United make 34 sem. hrs.
States and Canada 3
English
Eng. 3-4 — English Composition 6 Eng. 264 — Teaching of High School
Eng. 101 or 102 — Sophomore English English 3
Literature and Eng. 293 — Sophomore Composition 8
Eng. Ill or 112 — The Chief American Additional electives suggested from the
Writers 6 fields of library science, dra-
Eng. — Approved electives (preferably matic arts, speech correction,
on 300 level) 16 or journalism.
Elective in library science 2-3
132
Ohio University
Fr. 1-2 — Beginning French
Fr. 101-102 — Intermediate French
French
. 8 Fr. — Approved electives
German
Ger. 1-2 — Beginning German 8
Ger. 101-102— Intermediate German 8
Ger. 209-210 — German Grammar and
Composition 4
Ger. — ^Approved electives 10
History and Goyemment
Govt. 1, 2 — American Government 6 Hist. 101, 102 — History of the United
Hist. 1, 2 — Western Civilization in States 6
Modern Times 6 Approved electives :
Hist. 269— Teaching of Social Studies History 6
in Junior and Senior High Government or history 4
Schools 2
Latin
Lat. 101 — Latin Review and Reading — 4
Lat. 102— Vergil 4
Lat. 151 — Familar Essays 3
Lat. 152 — Horace and Terence 3
Lat. 331 — The Life of the Romans 2
Lat. 333 — Advanced Latin Syntax 2
Lat. and Gk. — Approved electives 10
Library Science
Minor for certification for teacher-librarians includes 16 hours from the following:
Ed. 102— Lit. for Children 3
Lib. Sci. 191— History of Libraries and
The Use of Library Resources _ 3
Lib. Sci. 192 — Classification and Cata-
loging of Books 3
Lib. Sci. 194 — History of Books and
Printing 3
Lib. Sci. 202 — Books for High School
Lib. Sci. 291— The~¥chToT~Lrbrary~-~~ 8
Lib. Sci. 393 — Administrative Problems
4n a School Library 8
Mathematics
Math. 5, 6 — Freshman Mathematics ; Astron. 11 or 12 — Elementary
Analytic Geometry and Calculus Astronomy (3)
T 10 Math. 34 — Mathematics of Finance (8)
Math. 101— Analytic Geometry and Math. 107 — Elementary Statistics (3)
Calculus II 4 Math. 301 — Theory of Equations (3)
Math. 102 — Analytical Geometry and Math. 317 — Introduction to Modern
Calculus III 4 Algebra (3)
Math. 104 — College Geometry 3 Math. 268 — Teaching of Mathematics
Ed. 263 — Teaching of Arithmetic in In High School 2-8
the Upper Grades 3 Ed. 381 — Educational Statistics 3
Select from following: 2-3
Physical Science
Chem. 3-4 — General Chemistry or
Chem. 1-2— General Chemistry 8
Chem. 99 — Qualitative Analysis 2
Chem. 107 — Quantitative Analysis or
Chem. 113 — Organic Chemistry 4
Math. 5-6 — Freshman Mathematics ;
Anaylitic Geometry and
Calculus I 10
Phys. 5, 6 — Introduction to Physics or
Phys. 113-114— General Physics 8
Phys. 115 — Modern Physics 3
Psychology*
Psych. 1 — General Psychology 3 Psych. 209— Experimental Psy-
Psych. 5— Educational Psychology 3 chology (3)
Psych. 103 — Child Psychology or Psych. 316 — Psychology of Individual
Psych. 113 — Psychology of Adolescence _ 2 Differences (2)
Psych. 303 — Mental Measurements 3 Psych. 309 — Motivation and Emo-
Psych. 310 — Mental Hygiene 3 tions (3)
Psych. 320 — Personnel and Vocational Psych. 319 — Psychology of Person-
Counseling 8 ality (3)
Psych, electives (to be chosen in con- iPsych. 406 — An Introduction to
sultation with a departmental Psychodiagnosis (3)
adviser and selected from the Psych. 353 — Learning and Memory
following) : 12 (3)
Psych. 204 — Psychology of Excep- Psych. 337 — Counseling and
tional Children (2) Psychotherapy (3)
•Persons selecting a psychology major will be expected to complete certification re-
quirements in two high school subjects.
The College of Education 133
Science — Comprehensive Major
Chemistry, Physics, Botany-Zoology, as Astronomy, geology, meteorology, or
approved by major adviser, mathematics, or excess course
with 20 semester hours in one worlc in above 9
of these sciences, and 8 semes-
ter hours in each of the other
two fields 36
Social Studies — Comprehensive Major
See. Sci. 9 — Citizenship in the Modern Hist. 101, 102 — History of the
V/orld or United States 6
Soc. 1 — General Sociology 3 Govt. 1 — American Government 3
Hist. 1, 2 — Western Civilization in Geog. 150 — Geography and
Modern Times 6 Environment 3
Mgt. 3 — Introduction to Business or Electives in history 9
Eg. 11 or 101 — Principles of Economics _ 3 Additional electives in above
fields 12
Spanish
3p. 1-2- — Beginning Spanish 8 Sp. — Approved electives 14
Sp. 101-102— Intermediate Spanish 8
In addition to the majors described above, a student in the College
of Education may arrange another major when such arrangements meet
his needs. The student will be expected to meet the professional require-
ments for certification, and qualify for certification in at least two
teaching areas as described by the State Department of Education,
TEACHING SPECIAL SUBJECTS
The following are the general requirements for students in the
College of Education who plan to specialize in the teaching of the
special subjects. A special program for Speech and Hearing Therapy
students will be found on page 136.
1. Psychology 6
Psych. 1 — General Psychology 3
Psych. 5 — Educational Psychology 3
2. Education* 14
Ed. 130 — Secondary Education 3
Ed. 229- — Curriculum and Teaching Practices 4
Ed. 281— Observation and Student Teaching in High School 7
Special Methods (See Major)
3. English 9
English 3-4 — English Composition 6
English 101, 102, HI or 112 3
4. Humanities (Fine or Applied Arts or Philosophy —
unless the requirement is met by the major) 6
5. Mathematics (as required by University College)
6. Military Science (See page 70.)
7. Physical Education (See page 70.) 2
8. Natural Science 6-8
(One year in one field) : Biology, Botany, Zoology ; Chemistry,
Physics, Geology)
•Special methods in the subject to be taught are not included in the total.
134
Ohio University
9. Social Studies 9
History 101 or 102— History of the United States 3
Economics, sociology, geography, government, or
Social Science 9, 10 3
Social Science elective 3
10. Speech 1 — Fundamentals of Speech 1
11. Elective approved by adviser 2-3
Specialization requirements for a major in special subjects;
Art
Hours
Art 1-2 — Drawing and Design 6
Art 101-102 — Drawing and Design 6
Art 21 — Elementary Sculpture 2
Art 28 — Figure Drawing 2
Art 103 — Representation 3
Art 111 — Drawing W^orkshop 2
Art 113— Lettering 3
Art 115 — Ceramics 3
Art 118— Watercolor 3
Art 120— Textile Design 3
F. A. 121-122— History of Painting
and Sculpture 6
Art 123— Jewelry 2
Art 128 — Advanced Figure Drawing 3
Hours
Art 137 — Fashion Design 2
Art 205— Painting 2
Art 240 — Design Applied to
Materials 2
Art 260— Teaching of Art 3
Art 271 — Interior Design 8
Art 309— Prints 8
Photog. 77 — Basic Photography 2
Either of the following:
Arch. 257 — Fundamentals of
Residential Architecture 2
Arch. 375 — Architecture in the
United States 2
Home Economics
H.
Ec.
H.
Ec.
H.
H.
H.
Ec.
Ec.
Ec,
H.
Ec.
H.
Ec.
H.
Ec.
H,
H.
H.
Ec.
Ec.
Ee.
1-2 — Foods, Nutrition, and Meal
Planning 6
3-4 — Clothing Selection and
Construction 4
5 — Child Development 3
6 — Family Living 3
7 — The Home and Its
Furnishings 2
51 — Orientation in Home
Economics 2
108 — Consumer Problems of
the Family 2
161 — Home Nursing and Family
Health 2
110— Textiles 2
125— Family Nutrition 3
172— Advanced Child
Development 2
H. Ec. 268— Teaching of Home
Economics 8
H. Ec. 316— Tailoring 3
H. Ec. 327— Quantity Cookery 3
H. Ec. 330— Workshop in Home
Furnishings 3
H. Ec. 334 — Household Equipment 8
H. Ec. 351 — Home Management 2
H. Ec. 353 — Home Management
Laboratory 8
H. Ec. 368— Demonstration Tech-
niques 2
Chem. 1-2 — General Chemistry
(8) or
Biol. 1-2— The Living World (6) or
Zool. 3, 4— Principles of Zoology (6) __6-8
Art 1, 2 — Drawing and Design (6) or
Art 91 — Design and Composition (3) 3-6
Zool. 241 — Elementary Bacteriology 4
Industrial Arts
Ind. A. 1, 2 — General Woodworking
I, II 6
Ind. A. 9— Craft and Hobby Work 2
Ind. A. 11 — Duplicating 3
Ind. A. 13 — General Cold Metals 3
Ind. A. 14 — General Hot Metals 3
Ind. A. 105 — Materials and Finishes 3
Ind. A. 116 — Constructive Design 2
Ind. A. 131 — Intro, to Ceramics 2
Ind. A. 133— Practical Electricity 3
Ind. A. 134 — Practical Power and
Transportation 3
Ind. A. 141— Printing 3
Ind. A. 260 — Teaching of Industrial
Arts 8
Ind. A. 309 — Administration of the
General Shop 8
Electives in Industrial Arts 6
E. D. 1 — Engineering Drawing 2
E. D. 15 — Industrial Arts Drawing 3
By taking the core courses listed and appropriate electives, a specialization in draw-
ing, graphic arts, naetalworking, or woodworking may be developed.
The College of Education
135
Music — General Supervision
Applied Music (16 hrs.) : P. A.
Mus. — Voice (must include Mus.
completion of Voice 14) 4 Mus.
Mus. — Piano (must include Mus.
completion of Piano 6) 4
Mus. — Additional study in selected Mus.
fields of applied music 8
Mus. — Chiorus 4 Mus.
Mus. — Participation elective (Chorus,
Band, Orchestra) 4 Mus.
Mus. 3-4— Theory 6
Mus. 103-104— Dictation and Mus.
Sight Singing 4
Mus. 105-106 — Harmony 6 Mus.
123-124— History of Music 6
201 — Analysis and Form 2
233 — Instrumentation 3
261 — String Techniques
and Materials 2
263 — Wind and Percussion
Techniques and Materials 2
267 — Supei-vision of Music in
the Elementary School 3
268 — Music in the Junior and
Senior High School 3
265 — Vocal Techniques
and Materials 2
273 — Conducting 2
Music — Instrumental Supervision
Applied Music (17 hrs.) : Mus.
Mus. — Major Instrument (must Mus.
include completion of course
.18) 8 Mus.
Mus. — Minor Instrument (if major F. A
'instrument is wind, 3 hrs. must Mus.
be in strings ; if major instru- Mus.
ment is stringed, 3 hours must Mus.
be in winds) 3
Mus. — Piano (must include com- Mus.
pletion of Piano 4) 4
Mus. — Voice 2 Mus.
Mus. — Band 4
Mus. — Orchestra 4 Mus.
Mus. — Chorus 1
3-4— Theory 6
103-104 — Dictation and Sight
Singing 4
105-106— Harmony 6
123-124— History of Music 6
201 — Analysis and Form 2
233 — Instrumentation 3
261 — String Techniques
and Materials 2
263 — Wind and Percussion
Techniques and Materials 6
268 — Music in the Junior and
Senior High School 8
273— Conducting 2
Physical Education — Men
P.
E.
P.
R.
p.
E.
p.
E.
p.
K.
p.
E.
p.
K.
p.
E.
p.
E.
P. E.
65— Program Skills 2
66— Program Skills 2
102 — Personal and Community
Health 3
121— Program Skills 2
122— Program Skills 1
127— First Aid 2
135 — Program Techniques 1
150 — Recreation 3
233— Theory of Adapted
Activities 2
267— Athletic Coaching 2-4
P. E. 268— Athletic Coaching 2-4
P. E. 304— History and Principles 3
P. E. 306 — Organization and
Administration 2
P. E. 395— School Health Problems or
Psych. 310 — Mental Hygiene 8
Zool. 3 — Principles of Zoology 8
Zool. 133-134 — Anatomy, Kinesiology
and Physiology 8
Ed. 103— Studies of Children 3
P. E. 269— Teaching of Health 3
Physical Education — Women
P. E. 1 — Hockey and Soccer 1
P. E. 4 — Intermediate Swimming 1
P. E. 6 — Elementary Tap Dancing 1
P. E. 7 — Beginning Modern Dance 1
P. E. 8 — Intermediate Modern Dance 1
P. E. 17 — Beginning Tennis 1
P. E. 102 — Personal and Community
Health 3
P. E. 121, 122— Program Skills 4
P. E. 127— First Aid 2
P. E. 131— Mass Games 1
P. E. 135 — Program Techniques 1
P. E. 150— Recreation 8
P. E. 233— Theory of Adapted Activities 2
P. E. 304 — History and Principles 8
P. E. 306 — Organization and
Administration 2
H. E. 161 — Home Nursing and Family
Health (2) or
P. E. 395— School Health Problems (3)
or
Psych. 310— Mental Hygiene (3) 2-3
Zool. 3 — Principles of Zoology 8
Zool. 133-134 — Anatomy, Kinesiology
and Physiology 8
Ed. 103— Studies of Children 3
P. E. 272 — Coaching Methods 2
P. E. 273— Coaching Methods 2
P. E. 269— Teaching of Health 3
P. E. 274,275— Teaching of
Rhythmic Activities 2
Speech
Speech 2 — Voice and Articulation 2
Speech 3 — Public Speaking 2
Speech 25 — Principles of Argumentation 2
Speech 34 — Oral Interpretation of
Literature 3
Speech 104 — Bases of Speech 8
Speech 112 — Advanced Public Speaking _ 2
Speech 195 — Principles of Speech
Correction 3
Speech 307— Clinical Methods 8
Speech 325 — Direction of Forensic
Programs 8
Radio-TV 79 — Introduction to Radio-
Dram. A. 21 — Elements of Stage
Scenery 3
Dram. A. 48— Make-Up 1
Dram. A. 99 — Movement and Pan-
tomime 2
Dram. A. 207 — Costuming 4
Dram. A. 123 — Elements of Stage
Lighting 8
Dram. A. 299 — Principles of Acting 3
Dram. A. 350— Play Direction 8
Dram. A. 260— Teaching of High
School Dramatics and Speech — 3
136 Ohio Univeirsity
Speech and Hearingr Therapy
The following program includes all the requirements, except those
established by deficiencies in the high school pattern, for students
preparing to be speech and hearing therapists in the public schools.
This program meets the requirements of the State of Ohio for the
special certificate in this field.
General, Education, and Psychology Speech Requirements:
Eequirements : Hours
Hours Dram. A. 10 — Introduction to Theatre _ 2
Eng. 3-4 — English Composition 6 Radio-TV 79 — Introduction to Radio-TV 2
Eng. 101, 102, 111 or 112 3 Speech 2— Voice and Articulation 2
Social Studies (history, government, Speech 3 — Public Speaking 2
sociology, economics, geography, Speech 25 — Prin. of Argumentation 2
Social Science 9, 10) 9 Speech 34 — Oral Interpretation of
Natural Science or Mathematics Literature 3
(biology, botany, zoology. Speech 104 — Bases of Speech 3
physics, chemistry, or mathe- Speech 195 — Principles of Speech
matics) 6-10 Correction 3
Speech 1 — Fundamentals 1 Speech 247 — Clinical Practice in
Physical Education 2 'Speech Correction 1
Ed. 103— Studies of Children or Speech 307— Clinical Methods 3
Psych. 103— Child Psychology 3 Speech 310— Speech Pathology 3
Ed. 125 — Purposes and Practices of Speech 312 — Phonetics 3
Education 3 Speech 319 — Audiometry and Speech
Ed. 229 — Curriculum and Teaching and Hearing Problems S
Practices 4 Speech 320 — Advanced Clinical Methods _ 3
Speech 262 — Speech and Hearing Speech 323 — Lip Reading 3
Therapy in the Public Speech 335 — Diagnostic Procedures in
Schools 2 Speech and Hearing Therapy 3
Ed. 272 — Student Teaching 5 Speech 345 — Stuttering and Psychogen-
Psych. 1 or 101 — General Psychology 3 etic Disorders of Speech 3
Psych. 5 — Educational Psychology 3
Psych. 113 — Psychology of Adolescence _ 2
Psych. 204 — Psychology of Exceptional
Children 2
Psych. 310— Mental Hygiene 3
PREPARATION FOR PUPIL PERSONNEL SERVICE
Pupil Personnel Service involves the work of the School Counselor,
the School Psychologist, and the Visiting Teacher. In the State of
Ohio, and many other states, professional workers in these fields must
earn a state certificate. This requires teaching experience and graduate
work beyond the bachelor's degree, including a master's degree for
the counselor and the school psychologist.
SCHOOL COUNSELOR. The certified counselor must hold a master's
degree in guidance and have three years of experience, one of which
must be in teaching. Undergraduates interested in this field will prepare
to be teachers and should also take the following courses (starred
courses are required) :
*Ed. 360— Guidance Principles (3)
*Ed. 361— Guidance Practice (3)
*Ed. 362 — Information Service in Guidance (2)
At least two courses from the following :
Ed. 103— Studies of Children (3)
Ed. 385 — Educational Measurements (3)
Ed. 381 — Educational Statistics (3)
Psych. 113 — Psychology of Adolescence (2)
Psych. 204 — Psychology of Exceptional Children (2)
Psych. 231 — Employee Selection and Placement (2)
Psych. 310— Mental Hygiene (3)
Graduate students who desire preparation in this field will find
programs outlined in the Graduate College Bulletin under Education.
The College of Education 137
SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGIST. The certified school psychologist must have
one year of teaching experience and must hold a master's degree which
includes at least twenty hours of work distributed as follows: Clinical
work and individual testing (9-12 hours), group testing of intelligence
and school achievement (2-4 hours), child development (4-5 hours),
psychology of learning (3-5 hours), and counseling with laboratory
practice (2-5 hours). Undergraduates interested in this field should
prepare to teach and should include in their programs as much of the
strictly undergraduate work in psychology as possible. Because the
school psychologist is so often involved in problems of special education,
the student should take work also in the field of special education.
VISITING TEACHER. The certified visiting teacher must have at least
one year of teaching experience and must have earned at least 20 hours
of graduate credit in child development, measurements, community or-
ganization, pupil personnel work, guidance, school administration, and
orientation to social case work. Undergraduates interested in this field
should prepare to teach and should include in their program as much
work in the areas listed above as is possible within degree requirements
and the availability of undergraduate courses.
STUDENT TEACHING
Successful student teaching represents the culmination of the pro-
gram of professional preparation; it is a requirement for the degree.
Bachelor of Science in Education. No candidate will be considered for
the degree, or for recommendation for a teaching certificate, who has
not completed, under the supervision of Ohio University, at least six
hours of observation, participation, and student teaching, of which at
least three hours are in student teaching. The degree of Bachelor of
Science in Education will be granted only to candidates who have given,
within the five years immediately preceding, satisfactory evidence of a
high degree of teaching skill, and a knowledge of modern methods and
ability to employ them in the classroom.
APPLICATION: It is the responsibility of the student to enter an
application for student teaching in the office of the Director of Student
Teaching, not later than the middle of the academic year preceding
the year in which he desires a student teaching assignment.
FACILITIES: Due to limited facilities available for stvident teaching
in the city of Athens and a commuting radius of thirty miles, it is
necessary for a large number of student teachers to be assigned to
off-campus locations. Student teachers are assigned to the public school
systems of the cities where there are Ohio University Branches and
in the city of Cleveland. Students who are assigned in the local area
are assigned to the University Elementary School, the Athens city
elementary and high schools, and to the school systems of The Plains,
Mechanicsburg, Nelsonville, and Logan.
138 Ohio University
SCHEDULE: Students assigned to off-campus centers have the op-
portunity to experience the complete range of a teacher's activities in
their full-time student teaching assignments. It is necessary for all
students who pursue curricula leading to teacher certification to plan
carefully during their first three years of college so that they may
spend one complete semester off campus for student teaching. Student
Teachers in elementary education may engage in student teaching in
either the second semester of the Junior year or the first semester of
the Senior year. Student teachers in secondary education and in the
special fields normally take student teaching in the Senior year. The
limated number of student teaching applicants who can be assigned
in the local area are restricted to half-day assignments. These stu-
dents must have either a morning or an afternoon free in their schedule
for student teaching.
PREREQUISITES FOR STUDENT TEACHING:
A. General Prerequisites
1. Residence: at least one semester of residence work must be
completed prior to admission to student teaching.
2. Scholastic Average: the student must have a point-hour ratio
of 2.0 (C) on all hours attempted.
3. English Proficiency: the student must have demonstrated pro-
ficiency in English usage. This requirement may be satisfied
by earning an "A" or "B" in English 4, or by passing the
English proficiency test. (All transfer students must pass the
English proficiency test regardless of the English grade trans-
ferred from another institution.)
4. Speech Proficiency: the student must have successfully pass-
ed a speech proficiency test given by the Speech Department.
A card certifying that this test has been passed must be on
file in the Office of the Director of Student Teaching.
5. Field Experience: All students in the elementary education
curricula must present evidence of an experience of ten con-
secutive school days duration in an elementary school during
the opening days of the public school in the fall. Students
in secondary academic and special subjects should present
evidence of an adequate background of Field Experience. This
field experience shall include either or both of the following
types :
a. An experience of ten consecutive school days duration in
a secondary school during the opening days of school in the
fall;
b. Experience in working with children in informal situations
such as camp counseling and playground supervision.
Field experience in September in a public school should be
taken no later than the September prior to the student's
Junior year. Any student who engages in ten consecutive
days of experience in the public school in September may
elect to secure course credit by enrolling for Education 277
in the fall semester.
The College of Education 139
B. Special Prerequisites for Student Teaching in Elementary Edu-
cation.
1. Completion of at least seventy-five semester hours of course
credit.
2. 2.0 (C) cumulative point-hour ratio on all courses completed
in the following group:
a. Ed. 102-Literature for Children
b. Ed. 103-Studies of Children
c. Ed. 165-Teaching of Arithmetic
d. Ed. 163-Teaching of Eeading and Languages
e. Ed. 169-Teaching of Social Studies and Science
f. Mus. 266-Teaching of Music in the Elementary Grades
g. Art 160-Practical Design Workshop for Elementary Teach-
ers.
h. P.E. 270-Teaching of Physical Education
i. Psych. 5-Educational Psychology
3. A student who has more than one "D" in the three courses,
Ed. 103, Studies of Children, Ed. 163, Teaching of Reading
and Language; and Ed. 165, Teaching of Arithmetic, will
not be admitted to Student Teaching.
C. Special Prerequisites for Student Teaching in Secondary Aca-
demic and Special Subjects.
1. Completion of ninety semester hours. Exception may be made
for students who have completed seventy-five hours who wish
to be placed in an off-campus student teaching center. Such
a student should have achieved an academic average above
the minimum stated herein, and possess a well-rounded back-
ground of professional preparation.
2. Completion of Psych. 5, Educational, Ed. 125, Purposes and
Practices of Education, or Ed. 130, Secondary Education, and
Ed. 229, Curriculum and Teaching Practices.
3. A cumulative point-hour ratio of 2.0 (C) must be attained
in all education courses attempted. This includes Psych. 5,
Ed. 125 or Ed. 130, and Ed. 229, a teaching methods course,
and any other courses oifered in the Department of Education.
4. Completion of a major portion of the work in each of the
teaching fields in which the student wishes to be certified.
A cumulative point-hour ratio of 2.0 must be attained in each
of these fields.
THE UNIVERSITY ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
The College of Education of Ohio University maintains the Uni-
versity Elementary Scliool, consisting of a four-year and a five-year
kindergarten, and grades one through six. The first function of this
school is to furnish the best possible learning environment and in-
struction for children, since this is essential if good laboratory ex-
periences are to be made available to college students who are training
for elementary teaching. Teachers in the University Elementary School
are members of the university staff with training in elementary edu-
cation and supervision, and successful teaching experience.
140 Ohio University
CENTER FOR EDUCATIONAL SERVICE
The Center for Educational Service is a division of the College
of Education and is designed to make available the resources of the
College of Education and of the University to educational workers —
teachers, administrators, and supervisors. These services are also avail-
able to boards of education and to the public in communities served
by Ohio University.
For operational purposes, the Center is divided into the following
sections: Administrative Services; Curriculum and Instructional Ser-
vices; Economic Education; and Pupil Personnel Services.
The Center's chief functions are: (1) to provide consultant services
in such areas as curriculum planning, use of community resources,
economic education, guidance programs, school-community relations,
reading, testing, and supervisory and administrative problems (such
consultative services may involve one or several staff members and
may be a single meeting or a series of conferences and meetings) ;
(2) to conduct school surveys of educational programs and curricula,
school building and site needs, and organization of school districts;
(3) to assist in solution of professional problems through off -campus
and on-campus workshops; (4) to promote conferences on vital prob-
lems confronting public education; (5) to publish those studies and re-
ports which will aid in solving educational problems, and to distribute
such publications; (6) to assist schools with the organization or re-
vision of programs of reading (especially for exceptional children),
guidance and testing; and (7) to encourage cooperative attack by teach-
ers, administrators, boards of education, and the public toward solution
of educational needs.
The Center's collection of materials from public school systems and
universities in all parts of the United States forms a curriculum and
administrative materials laboratory. These materials are available to
students and staff members for on-campus courses and to workshop
study groups for resource material. Selected items may be loaned to
teachers and administrators for committee work in their own school
systems.
GRADUATE WORK IN EDUCATION
Graduate work at Ohio University is under the direction of the
Graduate College and its Graduate Council, and is described on page 160.
The College of Education offers many advanced graduate courses
to help school workers raise the level of their competence in their pro-
fessional work. The types of programs offered cover the following pro-
fessional fields:
Elementary Education — teaching in elementary schools, supervision,
and administration of elementary schools.
History and Philosophy of Education.
Research Work in Education.
The College of Education 141
Secondary Education — teaching in secondary schools, supervision,
and administration of secondary schools.
School Administration and Supervision — the school superintendency,
the school principalship, school supervision.
Guidance Services in the Schools — the school counselor, the director
of guidance, school psychologist, visiting teacher, the guidance
functions of teachers and administrators.
In each of these fields, and to a limited extent in some other fields,
the College of Education is prepared to advise students and to help
them plan graduate programs most appropriate for their professional
goals. Upon consultation with the dean of the Graduate College, the
prospective graduate student in Education will be directed to the Grad-
uate Committee of the College of Education. He will be assigned a grad-
uate adviser and will be given every opportunity to develop a rich and
rewarding graduate experience.
TEACHING CERTIFICATES
A student who plans to teach in Ohio makes application for a teach-
ing certificate in the office of the Registrar at the time of application
for graduation. The teaching certificate is issued by the State Depart-
ment of Education upon the recommendation of the dean of the College
of Education, and qualifies the student to teach the subjects indicated
on the certificate.
Completion of requirements for graduation and of the professional
courses required for certification does not insure that the individual will
be recommended for certification. Instructors in various courses, and
especially in courses in education and student teaching, will attempt
to evaluate a student's fitness for the teaching profession in ways other
than observation of academic performance in the classroom. Any reports
of limitations which might tend to impair the individual's usefulness as
a teacher in the public schools will be made a part of the student's rec-
ord. When the student makes application for certification this record
will be examined and the question of his fitness for teaching will be
given further consideration.
Students who are not planning to teach in Ohio should inform them-
selves concerning the requirements specified by the department of educa-
tion of the state in which they expect to teach.
A student who plans to teach in the elementary grades registers in
the College of Education when he has completed the requirements of the
University College. The curricula offered by the College of Education
include the requirements of the State Department of Education and
qualify a student to obtain a provisional certificate to teach in the ele-
mentary grades or the kindergarten-primary grades, depending upon
the student's preparation.
142 Ohio University
Students who plan to teach high-school academic or special sub-
jects, ordinarily enroll in the College of Education. The curricula of
the College of Education include the requirements of the State Depart-
ment of Education and qualify the student to obtain a provisional cer-
tificate to teach the subjects indicated on the certificate. Students en-
rolled in other colleges of the University may meet certification require-
ments by completing the necessary professional subjects and completing
requirements in the subjects which they plan to teach.
Students meet the minimum professional requirements for secondary
certification to teach in Ohio by completing the following:
Subject Sem. Hrs.
Psych. 5 — Educational Psychology 3
Ed. 130 — Secondary Education 3
Ed. 229 — Curriculum and Teaching Practices 4
Ed, 287 — Student Teaching Laboratory or
a methods course 2-3
Ed. 281 — Student Teaching in the Secondary Schools — 7
Minimum standards for certification in the various secondary and
special subjects have been established by the State Department of Edu-
cation. Students wishing information about certification requirements
should consult the Ofi"ice of the Dean of the College of Education.
THE COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS
EARL C. SEIGFRED
DEAN
THE SCHOOL OF DRAMATIC ART AND SPEECH
CLAUDE E. KANTNER, DIRECTOR
Dramatic Art
Radio-Television
Public Address
Speech and Hearing Therapy
THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC
KARL AHRENDT. DIRECTOR
Applied Music
Music Education
Music History and Literature
Music Therapy
Theory and Composition
THE SCHOOL OF PAINTING AND ALLIED ARTS
FREDERICK D. LEACH. DIRECTOR
Architecture
Art Education
Art History
Design
Painting and Drawing
Photography
Sculpture and Ceramics
THE COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS
The College of Fine Arts comprises the School of Dramatic Art
and Speech, the School of Music, and the School of Painting and Allied
Arts, oifering a broad, cultural education in the fine arts and special
training in the following departments: Dramatic Production, Radio-
Television, Public Address, Speech and Hearing Therapy, Applied Music,
Music History and Literature, Music Theory and Composition, Music
Education, Music Therapy, Architecture, Design, Painting and Draw-
ing, Photography, Art History and Appreciation, Sculpture and Cer-
amics, and Art Education.
BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS
The Bachelor of Fine Arts degree fulfills three functions: to pro-
vide the student with specialized training in one of the fine arts; to pro-
vide a cultural background through a study of the relationship of all
of the arts; and to prepare the student, as far as possible, to become
a responsible member of society. To these ends, the program has been
kept flexible to meet individual needs. Every effort is made for edu-
cational and vocational counseling.
Candidates for the degree in the College of Fine Arts complete
the general graduation requirements, which include a minimum of 124
semester hours with a point-hour ratio of 2.0 (C) on all hours attempt-
ed, but including only the final hours and points in repeated courses,
and in addition this same point-hour ratio on all hours in the field of
specialization. For a student with transferred credit, this rule applies
to his cumulative record, which includes transferred credits, and to his
Ohio University record, exclusive of transferred credits. These require-
ments include the program of the University College.
Students working toward the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree must
complete a major in one of the schools of the College of Fine Arts and
a minor of 18 hours in general courses in the fine arts, including F.A.
17-18 — Introduction to the Fine Arts. In addition to this course, five
others are offered from which the student must select two to complete
the minor : History of Painting and Sculpture, History of Music, History
of Architecture, History of the Visual Theatre, History of Oratory.
Six hours of the minor must be in an area outside of the School in
which the student is pursuing his major. Descriptions of the general
courses may be found under "Fine Arts."
As an alternate to the eighteen-hour minor in history and apprecia-
tion, it is possible in certain areas to fulfill the minor requirement by
completing F.A. 17-18 and twelve semester hours of applied work in
one of the schools of the College of Fine Arts other than that in which
a major is being pursued. Before undertaking an alternate minor it is
necessary to obtain written permission from the dean of the college.
144
The College of Fine Arts 145
Those who are planning to teach in Ohio should fulfill the minimum
requirements for certification by completing the following:
Hours Hours
Psych. 5 — Educational Psychology 3 A methods course 2-3
Ed. 125 — Purposes and Practices of Student teaching 7
Education 3
Ed. 229 — Curriculum and Teaching
Practices '!
MAJORS IN THE SCHOOL OF DRAMATIC ART AND SPEECH. The cur-
riculum of the School of Dramatic Art and Speech provides a compre-
hensive major for those who wish a general background and also per-
mits more specialized majors in theatre, public address, radio, and
speech and hearing therapy for those who wish to concentrate their
work in one of these areas. The requirements for these specialized
majors are, however, based upon the principle that all majors in any
phase of dramatic art and speech should have a general background of
certain basic courses. The program is flexible and is intended to meet
the needs and abilities of the individual students.
The University College program should include Speech 1, Speech 2,
and F.A. 17-18 — Introduction to the Fine Arts. Other courses open to
students in the University College are: Speech 3, 25, 34, Radio-TV 79,
and Dramatic Art 10.
Majors in theatre must elect 12 hours of English beyond the Uni-
versity College requirement, including either Eng. 223, 224, 323 or 324
— Shakespeare, and at least three additional hours in dramatic litera-
ture. Comprehensive majors and majors in radio, speech and hearing
therapy, or public address must elect six hours of English beyond the
University College requirement or General Studies 7, 8 — Great Books.
Students who plan to teach speech and English in the public schools
should consult with their advisors concerning additional requirements
in English and Education.
SPEECH AND HEARING CLINIC. The School of Dramatic Art and
Speech maintains a speech and hearing clinic which serves the needs
of students, faculty, and the public. Consultations concerning all types
of speech disorders may be arranged with the director of the clinic.
Remedial treatment for cases of a functional nature is provided free
of charge under the direction of a competent speech pathologist. A
special speech clinic for children serves the Athens area and provides
excellent training opportunities for students in speech correction.
Practical experience in radio and television is provided in the Uni-
versity radio station, WOUB -AM and WOUI -FM and in the closed
circuit television laboratory. Students wishing to work in the theatre
may take part in the productions of the University Theatre, the Play-
shop and the Ohio Valley Summer Theatre. Those interested in public
address may participate in first-year debate, varsity debate, and inter-
collegiate contests in oratory, extemporary speaking and interpretation.
For a more complete description of these activities, see page 43. The
School of Dramatic Art and Speech also sponsors the following profes-
sional societies: Tau Kappa Alpha (forensics), Chi Rho Beta (radio),
Footlighters and National Collegiate Players (theatre), and the Speech
and Hearing Therapy Club.
146 Ohio University
basic courses required for all majors
Hours
Speech 2 — Voice and Articulation 2 Speech 195 — Principles of Speech
Speech 3— Public Speaking 2 Correction 8
Speech 25 — Principles of Argumentation 2 Radio-TV 79— Introduction to
Speech 34 — Oral Interpretation of Radio-TV 2
Literature 3 Dram. A. 10 — Introduction to Theatre _ 2
Speech 104 — Bases of Speech 3
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR IN DRAMATIC ART, RADIO, SPEECH AND
SPEECH AND HEARING THERAPY
In addition to the basic courses listed above, the following must be
completed :
Hours
Dram. A. 47 or 147 — Theatre Radio 225 — Radio Play Production or
Laboratory 1-2 Speech 303 — Advanced Oral In-
Dram. A. 99 — Movement and terpretation or
Pantomime 2 Speech 309 — Rhetorical Theory 8
Dram. A. 105 — Play Production 3 Speech 307 — Clinical Methods or
Dram. A. 299 — Principles of Acting 3 Speech 312— Phonetics 8
Speech 112 — Advanced Public Speaking _ 2
Speech 205 — Dynamics of Group
Discussion 3
MAJOR IN PUBLIC ADDRESS*
In addition to the basic courses listed above, the following must be
completed :
Hours
Speech 110 — Parliamentary Procedure — 1 Speech 305 — Problem Solving Through
Speech 112 — Advanced Public Speaking _ 2 Group Discussion 8
Speech 147 — Workshop in Speech 2 Speech 309 — Classical Rhetorical
Speech 205 — Dynamics of Group Theory 8
Discussion 3 Speech 325 — Direction of Forensic
Speech 303 — Advanced Oral Interpreta- Programs 3
tion or
Dram. A. 105 — Play Production 3
MAJOR IN RADIO-TELEVISION**
In addition to the basic courses listed above, the following must be completed :
Hours Radio-TV 225, 226— Radio Play Pro-
Radio-TV 105 — Radio Broadcasting duction 6
Mechanics 2 Radio-TV 247 — Advanced Radio
Radio-TV 180— Radio Speech 3 V^orkshop 2
Radio-TV 301 — Principles of Television _ 3 Radio-TV 375 — Program Planning and
Radio-TV 316— Continuity Writing 2 Building 3
MAJOR IN SPEECH AND HEARING THERAPY
In addition to the basic courses listed above, the following must be completed :
Hours
Speech 307 — Clinical Methods 3 Speech 819 — Audiometry and Speech
Speech 310 — Speech Pathology 3 and Hearing Problems 8
Speech 312 — Phonetics 3 Speech 320 — Advanced Clinical Methods 8
Speech 323 — Lip Reading 8
Students who anticipate obtaining positions in speech and hearing
therapy in the public schools of Ohio must also include in their elective
subjects the following courses in speech and hearing therapy, psy-
• Majors in public address must also elect F.A. 203-204, History of Oratory, as one
of the minor subjects.
•* Students who do not have a reasonable proficiency in typewriting must elect, in
addition, Sec. St. 15, Typewriting. Students are also advised to take additional
elective courses in such areas as theatre, foreign languages, sports, philosophy,
history, psychology, commerce, music.
The College of Fine Arts 147
cholo^ and education. This program meets the requirements in the
State of Ohio for the special certificate in this field. A student who
wishes to prepare for a public school position in speech correction in any
state other than Ohio should obtain the requirements of the state in
question and, with his adviser, plan his program accordingly.
Hours
Speech 345 — ^Stuttering and Psycho-
genetic Disorders of Speech 3 Psych. 310 — Mental Hygiene 3
Speech 335 — Diagnostic Procedures in Ed. 125 — The Purposes and Practices of
'Speech and Hearing Therapy 3 Education 3
Psych. 1 or 101 — General Psychology 3 Ed. 229 — Curriculum and Teaching
Psych. 6 — Educational Psychology 3 Practices 4
Psych. 103 — Child Psychology or Ed. Speech 262 — Speech and Hearing
103, Studies of Children 3 Therapy in Public Schools 2
Psych. 113 — Psychology of Adolesence 2 Ed. 272 — Practice Teaching in the
Psych. 204 — Psychology of Exceptional Elementary Grades (Speech
iChildren 2 correction) 5
All students who major in speech and hearing therapy whether
looking forward to certification or not, must complete a minimum of 22
hours in psychology and education including Speech 262, Ed. 272, 103,
or Psych. 103, Psych. 204, 310 or 337, and Speech 335.
MAJOR IN THEATRE*
In addition to the basic courses listed above, the follov/ing must be
completed :
Hours
Dram. A. 21 — Elements of Stage Dram. A. 207 — Costuming 4
Scenery 3 Dram. A. 123 — Elements of Stage
Dram. A. 48 — Make-up 1 Lighting 3
Dram. A. 99-100 — Movement and Dram. A. 299 — Principles of Acting 8
Pantomime 4 Dram. A. 350 — ^Play Direction 3
MAJORS IN THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC. Ohio University is a member of
the National Association of Schools of Music. The requirements for
entrance and for graduation as set forth in this catalog are in accord-
ance with the standards set up by the association.
The School of Music makes provisions for individual study in all
branches of vocal and instrumental music and offers a wide range of
courses in the fields of theory and composition, music history and litera-
ture, m.usic education, and music therapy. Opportunities are provided
for individual participation in student recitals, as well as for ensemble
experience in groups such as the chorus, symphony orchestra, symphonic
band, chamber music, and glee clubs.
Six hours of English beyond the University College requirement
or Gen. Studies 7, 8 — Great Books are to be taken by candidates for the
degree of Bachelor of Fine Arts with a major in music. A required
minor consists of 18 hours of general courses in the fine arts. (See page
222.)
Students who desire to specialize in the field of music education are
given the opportunity of preparing for the positions of special music
teacher or music supei-visor while working toward the degree of Bache-
lor of Fine Arts. In accordance with state requirements, the major may
be either vocal or instrumental.
• Theatre majors must also elect F.A. 179-180 — History of the Visual Theatre, as one
of their minor subjects.
148 Ohio University
Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may major in two
areas — music history and literature or music theory. The director of
the School of Music should be consulted as the adviser of the course.
Examinations in applied music are given at the end of each se-
mester by a faculty committee in the applied music field concerned.
The examinations must be taken by all music majors in those applied
music courses which are required for the degree. It should be under-
stood that completion of credit hours in applied music should be in
agreement with the proficiency requirements as set up by the School
of Music. These requirements may be secured at the office of the School
of Music.
Majors are required to attend all recitals and to participate in
orchestra, chorus, or band, depending upon their applied major.
The following curricula have been set up for music majors in the
College of Fine Arts.
MAJOR IN PIANO
(Four- Year Cnrricnlam)
Twenty-six semester hours in applied music including 18 hours
in piano, and 8 hours in ensemble (chorus, orchestra, band, or chamber
music).
Twenty-six semester hours in the theory and literature of music,
including Mus. 3-4, 103-104, 105-106, 201-202, 340, and one of the fol-
lowing: Mus. 313-314, 315-316, 317-318, or 319-320.
Eighteen semester hours, to constitute the minor, in general courses
in the fine arts, including F.A. 17-18 and 123-124. (See page 222.)
Twenty-one to twenty-five hours of general requirements, including
12 hours of English, Speech 1, two hours in physical education, and
other subjects to fulfill the University College requirements.
Twenty-five to twenty-seven semester hours of elective courses.
Total requirements: 124 semester hours.
Freshman Program*
The University College Program should include:
First Semester Hours Second Semester Hours
Freshman Piano 2 Freshman Piano 2
Mus. 3— Theory 3 Mus. 4— Theory 3
F. A. 17 — Introduction to the Fine Arts 3 F. A. 18 — Introduction to the Fine Arts 3
Ensemble 1 Ensemble 1
University College requirements 7 University College requiremenls 8
16 17
Sophomore Program*
Sophomore Piano 2 Sophomore Piano 2
Mus. 103 — Dictation and Sight Singing _ 2 Mus. 104 — Dictation and Sight Singing _ 2
Mus. 105 — Harmony 3 Mus. 106 — Harmony 3
English elective 3 English elective 3
Fine arts minor 3 Fine arts minor 3
Ensemble 1 Ensemble 1
Electives 3 Electives — 3
17 17
'Physical education should be added as required.
The College of Fine Arts 149
Junior Program
Junior Piano 2 Junior Piano 2
Mus. 201 — Analysis and Form 2 Mus. 202 — Analysis and Form 2
F. A. 123 — History of Music 3 F. A. 124 — History of Music 3
Ensemble 1 Ensemble 1
Electives 7 Electives 7
15 15
Senior Program
Senior Piano 3 Senior Piano 3
Mus. 340 — The Literature of Advanced music theory elective 2
Piano Music 2 Ensemble 1
Advanced music theory elective 2 Electives 8
Ensemble 1 —
Electives 7 -'*
15
MAJOR IN VOICE
(Four- Year Curriculum)
Thirty semester hours in applied music, including 18 hours in voice,
4 hours of piano, and 8 hours in ensemble (chorus).
Twenty-two semester hours in the theory and literature of music
including Mus. 3-4, 103-104, 105-106, 201-202, and 337 or 339.
Eighteen semester hours, to constitute the minor, in general courses
in the fine arts, including F.A. 17-18 and 123-124. (See page 222.)
Thirty-nine to forty-three hours of general requirements, including
12 hours in English, Speech 1, two hours in physical education, and
other subjects to fulfill the University College requirements.
•Physical education should be added as required.
Seven to nine semester hours of elective courses.
Total requirements: 124 semester hours.
Freshman Program*
The University College Program should include:
First Semester Hours Second Semester iloura
Freshman Voice 2 Freshman Voice 2
Mus. 3 — Theory 3 Mus. 4 — Theory 3
F. A. 17 — Introduction to the Fine Arts 3 F. A. 18 — Introduction to the Fine Arts 3
Ensemble 1 Ensemble 1
University College requirements 7 University College requirements 8
16 17
Sophomore Program*
Sophomore Voice 2 Sophomore Voice 2
Secondary Piano 1 Secondary Piano 1
Mus. 103 — Dictation and Sight Singing 2 Mus. 104 — Dictation and Sight Singing _ 2
Mus. 105 — Harmony 3 Mus. 106 — Harmony 3
English elective 3 English elective 3
Fr. 1 — Beginning French 4 Fr. 2 — Beginning French 4
Ensemble 1 Ensemble 1
16 16
•Physical education should be added as required.
150 Ohio University
Junior Pro-am
Junior Voice 2 Junior Voice 2
Secondary Piano 1 Secondary Piano 1
Mus. 201 — Analysis and Form 2 Mus. 202 — Analysis and Form 2
F. A. 123— History of Music 3 F. A. 124— History of Music 3
Ger. 1 — Beginning German 4 Ger. 2 — Beginning Gernaan 4
Ensemble 1 Ensemble 1
Electives 2 Electives 2
15 15
Senior Program
Senior Voice 3 Senior Voice 3
It. 1 — Beginning Italian 4 Mus. 337 — The Literature of
Fine arts minor S Vocal Music or
Ensemble 1 Mus. 339— The Evolution of the Opera _ 2
Electives 4 Fine arts minor 3
— Ensemble 1
15 Electives 5
14
MAJOR IN ORCHESTRAL INSTRUMENTS: STRINGS, WOODWINDS,
BRASS, OR PERCUSSION
(Four-Year Curriculum)
Thirty semester hours in applied music, including 18 hours in ma-
jor instrument, 4 hours in piano, and 8 hours of ensemble (orchestra,
band, or chamber music) .
Twenty-six semester hours in the theory and literature of music,
including Mus. 3-4, 103-104, 105-106, 201-202, 338, and one of the fol-
lowing: Mus. 313-314, 315-316, 317-318, or 319-320.
Eighteen semester hours, to constitute the minor, in general courses
in the fine arts, including F.A. 17-18 and 123-124. (See page 222.)
Twenty-one to twenty-five hours of general requirements, including
12 hours in English, Speech 1, two hours in physical education, and
other subjects to fulfill the University College requirements.
Twenty-one to twenty-three semester hours of elective courses.
Total requirements: 124 semester hours.
Freshman Program*
The University College Program should include:
First Semester Hours Second Semester Hours
Major Instrument 2 Major Instrument 2
Mus. 3 — Theory 3 Mus. 4 — Theory 8
F. A. 17 — Introduction to the Fine Arts 3 F. A. 18 — Introduction to the Fine Arts 3
Ensemble 1 Ensemble 1
University College requirements 7 University College requirements 8
16 17
Sophomore Program*
Major Instrument 2 Major Instrument 2
Secondary Piano 1 Secondary Piano 1
Mus. 103 — Dictation and Sight Singing _ 2 Mus. 104 — Dictation and Sight Singing _ 2
Mus. 105 — Harmony 3 Mus. 106 — Harmony 8
English elective 3 English elective 8
Fine arts minor 3 Fine arts minor 3
EJnsemble 1 Ensemble 1
15 15
'Physical education should be added as required.
The College of Fine Arts 151
Jnnior Program
Major Instrument 2 Major Instrument 2
Secondary Piano 1 Secondary Piano . 1
Mus. 201 — Analysis and Form 2 Mus. 202— Analysis and Form 2
F. A. 123— History of Music 3 F. A. 124 — History of Music 3
Ensemble 1 Ensemble 1
Electives 7 Electives C
16 16
Senior Program
Major Instrument 3 Major Instrument 8
Advanced music theory elective 2 Advanced music theory elective 2
Ensemble 1 Mus. 338 — The Literature of
Electives 9 Orchestral Music 2
— Ensemble 1
15 Electives 7
15
MAJOR IN MUSIC EDUCATION
(Four- Year Curriculum)
Sixteen semester hours in applied rnusic, including completion of
voice and piano requirements for vocal majors and required proficiency
for the major instrument for instrumental majors. Instrumental majors
must also complete at least three hours in a minor instrument (if major
instrument is wind, 3 hours must be in string, and vice versa). Instru-
mental majors must further complete piano proficiency and two hours
of voice.
Twenty semester hours of theory, including Mus. 3-4, 103-104, 105-
106, 201 and 233.
Eighteen semester hours, to constitute the minor, in courses in
the fine arts, including F.A. 17-18, and F.A. 123-124. (See page 222.)
Eighteen semester hours of music education to include Mus. 261,
263, 265, 267, 268 and 273.
Twenty-three semester hours of general requirements, including
12 hours in English, Speech 1, two hours in physical education, and 6
hours in social sciences and other courses to fulfill the University Col-
lege requirements.
Twenty hours in education for completion of certification require-
ments to include Psych. 1 and 5, Ed. 130, 228, 272, 280, and 281.
Eight semester hours for ensemble participation (band, chorus,
glee clubs, or orchestra) .
Total requirements: 124-135 semester hours.
Freshman Program*
The University College Program should include:
First Semester OEIours Second Semester Hours
Eng. 3 — English Composition 3 Eng. 4 — English Composition 8
F. A. 17 — Introduction to the Fine Arts 3 F. A. 18 — Introduction to the Fine Arts 8
Mus. 3 — Theory 3 Mus. 4— Theory 8
Psych. 1 — General Psychology 3 Speech 1 — Fundamentals of Speech 1
P. E. — Physical education 1 P. E. — Physical education 1
Applied 2 Applied 2
Participation 1 Participation 1
Social science 8
17
16
•Physical education should be added as required.
152
Ohio University
Sophomore Program*
Mus. 103 — Dictation and Sight Singing _ 2
Mus. 105 — Harmony 3
Eng. 102 — Sophomore English Literature 3
P. E. — Physical education 1
Psych. 5 — Educational Psychology 3
Applied 2
Participation 1
Elective 3
18
Mus. 104 — Dictation and Sight Singing 2
Mus. 106 — Harmony 8
Ed. 130 — Secondary Education 3
P. E.— Physical education 1
Applied 2
Participation 1
Elective 4
If
Jonior Program
Mus. 261 — String Techniques and
Materials 2
Mus. 263 — Wind and Percussion
Techniques and Materials 2
Mus. 273— Conducting 2
Teaching minor 3
F. A. 123— History of Music 3
Eng. Ill or 112 — Chief American
■Writers 3
Applied 2
Participation 1
18
Mus. 263 — Wind and Percussion
Techniques and Materials 2
Mus. 265 — Vocal Techniques and
Materials 2
Ed. 280 — Observation and Partici-
pation in High School 3
Ed. 228 — Principles of Teaching 3
F. A. 124— History of Music 3
Applied 2
Participation 1
!6
Senior Program
Ed. 272 — Student Teaching in the
Elementary Grades 2
Mus. 233 — Instrumentation 3
Mus. 201 — Analysis and Form 2
Mus. 267 — Supervision of Music
dn Elementary Schools 3
Applied 2
Participation 1
FHne Arts minor 3
16
Ed. 281— Student Teaching in the
Secondary Schools 2
Mus. 268 — Music in Junior and
Senior High Schools 3
Applied 2
Participation 1
Fine Arts minor 3
Elective 3
14
MAJOR IN MUSIC THEORY OR COMPOSITION
(Fonr-Year Curriculnm)
Eight semester hours in applied music, including required pro-
ficiency in the principal instrument, Mus. 261, 263, and 8 hours in en-
semble (chorus, orchestra, band, or chamber music). Piano proficiency
is required if the principal instrument is not piano.
Forty to forty-four semester hours in the theory and literature of
music, including Mus. 3-4, 103-104, 105-106, 201-202, 313-314, 315-316,
317-318, 319-320, 357-358, and 371-372. (Mus. 371-372 is required only
of majors in composition.)
Eighteen semester hours, to constitute the minor, in general courses
in the fine arts, including F.A. 17-18 and 123-124. (See page 222.)
Twenty-one to twenty-five hours of general requirements, including
12 hours in English, Speech 1, two hours in physical education, and
other subjects to fulfill the University College requirements.
Seventeen to twenty-three semester hours of elective courses.
Total requirements: 124 semester hours.
"Physical education should he added as required.
The College of Fine Arts 153
Freshman Program*
The University College Program should include:
First Semester Hours Second Semester Hours
Principal instrument 1 Principal instrument 1
Mus. 3 — Theory 3 Mus. 4 — Theory 8
F. A. 17 — Introduction to the Fine Arts 3 F. A. 18 — Introduction to the Fine Arts 3
Ensemble 1 Ensemble 1
University College requirements 7 University College requirements 8
15 16
Sophomore Program*
Principal instrument 1 Principal instrument 1
Mus. 103 — Dictation and Sight Singing 2 Mus. 104 — Dictation and Sight Singing 2
Mus. 105— Harmony 3 Mus. 106 — Harmony 3
Mus. 261 — String Techniques English elective 3
and Materials 2 Fine arts minor 3
English elective 3 Ensemble 1
Fine arts minor 3 Electives 2
Ensemble 1 —
— 15
15
Junior Program
Principal instrument 1 Principal instrument 1
Mus. 263 — Wind and Percussion Mus. 202 — Analysis and Form 2
Techniques and Materials 2 Mus. 316 — Advanced Harmony 2
Mus. 201 — Analysis and Form 2 Mus. 318— Counterpoint 2
Mus. 315 — Advanced Harmony 2 Mus. 320 — Composition 2
Mus. 317— Counterpoint 2 F. A. 124 — History of Music 3
Mus. 319 — Composition 2 Ensemble 1
F. A. 123— History of Music 3 Electives 3
Ensemble 1 ' —
Electives 1 16
16
Senior Program
Principal instrument 1 Principal instrument 1
Mus. 313— Orchestration 2 Mus. 314 — Orchestration 2
Mus. 357 — Counterpoint 2 Mus. 358 — Counterpoint 2
Mus. 371— Composition** 2 Mus. 372— Composition** 2
Ensemble 1 Ensemble 1
Electives 8-10 Electives 7-9
16-18 15-17
MAJOR IN MUSIC LITERATURE
(Four-Year Curriculum)
Eight semester hours in applied music, including required pro-
ficiency in principal instrument, and 8 hours ensemble (chorus, orches-
tra, band, or chamber music). Piano proficiency is required if the prin-
cipal instrument is not piano.
Twenty-six semester hours in the theory and literature of music,
including Mus. 3-4, 103-104, 105-106, 201-202, and 6 hours chosen from
Mus. 337, 338, 339, and 340.
Eighteen semester hours to constitute the minor in general courses
in the fine arts, including F.A. 17-18 and 123-124. (See page 222.)
•Physical education should be added as required.
'•Required of majors in composition only.
154 Ohio University
Forty-three to forty-seven hours of general requirements, including
12 hours in English, Speech 1, two hours in physical education, and
other subjects to fulfill the University College requirements.
Thirteen to fifteen hours of elective courses.
Total requirements: 124 semester hours.
Freshman Program*
The University College Program should include:
First Semester Hours Second Semester Hours
Principal instrument 1 Principal instrument 1
Mus. 3— Theory 3 Mus. 4— Theory 3
F. A. 17 — Introduction to the Fine Arts 3 F. A. 18 — Introduction to the Fine Arts 3
Ensemble 1 Ensemble 1
University College requirements 7 University College requirements 8
16 16
Sophomore Program*
Principal instrument 1 Principal instrument 1
Mus. 103 — Dictation and Sight Singing 2 Mus. 104 — Dictation and Sight Singing 2
Mus. 105 — Harmony 3 Mus. 106 — Harmony 8
English elective 3 English elective 3
Fine arts minor 3 Fine arts minor 3
Hist. 1 — Western Civilization Hist. 2 — Western Civilization
in Modern Times 3 in Modern Times 3
Ensemble 1 Ensemble 1
16 1«
Junior Program
Principal instrument 1 Principal instrument 1
Mus. 201 — Analysis and Form 2 Mus. 202 — Analysis and Form 2
F. A. 123— History of Music 3 F. A. 124— History of Music 3
Ft. 1 — Beginning French 4 Fr. 2 — Beginning French 4
Ensemble 1 Ensemble 1
Electives 5 Electives 5
16 16
Senior Program
Principal instrument 1 Principal instrument 1
Music literature elective 4 Music literature elective 2
Ger. 1 — Beginning German 4 Ger. 2 — Beginning German 4
Ensemble 1 Ensemble 1
Electives 5 Electives 6
15 14
MAJORS IN THE SCHOOL OF PAINTING AND ALLIED ARTS. Basic Program.
The following program is intended to serve as a foundation for
specialization in the Junior and Senior years. It is planned in a way to
give the student a thorough preparation in drawing and design and an
introduction to the various media through which this knowledge may
find expression in aesthetic form. At the end of the sophomore year,
each student will have become familiar with the basic problems in draw-
ing, design, sculpture, commercial art, and painting, and will have
completed a survey of the history of the fine arts. At this time he will,
together with his adviser, determine for himself the course of study he
will follow for the remaining two years. Thus the freshman and sopho-
*Physical education should be added as required.
The College of Fine Arts 155
more years constitute an extensive program and the junior and senior
years a more intensive plan. This division of the undergraduate degree
program is based on the belief that the students, having been well
grounded during the first two years of their college careers, are suflS-
ciently mature to help direct the course through their own areas of
specialization.
The Bachelor of Fine Arts degree in the School of Painting and
Allied Arts requires a minimum of 32 semester hours of work in the
School, including four semesters of Drawing and Design (Art 1, 2, 101,
102) and one semester each of Elementary Sculpture (Art 21) and
Figure Drawing (Art 28). Architectural majors are a partial exception
to this stipulation because of the demands of their schedules. The minor
requirement for the B.F.A. degree is met with 18 semester hours of
general courses in the fine arts.
Six hours of English beyond the University College requirement,
or Gen. Studies 7, 8, Great Books, are to be completed by candidates
for the B.F.A. degree.
Those students desiring mastery of the field of Painting, Sculpture,
Printmaking, or Ceramics, will find little difficulty in planning a pro-
gram in accordance with their personal objectives as they relate to the
demands of the field involved.
Possible fields of specialization, beyond the sophomore year, would
include the general field of design or concentration in Advertising De-
sign, Fashion Design, Industrial Design, or Interior Design. Programs
leading to the realization of competence in these areas can be arranged
to suit the demands of the individual student in conference with his
adviser.
In every case, entrance upon a plan of study beyond the sophomore
level involves a decision on the part of the student regarding his future
role in the field of art. For this reason, each student is advised to make
the most of the basic program outlined below in order that it may pro-
vide a means by which he will be better prepared to enter his chosen
field.
Freshman Program
First Semester Hours Second Semester Hours
Art 1 — Drawing and Design 3 Art 2 — Drawing and Design 3
Art 21* — Elementary Sculpture 2 Art 28* — Figure Drawing 2
P. A. 17 — Introduction to the Fine Arts 3 F. A. 18 — Introduction to the Fine Arts 3
U. C. requirements 8 U. C. requii-ements 8
16 1«
Sophomore Program
Art 101 — Drawing and Design 3 Art 102 — Drawing and Design 8
F. A. 121— History of Painting & F. A. 122— History of Painting &
Sculpture 3 Sculpture 8
Art 128 — Advanced Figure Drawing 3 Art 111 — Drawing Workshop 2
Art 113 — Lettering 3 Art 118 — Watercolor 8
Electives 5 Electives 6
17 17
♦May be taken either semester.
156 Ohio University
biajor in architecture
Candidates for the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree may elect archi-
tecture as a major within the School of Painting and Allied Arts. A
curriculum has been designed to provide an over-all knowledge of the
subject supported by a study of the liberal arts and related fine arts.
Students upon completing the architectural curriculum, should be pre-
pared for positions as architectural draftsmen and assistants in archi-
tects' offices, where they may gain practical experience usually required
by state boards. Certain students with outstanding skill should plan,
upon receiving the B.F.A. degree, to pursue graduate study at one of
the accredited schools of architecture.
For the student who chooses, upon graduation, to enter fields closely
allied to architecture and building, opportunities exist in the design,
manufacture, distribution, and installation of the materials of architec-
ture. A developed, imaginative power and a structural sense are
desirable attributes for work in industrial design and in the design and
construction of display features and structures.
Freshman Program
First Semester Hours Second Semester Hours
Art 1 — Drawing and Design 3 Art 2 — Drawing and Design 3
F. A. 17 — Introduction to the Fine Arts 3 F. A. 18 — Introduction to the Fine Arts 3
Math. 5 — Freshman Mathematics 5 Math. 6 — Analytic Geometry and
U. C. requirements 6 'Calculus I 5
U. G. requirements 6
17
17
Sophomore Program
Phys. 5 — Introduction to Physics 4 Phys. 6 — Introduction to Physics 4
Arch. 55 — Fundamentals of Archi- Arch. 56— Architectural Graphics 3
tecture 3 Arch. 183 — Architectural Equipnaent 3
Arch. 179 — Architectural Materials 3 Fine Arts miinor 3
Fine Arts minor 3 Electives 5
Arch. 105 — ^Architectural Rendering 2 —
Electives 2 18
17
Junior Program
F. A. 175 — History of Architecture 3 F. A. 176 — History of Architecture 3
Arch. 257 — Fundamentals of Residential Arch. 258 — Design of Residential
Architecture 2 Architecture (optional) 3
Arch. 281 — Architectural Construction _ 2 Arch. 282 — Architectural Construction _ 2
Arch. 155 — Architectural Design 5 Arch. 156 — Architectural Design 5
Electives 4 Electives 3
16 16
Senior Program
Arch. 284 — Working Drawings 2 Arch. 286— Senior Design 5
Arch. 285 — Senior Design 5 Arch. 301 — Problems in Architecture
Fine Arts minor 3 (optional) 3
Electives 8 Fine Arts minor 3
— Electives 7
18 —
18
The College of Fine Arts 157
major in art education
The program below is designed for those who wish certification as
teachers in the public schools while completing requirements for the
Bachelor of Fine Arts degree. All required courses are specified and
should be taken as listed. Substitutions may be made only after consul-
tation with an adviser.
Freshman Program
First Semester Hours Second Semester Hours
Art 1 — Drawing and Design 3 Art 2 — Drawing and Design 3
Art 28* — Figure Drawing 2 Art 21* — Elementary Sculpture 2
F. A. 17 — Introduction to the Fine Arts 3 F. A. 18 — Introduction to the Fine Arts 3
Psych. 1 — General Psychology 3 Eng. 4 — English Ck)mposition 3
Eng. 3 — English Composition 3 Physical Education 1
Physical Education 1 Electives 4
15 16
Sophomore Program
Psych. 5 — Educational Psychology 3 Ed. 130 — Secondary Education 3
Art 101— Drawing and Design 3 Art 102 — Drawing and Design 3
Art 103 — Representation 3 Art 123 — Jewelry 2
Art 113— Lettering 3 Art 137— Fashion Design 2
F. A. 121— History of Painting & F. A. 122— History of Painting &
Sculpture 3 Sculpture 3
Eng. 101 — Sophomore English Literature 3 Eng. 102 — Sophomore English Literature 3
18 16
Junior Program
Art 115— Ceramics 3 Art 118— Watercolor S
Art 111 — Drawing Workshop 2 Art 128 — Advanced Figure Drawing 3
Art 240 — Design Applied to Materials __ 2 Ed. 228 — Principles of Teaching 3
Art 271— Interior Design 3 Art 120— Textile Design 3
F. A. Minor 3 F. A. Minor 3
Electives 3 Electives 3
16 18
Senior Program**
Ed. 272— Student Teaching in the Art 260 — Teaching of Art S
Elementary School 3 Art 341 — Painting (Advanced) 2
Ed. 281— Student Teaching in the Art 309— Prints 3
Secondary School 4 Electives 7
Art 205— Painting 2 —
Electives 6 15
15
MAJOR IN PHOTOGRAPHY
Candidates for the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree electing photogra-
phy as a field of concentration follow the regular sequence of photog-
raphy courses during their freshman and sophomore years with
advanced study in commercial and illustrative photography and por-
traiture.
In addition to a specialized understanding of photographic tech-
niques and practices, a general education in contributing fields is
desirable. The successful photographer must appreciate the ideas and
interests of those with whom he deals.
•May be taken either semester.
••Each 15 hour block may be taken either semester.
158 Ohio University
A planned course of study should include courses in art history,
design and drawing for technical information contributing directly
to the major interest. From the general educational field, courses in
journalism, commerce, and the sciences should be chosen to fit individual
needs.
Prospective photography majors should contact a staff member
before registration and follow the program below as closely as possible.
Freshman Prognram
First Semester iHours Second Semester Hours
Art 1 — Drawing and Design 3 Art 2 — Drawing and Design 3
Photog. 77— Basic 3 Photog. 78— Basic S
F. A. 17 — Introduction to the Fine Arts 3 F. A. 18 — Introduction to the Fine Arts 3
U. C. requirements 7 U. C. requirements 7
16 16
Sophomore Program
Photo. 145 — Workshop in Photography _ 3 Photo. 145 — ^Workshop in Photography _ 3
Photo. 143— Photographic Processes 3 Photo. 144 — Photographic Processes 8
F. A. 121— History of Painting & F. A. 122— History of Painting &
Sculpture 3 Sculpture 8
Art 101 — Drawing and Design 3 Art 102 — Drawing and Design 3
Electives 5 Electives 6
17 17
Jnnior Program
Photog. 277— Portraiture 3 Photog. 278 — Portraiture 8
Fine arts minor 3 Photog. 381 — Problems in Photography _ 3
Electives 10 Fine Arts minor 8
— Electives 7
16
16
Senior Program
Photog, 379— Commercial and Photog. 380 — Commercial and
Illustrative Photography 3 Illustrative Photography 8
Photog. 381 — Problems in Photography _ 3 Photog. 381 — Problems in Photography _ 3
Electives 7 Electives 7
13 13
THE GRADUATE COLLEGE
DONALD R. CLIPPINGER
DEAN
Art
Home Economics
Bacteriology
Human Relations
Botany
Industrial Arts
Chemistry
Journalism
Classical Languages
(minor work only)
Management
Mathematics
Connmerce an
d Business
Music
Dramatic Art
Philosophy
Economics
Photography
Education and School
Administration
Physical Education
and Athletics
Engineering, Electrical and
Physics
Mechanical
Public Address
English
Psychology
Geography
Radio-Television
{nninor work
Geology
only)
Romance Languages
Sociology
German
Government
Speech and
Hearing Therapy
History
Zoology
THE GRADUATE COLLEGE
The graduate program at Ohio University provides advanced pro-
fessional training in the area of a student's field of specialization and
affords opportunities for the conduct of research and special investiga-
tions in these same areas. The program of graduate study should be-
come an initiation into methods of intensive study and research in some
selected area of knowledge. It is the objective of the Graduate College
to provide its students with a high degree of professional competence.
The Graduate College confers the degree of Master of Arts, Master
of Education, Master of Science, Master of Fine Arts, or Master of
Business Administration.
The degree of Doctor of Philosophy is granted in certain selected
areas of study in the University. At present these are Chemistry, Pub-
lic Address, and Speech and Hearing Therapy. Detailed information on
these programs may be found in the Graduate College bulletin.
ADMISSION. Students holding a bachelor's degree from an accredited
college or university who have attained an undergraduate scholastic
point-hour ratio of 2.5 or better on hours attempted, and preferably a
3,0 (B) in the area of the proposed major, may be admitted and granted
regular status in the Graduate College. Further supporting evidence of
the student's ability in the form of the Graduate Record Examination
or other college ability tests and letters of recommendation may be re-
quested.
Students holding a bachelor's degree from unaccredited institutions
or persons whose undergraduate preparation is deficient will be required
to supplement their undergraduate record with a satisfactory score on
an acceptable standard college ability test.*
Students with a master's degree will be admitted to graduate study
for the doctorate with the amount of graduate credit accepted, by trans-
fer, subject to review and recommendation by the graduate committee
of the department concerned.
All correspondence pertaining to the admission of a student to the
Graduate College should be addressed to the Director of Admissions and
University Examiner, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio.
Students are accepted for admission in advance of the beginning
of each of the semesters of the regular year and at the beginning of
each term of the summer session.
•Information regarding these examinations may be had at the office of the Director of
Admissions or the office of the Supervisor of Testing Service. While it is not re-
quired except as indicated above, applicants for admission may submit their scores
on the Graduate Record Examination as valuable evidence of fitness for admission.
The Graduate Record Examination is a test of general intellectual ability. Those who
have taken this test are urged to have the Graduate Record Office report their scores to
the Director of Admissions, Ohio University. Examinations will be given in January,
April, July, cind November. Further information about the Graduate Record Examina-
tion may be obtained by writing to the Educational Testing Service, P. O. Box 592,
Princeton. New Jersey. Applicants in the West Coast region should write to the Edu-
cational Testing Service, P. O. Box 27896, Los Angeles 27, California.
160
ri
-•«gfc t
O
*f I
T f
a
f?r ^ ^'.ci'
The Graduate College 161
Application for admission consists of the presentation of an appli-
cation blank filled in by the applicant, an official transcript of college
credit, two small photographs of the applicant, a vaccination blank
certified by a physician, and a medical history blank filled in by the ap-
plicant and completed by a physician. The vaccination and medical his-
tory blanks are not required if a student plans to attend the summer
session only as a special student.
A graduate student who is attending another university may be ad-
mitted for the summer session as a special transient student by present-
ing an official statement of good standing from the university in which
he is enrolled. Admission for the summer session only as a special stu-
dent does not constitute admission to the regular academic year.
Admission to the Graduate College does not imply admission to
candidacy for a degree.
For information concerning application for living quarters, write
the Director of Housing, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio.
CLASSIFICATIONS OF STUDENTS ADMITTED TO GRADUATE STUDY:
1. Those students approved by the major department and the Dean of
the Graduate College for unqualified admission to graduate study
are granted regular status.
2. Students admitted under the provisions of special status may include
those who wish to pursue course work with no intention of qualifying
for a degree, those who are transient registrants, those who fail to
qualify for admission to candidacy, and those with some deficiency
in entrance requirements. Students in this last category may achieve
regular status after the satisfactory completion of a prescribed
program of study to remove deficiencies.
SENIORS AND GRADUATE STUDY. A student who is within nine hours
of completing all requirements for the bachelor's degree at Ohio Uni-
versity may take courses applying toward the master's degree, provided
he otherwise meets the requirements of admission and secures the writ-
ten recommendation from the dean of his college, the chairman of his
major department, and approval of the Dean of the Graduate College.
Request for the above privilege must be made in advance of registration
through the Graduate College office.
REGISTRATION AND ASSIGNMENT TO ADVISERS. A student who quali-
fies for admission to the Graduate College receives a permit to register.
He then confers with the Dean of the Graduate College concerning the
general nature of his interests in graduate study and is directed to the
departmental chairman or chairman of the graduate committee who has
supervision over the subject matter in the area of major interest. The
chairman, together with the Dean of the Graduate College, will assign
a faculty adviser in the major and minor fields to counsel with the grad-
uate student and prepare the outline of graduate study. The outline
is returned to the Graduate College office where it is filed and becomes
a part of the record of the graduate student.
162 Ohio University
PROGRAM OF STUDY AND STUDENT LOAD. A student's program of
study is made up of two parts, a major and a minor, unless a program
otherwise arranged is approved by the adviser and the graduate commit-
tee of the department. Since graduate work implies advanced study and
some degree of specialization, a prescribed amount of undergraduate
preparation in a subject or field of study is presupposed before graduate
study may be undertaken in that subject or field. Naturally, the under-
graduate preparation required to begin a graduate major is greater than
that required to begin a graduate minor. In most departments a mini-
mum of 18 semester hours of undergraduate work is required to begin
a graduate major while 6 to 12 semester hours is required for the minor.
A master's program of graduate study without the thesis require-
ment is now available to graduates preparing for educational work in
the public schools. Students desiring the Master of Education degree
may have a program of study arranged with or without thesis, provided
the program is approved by the committee on graduate study in the
major department.
The full-time load for a graduate student is 16 credit hours per
semester (12 hours in the summer session of ten weeks). A student
wishing to register for extra hours must secure approval of his major
adviser and the Dean of the Graduate College.
STANDARDS OF WORK, All work submitted for graduate credit shall
be of high quality. The minimum standard acceptable is a point-hour
ratio of 3.0 in all courses attempted in fields chosen to meet degree re-
quirements, with no grade below C, and not more than 20 per cent of the
work accepted tvith a grade of C. A minimum average of B is required
in all courses taken at Ohio University for application on the degree
requirements.
RESIDENCE AND CREDIT. At least 32 semester hours of credit are
required for the master's degree. A maximum of eight semester hours of
graduate credit with A or B grades may be accepted by transfer from
approved institutions which offer the master's degree, provided the
transferred course work is acceptable to the student's adviser and is
not more than five years old. Credit for courses taken by correspon-
dence is not accepted toward the degree. A maximum of six semester
hours taken off campus is accepted toivard the master's degree, provided
the courses are conducted by< instructors who regularly teach thon on
the campus. A minimum of six semesters of study and research beyond
the bachelor's degree is needed to meet the requirements of the doctor's
degree. At least two semesters of the doctoral program of study shall
be in continuous residence at Ohio University, preferably the last
semesters of study for the degree. The continuous residence require-
ment applies to the period of graduate study following the completion
of the master's degree or the equivalent of 32 semester hours.
The amount of credit accepted by transfer from another university
will be determined by the graduate committee of the department con-
cerned and the Dean of the Graduate College.
The Graduate College 16S
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREES. Detailed information on specific
requirements involving admission to candidacy, comprehensive exam-
inations, preparation of the thesis or dissertation, time limit for meet-
ing requirements, and other details of the graduate programs are de-
scribed in the Bulletin and other publications of the Graduate College.
For more explicit information address the Dean of the Graduate College.
GRADUATE ASSISTANTSHIPS; TEACHING AND RESEARCH FELLOWSHIPS.
A number of graduate assistantships and research fellovv^ships are
available in the Graduate College of Ohio University. Persons receiving
these appointments are selected on a basis of merit from students who
have received the baccalaureate degree from approved institutions and
who wish to pursue work leading to the master's degree.
Graduate assistantships provide a stipend of $1600 to $1800 for
the academic year of two semesters and waiver of all fees (resident and
non-resident) with the exception of a $25 incidental fee. The graduate
assistant is required to give approximately 18 hours of service weekly
to the University, and is permitted to carry 9 to 12 hours of graduate
work, the hours in excess of 9 being subject to the approval of the Dean
of the Graduate College and the chairman of the department in which
the student is serving as an assistant.
The general registration fee and laboratory fees will also be waived
during the summer sessions directly preceding and following the period
of a graduate assistant's appointment.
A graduate assistant continuing study for a second year is eligible
for a second appointment to the assistantship. The assistant who has
completed two semesters of service with an exceptionally good record
may, on the recommendation of his department, be reappointed for a
second year at an increased stipend with waiver of the fees as noted
above. Reapplication must be made annually.
Graduate assistantships are usually available to qualified students
in the following fields: accounting, bacteriology, botany, business edu-
cation, chemistry, dramatic art and speech, economics, education, elec-
trical engineering, English, finance, fine arts, French, government, his-
tory, home economics (including nursery school), human relations, in-
dustrial arts, journalism, management, mathematics, music, philosophy,
photography, physical education, physics, psychology, sociology, Spanish,
and zoology.
Teaching fellowships are granted to selected students in advanced
graduate study and provide a stipend of $1800 to $2200 with the usual
waiver of fees.
Research fellowships are established on the basis of grants-in-aid
to the University for the conduct of research. Appointees to these fellow-
ships must show exceptional aptitude for research. Their obligation
involves the promotion of the research program of the department
through which the grant is made. Fellows have no instructional service
to perform and may normally carry 9 to 12 semester hours of work to-
ward their graduate program. In general, the stipend and waiver of
fees will be the same as that of an assistantship.
164 Ohio University
APPOINTMENTS IN PERSONNEL WORK. Positions are open annually
for graduate assistants who will be appointed to assist the Personnel
Deans. These assistants may pursue graduate work in human relations,
psychology, and related fields. Stipend and other terms are the same as
those of other graduate assistants.
Graduate appointments are also available to married men, with no
children, as Heads of Residence in the dormitories for men. The com-
pensation for this service is a furnished apartment and board for the
man and wife, a stipend of $700 per year plus the waiver of fees as
indicated for the graduate assistant. The Head of Residence will super-
vise the functions of the dormitory and coordinate the responsibilities
of graduate assistants assigned to work with him. He is limited to nine
hours of course work per semeser.
Applications for all graduate appointments must be filed with the
Dean of the Graduate College by March 1. Application blanks may be
obtained from the office of the Graduate College.
SCHOLARSHIPS. University scholarships are available to college
graduates who have maintained a high scholastic record. These permit
full-time study and pay the basic registration (resident or non-resident)
fee. Information may be obtained by addressing the Director of Student
Financial Aids, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio.
THE DIVISIONS
THE BRANCHES
ALBERT C. GUBITZ, DEAN
THE DIVISION OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
AND ATHLETICS
CARROLL C. VViDDOES, DIRECTOR
W. J. TRAUTWEIN, ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR
CARL T. NESSLEY, ASSISTANT DIRECTOR
THE RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS
JAMES R. PATRICK, COORDINATOR
BURTON S. ANDREWS, P.M.S.T.
CALEB POWERS MOBERLY, P.A.S.
THE UNIVERSITY EXTENSION DIVISION
GILFORD W. CROWELL, ACTING DIRECTOR
THE SUMMER SESSION
GILFORD W. CROWELL, ACTING DIRECTOR
THE BRANCHES
Branches of Ohio University are located in Chillicothe, Ironton,
Lancaster, Martins Ferry, Portsmouth, and Zanesville. Work at the
freshman and sophomore levels is offered. Branches were originally
established in 1946 in Chillicothe, Portsmouth, and Zanesville to accom-
modate the large number of World War II veterans desiring to enter
college. They continued to develop and are now a permanent and
significant part of the total University program. The branches in
Lancaster and Ironton were established in 1956. The Martins Ferry
Branch opened in 1957.
All qualified high school graduates and adults are eligible to take
work in the branches and may earn up to two years of credit in the
fields of commerce, arts and sciences, and education. One year of credit
may be earned in engineering and fine arts. A limited amount of gradu-
ate work is also offered. A two-year technical institute curriculum at
the Zanesville Branch allows interested high school graduates and
adults an opportunity to train as engineering technicians. Work given
in the branches is like that given on the main campus, with students
receiving full residence credit. Many students after the second year
transfer to the main campus or to other colleges and universities to
complete the baccalaureate degree.
The Cadet Teacher program is featured in each branch and makes
possible the completion of all requirements for the Cadet Teaching cer-
tificate. Twenty scholarships, ten freshmen and ten sophomore, are
awarded annually in each branch to students in the Cadet Teaching
program. Locally sponsored scholarships are also available.
Thousands of students have received training through the branch
program, which allows them to pursue a college education while living
at home and working full time or part time.
THE DIVISION OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
AND ATHLETICS
For nearly a century colleges and universities have to some degree
recognized a responsibility for programs of student health practices, re-
quired physical education, recreational activities, intramural sports or
intercollegiate athletics. Ohio University has kept abreast of this edu-
cational movement. It is now developing extensive plans for an ex-
pansion of facilities and programs to meet the increasing demands of
the future.
One problem which is particularly significant for technically trained
and professional people arises out of a developing conflict between
the forces of a commercial and industrial civilization and the biological
needs of growing, developing, human organisms. Modern man faces the
166
The Division of Physical Education and Athletics 167
necessity of preserving the achievements of his evolution. Urbaniza-
tion and mechanical progress have taken away from large segments
of our population natural forms of activity which developed organic
structure, muscular tonus and coordination. Formerly one's develop-
mental activities, if he were to survive, were inherent in the driving
necessities of his daily life. Rapid changes in our culture and patterns
of living have necessitated substitutions of sports, hobbies, recreational
skills, and methods of adaptation to a more sedentary life with larger
portions of leisure time. This was not an acute problem even two gen-
erations ago. It is important in these times, and it will become increas-
ingly imperative in the future that educational programs be directed to
this problem in our society.
Participation in selected physical activities which are harmonious
with one's ability and desires contributes something to general health,
endurance, physical skill, mental and emotional poise, and to interesting
recreational forms. These activities should be engaged in throughout
life in order to develop and maintain an efficient physiology. When
students ignore this phase of their education, they should understand
that they are closing doors against many interesting and beneficial
activities which would contribute to better living. In addition to purely
physical development, sports and athletic programs are rich with possi-
bilities for the acquiring of social intelligence, sportsmanship, recrea-
tional skills and lasting friendships. These qualities fit into the Ameri-
can way of living.
With this in mind the Division of Physical Education and Athletics
is pursuing a broad educational program which is designed to fit the
diversified interests of all men and women at the University. The func-
tions of the Division fall into the following categories:
1. Close coordination with the program of health services directed by
physicians and nurses at the University Health Center.
2. Required physical education courses for men and women.
(a) The physical education program for men includes dual,
individual and team sports, aquatics, combatives, gymnastics, and
rhythmics.
Two semesters of physical education are required. Near the
close of each semester physical proficiency and sports tests may be
taken and, meeting prescribed standards, this requirement could be
reduced. For a detailed description of this plan refer to page 70.
(b) The two-semester required physical education program
for women is on a basis of choice selected from four areas: sports
and games, swimming, rhythmics, and outing activities. For addition-
al information refer to page 70.
3. Adapted Activities.
Men and women who for any medical reason are unable to par-
ticipate in the regular progi*am are assigned with medical permis-
sion to a class where they will be directed in activities adapted to
their special needs.
168 Ohio University
4. Intercollegiate Athletics.
Ohio University is a charter member of the Mid- American Con-
ference which is composed of seven prominent universities in the
Midwest area. The other members are Miami, Toledo, Western
Michigan, Kent, Bowling Green, and Marshall.
In the administration, financing, organization and management
of the intercollegiate athletic program, the Division of Physical
Education and Athletics adheres to the amateur code and policies of
the National Collegiate Athletic Association. All students are en-
couraged and welcomed to try out for any team of their choice.
Ohio University teams go into competition thoroughly coached and
trained to play hard and clean athletics. This training under ex-
cellent leadership makes it a privilege and an honor to participate
on athletic teams at the University.
Medical attention for athletic squads is under the attention of
a team physician. He has at his disposal the personnel and facili-
ties of a modern university hospital, and is aided by a qualified and
experienced trainer.
University teams are organized in the following sports: foot-
ball, basketball, baseball, track, wrestling, cross country, golf,
soccer, tennis, swimming, and riflery.
5. Intramural sports and recreational activities.
The Division offers an extensive program of intramural sports
for men and women. Students are encouraged to make use of all
available facilities in their leisure time. This provides a way for
all students to participate in sports and recreation. Upon request,
clubs will be organized in sports or physical recreation activities as
facilities and personnel are available.
6. Major and minor curricula.
Major and minor curricula are offered for prospective teachers
of health education, physical education, athletic coaching, and
recreational leadership. By fulfilling the requirements, students
who vv^ish to major in the Division of Physical Education and Ath-
letics will apply for the degree, Bachelor of Science in Education.
A major in physical education and athletics prepares men and wo-
men students for the following positions: teacher of physical education
in the elementary and secondary schools, teacher of health, playground
director, athletic coach, camp counselor, and recreational leader for
industrial concerns and municipalities. The University has been suc-
cessful in assisting well-qualified graduates to find placement.
All students majoring in physical education and athletics are re-
quired to purchase a uniform as prescribed by the Division.
The Division encourages major students to assist with the instruc-
tion in men's and women's physical activity classes. This experience
is advantageous to a prospective teacher.
The Division of Physical Education and Athletics 169
A minor in physical education and athletics is the minimum pro-
gram acceptable to the State Department of Education for teaching
physical education and coaching athletic teams in the secondary schools
of Ohio.
A minor in health education will qualify the student to assume
health education responsibilities in the elementary and secondary schools.
A minor in recreation will prepare the student for leadership in
school, industrial and community recreation, summer playground pro-
grams and outing or camping activities.
The university requirements pertaining to English composition,
physical education, and speech are not indicated in the curricula below.
See pages 69, 70 and 76.
The following courses constitute a teaching major in physical edu-
cation and athletics:
MEN
Freshman Program
First Semester Hours Second Semester Hours
Zool. 3— Principles of Zoology 3 P. E. 66— Program Skills 2
P. E. 65— Program Skills 2
Sophomore Program
P. E. 102— Personal and Community Ed. 103— Studies of Children 3
Health 3 P. E. 122— Program Skills 1
P. E. 121 — Program Skills 2 Zool. 134 — Anatomy, Kinesiology and
P. E. 127— First Aid 2 Physiology 4
Zool. 133 — Anatomy, Kinesiology and P. E. 150 — Recreation 3
GPhysiology 4
Junior Program
P. E. 233— Theory of Adapted Activities 2 P. E. 135— Program Techniques 1
P. E. 267— Athletic Coaching 2-4 P. E. 268— Athletic Coaching 2-4
Psych. 310— Mental Hygiene or P. E. 269— Teaching of Health 3
P. E. 395— School Health Problems 3
Senior Program
P. E. 304— History and Principles 3 P. E. 306 — Organization and
Administration 2
WOMEN
Freshman Program
iFirst Semester Hours Second Semester Hours
P. E. 1 — Hockey, Soccer (1) and P. E. 4 — Intermediate Swimming (1) and
P. E. 7 — Beginning Modern Dance 1 P. E. 8 — Intermediate Modern Dance 1
Zool. 3 — Principles of Zoology 3
Sophomore Program
P. E. 6— Elementary Tap Dancing 1 P. E. 122— Progi-am Skills 1
P. E. 121 — Program Skills 2 Zool. 134 — Anatomy, Kinesiology and
P. E. 127— First Aid 2 .Physiology 4
P. E. 150— Recreation 3 P. E. 102— Personal and Community
Zool. 133 — Anatomy, Kinesiology and Health 3
Physiology 4
170
Ohio University
Junior Program
P. E. 131— Mass Games 1 P. E. 233— Theory of Adapted Activities 2
P. E. 272 — Coaching Methods 2 H, E. 161 — Home Nursing and Family
P. E. 17— Beginning Tennis 1 Health (2) or
P. E. 269— Teaching of Health 3 Psych. 310— Mental Hygiene (3) or
P. E. 273— Coaching Methods 2 P. E. 395— School Health Problems (3) 2-8
Ed. 103— Studies of Children 3 P. E. 275— Teaching of Ballroom and
P. E. 274 — Teaching of Folk Dancing _ 1 Modern Dance 1
Senior Program
P. E. 304 — History and Principles of
Physical Education and
Athletics 3
P. E. 306 — Organization and Adminis-
Itration of Physical Education
and Athletics 2
The following' courses are suggested to meet the minimum of 24
semester hours required by the State Department of Education for a
teaching minor in health education and physical education: Hours
1. Principles and Organization 5
MEN AND WOMEN
P.E. 304 — History and Principles of Physical Education and
Athletics (3).
P.E. 306 — Organization and Administration of Physical Ed-
ucation and Athletics (2).
2. Theory and Practice
MEN
P. E. 65— Program Skills (2)
P. E. 66— Program Skills (2)
P. E. 121— Program Skills (2)
P. E. 122— Program Skills (1)
3. Theory and Coaching
iMEN
P. E. 139 — Athletic Officiating (2)
P. E. 267— Athletic Coaching (2-4)
P. E. 181 — Intramural Sports (2)
P. E. 268— Athletic Coaching (2-4)
4. Health Education
WOMEN
P. E. 6 — Elementary Tap Dancing (1)
P. E. 7 — Beginning Modern Dance (1)
P. E. 8 — Intermediate Modern Dance (1)
P. E. 15— Folk and National Dancing (1)
P. E. 121. 122— Program Skills (2-4)
P. E. 131— Mass Games (1)
WOMEN
P. E. 272— Coaching Methods (2)
P. E. 273— Coaching Methods (2)
P. E. 139 or 140 Athletic Officiating (2)
7-8
MEN AND WOMEN
P.E. 102 — Personal and Community Health (3)
P.E. 269— Teaching of Health (3)
Elect from following (2-3) :
P.E. 127— First Aid (2)
P.E. 128— Physical Therapy (2)
P.E. 142— Camp Leadership (2)
Ind. A. 5 — Driver Education (1)
5. Biological Life Sciences
The following courses constitute a state certified minor in health
education :
MEN AND WOMEN
Speech 1 — Fundamentals of Speech 1
P. E. 102 — Personal and Community Health 3
Ed. 103— Studies of Children 3
P. E. 127— First Aid 2
Zool. 133-134 — Anatomy, Kinesiology and Physiology 8
P. E. 289— Teaching of Health 3
Psych. 310 — Mental Hygiene 3
P. E. 395— School Health Problems 3
26
The Reserve Officers' Training Corps Division 171
The following courses constitute a minor in recreation leadership:
MEN AND WOMEN
Soc. 101 — Principles of Sociology 3
Speech 3 — Public Speaking 2
Ind. A. 9— Crafts and Hobby Work 2
P. E. 15 — Folk and National Dancing- 1
P. E. (65-66)— (121-122) Program Skills 2
P. E. 127— First Aid 2
P. E. 150 — Recreation (Social and party games, low cost crafts,
square dance, theories of play, institutional recreation) 3
P. E. 349 — Community Recreation forganization & adminis-
tration, finance, facilities, history of, play ground super-
vision) 3
18
Elective courses :
P. E. 7 — Beginning Modern Dance
P. E. 8 — Intermediate Modern Dance
P. E. (65-66)— (121-122) Program Skills
Dram. A. 105 — Play Production
P. E. 114— Camp Craft
P. E. 118— Life Saving and Water Safety
P. E. 142 — Camp Leadership
P. E. 153 — Nature and Function of Play
P. E. 275 — Teaching of Ballroom and Modem Dance
P. E. 274 — Teaching of Folk Dancing
Elect from the above to total a minimum of 24 hours.
THE RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS DIVISION
GENERAL. Ohio University maintains a Senior Division, Reserve
Officers' Training Corps, consisting of two coequal departments:
THE DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE AND TACTICS
THE DEPARTMENT OF AIR SCIENCE
In 1935, the Board of Trustees entered into an agreement with the
Government for the establishment of a voluntary ROTC unit which,
during subsequent years, has been developed and expanded into the two
coequal departments indicated above. A coordinator appointed by the
president of the University coordinates affairs of the ROTC and acts
as liaison officer between these departments and the university admini-
stration.
Each department chairman is the senior officer on duty in the
department and is referred to either as the Professor of Military Science
and Tactics (P.M.S.T.) or the Professor of Air Science (P.A.S.).
Other officers are assigned as assistant professors and enlisted men
are assigned as instructors.
Each department offers a two-year basic course and a two-year
advanced course. Enrollment in either course is elective and may be
pursued as a course for elective credits required for a degree. However,
once either course is elected by a student, it becomes a prerequisite for
graduation, unless he is relieved from this obligation by the secretary of
the Army or the Air Force.
172 Ohio University
MISSION. The mission of university-level Reserve Officers' Training
is to train college students who have the qualities and attributes essen-
tial to progressive and continued development so that they may take
their places as junior officers in the Regular and Reserve components.
In addition, the Army ROTC program provides a source of procure-
ment of junior officers for the Regular Army through the selection of
outstanding students for direct appointments as second lieutenants.
The Air Force ROTC designates certain Distinguished Cadets who may
apply for Regular Air Force Commissions and receive special consider-
ation. All others commissioned by the Air Force ROTC are also eligible
to apply for Regular Air Force commissions after serving a part of
their active duty tour.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS. In general, any physically qualified male
student, who is a citizen of the United States and is more than 14
years of age yet has not reached his twenty-third birthday is eligible
for enrollment in the basic course. Certain exceptions to age require-
ments may be made in the case of veterans.
Applicants for the advanced course must have completed or re-
ceived credit for the basic course and must meet current selection
criteria and must not have reached their twenty-fifth birthday at time
of enrollment in the advanced course.
It is necessary for nonveteran students desiring to complete the
entire ROTC course to register for ROTC when they first enter college
as four years are required to complete the course.
OBLIGATION. A member of the ROTC is not in the military service
of the United States and membership in the ROTC carries no legal
obligation to serve in any of the Armed Forces. The only obligation is
to complete the basic or advanced course, once either course is elected.
DRAFT DEFERMENTS. Since the mission of the ROTC is to produce
junior officers who can be called to serve in times of national emergency,
the Armed Forces are authorized to grant deferments from military
service, subject to quota limitations, to students who are pursuing a
ROTC course and who maintain a satisfactory scholastic standing in
their academic studies. At present, the authorized quota is sufficient
to defer most formally enrolled ROTC students. Military service is an
obligation of citizenship and the deferments granted to ROTC students
in no way cancel their obligations under the existing selective service
law. All students who are granted deferment from military service are
required to sign a "Deferment Agreement" under the provision of Public
Law 51, the Universal Military Training and Service Act of 1951.
UNIFORMS AND EQUIPMENT. Textbooks, training equipment and
complete uniforms are issued to all ROTC students without cost. These
articles remain the property of the United States and must be returned.
Each ROTC student is required to make a $20 deposit with the treasurer
of the University to cover loss or damage to issued property. This
deposit is refunded when all items have been returned to the military
property custodian.
The Reserve Officers' Training Corps Division 173
Students entering the advanced course receive without cost a com-
plete, tailored officer-type uniform. Upon completion of the advanced
course, the student retains this uniform as his own. An allowance of
$0.90 per day is paid to all enrolled advanced course students, except
during the period of attendance at summer camp. During attendance at
summer camp, students receive pay amounting to approximately $78
per month and other allowances. Thus it is possible for a cadet to
receive over $700 while in the advanced course.
ROTC COURSES. (See "Courses of Instruction" for a detailed de-
scription of ROTC courses.)
ARMY:
The General Military Science program is designed to prepare the
individual for a commission in any of the various branches which make
up the Army. For example, during recent years Army ROTC graduates
of Ohio University have been commissioned in the Adjutant General
Corps, Armor, Artillery, Chemical Corps, Finance Corps, Infantry,
Medical Service Corps, Ordnance Corps, Quartermaster Corps, and
Signal Corps. Assignment to branch will depend on several factors
including the needs of the service, the desires of the individual, and his
academic background. Every effort will be made to commission Army
ROTC graduates in a branch for which they are particularly well fitted
by virtue of their college training. From this it may be seen that there
are many opportunities available to the student who receives a com-
mission in the Army. Individuals commissioned as a result of their
Army ROTC training may be called to active duty for a period of
from six months to two years thus fulfilling their military obligation
as required by existing laws.
AIR FORCE:
The Air Force ROTC course of study is divided into the basic
course covering the first two years and the advanced course covering
the junior year, summer camp, and the senior year in that order. The
course consists of blocks of instruction totaling 480 hours, allocated as
follows: freshman and sophomore years — 90 hours each; junior and
senior years — 150 hours each. In addition, courses of instruction are
provided at the summer camp. (See "Courses of Instruction.") This
course is designed to provide that fundamental training, both personal
and professional, which will best fit the cadet to become a well-rounded
junior Air Force officer possessing a high growth potential; and to
develop and stimulate a growing desire on his part to enter the Air
Force flight training program. Upon completing the course and being
selected for commissioning he is assigned a military occupational
specialty in accordance with his academic training, his desires and job
experience. Cadets who are commissioned may be required to serve a
minimum of three years of active duty to fulfill their military obligation
as required by existing laws.
174 Ohio University
COMMISSIONS. Students who have completed the basic course and
certain veterans are eligible to apply for the advanced course, specializ-
ing in that department and branch of service for which their basic
training and academic background have fitted them. A student who
successfully completes the advanced course and his academic studies
leading to a baccalaureate degree may be offered a commission as a
second lieutenant in the U.S. Army Officers' Reserve Corps or the
U.S. Air Force Reserve.
Students who have successfully completed the first year of the
Army ROTC advanced course and have shown evidence of outstanding
achievement in scholarship or extra-curricular activities are eligible
for appointment as "distinguished military students" upon recommen-
dation of the president of the University and the P.M.S.T. Distinguish-
ed military students are eligible to apply for commissions in the Regular
Army. Those students who are selected for Regular Army commissions
will be so appointed upon their graduation from the University.
The Air ROTC has a similar program of designation of distinguish-
ed AFROTC students. Such students may apply for Regular Air Force
commissions and receive special consideration. All other graduates
with Air Force Reserve officer corn-missions are eligible to apply for
Regular Air Force commissions after serving on active duty.
SPECIAL SCHOOLING. Under the provisions of the Army and Air
Force Civilian School program, Army and Air Force commissioned
graduates may apply for graduate study in specialized fields such as
-automotive engineering, electronics, meteorology, nuclear physics, busi-
ness administration, economics, educational administration, and psychol-
ogy. These specialized studies are pursued at government expense by the
student officer in residence at distinguished and eminently qualified in-
stitutions and lead to a master's degree, or in exceptional cases, to the
degree of Doctor of Philosophy.
THE UNIVERSITY EXTENSION DIVISION
The University Extension Division offers work in the form of exten-
sion classes and correspondence study. It is approved by and holds
membership in the National University Extension Association.
EXTENSION CLASSES. An instructor will be sent to a community once
a week for an extension class provided a sufficient number of persons
has agreed upon a course. The number necessary depends upon the dis-
tance from the campus. The number and length of class periods are
determined by the amount of credit allowed for the course.
CORRESPONDENCE STUDY. Courses in many departments are offered
and are taught by members of the regular faculty. These courses appeal
to any person who wishes to engage in systematic study during his
spare time. They may be studied on a credit basis or a non-credit basis,
and registration can be made at any time.
The Summer Session 175
ADMISSION. An extension class student or a correspondence student
is not required to present an application for admission to the University.
A student under 21 years of age cannot enroll in an extension class or
in correspondence study for college credit unless he has fifteen units of
high school work earned in an accredited secondary school. A person
21 years of age, or over, however, who lacks the required high school
units for college entrance may enroll for college credit in any course
if the instructor finds him qualified to carry the course.
To be admitted to Ohio University for correspondence instruction or
for extension class instruction does not imply that the student will be
admitted later for study in residence. A sepai-ate application must be
filed with the Director of Admissions for admission to residence study.
CREDIT. In extension classes and in correspondence study a student
may earn as many as 40 semester hours toward the requirements for a
bachelor's degree.
No credit toward a master's degree may be earned by the corre-
spondence method.
Students who are employed full time are limited to a registration of
six hours each semester.
If a student is currently registered in residence at Ohio University,
or at another college or university, he must have the written permission
of his dean to enroll in correspondence study.
BLANKS. Applications for correspondence instruction may be se-
cured from the Director of the Extension Division. Registration blanks
for extension class instruction may be obtained from the instructor
when the class is organized.
Persons interested in any of the opportunities afforded by the Ex-
tension Division may obtain additional information by writing to the
Director of University Extension, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio.
THE SUMMER SESSION
The Summer Session at Ohio University consists of two five-week
terms. It represents a cross section of the total program of the Uni-
versity. Enrollment in the Session in conjunction with the two semesters
provides an opportunity for year-round study. A student who enrolls at
Ohio University immediately after high school graduation and who
attends all summer sessions, may i-easonably expect to graduate in
three years.
A special bulletin covering the offerings of the Summer Session
is available and may be secured by sending a request to the Dii'ector
of the Summer Session, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
Course offerings of tfie University
grouped and listed alphabetically
according to departments
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
EXPLANATION
CATALOG NUMBER. The catalog number indicates the student classi-
fication for which the course is primarily intended.
1- 99 for Freshmen
100-199 for undergraduates above the Freshman level
200-299 for advanced undergraduates (Juniors and Seniors)
300-399 for advanced undergraduates and graduates
400-499 for graduates
In genera], an odd number indicates the first semester of a two-
semester course; an even number, the second semester. An exception
occurs in the numbers used for the teaching techniques courses.
Two numbers at the beginning of a course indicate a two-semester
or year course. A hyphen between the numbers indicates that the course
is a continuous course; that is, the first semester course is a prerequisite
for the second semester. A com/ma between the numbers indicates that
although the course is a two-semester course, the first semester course is
not a prerequisite for the second semester,
CREDIT. Credit for a course is indicated by the number or numbers
in parentheses following the course title, and, in case of a year course, is
shown for each semester. In a semester course it may be expressed thus :
(3), (1 to 3), or (2 or 3); in a year course, (3-3), (3,3), (1 to 3—
1 to 3), or (2 or 3—2 or 3).
A course with one semester hour credit (1) is the equivalent of one
recitation or two or more laboratory periods a week throughout a se-
mester.
In a course carrying variable credit the credit may be expressed
thus, (1 to 4), indicating that one hour is the minimum and four hours
the maximum amount of credit allowed for the course in one semester. A
student may enroll for a course with a variable credit any number of
times and for any number of semester hours, within the semester limit,
provided the total registration for the course does not exceed the maxi-
mum credit indicated in the course description.
Course prerequisites are indicated at the end of course descriptions
following the abbreviation, "Prereq."
INSTRUCTORS. The instructors in a department are arranged ac-
coi'ding to seniority of service within the respective ranks as of December
1957.
FEE. When a course requires a private instructional fee, the amount
is stated in the description of the course.
CLASS SCHEDULE. A Schedule of Classes is available each semester
from the Registrar.
178
Accounting 179
ACCOUNTING Professors Roy, Beckert (chairman)
Associate Professors Fenzel, Reininga
Assistant Professor Via
Instructor McLaren
75-76. ELEMENTARY ACCOUNTING (3-3) Beclcert. Fenzel, McLaren, Ray,
Reininga, Via
The fundamental principles of accounting theory and practice as
they affect corporations, partnerships, and proprietorships.
125-126. INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING (3-3) Beclcert, Fenzel, Reninga
Preparation and analysis of accounting statements; special problems
in accounting for current, fixed, and intangible assets, for liabilities, and
for corporate net worth; funds and reserves; and investments. Prereq.,
76.
175. COST ACCOUNTING (3) Ray
Manufacturing cost determination under the job-order and process
systems. Prereq,, 125 or 76 and permission.
217, TAX ACCOUNTING (2) Reininga
Beginning study of Federal income taxes and State taxes for indi-
viduals, partnerships, and corporations. Prereq., 125.
261. TEACHING OF BOOKKEEPING AND BASIC BUSINESS (2) Beckert
Prereq., 125.
275. GOVERNMENTAL AND INSTITUTIONAL ACCOUNTING (2) Staff
An application of general accounting principles to state, city, and
county fund units such as the general, special assessments, highway, and
other funds; and to institutions such as hospitals, universities, and other
endowed institutions. Prereq., 126,
305-306. ADVANCED ACCOUNTING (3) McLaren
Problems peculiar to partnerships, receiverships, fiduciaries, in-
stallment sales, consignments, insurance, estates and trusts; compound
interest applications; governmental accounting; branches, consolidations,
and mergers; and foreign exchange. Prereq., 126.
324. STANDARD COSTS AND BUDGETS (3) Ray
The establishment of standard costs, preparation of budgets, and
analysis of cost variances. Prereq., 175.
343. FEDERAL INCOME TAX ACCOUNTING (2) Reininga
Study of advanced tax problems of individuals, partnerships, and
corporations including tax planning and administration. Prereq., 217,
355. INDUSTRIAL AUDITING AND INTERNAL CONTROL (3) Beclcerf
Study of types of internal audits, audit reports, fraud, and an
appraisal of the standards of internal auditing as a profession, Basic
and internal controls are studied in their relation to the auditor's
program, Prereq,, 126 and 175,
356. AUDITING PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE (3) Beckert
Purposes and scope of audits and examinations; audit principles
and procedure; application of audit principles to practice material based
on actual audit; and audit reports and certificates. Prereq., 126 and
175,
378. C.P.A, PROBLEMS (3) Reininga
The accounting profession; C.P,A, coaching; analysis, interpreta-
tion, and solution of state board problems, Prereq., 175, 306, 356.
180 Ohio Univeirsity
379. CONTROLLERSHIP (3) Reininga
Case method study of problems and policy-forming decisions of the
controllership function comprising the fields of general accounting,
internal control, budgeting, taxes, cost control, and financial reporting.
Prereq., 18 hrs. accounting including 324 which may be taken con-
currently.
381. RESEARCH IN ACCOUNTING (lto8) Staff
Prereq., 306, 324 and permission.
391. SEMINAR IN ACCOUNTING {2 to 4) Staff
Maximum credit in course, 10 hrs. Prereq., 15 hrs. accounting and
permission.
495. THESIS (lto6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
ADVERTISING Professor Krauskopf
Associate Professors Paynter (chairman), Turnbull, Raymond
Assistant Professor Ricnmond
155. ADVERTISING PRINCIPLES (3) Krauskopf, Raymond, Richmond, Turnbull
A survey of advertising which considers its place in the field of
marketing and its fundamental procedures. Prereq., Mkt. 155 or permis-
sion.
286. RETAIL ADVERTISING (3) Krauskopf, Richmond
The principles of advertising as related to the needs of retailers.
Prereq., 155.
332. COPY WRITING (2) Turnbull
The elementary essentials of copy developed by the study of current
theory and analysis of tested examples. Considerable constructive work
is required. Prereq., 155 and Ec. 12 or 102.
376. ADVERTISING PROBLEMS (3) Krauskopf, Richmond
A logical sequel to Advt. 155. It emphasizes administrative prob-
lems and the coordination of advertising with other marketing activities.
Prereq., 155.
381. RESEARCH IN ADVERTISING (lto8) Staff
Prereq., 18 hrs. commerce including 5 hrs. advertising and permis-
sion.
391. SEMINAR IN ADVERTISING (2to4) Staff
Maximum credit in course, 10 hrs. Prereq., 18 hrs. commerce in-
cluding 5 hrs. advertising and permission.
495. THESIS (lto6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
Additional courses:
Psych. 135 — Psychology of Advertising and Selling
Jour. 146 — Typography, Mechanics, and Makeup
Jour. 247 — Newspaper Advertising and Layout
Jour. 277 — Newspaper Advertising Practice
Jour. 327 — Public Relations Techniques
Jour. 328 — Public Relations
Jour. 348 — Advertising Production
Jour. 309 — Radio — TV Advertising and Management
Art 147-148 — Advertising Design
Agriculture 181
AGRICULTURE Associate Professor DeVeau (chairman)
Instructor and Farm Superintendent Stright
1,2. INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURE (3.3) DeVeau
A two semester general education course for all students to develop
an understanding of the efficient use and conservation of agriculture's
resources. A survey of the different agricultural enterprises, their
interrelationships, and their relation to state and national agricultural
problems. Identification of crops and livestock and their use. 2 lee. and
2 lab. (Yearly.)
30. FORESTRY (3) S+right
The practical application of forest products to the farm including
identification of common trees and woods. 2 lee. and 2 lab. (Each se-
mester.)
102. GARDENING (3) DeVeau
A study of the production, marketing, and preservation of vege-
tables for the home and market. A survey of plants raised in the
garden and greenhouse. Garden planning and flower arrangement. 2
lee. and 2 lab. (2nd semester.)
104. FRUIT PRODUCTION (3) Strrght
Study of propagation, planting, fruit-setting, nutrition, thinning,
disease and insect control, harvesting, grading, and marketing of tree
and small fruits. (2nd semester.)
121. LIVESTOCK MANAGEMENT (4) DeVeau
The fundar«entals of dairy, poultry, and general livestock pro-
duction. A study of feeding programs, breeding methods, housing, judg-
ing and selection, record keeping, disease control, and marketing. 3 lee.
and 3 lab. (1st semester.)
201-202. AGRICULTURAL PRACTICES (3-3) DeVeau, Stright
Practical experience either on the University farm or in the Uni-
versity greenhouse. 1 lee. and 4 lab. (Yearly.)
216. CROPS AND SOILS (4) DeVeau
A study of the common grain and forage crops. Soil types and
their relation to crop production. Use and analysis of manures and fer-
tilizers. 3 lee. and 3 lab. Prereq., Geol. 106. (2nd semester.)
217. SOIL CONSERVATION (3) Stright
A study of recommended practices in soil conservation for practical
application on the farm. 2 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., 216 or permission.
(1st semester.)
235. FARM MANAGEMENT (3) DeVeau
The application of agricultural technology and economic informa-
tion to the securing of maximum income from the farm. Experience in
planning a five year farm program for a specific farm in the local
community. 2 lee. and 3 lab. Prereq., 121, 216. (1st semester.)
320. AGRICULTURAL ORGANIZATIONS (3) DeVeau
A study of the major educational, commercial, cooperative and
service agencies organized to promote agriculture and rural living.
2 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq. 15 hr. agriculture or commerce or both, per-
mission. (2nd semester.)
182 Ohio University
322. AGRICULTURAL PROBLEMS (1-4) Staff
Intensive individual work either in research or in systematic read-
ing or both in some advanced phase of agriculture under the guidance
of the instructor to meet the needs and interests of the student. Maxi-
mum credit in course 9 hrs. Prereq. 15 hrs. and permission. (Each
semester.)
381. RESEARCH IN AGRICULTURE (2-4) Staff
Independent research. Maximum credit in course 6 hours. Prereq.,
18 hrs. and permission. (Each semester.)
ARCHAEOLOGY AND ANTIQUITIES
Instructor Huitgren
101. INTRODUCTION TO ARCHAEOLOGY (3) Huitgren
The development of archaeology to its present status of dignity and
scientific method. Aims, methods and techniques; general types of
archaeological work and excavation with emphasis on important sites.
Maximum credit in course, 6 hrs. (1st sem., yearly.)
252. ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN AREA (3) Huitgren
The archaeology of Egypt, Palestine, Greece, and the Aegean is-
lands, with emphasis on Minoan (Cretan) and Mycenean civilization; to
a lesser extent the archaeological remains of the Roman period. Prereq.,
101, or 11 hrs. foreign language, or 8 hrs. history (or art history) and
antiquities. (2nd sem., yearly.)
Additional courses (fuller descriptions under appropriate depart-
ments) :
Art Hist. 371 — Latin-American Art.* From the pre-Columbian
period to the present. Term paper may be specifically archaeological.
Ed. 350 — The History of Education. Including ancient, classical,
medieval, and modern.
Eng. 284 — Mythology in English and American Literature. Classical,
Teutonic, and Scandinavian.
F.A. 121-122 — History of Painting and Sculpture.* Art from the
earliest times to the Renaissance.
F. A. 175-176 — History of Architecture. From prehistoric times to
the Renaissance.
Geol. 111-112 — Historical Geology. Origin of the earth and its
forms of life.
Geol. 251-252 — Paleontology.* Invertebrate fossils, including larger
forms of ancient animal life.
Hist. 115 — Ancient History. From prehistoric times.
Lat. 331 — The Life of the Romans.* Including evidence from archae-
ology and antiquities.
Phil. 221 — History of Western Philosophy: Ancient and Medieval.
•This and other courses starred are more specifically archaeological.
Architecture 183
ARCHITECTURE Associate Professor Denison
Assistant Professor OIpp
Lecturer LeBoutillier
55. FUNDAMENTALS OF ARCHITECTURE (3) LeBoutillier
Architecture as environmental design. 1 lee. and 4 lab.
56. ARCHITECTURAL GRAPHICS (3) LeBoutillier
Drafting room exercises in the theory and techniques of architec-
tural drawing. 1 lee. and 4 lab.
105. ARCHITECTURAL RENDERING (2) OIpp
Familiarization with basic techniques as used in architectural ren-
dering. Pencil, pen, wash-drawing, and watercolor. Prereq., Art 1 and
2 or permission.
155-156. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN (5-5) LeBoutillier
Design of non-residential buildings and their sites. 1 lee. and 6 lab.
Prereq., .55 and 56.
179. ARCHITECTURAL MATERIALS (3) Denison
2 lee. Prereq., permission.
183. ARCHITECTURAL EQUIPMENT (3) Denison
Mechanical equipment used in buildings including plumbing and
heating systems. 2 lee. Prereq., Phys. 5, 6 or permission.
257. FUNDAMENTALS OF RESIDENTIAL ARCHITECTURE (2) Denison
Lectures on residential architecture and housing. Prereq., permis-
258. DESIGN OF RESIDENTIAL ARCHITECTURE (3) Donison
Drafting room exercises supplementing material in 257. 6 lab.
Prereq., 257.
281-282. ARCHITECTURAL CONSTRUCTION (2-2) Denison
Architectural construction in wood, steel, concrete, and masonry as
applied to residential and small commercial and public buildings. 2 lee.
Prereq,, Math 5, 6 or permission.
284. V/ORKING DRAWINGS (2) Denison
Drafting room application of the coordinated uses of materials and
construction principles. 4 lab. Prereq., 179, 282.
285-286. SENIOR DESIGN (5-5) LeBoufillier
6 lab. Prereq., 156, 281, 282.
301. PROBLEMS IN ARCHITECTURE (1 to 3) StoH
Supervised individual projects. Maximum credit in course, 12 hrs.
Pi'ereq., senior and junior majors.
375. ARCHITECTURE IN THE UNITED STATES (2) Denison
Development of architecture from colonial times. Prereq., 8 hrs.,
including F.A. 175-176 or equivalent.
184 Ohio University
ART Professors Mitchell, Way, Leach (director)
Associate Professors Willis, Work
Assistant Professors Leonard, C. L. Smith,
OIpp, Hostetler, D. O. Roberts
Instructors Freinnork, Mihal, Toth, Beale
Lecturers Mutchler, Kelly
ART HISTORY
302. THE NORTHERN RENAISSANCE (3) Leach
The Renaissance as it appeared in the Netherlands, Germany,
France, and England in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, Prereq.,
F.A. 17 and 18 or permission.
303. ITALIAN RENAISSANCE PAINTING (3) OIpp
Painting in Italy from the early Florentine and Sienese schools
through the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries. Prereq., F.A. 17 and 18
or permission.
304. MANNERISM AND THE BAROQUE (3) Leach
Origin and development in Italy subsequent to 1520 with attention
to variations in the North of Europe and in England. Prereq., F.A. 17
and 18 or permission.
371. LATIN-AMERICAN ART (3) OIpp
Architecture, sculpture, and painting of the Hispanic Southwest,
Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean area, and South America from
Pre-Columbian times to the present. Prereq., F.A. 122, F.A. 176, or per-
mission.
381. IMPRESSIONISM AND POST-IMPRESSIONISM (3) OIpp
Emphasis in developments in French Art between the 1848 Revolu-
tion and 1900. The problems of the Academy, Romanticism, Classicism,
Realism, Impressionism, Post-Impressionism, Cezanne, and the Symbol-
ists. Prereq., F.A. 17 and 18 or permission.
382. CUBISM, EXPRESSIONISM, AND LATER DEVELOPMENTS (3) Leach
Appearance and development of basic artistic expressions from the
beginning of the twentieth century to the present. Prereq., F.A. 17 and
18 or permission.
390. SEMINAR IN ART HISTORY (2 or 3) SfaH
Individual and group problems on periods and movements. Detailed
reports. Recommended for graduate students in the process of writing a
thesis. Prereq., 18 hrs., including F.A, 122 and permission.
Additional courses: F.A. 121-122 — History of Painting and Sculp-
ture and F.A. 175-176 — History of Architecture. Attention is called to
Philosophy 302 — Aesthetics.
ART
1-2. DRAWING AND DESIGN (3-3) Staff
Emphasis on the inseparability of drawing and design. Aesthetic
principles are dealt with as they arise out of specific problems rather
than as separate entities. Required of all freshmen.
Art 185
3. ELEMENTARY DESIGN FOR TEACHERS (2) Staff
Principles of design, color, lettering, and related problems. Planned
for students who expect to major in elementary education. 1 lee. and
3 lab.
21. ELEMENTARY SCULPTURE (2) StaH
Theory and aesthetic application of principles of art with emphasis
on volumetric organization. Required of all freshmen.
28. FIGURE DRAWING (2) Staff
Study of the human figure from the nude and draped model. Maxi-
mum credit in course, 6 hrs.
91. DESIGN AND COMPOSITION (3) Willis
Special emphasis on color and design. Planned for students who
expect to major in home economics. 1 lee. and 5 lab.
101-102. DRAWING AND DESIGN (3-3) Staff
Continuation of Art 1 and 2. Required of all Sophomores. Prereq.,
Art 1 and 2 or equivalent.
103-104. REPRESENTATION (3-3) Mitcfiell
Concentration on and analysis of the representational function in
drawing and painting. Especial attention to the demands of scientific
illustration. First semester's work in black and white, second semester's
in color. Max. credit in course 6 hrs. Prereq., Art 1 and 2 or equivalent.
107. ADVANCED DESIGN (3) Willis
Composition in different media with special attention to practical
application. 2 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., Art 2.
111. DRAWING WORKSHOP (2) Freimark
Experimentation and familiarization with traditional and contem^-
porary drawing techniques and media. Maximum credit in course 4 hrs.
Prereq., Art 1 and 2 or equivalent.
113-114. LETTERING (3-3) Smitfi
Basic relationships to typography. Application in the production of
posters, book jackets, trade-marks. Experimentation with various media.
6 lab. Prereq., Art 1 and 2 or equivalent.
115. CERAMICS (3) Hosfetler
Production processes. Introduction to the chemistry of glazes and
simple geology of clays. Field trips to potteries and native clay deposits.
1 lee. and 5 lab.
116. CERAMICS (3) Hostetler
Decorative techniques. Slide lectures concerning decorative tech-
niques of ancient and contemporary ceramic art. Introduction to glaze
testing methods. 1 lee. and 5 lab. Prereq., Art 115.
118. WATER COLOR (3) Work
Painting in the studio and out-of-doors. 6 lab. Prereq., Art 2.
120. TEXTILE DESIGN (3) Way
Weaving, block printing, silk screen. Maximum credit in coui-se,
G hrs. 2 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., Art 2 or permission.
186 Ohio University
123. JEWELRY (2) Willis
Original designs executed in silver and copper. Maximum credit
in course, 6 hrs. 1 lee. and 3 lab. Prereq., Art 2 and permission.
125. ART IN EVERYDAY LIFE (2) Way
Appreciation and selection of the best articles available for the
home, costume, etc., according to their functional qualities.
128. ADVANCED FIGURE DRAWING (3) Mutchler
Accent on anatomical construction. For students who have a mini-
mum grade of "B" in the second semester of Art 28. Prereq., permission.
137. FASHION DESIGN (2) Way
Design in relation to dress and to individual characteristics. Adap-
tation of historic styles to modern costume. 1 lee. and 3 lab. Prereq., Art
2 or Art 91 and Art 28 or with 28.
147-148. ADVERTISING DESIGN (2-2) Smith
Slagazine, newspaper, and direct mail layout. Creative design and
advertising production. 4 lab. Prereq., Art 113.
160. PRACTICAL DESIGN WORKSHOP FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS
(1 fo 3) Leonard, Miha!
Problems in modeling, ceramics, murals, puppets, painting, and
other activities related to the elementary school and philosophy of
teaching. Prereq., Art 3.
205. PAINTING (2) StaH
Basic techniques and practices in oil painting. Maximum credit in
course 12 hrs. Prereq., Art 2 or permission.
231. SCULPTURE (3) Hostetler
Modeling from life in clay and plaster. Work with terra-cotta,
stone, wood, and metal. Maximum credit in course, 12 hrs. 6 lab. Prereq.,
Art 28.
240. DESIGN APPLIED TO MATERIALS (2) Mlhal
For art majors planning to teach art in the elementary and sec-
ondary fields. Prereq., 9 hrs.
260. TEACHING OF ART (3) Way
Prereq., 20 hrs. as specified for certification.
271-272. INTERIOR DESIGN (3-3) Way
A brief study of architectural details and historic styles of furni-
ture as used in modern homes. House plans, decorative treatments, and
materials. 2 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., Art 2 and permission.
301. INDIVIDUAL PROBLEMS (1-3) Staff
Senior and graduate registration for individual instruction. Prereq.,
permission. Max. credit in course 12 hrs.
309-310. PRINTS (3-3) Roberts
Silk screen, linoleum and wood blocks, etching, aquatint, dry point,
lithography, and other related media. 2 lee. and 4 lab, Prereq., 12 hrs.
and permission.
313. ADVANCED INTERIOR DESIGN (3) Way
Research is stressed and original adaptations are made from styles
of important periods. Maximum credit in course, 12 hrs. 2 lee. and 4 lab.
Prereq,, Art 272 and permission.
Art 187
315. ADVANCED FORM AND COMPOSITION (2) StaH
Maximum credit in course, 4 hrs. Prereq., 12 hrs. and permission.
316. ADVANCED CERAMICS (3) Hos+etler
Advanced production methods. Construction of potter's wheel, ball
mill, and electric kilns. Advanced glaze and clay testing techniques.
Maximum credit in course, 12 hrs. Prereq., 12 hrs., including Art 116
and permission.
317-318. ADVANCED ADVERTISING DESIGN (3-3) Smith
Magazine, new^spaper, direct mail, and display layout. Prereq., Art
148, and Advt. 155.
321. ADVANCED FASHION DESIGN AND ILLUSTRATION (2) Way
Maximum credit in course, 10 hrs. 1 lee. and 3 lab. Prereq., 12 hrs.,
including Art 137 and Art 128.
325. ADVANCED JEWELRY (2) Willis
Maximum credit in course, 6 hrs. 1 lee. and 3 lab. Prereq., 12 hrs.,
including Art 123.
327. ENAMELING (2) Hoste+ler
Design and construction of metallic objects toward ceramic applica-
tion of enamels. 1 lee. and 3 lab. Prereq., 12 hrs., including Art 115
and Art 123.
328. FIGURE PAINTING (3) Mutchler
Painting from the nude or costumed figure. A study of the plastic
qualities in oil painting in relation to the personal objectives of the
individual student. Maximum credit in course 12 hrs., prereq., 12 hrs.,
including Art 128 or permission.
341. ADVANCED PAINTING {2 or 3) StaH
Maximum credit in course, 12 hrs. Prereq., 20 hrs. and permission.
351-352. INDUSTRIAL DESIGN (2 or 3-2 or 3) Toth
Design and presentation of industrial products with emphasis on
function, appearance, and material. 4 lab. Prereq., 12 hrs., including
Art 231.
365-366. ILLUSTRATION (3-3) Mutchler
Accent on student practice. Story and commercial illustration using
present-day techniques. Max. credit in course 9 hrs. Prereq., Art 328
and permission.
381. RESEARCH (1-5) StaH
Individual problems of theory and practice involving research tech-
niques. Prereq., permission.
428. FIGURE PAINTING (3) Mutchler
Advanced work from the nude or costumed figure. Max. credit in
course 12 hrs. Prereq., Art 328 or equivalent.
431. PRINTMAKING (1-5) D. Roberts
Experimental work in various print media and their combinations.
Max. credit in course 12 hrs. Prereq., Art 309 and Art 310 and permis-
sion.
188 Ohio University
436. SCULPTURE (1-5) Hostetler
Advanced work in plaster, wood, stone, direct steel, and ceramic
media. Max. credit in course 12 hrs. Prereq., Art 231 and/or permission.
451. INDUSTRIAL DESIGN (1-5) Toth
Advanced problems in the design and presentation of industrial
products. Max. credit in course 12 hrs. Prereq., Art 351 or equivalent.
471. PAINTING (1-5) Staff
Advanced work in traditional and contemporary media. Solutions
to the student's problems are sought in relation to his personal objec-
tives. Max. credit in course 12 hrs. Prereq., permission.
495. THESIS (1-6) StaH
Prereq., permission.
ASTRONOMY Professor Goedicke
11. ELEMENTARY ASTRONOMY (2 or 3) Goedicke
Time, latitude, and longitude from celestial observations. Distances,
motions, and physical properties of sun, moon, planets, comets, meteors,
and meteorites. Atmosphere and surface conditions of other planets.
2 lee. and 2 lab. Credit in course without lab., 2 hours. Lab. must be
included if course is to fulfill science graduation requirements. Prereq.,
Math 3, or 2 yrs. high school mathematics. (1st sem., yearly.)
12. ELEMENTARY ASTRONOMY (2 or 3) Goedicke
Distances, motions, and physical properties of the stars, the nebu-
lae, and the galaxies. Modern theories of the origin and evolution of
the stars and galaxies. 2 lee. and 2 lab. Credit in course without lab.,
2 hours. Lab. must be included if course is to fulfill science graduation
requirements. Prereq., Math 3, or 2 yrs. high school mathematics. (2nd
sem., yearly.)
135. ELEMENTS OF NAVIGATION (2) Goedicke
Basic navigational astronomy; the use of the sextant; the Nautical
Almanac; the Line of Position Method as used in air and surface navi-
gation. Prereq., Math 5. (Given upon sufficient demand.)
350. STUDIES IN ASTRONOMY (1 to 4) Goedicke
Prereq., 11, 12, and permission. (Given upon suflRcient demand.)
ATHLETICS — See Physical Education and Athletics
BIOLOGY
1-2. THE LIVING WORLD (3-3) Staff
(See "General Studies," page 223.)
268. TEACHING OF BIOLOGY (2) Stehr, V/allace
A consideration of the purposes of high school biology, instructional
materials, classroom methods, source of laboratory equipment and sup-
plies, and examination techniques. Prereq., 12 hrs. biological science.
(Yearly.)
Botany 189
BOTANY Associate Professors Blickle, Wallace (chairman), Gambill
Assistant Professors Vermillion, Wistendahl
The major requirement for the A.B. degree is a minimum of 24
hours, and for the B.S. degree 30 hours. The major program must
include Bot. 3-4, 105, 106 or 117, 123 or 173, and 203 with at least
6 hours in courses numbered above 300. Biol. 1 and 2 may be substituted
for Bot. 3. General Chemistry is required for all majors. Certain
courses require additional background as listed in the prerequisites.
3-4. GENERAL BOTANY (3-3) Staff
The structure and functions of plants, life cycles, classification,
genetics, a survey of the plant kingdom, and the fundamental inter-
relationships of plants and animals, including man. 2 lee. and 2 lab. No
credit if Biol. 1 and 2 have been completed. (Each semester.)
105. ELEMENTARY PLANT PHYSIOLOGY (3) Wallace
A basic study of the major plant processes and of the applications
of physiological relations of plants to agriculture, industry, and forestry.
2 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 4 and 1 yr. college chemistry. (1st sem., yearly.)
106. LOCAL FLORA (3) Gambill
The collection, identification and classification of the flowering
plants through the study of the native flora, involving both laboratory
and field studies. Two Sat. field trips required. 2 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq.,
4 or Biol. 2. (2nd sem., yearly.)
108. VEGETATION OF NORTH AMERICA (2) Wistendahl
An illustrated lecture-demonstration course considering the exten-
sive plant formations of the continent with relationship to economic
pursuits of man. Prereq., 4 or Biol. 2. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
117. DENDROLOGY (3) Gambill
A field course in collection and identification of native and in-
troduced woody plants in both summer and winter condition. 2 lee. and
2 lab. 2 Sat. field trips required. Prereq., 4 or Biol. 2. (1st sem., yearly.)
123. INTRODUCTION TO THE FUNGI (3) Vermillion
A general survey field and laboratory course designed to give the
student a working knowledge of the various kinds of fungi. Both taxon-
omy and morphology are stressed, one supplementing the other. 2 lee.
and 2 lab. Prereq., 4 or Biol. 2. (1st sem., yearly.)
173. ELEMENTARY PLANT MORPHOLOGY (3) Bliclcle
A course stressing the plant's true structural nature and the inner
relationship of its parts through an analysis of the various plant groups
except the fungi. 2 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., 4 or Biol. 2. (1st sem.,
yearly.)
203. PLANT ECOLOGY (4) Wistendahl
A course dealing with the biological studies of natural plant com-
munities, the environmental factors and their dynamics. 3 lee. and 2 lab.
Prereq., 105 or 106 and 117 or 173. (1st sem., yearly.)
210. PLANT BREEDING AND GENETICS (3) Wallace
A course dealing with experimental and practical methods of devel-
oping commercial plants and the genetical approach to evolution. 2 lec.
and 2 lab. Prereq., 4 and Zool. 107. (2nd sem., 1959-GO.)
211. PLANT ANATOMY (3) Blickle
A course designed to embody a comprehensive study of the internal
structure of the vascular plant body. 2 lec. and 2 lab. Prei-eq., 173.
(1st sem., 1959-60.)
190 Ohio University
212. PLANT MICROTECHNIQUE (3) Wistendahl
The killing, fixing, imbedding, sectioning, staining, and mounting of
plant tissues, and the use of the photomicrographic camera, camera
lucida, calibration, and photomicrographic practices. 2 lee. and 2 lab.
Prereq., 173. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
221. PLANT PATHOLOGY (4) Vermillion
A general course dealing with the nature, cause and control of
plant diseases. 2 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 4 and 123 or Agr. 216. (2nd
sem., yearly.)
304. FOREST ECOLOGY (3) Wisiendahl
The ecological foundations of forestry, site factors, the forest en-
vironment and methods of studying it, growth and development of trees
and stands; the origin, development, and classification of forest com-
munities. 2 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., 203. (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
307. ADVANCED PLANT PHYSIOLOGY (4) Wallace
An advanced study of plant processes with special emphasis on
techniques employed in research. 2 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 105 and a
course in organic chemistry. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
311. PALEOBOTANY (3) Blickle
A study of the fossil representatives of the greater plant groups
and the sequence of fossil floras throughout geological time. Two Sat.
field trips required. Prereq., 117 or 173 and 3 hrs. geology. (2nd sem.,
1958-59.)
314. ADVANCED PLANT MORPHOLOGY (3) Bliclcle
A course specifically for botany and forestry majors embodying
detailed analyses of seed plant gross structures and their comparative
evolutionary relations. 2 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., 173. (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
315. SYSTEMATIC BOTANY (3) Gambill
A study of the systematies, nomenclature, and phylogeny of the
higher plants beginning with the ferns; relationship of the principal
orders and families; problems of nomenclature; identification of speci-
mens. 2 lee. and 2 lab. Two Saturday field trips required. Prereq., 106.
(1st sem., 1958-59.)
316. TAXONOMY OF THE NONVASCULAR PLANTS (3) Gambill
A course dealing with the classification and phylogeny of the bryo-
phsrtes and lichens. Two Sat. field trips required. 2 lee. and 2 lab.
Prereq., 106 and 173. (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
318. WOOD TECHNOLOGY (3) Blickle
The structure identification, properties and uses of North Ameri-
can forest products, with special attention given to the macroscopic and
microscopic structure. 1 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 117 and 211. (2nd sem.,
1958-59.)
324. FOREST PATHOLOGY (3) Vermillion
A study of the various types of diseases of forest and shade tree
species, their economic importance, prevention and control. Prereq., 117
and 123 or 221. 2 lee. and 2 lab. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
325. MYCOLOGY (3) Vermillion
A course designed to acquaint the student with the ways in which
man makes use of fungi in agriculture, medicine, and industry. The
physiology of fungi is stressed. 2 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., 123 and 1 yr.
college chemistry. (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
Business Law 191
343. BOTANICAL STUDIES {2 fo 4 a semester In any of the following)
Semi-independent studies supervised by the instructor. May include
interdepartmental projects. Maximum credit in any listed area, 4 hrs.;
total 8 hrs. Prereq., 12 hrs. including one listed course in that area and
permission.
a. Plant Morphology — studies of the fundamental plant form,
structure, life cycles, and reproduction. Blickle
b. Plant Physiology — studies in the primary functions, processes,
and growth phenomena of plants. Wallace
c. Plant Ecology — studies in the interrelations of plants to one
another and to the environment. Wistendahl
d. Plant Classification — studies in the principles, theories, and
systems of plant classification. Gambill
e. Plant Disease — studies in the nature, prevention, cause and con-
trol of plant diseases. Vermillion
f. Plant Breeding — the study of the several methods of hybridiza-
tion of higher plants, polyploidy and speciation. Wallace
g. Mycology — Advanced studies of nonpathogenic macrofungi and
microfungi. Vermillion
381. RESEARCH PROBLEMS (1 to 4) Staff
Independent research. Maximum credit in course, 6 hrs. Prereq.,
18 hrs. and permission.
391, 392. SEMINAR IN BOTANY (1. 1) StaH
Advanced study and original research. Required of all majors and
graduate students. Prereq., 12 hrs. and permission. (Yearly.)
495. THESIS (1 to 6) StaH
Prereq., permission
BUSINESS LAW Assistant Professor Howard (c'nairman)
Instructor Willier
255-256. BUSINESS LAW (3-3) Howard, Willier
The principles of law involved in contracts, agency, sales, negoti-
able instruments, partnerships, and corporations. Prereq., junior or
senior rank.
275. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS (3) Howard
A study of statutes and court decisions by which government con-
trols, regulates, and aids business under the commerce clause, the police
power, and the anti-trust laws. Prereq., 255.
342. LAW OF REAL ESTATE (2) Howard, Willier
Deeds, mortgages, leases, and other interests in real propert3^, and
the relationships between landlord and tenant. Prereq., 256 or permis-
sion.
381. RESEARCH IN LAW (1 to 8} Staff
A study of selected cases and current litigation in any field of law
of particular interest to the student. Prereq., 18 hrs. commerce includ-
ing 256 and permission.
192 Ohio University
CERAMICS— See Art
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING— See Engineering
CHEMISTRY Professors Clippinger, Eblin (chairman)
Associate Professors Day, Huntsman, Kline, Ingfiam
Assistant Professors Sympson, W. B. Smith, Brooks, Tong
A student who completes the requirements for the B.S. degree with
a major in chemistry, as outlined below, is eligible for professional
status in the American Chemical Society in the minimum period of
two years of professional experience after graduation. Completion of
the minimium requirements for the A.B. degree with a major in chemis-
try, as outlined below, does not qualify a student for certification to
the Society.
The major requirement for the B.S. degree is a minimum of 41
hours including Chem. 3-4; 99; 109-110; 201-202; 203-204; 313-314; 315;
333; and three additional hours above 300. Outside requirements include
Math. 102 and Physics 114, which should be completed by the end of the
second year.
The major requirement for the A.B. degree is a minimum of 28
hours including Chem. 3-4; 99; 109-110 or 107; 201-202 or 113; 203 or
117; 313-314 or 211. A full year's work is required in at least one of
the following subjects: Quantitative Analysis (109-110), Organic Chem-
istry (201-202), Physical Chemistry (313-314). Those who elect 211
instead of 313-314 are reminded that the requirements for the A.B.
degree include six hours in the major field in courses numbered above
300. Such students should take 201-202 and 203-204 in order to be eli-
gible for 321 and 333, or 109-110 in order to be eligible for 305 and 333.
Students having foreign language requirements should take Ger-
man, including Ger. 103. Those anticipating graduate study should
obtain a reading knowledge of both German and Russian or French.
1-2 GENERAL CHEMISTRY (4-4) Broolcs, Day, Eblin.
Huntsman, Tong
A beginning course designed to provide a general survey of the
subject. Chemistry majors and pre-professional students should register
for Chem. 3-4. 3 lee. and 3 lab. Prereq., high school algebra.
3-4 GENERAL CHEMISTRY (4-3) Kline, Ingham
A beginning course designed to give a more intensive treatment
than is given in Chem. 1-2. 3 lee. and 3 lab. in first semester; 3 lee. and
no lab. in second semester. Concurrent registration in Chem. 99 required
in second semester. Prereq., high school algebra.
99. QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS (2) Sympson. Kline
The separation and detection of cations and anions by semimicro
methods. 1 lee. and 3 lab. Prereq., 2 or with 4. (Each semester.)
107. QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS (4) Clippinger, Sympson
A one-semester course in analytical chemistry designed for students
not majoring in chemistry. 2 lee. and 6 lab. Prereq., 99. (Each semes-
ter.)
109-110. QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS (4-4) Clippinger. Sympson
Chem. 109 is primarily volumetric analysis. Chem. 110 includes
gravimetric and electrolytic analysis and an introduction to electro-
metric analysis, colorimetry, and polarography. 2 lee. and 6 lab. Prereq.,
99. (Yearly.)
sm
3^ •t?Vi:
:-lLpfc,|| #^
y«#-'
? ■' /
■Ml^^^^
Chemistry 193
113. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (4) Huntsman, Ingham, Smith
A one-semester course in the fundamentals of organic chemistry,
designed for students not majoring in chemistry or pre-medicine.
Prereq., 2 or 4. (Yearly.)
117. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY (2) Huntsman, Ingham, Smith
A one-semester laboratory course in organic preparations and re-
actions to accompany Chem. 113. 6 lab. Prereq., 113 or with 113, or
202 or with 202. (Yearly.)
201-202. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (3-3) Huntsman, Ingham, Smith
A comprehensive course in organic chemistry which integrates cur-
rent concepts with a sound classical background. Designed for chemistry
and premedical majors as well as others wishing a thorough intro-
ductory course in organic chemistry. Prereq., 107 or 109 or with 107 or
109. (Yearly.)
203-204. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY (2-2) Huntsman, Ingham, Smith
Practical laboratory work in organic chemistry. Designed to ac-
company Chem. 201-202. 6 lab. Prereq., 201 or with 201 for 203; 202 or
with 202 for 204. (Yearly.)
211. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY (3) Broolcs, Day, Eblin
A one semester course in physical chemistry for pre-medical stu-
dents and students in liberal arts and education. Prereq., 12 hrs. chem-
istry and 5 hrs. mathematics. (1st sem., yearly.)
303. ADVANCED QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS (3) Sympson
A lecture course in classical analytical chemistry designed for
entering graduate students needing further training in analytical
chemistry. Prereq., 110 or equivalent. (Yearly.)
305. INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS (4) Sympson
Methods of instrumental analysis : Electrometry, polarography,
coulometry, emission and absorption spectroscopy, chromatography. Pre-
req., 110 and permission. (Yearly.)
313-314. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY (3-3) Broolcs, Day, Eblin
Not open to graduate students majoring in chemistry. Prereq., 110,
Math. 102 and Phys. 114. (Yearly.)
315-316. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY (2-2) Eblin
6 lab. Prereq., 313 or with 313. (Each semester.)
317. CHEMICAL THERMODYNAMICS (3) Brooks, Day, Tong
Pi'ereq., 314 with a grade of C or better. (1st sem., yearly.)
321. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS (4) Huntsman, Ingham, Smith
The separation and identification of organic compounds. Prelimin-
ary to research in chemistry. 2 lee. and 6 lab. Prereq., 204. (2nd sem.,
yearly.)
333. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY (3) Kline, Tong
Inorganic chemical reactions and structure. Prereq., 110 or 202.
(1st sem., yearly.)
337. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY (2) Kline
Practical laboratory work in inorganic chemistry including the
preparation of typical inorganic substances and an introduction to the
chemical literature. Prereq., 333 or with 333. 6 lab. (Yearly.)
194 Ohio University
351. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN CHEMISTRY (2or3) Staff
Minor research with laboratory and library work. Maximum credit
in course, 6 hrs. Prereq., 24 hrs. in chemistry with a B average. (Given
upon sufficient demand.)
418. CHEMICAL KINETICS (3) Day, Tong
The purpose of the course is to gain insight into the mechanisms
by which chemical reactions occur, and the energies involved, through
interpretation of data on rates of reactions. Prereq., 314. (2nd sem.,
yearly. )
425. QUANTUM CHEMISTRY (3) Brooks
The fundamentals of quantum theory and their application to some
simple systems of chemical interest. Prereq., 314. (1958-59.)
427. SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY (2-4) Brooks, Day, Tong
Deals with a special phase of physical chemistry such as kinetic
theory of gases, statistical thermodynamics, molecular structure, or
applications of thermodynamics. Prereq., 317. (Given upon sufficient
demand.)
434. ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY (3) Kline, Tong
Modem theoretical inorganic chemistry. Prereq., 333. (2nd sem.,
yearly.)
435. SPECIAL TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY (2 or 3) Kline, Tong
Deals with a special phase of inorganic chemistry such as the less
familiar elements, radiochemistry, or the chemistry of coordination com-
pounds and complexions. Prereq., 333. (Yearly.)
445-446. ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (3-3) Huntsman, Ingham, Smith
Modem aspects of organic chemistry with emphasis on the re-
lationships between structure and reactivity. Prereq., 202. (Yearly.)
451,452. SEMINAR IN CHEMISTRY (1,1) Staff
Selected topics. Required of all graduate students in chemistry each
semester in residence. (Yearly.)
471. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
(2 or 3) Huntsman, Ingham, Smith
Deals with a special phase of organic chemistry such as physical
organic chemistry, heterocyclic compounds, steroids or terpenes. Prereq.,
202. (Yearly.)
481. RESEARCH IN CHEMISTRY (lto4) Staff
Prereq., 36 hrs. (Yearly.)
495. THESIS OR DISSERTATION (1 to 4 for thesis) Staff
Prereq., permission.
CIVIL ENGINEERING— See Engineering
CLASSICAL LANGUAGES Professor Murphy (chairman)
Instrucfor hlultgren
Two types of courses are included: (1) courses in the Greek and
Latin languages in the original; (2) courses requiring no knowledge of
the original languages.
The major requirement for Greek or Latin for the AB degree is a
minimum of 20 hours above courses 1-2 in either subject, exclusive of
courses in class (2) above. Majors in Latin should also include Lat.
331 and 333. The major requirement in Latin for the B.S. in Education
degree is given on page 132.
Classical Languages 195
GREEK
1-2. BEGINNING GREEK (4-4) Murphy, Hultgren
An introductory study of the lan^age leading to the reading of
classical authors. (Yearly.)
27. GREEK WORDS IN ENGLISH (2) Murphy
Terms of Greek origin which provide a major part of the technical
vocabulary in many cultural and professional fields. Laboratory assign-
ments in the vocabulary of each student's field of interest. No knowledge
of Greek required. Does not give credit toward meeting the foreign
language requirement, (1st sem., yearly.)
101-102. GREEK PROSE AND POETRY (3-3) Murphy, Hultgren
Review of language principles. Readings from Homer, Plato, and
the New Testament. Prereq., 2. (Yearly.)
309. ADVANCED GREEK READINGS (l+o3) Murphy, Huifgren
Selections from the poets, dramatists, orators, and philosophers to
fit the interests and needs of students. Maximum credit in course, 9
hrs. Offered on demand. Prereq., 12 hrs.
LATIN
1-2. BEGINNING LATIN (4-4) Hultgren
Introductory course leading to reading of Latin stories of history
and mythology and selections from easier prose literature. The Latin
influence on modern language, literature, and culture. (Yearly.)
101. LATIN REVIEW AND READING (4) Murphy
For those who have had a break of several years in Latin study
and need a thorough review. Suitable prose readings of literary inter-
est. Prereq,, 2 or 2 yrs, high school Latin. (1st sem., yearly.)
102. VERGIL (4) Murphy
Readings from Aeneid, Brooks I-VI. Vergil as a stylist, poet, and
philosopher. Prereq., 101 or 3 yrs. high school Latin. (2nd sem., yearly,)
151. FAMILIAR ESSAYS (3) Hultgren
Cicero's De Amicitia, De Senectute, Somnium Scipionis. Review of
essential Latin and study of the literature on friendship. Prereq., 102,
4 yrs, high school Latin, or 3 yrs. and permission. (1st sem., yearly.)
152. HORACE AND TERRENCE (3) Hultgren
A comedy by Terrence and selections from Horace's Odes and
Epodes. Prereq., 102 or 4 yrs, high school Latin, (2nd sem., yearly.)
303. PLINY AND MARTIAL (3) Murphy
Letters and epigrams revealing the human side of Roman life and
society from Nero to Trajan. Prereq., 152, (1st sem., 1959-60.)
304. LIVY AND OVID (3) Murphy
The legendary history of early Rome and mjrthology in verse.
Prereq., 152, (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
311. CICERO (LETTERS) AND CATULLUS (POEMS) (3) Hultgren
Prereq., 152. (1st sem., 1958-59,)
196 Ohio University
318. READINGS IN LATIN LITERATURE (lto4) Murphy, Hultgren
Selections from a wide range of Latin literature according to the
needs and interests of students. Maximum credit in course, 10 hrs.
Prereq., 152. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
331. THE LIFE OF THE ROMANS (2) Hul+gren
The social customs of the Romans: the family, the house, transpor-
tation, public amusements, and related features. Illustrations from the
archaeological evidence. Prereq., 8 hrs. or 8 hrs. history and antiquities.
No knowledge of latin required. (Given upon sufficient demand.)
333. ADVANCED LATIN SYNTAX (2) Murphy
Prereq., 152. (Given upon sufficient demand).
340. SPECIAL WORK IN LATIN (1to4) Murphy, Hultgren
Individual work under careful guidance. Maximum credit in course
8 hrs. Prereq., 152.
DESIGN— See Art
DRAMATIC ART Professors Seigfred, Andersch
Assistant Professors C. Lone, Hohne, Catolono
Instructors Trisolini, Reyes, Feidner
10. INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE (2) Lane, Staff
The role of the theatre in our culture and the practical application,
interrelationships, and over-all unity of various art forms in play pro-
duction.
21. ELEMENTS OF STAGE SCENERY (3) Catalano
Basic principles of scenic construction; types and utilization of
stage scenery. 1 lee. and 4 lab.
47. THEATRE LABORATORY (1) Catalano
Costuming, make-up, and technical work coincident with the pro-
ductions of the University Theatre. Maximum credit in course, 2 hrs.
48. MAKE-UP (1) Trisolini
2 lab.
99-100. MOVEMENT AND PANTOMIME (2-2) Hahne
Movement from the viewpoint of dance and drama; body mechanics;
dynamics of movement in space and time; experimental application of
discovered techniques to social and dramatic situations.
105. PLAY PRODUCTION (3) Trisolini
A general course in play production including choice of play, cast-
ing, direction, and techniques of production. Laboratory experience.
Not open to majors in theatre.
123. ELEMENTS OF STAGE LIGHTING (3) Catalano
Stage-lighting units, control equipment, and color media, and their
application to play production. 1 lee. and 4 lab.
147. THEATRE LABORATORY (lor2) Catalano
Costuming, make-up, and technical work connected with the produc-
tions of the University Theatre. Maximum credit in course, 6 hrs.
Prereq., permission.
Dramatic Art 197
207. COSTUMING (4) Andersch
The use of color, line and texture in designing, constructing and
adapting costumes for the stage. 2 lee. and 4 lab, plus crew work on
productions. Prereq., 21.
260. TEACHING OF HIGH SCHOOL DRAMATICS AND SPEECH (3) Andersch
Prereq., junior standing, major or minor in Dramatic Art and
Speech.
299. PRINCIPLES OF ACTING (3) Hahne
Elementary techniques of stage action and practice in the reading,
cutting, and acting of dramatic literature. I lee. and 4 lab. Prereq.,
99 and Speech 34.
300. ADVANCED ACTING (3) Lane
Creation of roles in plays of different types, styles, and periods.
Study of dialects. Laboratory experience in rehearsal and performance.
1 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 299 and permission.
306. ADVANCED STAGECRAFT (3) Catalano
Theories and problems involved in scenic decor. The results of ex-
perimentation with paint and structure on the model set are applied to
full-scale scenery. 1 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 12 hrs., including 21 and
123.
321,322. DRAMATIC COMPOSITION (3,3) Trisolini
Theory of playwriting. Practical experience in the writing and
rewriting of plays. Scripts of sufficient merit are produced under the
writer's supervision by the University Playshop. Prereq., 6 hrs. and 12
hrs. English and/or journalism.
323. SCENE DESIGN AND PAINTING (3) Catalano
Theories of the designing and painting of stage settings; effect of
stage lighting on scenery and make-up; practical experience. 1 lee. and
4 lab. Prereq., 21, and 123.
339. ACTING FOR LYRIC DRAMA (3) Trisolini
Advanced techniques of acting in relation to the form and content
of lyric drama. Laboratory experience in the creation of roles. Special
emphasis on the Elizabethan with some attention to Greek and 20th
century authors. 1 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 299, 300; Speech 34; English
223.
350-351. PLAY DIRECTION (3-3) Lane
Preparation of plays for public performance; analysis of the script,
methods of casting and rehearsal. Capable students direct one-act plays
presented by the University Playshop. 1 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 12 hrs.
including 300, and permission.
353. MASTERS OF THE THEATRE (3) Lane
Techniques for the production of histoi-ical plays. Pi-eparation of
the director's manuscript and actual supei'vision of production. Open
only to majors in Dramatic Art. Prereq., 351, F. A. 180, and permission.
355. THEATRE MANAGEMENT (2) Seigfred
Organization and business management of theatres. Prereq., senior
or graduate rank and permission.
198 Ohio University
377. PERIOD COSTUME DESIGN (3) Andersch
An intensive study of the history of costuming from the time of
the Egyptians through the 19th century. Emphasis on the use of color,
line, and texture and adaptation in the designing of period clothes for
the stage. Discussion of the relationship between the political and social
trends, the architecture, interior design, etc. of the period and the
clothes worn. Prereq., 207 or equivalent, Art 28 or equivalent, or per-
mission.
425. CONTEMPORARY THEATRE (3) Lane
Trends of modern world theatre beginning with the contributions of
Saxe-Meiningen and the growth of realism. Prereq., 18 hrs., including
F. A. 179 or equivalent.
435. ADVANCED LIGHTING (3) Catalano
Lighting design, history of stage lighting. Advanced technical
consideration of instruments, control equipment and color media. Pro-
duction experience. 2 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., 21, 123, 323 or with 323
or equivalent.
480. SEMINAR IN TECHNICAL THEATRE OR COSTUMING {3or4) Staff
Independent research projects in scene design, lighting, scenery
construction or costuming. To be arranged with supervising faculty
member in advance of registration. Prereq., 18 hrs. including 323 or
equivalent.
481. SEMINAR IN DIRECTING OR THEATRE MANAGEMENT (3or4) Staff
Conferences, independent research or experimentation, and summary
reports. Independent research projects must be approved prior to regis-
tration. Prereq., 18 hrs. including 351 or equivalent.
494. RESEARCH (1-12) Staff
Individual, guided research on special problems. Projects must be
approved prior to registration. Prereq., 8 hrs,, permission.
495. THESIS (Ho 6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
Suggested courses:
See "Radio-TV" and "Speech and Speech Therapy" under "Courses
of Instruction," F. A. 179-180— History of the Visual Theatre, P. E. 7—
Beginning Modem Dance, P. E. 8 — Intermediate Modern Dance, P. E.
115-116 — Advanced Modern Dance, courses in Design or Painting and
Drawing (see Art) .
DRAWING— See Art
ECONOMICS Professors Gubitz, Heilebrandt, Picord (cholrman)
Associate Professors Crewson, Levinson
Assistant Professors Witte, Olsen
A student may secure an A.B. degree with a major in economics.
This program is designed to give a broad cultural background for those
who plan careers in such areas as business, government, or law. This
program also provides the basis for those who plan to attend graduate
school to prepare for teaching and economic research.
The major requirement in economics is 24 semester hours including
Economics 11-12 (or 101-102) and 333. In addition, one course in
statistics is required, and this will be determined in consultation with
the adviser.
Economics 199
Suggested electives should be chosen from government, history,
philosophy, psychology, sociology, and other social sciences with the
approval of the adviser.
11-12. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (3-3) Staff
The basic theory and economic analysis of prices, markets, produc-
tion, wages, interest, rent, and profits. The second half of the course
is concerned with the economic problems and economic institutions of
society. Among the problems analyzed are labor unions, money and
banking, taxation, public utilities, international trade, business cycles,
and agriculture. Not open to juniors and seniors.
101-102. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (3-3) Staff
The basic theory and economic analysis of prices, markets, produc-
tion, wages, interest, rent, and profits. The second half of the course is
concerned with the economic problems and economic institutions of so-
ciety. Among the problems analyzed are labor unions, money and bank-
ing, taxation, public utilities, international trade, business cycles, and
agriculture. Not open to freshmen nor to those who have had 11 and 12.
305. ECONOMICS OF TRANSPORTATION (2 or 3 as scheduled) Olsen
The social, political, and economic aspects of transportation. The
economic characteristics of transportation rates and the machinery de-
veloped for their determination and adjustment are emphasized. Pre-
req., 12 or 102.
309. PUBLIC UTILITIES (2 or 3 as scheduled) Levinson
The economic basis of the public utility concept and its relation to
business organization. The nature, scope, development, legal organiza-
tion and regulation of public utilities. Prereq., 12 or 102.
315. PUBLIC FINANCE (3) Picard
Analysis of spending and taxing functions of federal, state, and
local governments. The growing importance of fiscal policy in determin-
ing level of employment. The economic effects of the various taxes of
federal, state, and local governments. Prereq., 12 or 102.
320. ORGANIZATION AND STRUCTURE OF INDUSTRY (3) Olsen
Emphasizes the economic characteristics of the principal manufac-
turing and processing enterprises, and considers their historic de-
velopment, financial organization, and legal aspects. Prereq., 12 or 102.
329. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS (2 or 3 as scheduled) Crewson
An analysis of the institutional framework of the following sys-
tems: modified capitalism, socialism, communism, and fascism. Special
emphasis is given to the prevailing economic institutions in the United
States, Great Britain, Russia, and Spain. Prereq., 12 or 102.
330. HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT
(2 or 3 as scheduled) Heiiebrandt, Picard
The historical evolution of the major economic doctrines; mercantil-
ists and cameralists, physiocrats, Adam Smith and the classical school,
the historical school, the Austrian school, Alfred Marshall and the neo-
classicists. Prereq., 12 or 102.
200 Ohio University
332. MODERN ECONOMIC THOUGHT (2 or 3 as scheduled) Picard, Wi+te
An analysis of the contributions to economics of the most signifi-
cant writers since Alfred Marshall. Prereq., 12 or 102.
333. ECONOMIC THEORY (2 or 3 as scheduled) Witte
An intensive study of the price system as an allocative mechanism.
This includes the price and production policies of individual firms under
alternative market conditions and an analysis of the effect of these
policies on the social efficiency of resource allocation. Prereq., 12 or 102.
335. LABOR ECONOMICS (3) Levinson
Survey of the economic forces generating modern labor problems.
Among the topics considered are: history of the labor movement, labor
in politics, labor-management relations, visages, and full employment.
Prereq., 12 or 102.
338. LABOR LEGISLATION (2 or 3 as scheduled) Levinson
Survey of the law bearing upon labor problems. Among the topics
considered are : labor-relations legislation, old-age and unemployment
insurance, workmen's compensation, and wages-and-hours legislation.
Prereq., 335.
342. INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS (2 or 3 as scheduled) Crewson
A study of the economic relations of nations of the world. Some
of the topics considered are: the economic basis for international trade
and investment; the mechanics of international exchange ; tariff s, quotas,
exchange control, cartels, and state trading as devices of economic na-
tionalism; and international economic cooperation with special reference
to organizations affiliated with the United Nations. Prereq., 12 or 102.
350. NATIONAL INCOME AND EMPLOYMENT ANALYSIS (3) Witte
A study of the factors which determine the level of the nation's
economic activity and which are responsible for growth and stability
in the nation's economy. Part of the course is devoted to measures of
the national income while the remainder consists of an analysis of
the interrelationships among production, price levels, relative prices,
employment, and capital formation. Prereq., 12 or 102.
355. ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES (3) Staff
A study of the economic factors in the development of the United
States including the historical growth of economic institutions such as
banking, manufacturing, labor unions, and agriculture, from colonial
times to the present. Prereq., 12 or 102.
375. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT (3) Crewson
An analysis of the nature of, obstacles to, and future possibilities
for the economic growth of nations. Special emphasis is given to the
problems of the underdeveloped countries. Studies of selected countries
are utilized. Prereq., 12 or 102.
381. RESEARCH IN ECONOMICS (1 to 8) Staff
Prereq., 15 hrs. and permission.
391. SEMINAR IN ECONOMICS (2 to 4) Staff
Maximum credit in course, 10 hrs. Prereq., 15 hrs. and permission.
495. THESIS (1 to 6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
Education 201
EDUCATION Professors Morton, Hansen, Benz,
Shoemaker, Hill, Hamblin (dean)
Associafe Professors Quick, C. H. Roberts, McKelvey,
Krontz, Crowell, Felsinger, Evans, Lynn
Assistant Professors Dunham, Olson, DeLand, Eisen,
Nelson, Ward, Wilson, Storks, Cooper, Bean,
Shuster, Sllgo, Chase, Ullmann, Ploghoft
Instructors Shrigley, Thompson
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
101. MATERIALS AND METHODS IN KINDERGARTEN-
PRIMARY EDUCATION (2) V/ilson
A study of work and play activities of early childhood; and the
development, use, and care of materials best suited to this age group.
Prereq., 103.
102. LITERATURE FOR CHILDREN (3) Hansen, Quick, Starks, Ploghoft
Introduces the student to a study of literature written for children.
Experiences with children, developing plans for organizing the litera-
ture program in the elementary school, and criteria for evaluating books
characterize the course.
103. STUDIES OF CHILDREN (3) Quick, Storks,
Sligo, Cooper, DeLand
Bases for a developmental theory of education: growth sequences
through adolescence; principles of development, behavior, and learning;
techniques of child-study; systematic observation in the University Ele-
mentary School; implications for educational practice.
125. THE PURPOSES AND PRACTICES OF EDUCATION (3) Lynn
An introductory survey of the American public school system at all
grade levels; objectives, curricular problems, guidance, organization,
and administration as they affect the teacher. Not open to students
who have had 130. Prereq., second semester sophomore standing.
163. TEACHING OF READING AND LANGUAGE (3) Hansen, Cooper. Olson
A practical course covering the language arts program in the ele-
mentary school. Methods and materials valuable in promoting child
development in reading and the expressional phases of language are
given major emphasis.
165. TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
(3) Morton, Benz, Sligo
Criteria for determining the arithmetic program; a grade-by-grade
development of topics and of methods of presentation.
169. TEACHING OF SOCIAL STUDIES AND SCIENCE IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (3) Felsinger, Shuster
Materials and methods used in teaching the content subjects in the
elementary schools, with special emphasis upon unit teaching, social
studies skills, and practical experiences in the teaching of science.
209. WORKSHOP IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION (2 to 6) Staff
A sei'vice course to help teachers solve the problems they are facing
in the classroom. Workshop method of teaching and learning will be
used. Prereq., 9 hrs. and permission.
202 Ohio University
210. STUDENT TEACHING LABORATORY (3) Felsinger. Olson, Shuster
A discussion of problems encountered in Student Teaching. A study
of the generalizations and principles of classroom administration and
pupil adjustment. This course is taken by all students in elementary
education concurrently with Ed. 272. It is open to other students by
permission of the Director of Student Teaching.
211. THE CHILD AND THE CURRICULUM (3) Felsinger
A study of the content of the elementary school curriculum. Em-
phasis is placed upon the service role of the curriculum to children and
society. Prereq., senior rank, Ed. 272.
263. TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC IN THE UPPER GRADES (3) Morton, Bern
Organization and methods of teaching the subject matter of the
arithmetic curriculum in grades 7 and 8; the number system; arithmetic
and life activities; arithmetic and a liberal education.
311. PROBLEMS IN ELEMENTARY TEACHING PRACTICES (3) Stoff
Open only to students with the bachelor's degree who are pre-
paring for elementary certification, and who have no student teaching
credit. To be given only in connection with the supervision of the stu-
dent's on-the-job teaching experience. Maximum credit in course, 6 hrs.
Prereq., permission.
389. SUPERVISION OF ARITHMETIC (1 to 3) Benz
A summary of research, the implications of educational psychology,
and a survey of current trends in the teaching and supervision of arith-
metic. Prereq., 9 hrs. education, including a course in the teaching of
arithmetic, and Psych. 5.
403. ADVANCED STUDIES OF CHILDREN (3) Quick
An intensive study of certain basic research in child development
and its implications for education. Prereq., 15 hrs. education or psychol-
ogy, or permission.
411. PROBLEMS IN THE ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM (3) Quick
A critical study of the basic issues and theories underlying cur-
riculum development. Prereq., permission.
412. SEMINAR IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION (2 to 4) Staff
A course designed for teachers and administrators who wish to
extend their professional preparation through individual research, group
study and planning in the areas of elementary education. Maximum
credit in a semester, 2 hrs. Prereq., permission.
Note: For other courses designed primarily for kindergarten and
elementary teachers, see H. Ec. 155; Ind. A. 115; Mus. 72, 266; P. E. 270;
and Art 3, 160.
Special Education — Elementary
Students desiring the state certificate to qualify as teachers of
special education classes should consult Mrs. DeLand regarding courses
in sociology, psychology, and zoology which are required along with the
courses listed below.
222. DIAGNOSTIC AND REMEDIAL INSTRUCTION IN
ELEMENTARY SUBJECTS (2) DeLand
A laboratory course in methods of diagnosis and remedial treatment
in fundamental school subjects for problem cases. Students are given
opportunity to observe and work with exceptional children.
Education 203
223. CURRICULUM FOR SPECIAL CLASSES (3) DeLand
Types of curricula for special classes. Units of work, materials and
subject matter suited to the mental ability and level of exceptional
children.
321. ORGANIZATION OF SPECIAL EDUCATION FOR EXCEPTIONAL
CHILDREN (2) DeLand
Educational needs of those who differ markedly from normality —
the slow-learning, the retarded, and the gifted; the physically handi-
capped; the emotionally unstable and socially malajusted; their charac-
teristics and incidences. Adjustments within regular classrooms, special
classes, and special schools; individual child study, classification, and
follow-up.
325. PROBLEMS IN SPECIAL EDUCATION— THE
SLOW LEARNER (2 fo 6) DeLand
Designed for the regular classroom teacher in elementary and sec-
ondary education who might have retarded or slow learners in with av-
erage and rapid learners. How to locate their needs and what to do
about them.
SECONDARY EDUCATION
130. SECONDARY EDUCATION (3) Benz. Shoemaker, Kranfz, Bean
A historical, comparative, and contemporary study of secondary
education. Emphasis is placed on the interrelations of school and so-
ciety; administrative considerations such as pupil personnel, and the
control, support, and organization of schools; and the objectives of
education, programs of study, and student activities. Prereq., Psych. 5
and sophomore standing.
228. PRINCIPLES OF TEACHING (3) Shoemaker
Basic principles of learning and teaching, improving classroom
procedure, selecting teaching-learning experiences, and measuring the
effectiveness of teaching. Prereq., 130, with 280, and Psych. 5.
229. CURRICULUM AND TEACHING PRACTICES (4) Lynn. C. Roberts
Topics which receive major consideration are curricular content and
organization, principles of teaching-learning, techniques of classroom
work, evaluation, and the respective roles of the teacher and the pupil.
Consideration is given to the specific methods of the fields in which the
student will be certified to teach. Prereq., Ed, 130.
287. STUDENT TEACHING LABORATORY (2) C. Roberts
Concerned primarily with the problems encountered in student
teaching and preparation of resource materials. Some consideration is
given also to the adjustments needed for successful entrance into the
profession. Prereq., 229 and concurrently with Student Teaching.
374. THE IMPROVEMENT OF READING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
(2) StaH
The extension of the reading program beyond the elementary school ;
the teaching of reading as a developmental process. Prereq., 9 hrs. edu-
cation and Psych. 5.
428. ADVANCED PRINCIPLES OF TEACHING (3) Hill, C. Roberts
A critical appraisal of teaching in the light of available research
on learning and teaching. Prereq., 228 (or equivalent) and Psych 5.
470. SEMINAR IN SECONDARY EDUCATION (2 to 4) Staff
A course designed for teachers and administrators who wish to
extend their professional preparation through individual reseaixh, gi-oup
study and planning in the areas of secondary education. Maximum
credit in a semester, 2 hrs. Prereq., permission.
204 Ohio University
PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCES
272. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY GRADES
(2-12) Evans and Staff
To be taken concurrently with Ed. 210. Prerequisites indicated on
page 138.
277. FIELD EXPERIENCE (2) Evans and Staff
A two-week experience in a public school, taken at the opening of
the public school year in September, consisting primarily of observation
and participation in the total school program with emphasis upon the
grade level or subject of primary interest to the student. This experi-
ence must be arranged through the Office of the Director of Student
Teaching and with the administrative approval of the public school
system. Prereq., Sophomore standing.
280. OBSERVATION AND PARTICIPATION (3) Evans and Staff
An experience in a public school or campus school during a regular
University session. Prereq., Junior standing and permission.
281. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS
(2-12) Evans and Staff
Prerequisites indicated on page 138.
462. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN GUIDANCE (2) Hill and Staff
(See below.)
GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING
360. GUIDANCE PRINCIPLES (3) Hill
The need for guidance in the schools. The nature of guidance. The
major services, their operation, organization, and evaluation. Prereq.,
6 hrs. education and Psych. .5.
361. GUIDANCE PRACTICE (1 to 3) Hill and Staff
Directed practice in counseling and other personnel services in
cooperating schools, to develop greater familiarity and skill in some of
the commoner guidance services. Prereq., 360, and permission.
362. INFORMATION SERVICE IN GUIDANCE (2) Hill
The collection, evaluation, and use of occupational, educational, and
related information in the school guidance program. Prereq., 360.
460. SEMINAR IN GUIDANCE (2) Hill and Staff
Advanced study of special problems in guidance. Prereq., 360, 361
(or equivalent).
461. WORKSHOP IN GUIDANCE (By special arrangement in Sumnner Session
and Extension only) (1 to 3) Hill and Staff
A concentrated study program for school workers with special at-
tention to guidance problems in the participant's school. Prereq., 360
or equivalent, and permission.
462. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN GUIDANCE (2) Hill and Staff
Supervised field work in schools in some guidance service. Periodic
campus conferences and visitation conferences in the schools are re-
quired. Prereq., 361 and permission.
Related graduate courses: Ed. 381 — Educational Statistics (3);
Ed. 385 — Educational Measurements (3) ; Psych. 303 — Mental Measure-
ments (3); Psych. 316 — Psychology of Individual Differences (2);
Psych 320 — Personnel and Vocational Counseling (3) ; Psych. 337 —
Counseling and Psychotherapy (3) ; H.R. 303-304 — Human Relations
(6); H.R. 493, 494 — Seminar in Student Personnel Administration (6).
Education 205
HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY
350. THE HISTORY OF EDUCATION (3) Shoemaker
Studies the agencies of education and the social forces which have
conditioned them during ancient, medieval, and modern times. Prereq.,
8 hrs. education and Psych. 5.
351. THE SCHOOL IN THE SOCIAL ORDER (3) Shoemaker
Education in the United States from the colonial period to the
present. The social, political, economic, religious, and philosophical
foundations which have conditioned the evolution of the public schools.
Prereq., 6 hrs. education and Psych. 5.
352. COMPARATIVE EDUCATION (3) Shoemaker
A study of the educational systems of various countries and the
extent to Vv^hich they meet the needs of the people. Prereq., 6 hrs. edu-
cation or history or government, and permission.
353. THE EVOLUTION OF EDUCATIONAL THOUGHT (3) Shoemaker
Deals solely with the educational writings of such theorists as
Plato, Aristotle, Quintilian, Montaigne, Locke, Comenius, Rabelais,
Rousseau, Pestalozzi, Froebel, Herbart, and Dewey. Prereq., 6 hrs. edu-
cation and Psych. 5.
354. PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION (3) Shoemaker
A comparison of pragmatism, idealism, and realism as philosophical
bases for education. Each student is helped to formulate his philosophy
of education. Prereq., 6 hrs. education.
355. SOCIAL FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION (3) Shoemaker
The interactions between the school and the social order in which
it exists. The role of the school will be studied in various types of con-
temporary societies. Prereq., 6 hrs. education.
358. WORKSHOP IN ECONOMIC EDUCATION
(Summer Session and Extension only) (1 to 3) Bean
A study of basic economic concepts and practical economic problems
with the view to their integration into the school curriculum. Prereq.,
permission.
450. HIGHER EDUCATION (2) Staff
A survey of the background and growth of higher education in the
United States. Present status of various types of institutions will be
studied. Prereq., permission.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
(See Library Science)
RESEARCH AND SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUES
241. AUDIO-VISUAL TEACHING AIDS (2) Staff
Sources, selection, and use of audio-visual aids to instruction; their
integration in the school program; selection, operation, and maintenance
of equipment.
381. EDUCATIONAL STATISTICS (3) Sligo
The tabulation and graphical representation of frequency tables,
measures of central tendency, percentiles and percentile curves, measures
of variability, probability and the normal curve, and correlation. Pre-
req., 6 hrs. education and Psych. 5.
206 Ohio University
382. ADVANCED EDUCATIONAL STATISTICS (3) Sligo
Nonlinear relations, partial correlation, multiple correlation, regres-
sion, transmutation of scores, reliability, and the interpretation of cor-
relation coelficients. Practice in the use of logarithms, statistical tables,
and calculating machines. Prereq., 381.
385. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS (3) Sligo
The improvement of the essay examination; criteria for evaluating
tests; teacher-made objective tests; standardized tests; elementary sta-
tistical procedures. Prereq., 6 hrs. education and Psych. 5.
388. CONSERVATION EDUCATION V/ORKSHOP (Summer Session only)
(5) Staff
A field course designed primarily for teachers in service. Relation-
ships between conservation and the natural sciences primarily for the
elementary and junior high school teacher. Approval of adviser.
483. RESEARCH IN EDUCATIONAL STATISTICS (lto6) Sligo
An advanced course in statistics dealing with the derivation of
formulae, the analysis of relationships, and the interpretations of re-
sults. Prereq., 382 and permission.
484. RESEARCH IN EDUCATION {Uo6) Staff
Students are directed in the investigation of selected phases of edu-
cational theory and practice. Prereq., 9 hrs. education and Psych. 5,
and permission.
488. INTRODUCTION TO GRADUATE STUDY (3) Hill, Sligo
Methods of research in education and the selection, planning and
evaluation of research problems. The history and purposes of graduate
education. Required of all graduate students in education. Prereq., open
to all graduate majors and minors in education and to others by per-
mission.
495. THESIS |1to6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION
332. THE HIGH SCHOOL CURRICULUM (3) C.Roberts
The high school program of studies, contributions of various sub-
jects, theories of curriculum construction, curriculum research, and
desirable steps in the reorganization of the high school curriculum.
Prereq., 6 hrs. education, including 130.
340. SCHOOL PUBLIC RELATIONS (2) Staff
The function of public relations in school administration in public
understanding of the school's work, development of the media for
effective communication, and furthering lay participation in determina-
tion of school policy. Prereq., 6 hrs. education and Psych. 5.
410. ADMINISTRATION OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (2) Ploghoft
The responsibilities of both teachers and principal in democratic
administration in such areas as curriculum construction, supervision,
plant management, public relations. Practical problems used as a basis
of study. Prereq., 6 hrs. education, including 440.
430. HIGH SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION (2) Lynn
The program of studies, the program for health, vocational educa-
tion, guidance, extracurricular activities, provisions for individual dif-
ferences, the selection and assignment of teachers, and the school sched-
ule. Prereq., 6 hrs. education, including 440.
Education 207
440. LOCAL SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION (3) Kranfz
Emphasis upon local and community school administration, includ-
ing the administrative process, democratic school administration, the
role of leadership, structural organization of schools, the board of edu-
cation and the superintendency. Prereq., 6 hrs. education.
441. STATE AND NATIONAL SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION (3) KranH
Emphasis upon state and national school administration, including
the state program of education, state responsibility, educational organ-
ization, certification and tenure, national educational services, federal
relations to education and national problems in education. Prereq., 440.
442. SCHOOL FINANCE AND BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (2) Chase
Local, state and federal finance, with problems in the financing of
schools; business management in such areas as the school budget, finan-
cial reports, school purchasing, transportation and insurance. Prereq.,
6 hrs. education, including 440.
443. SCHOOL LAW |2) Bean
The constitutional basis for education, schools and their legal set-
ting, school legislation and court decisions, with special reference to
Ohio school law. Prereq., 440.
444. HUMAN PROBLEMS IN SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION (3) Benx
A course dealing with problems of human relations in school ad-
ministration. Prereq,, 9 hrs. education, including 440, and permission.
445. SCHOOL BUILDING PLANNING (2) Chase
The planning of new school buildings and sites, plant evaluation,
rehabilitation, maintenance problems, and school equipment. Prereq., 440.
446. SUPERVISION OF INSTRUCTION (2 to 6) Felsinger, Shuster
The principles underlying democratic supervision and techniques
which promote the growth of teachers in service. Laboratory experiences
in analysis of teaching situations. Prereq., 410 and 211, or 332 and 430.
447. PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION IN PUBLIC SCHOOLS (3) Kran+i
Designed to prepare administrators to meet their personnel problems
including the underlying philosophy of personnel administration, de-
velopment of policies covering selection, classification, certification,
tenure, contracts, in-service training programs, and placement of teach-
ing and non-teaching personnel in the schools. Prereq., 12 hrs. education.
472. LABORATORY SCHOOL PROBLEMS (2) Staff
For critic teachers, demonstration teachers, directors of student
teaching in teacher-training institutions, and for those desiring to pre-
pare for such positions. Prereq., permission.
473. SUPERVISION OF STUDENT TEACHING (2 to 6) Staff
Designed to prepare students for the work of the supervising teach-
er in a college or university. Major emphasis will be upon directing
student teachers in learning to teach children. Prereq., permission.
TEACHING TECHNIQUES
See the respective departments for courses in methods and tech-
niques of instruction.
208 Ohio University
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING— See Engineering
ENGINEERING Deon E. J. Taylor
Professors Green, P. H. Block
Associate Professors McClure, Thomas, Lausche,
Badger, Quisenberry, Selleck, G. E. Smith,
Curry, hiicks, Nellis
Assistant Professors Wickham, Niesse,
Hof^ee, Barnhill, Lindley, Russ, R. Smith
Instructors Sarchet, Bjerre, Rogers
Acting Instructors Essman, Fletcher
hiinkle, hforvath. Rose
Lecturers Cortland, Larson
ENGINEERING
229. COACHING FOR PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS EXAMINATION
(Ho 3) StafF
A review of the fundamental engineering subjects with emphasis
on the type of questions usually asked on the Ohio State Professional
Engineers examination. The first half of the course covers general engi-
neering subjects and the second half a specific field. Credit not counted
toward an Engineering degree. Prereq., permission.
381. RESEARCH (Mob) Staff
Prereq., approval by chairman of department in which work is per-
formed.
390. SPECIAL INVESTIGATIONS IN ENGINEERING {Uo3) Staff
Individual work or work in small groups, under guidance, in re-
search or advanced study in a particular field of engineering. Maximum
credit in course, 6 hrs. Prereq,, approval by chairman of department
in which work is performed.
391. SEMINAR (l+o3) Staff
Prereq., approval by chairman of department in which work is per-
formed.
495. THESIS (lto6) Staff
Prereq., approval by chairman of department in which work is per-
formed.
ENGINEERING DRAWING
(Mr. Thomas, chairman)
1-2. ENGINEERING DRAWING (2-2) Thomas, Nellis, Wiclcham, Barnhill, Sarchet
Freehand lettering, use of instruments, geometric constructions,
freehand drafting, orthographic projection, auxiliary and sectional
views, dimensioning. Isometric, oblique, detail and assembly drawing.
Intersections, developments, tracings and blue prints. Working drawings
made from actual machine parts are dimensioned in the accepted Am-
erican Standard method. 6 lab.
3. THE SLIDE RULE (1) Thomas, Nellis
Prereq., Math. 5.
Engineering 209
15. INDUSTRIAL ARTS DRAWING (3) Wickham
Pictorial methods, working drawings, gears, cams, screv\rs, fasten-
ings, architectural drawings, delineation, perspective, mechanical let-
tering, related information and special instruments of interest to teach-
ers of mechanical drawing. 9 lab. Prereq., 1.
21. DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY (2) Thomas, Nellis, Wickham, Barnhill, Sarchet
Problems relating to points, lines, planes, solids, and their projec-
tions, space visualization, curved surfaces, intersection of planes and
solids, model making, practical applications. Daily exercise sheets. 1 lee.
and 2 lab. Prereq., 1.
102. DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY (2) Thomas
Practical applications of the representation, intersection and de-
velopment of plane surfaces. Double curved surfaces as used in ship,
automobile and aircraft construction are included. Daily exercise sheets.
1 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., 21.
115-116. MACHINE DRAFTING (3-3) Nellis, Wickham
Standard and basic representations as applied to commercial draft-
ing and their application to detail and assembly drawings. 6 lab. Prereq.,
2.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
(Dr. Curry, chairman)
101. INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL PROCESS PRINCIPLES AND .
EQUIPMENT (3) Staff
The application of chemistry, physics and elementary thermo-
dynamics to the solution of typical industrial problems. Prereq., Chem.
109, Math 101.
211. MATERIALS AND METALLURGY (3) Staff
An introductory course for engineers. Fundamental metallurgical
theory, including physical properties of metals and alloys. Selection of
engineering materials. Prereq., C.E. 222 or with C.E. 222.
220. THERMODYNAMICS AND KINETICS (3) Staff
Application of thermodynamics to chemical engineering problems.
Use of kinetic theory in interpretation of reaction mechanisms and pre-
diction of reaction rates for industrial chemical processes. Prereq.,
101 and M.E. 221.
310-311. UNIT OPERATIONS (3-3) Staff
A study of the fundamental principles of fluid flow, heat transfer
and other basic unit operations with problems to illustrate the prin-
ciples. Prereq., Ch.E. 101 and (for 310), Chem. 313, (for 311) Chem. 314.
312. UNIT OPERATIONS LABORATORY (2) Staff
Laboratory practice to illustrate the principles of selected unit
operations and unit processes and to aid students in gaining confidence
in the handling of pilot plant equipment. Development of ability to
devise workable procedures and to conduct experiments with minimum
supervision is stressed. Improvement of skill in oral and written report-
ing is a parallel objective. 6 lab. hours. Prereq., 310 and with 311 and
320.
320. UNIT PROCESSES (3) Staff
Investigation of typical industrial chemical processes with respect
to the unit steps such as nitration, sulfonation, reduction and hydrolysis,
which arranged in varying sequence constitute the processes. Consider-
ation is also given to sources of raw material and energy, to types of
equipment, and to the role of economics. Prereq., 310.
210 Ohio University
340. DESIGN AND INSTRUMENTATION (5) Staff
Project work involving chemical process design, including evalua-
tion and extension of fundamental data by calculation, choice of operat-
ing conditions, estimation of costs, selection of equipment, and the
application of automatic controls. 3 lee. and 6 lab. Prereq., Senior
standing; 311, 320 and Chem. 314.
CIVIL ENGINEERING
(K/lr. Badger, acting chairman)
10. PLANE SURVEYING (3) Staff
Basic theory underlying field measurements for engineering work.
The theory is supplemented by field work in which the student gains
proficiency in the use of surveying instruments. 2 lee. and 3 lab. Prereq.,
Math. 5.
120. APPLIED MECHANICS (3) Badger. Russ
Laws of equilibrium of forces; friction; centroids and moment of
inertia. Prereq., Math. 101 or with Math. 101.
121. APPLIED MECHANICS (3) Badger, Lindley
Motion of a particle and of rigid bodies. Work and energy; im-
pulse and momentum. Prereq., 120.
213. ADVANCED SURVEYING (3) Staff
Application of surveying principles to topographic mapping. Field
application of the principles of route engineering. 9 hrs. of lab. Prereq.
10, with 260.
222. STRENGTH OF MATERIALS (3) Badger, Russ
Elementary stresses and strains, torsion, flexure including elastic
curve equations, columns, combined stresses, stresses due to impact.
3 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., 120, Math. 102 or with Math. 102.
223. MATERIALS TESTING LABORATORY (1) Badger
A series of experiments on the tensils, compressive, and shearing
strengths of the principal engineering materials. 2 hrs. of lab. Prereq.
with 222.
224. FLUID MECHANICS (3) Russ
Fundamental principles of the mechanics of fluids and their appli-
cation to engineering. Fluid pressure, flow in orifices, weirs, pipes and
open channels; elementary theory of pumps and turbines. Prereq., 121
or with 121.
225. SOIL MECHANICS (3) Lindley
Theories of earth pressure and bearing capacities, with application
to the design of earth structures. 2 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., 222.
228. REINFORCED CONCRETE THEORY (2) Lindley
A study of the basic theory relating to reinforced concrete design.
Prereq., 222.
230. STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS I (4) Badger, Russ
Application of the laws of static equilibrium to the analysis of
forces in component parts of engineering structures. Prereq., 120.
231. STRUCTURAL DESIGN I (4) Lindley
A study of the design of structural members in steel and other
metals. Prereq., 222 and 230.
Engineering 211
240. HYDRAULICS LABORATORY (1) Russ
Experimental study of orifices, weirs, flow in pipes and channels;
hydraulic jump; turbines; pumps. 2 lab. Prereq., 224 or with 224.
241. HYDROLOGY (2) Staff
A study of precipitation data, relationships between rainfall and
runoff, with applications to irrigation, flood control, erosion control, and
municipal and industrial water supply. Prereq., 224.
249. WATER SUPPLY ENGINEERING (3) Staff
Source, treatment, and delivery of pure water. Theory of design
and construction of various types of water purification plants. Prereq.,
224.
250. SANITARY ENGINEERING (3) Staff
Collection, treatment and disposal of sanitary and industrial wastes.
Theory of design and construction of various types of sewage disposal
processes. Prereq., 224.
260. ROUTE ENGINEERING (2) Staff
Theory of simple and compound curves, spiral easements, vertical
curves, earthwork quantities, construction methods and tracks as applied
to transportation routes. Prereq., 10.
261. HIGHWAY ENGINEERING (3) Staff
Materials, drainage, alinement, capacity, and finance as used in con-
struction, maintenance, and operation of the modern highway. Prereq.,
260.
270. ENGINEERING ECONOMY (3) R. D. SmUh
Economy studies for proposed new enterprises, replacement of exist-
ing machines or structures, break-even and minimum cost points, plan-
ning for growth, and economy studies for public works. Course open to
junior or senior engineering students only, except by permission.
313. ADVANCED SURVEYING PROBLEMS (2) Staff
Principles and practices in calculations for azimuth, latitude, and
longitude by observations on Polaris and the sun with the transit. Land
surveying problems, contour lines, use of the plane table. 1 lee. and 3
lab. Prereq., 213.
314. PHOTOGRAMMETRY (3) Staff
Equipment and methods used in aerial photography. Use of map-
making equipment and study of specialized equipment used by private
aerial survey organizations and government agencies. Prereq., 213.
326. ADVANCED STRENGTH OF MATERIALS (3) Staff
Curved bars; stresses in flat plates; buckling of bars, plates, and
shells; theories of strength. Prereq., 222 and Math. 315 or with Math 315.
330. STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS II (4) Russ
Theory of analysis of structures for which the conditions of static
equilibrium are not sufficient to obtain a solution. Prereq., 222 and 230.
331. STRUCTURAL DESIGN II (3) Lindley
A study of the design of reinforced concrete members and struc-
tures, and a continuation of steel design. Prereq., 228, 231, 330 or with
330.
For other advanced courses in Civil Engineering, see page 208.
212 Ohio University
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
(Dr. Quisenberry, chairman)
103. BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (5) Hoffee
Basic concepts of D.C. circuits, Kirchoff's laws, network theorems,
bridges, potentiometers, D.C. circuit analysis, potential dividers, D.C.
measurements, force on conductors, elements of magnetic theory, bat-
teries and electro-chemistry. 3 lee, 2 lab. and 2 computation. Prereq.,
Math. 6.
104. BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (5) Hoffee
Basic concepts of A.C. currents, voltage power, inductance and
capacitance. Single phase circuit analysis, complex operators, vector
diagrams. Instruments and measurements. Oscilloscope, oscillograph and
frequency measurements D.C. time constants. Elements of polyphase
circuits. 3 lee, 2 lab. and 2 computation. Prereq., Math. 6, E.E. 103
and with Physics 114.
201. CIRCUITS AND MEASUREMENTS (4) Quisenberry, Smith, Bjerre
Direct current circuits and measurements, magnetic circuits and
m.easurements, alternating current circuits and measurements, single-
phase and three phase. Not open to Electrical Engineering majors. 3
lee. and 2 lab. Prereq. Math 102 and Physics 113-114.
202. ELECTRICAL MACHINERY (2) Quisenberry, Smith, Bjerre
Direct and alternating current machinery. Not open to Electrical
Engineering majors. 1 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq. 201.
301-302. COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING (4-4) Green
A study of the fundamentals of communication engineering at radio
and telephone frequencies. Network theorems, resonance, transmission
lines, filters, and coupled circuits. Impedance matching, amplifiers,
modulators, radiation, and applications to radio and telephone apparatus.
3 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., 104 and 308.
303-304. ELECTRICAL MACHINES (5-5) Sellecic
Characteristics and performance of direct and alternating current
motors and generators and single and polyphase static transformers.
4 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., 103-104.
307-308. ENGINEERING ELECTRONICS (3-3) Smith
A comprehensive theoretical and practical treatment of the funda-
mentals of electronics and the general properties of electron tubes
with application to engineering. 2 lee and 2 lab. Prereq., Math. 102 and
E.E. 104.
309. APPLIED ELECTRONICS (3) Cartlond
Fundamental network analysis, vacuum and gas diodes, triodes,
welding timers and pulse circuits, induction heating, industrial elec-
tronic control, magnetic-amplifiers, strain gages. Not open to Electrical
Engineering majors. 2 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., E.E. 201.
310. SEMI-CONDUCTORS (3) Bjerre
Physics of semiconductors. Transistor equivalent circuits, amplifiers,
oscillators, modulation and detection. 2 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., 307 or
with 307.
321-322. HIGH FREQUENCY CIRCUITS AND ELECTRO MAGNETIC
RADIATION (3-3) Green
Application of electronic and communication principles to high
frequency circuits and a study of electro magnetic radiation and anten-
nae. Prereq., 308 or 202 and 309 or permission.
Engineering 213
323,324. ADVANCED RADIO LABORATORY (1to4, 1to4) Green
Special problems of current interest in the field of radio engineer-
ing. 2-8 labs. Prereq., 104.
325. ACOUSTICS (3) Green
Principles of sound generation and propagation in free space and in
enclosures, methods of sound measurement; characteristics of speakers,
microphones and receivers; design of horns; acoustics of auditoriums,
theaters and broadcasting studios; public address systems. 2 lee. and 2
lab. Prereq., Math. 102 and Phys. 113-114.
328. ILLUMINATING ENGINEERING (3) Staff
Principles of light a.nd radiation; various light sources, their char-
acteristics and efficiencies; principles and practice of photometry; design
of illumination for various types of homes and industries. Laboratory
gives practice in illumination measurements. 2 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq.,
Math. 102 and Phys. 114.
331. SERVOMECHANISMS (3) Quisenberry
Automatic controller design, including the study of viscous out-
put damping, error rate damping, integral control, error rate stabiliza-
tion netv/orks and transfer functions. Prereq., 304 or 202, Math. 315.
332. CONTROL OF ELECTRICAL MACHINERY (3) Selleck
Magnetic and electronic motor controllers, including a study of
control theory and applications to given problems. Prereq., 201 or 304.
334. ADVANCED CIRCUITS (3) Quisenberry
The Laplace Transform applied to transient solutions of linear
systems. Special attention is given to electromechanical systems, in-
cluding feedback and vacuum tube amplifiers. Prereq., Math. 315.
335. ELECTRIC AND MAGNETIC FIELDS (3) G.E.Smith
A study of electrical phenomena from the viewpoint of field theory.
Prereq., Math. 315, and E.E. 104.
341. ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION OF POWER (3) Selleck
Economic and electrical principles of transmission of electrical
power, line equations and calculations, hyperbolic solution of long lines,
insulation and protection against transients, mechanical principles and
practical line construction. Prereq., 202 or 304.
342. SYMMETRICAL COMPONENTS (3) Quisenberry
Circuits analysis by symmetrical components. Representation of
unbalanced polyphase currents and voltages by component symmetrical
sets; solution of faults on power systems. Prereq., 202 or 304.
344. ELECTRICAL DESIGN (3) Selleck
Fundamental electric machine design relations. After a preliminary
study, the student designs a direct current generator, a transformer,
and an induction motor and predetermines the performance. Prereq.,
304.
345-346. PROBLEMS IN ADVANCED A. C. MACHINERY (3-3) Staff
Problems taken up deal with tiansient conditions in alternators,
motors, and transformers. Applications of the methods of symmetrical
components to unbalanced operating conditions. 2 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq.,
304.
214 Ohio University
401. ELECTRICAL STATION DESIGN (3) Quisenberry
The application nf economic principles to the problems of electric
generating station design, selection of apparatus, balancing initial and
subsequent costs, interrelation of the mechanical and electrical elements
of design. Prereq., 304.
For other advanced courses in Electrical Engineering, see page 208
under "Engineering."
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
(Mr. Black, chairman)
113. METAL PROCESSING (2) Black
Theory of machining and the mechanics of metal cutting; friction,
wear and lubrication in machining. Production processes. Prereq., Ind.
A. 13 and/or with C.E. 120.
201. KINEMATICS (3) Niesse
A study of basic mechanisms including analytical and graphical
analyses of linkages, cams, gears, and gear production methods. Prereq.,
C.E. 121 or with C.E. 121.
211. ENGINEERING METALLURGY (3) Taylor
An introductory course for engineers. It includes a survey of the
art of extracting metals from their ores and adapting them for use.
2 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., Chem. 4, and Phys. 113.
221. THERMODYNAMICS I (3) Hicks
Energy, heat and work, cycles, reversibility, availability, first and
second laws, entropy, real and perfect gases. Laboratory work on ap-
plication, calibration of gauges, manometers, indicators, tachometers and
other instruments. Prereq., Math. 102 and Phys. 113.
222. THERMODYNAMICS II (3) Hicks
Fluid flow, gas mixtures, combustion calculations, power cycles and
dynamics of compressible flow. Laboratory work on flow meters,
calorimetry, fuel and gas analysis and testing of steam-power units.
Prereq., 221.
227. STEAM POWER PLANTS (3) Lausche
Fuels, principles of combustion, stationary boilers, grates, stokers,
furnaces, coal pulverizers, economizers, pre-heaters, superheaters, stacks,
forced and induced draft, boiler-feed pumps, steam engines and turbines,
and condensers. Prereq., 221 and Math. 102.
229. STEAM POWER LABORATORY (2) Hicks
Testing of engines, turbines, pumps, fans, nozzles, and orifices.
Prereq., 222.
295. INDUSTRIAL SAFETY (2) Taylor
The nature, causes and cost of industrial accidents and occupational
diseases. Methods of accident prevention; educational, physical and
supervisory. Improving ambient environment. Regulations and state
laws. Prereq., Phys. 114.
302. DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY (3) Black
Analytical and graphical studies of velocities and accelerations,
and of static and inertia forces in machinery; engine force analysis and
balancing of machinery. Prereq., 201 and C.E. 121.
Engineering 215
303. MACHINE DESIGN I (3) Black
Application of mechanics, mechanism, materials, and mechanical
processes to the design and selection of machine members and units of
power transmission. Prereq., 113, 201, 211, and C.E. 222.
304. MACHINE DESIGN II (3) Black
Application of the work covered in 303 to the design of complete
machines and sub-assemblies. 6 lab. Prereq., 303 or with 303.
311. AIR CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION (3) Staff
Psychrometrics, heating, cooling, humidifjdng and decontamination
of air for domestic and commercial purposes. Refrigeration systems.
Heat pump. Cooling-load calculations. Refrigeration and heating prac-
tice. Prereq., 222, or 221 and permission.
312. INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES (4) Staff
Analysis and testing of spark-ignition and compression-ignition
engines including combustion, thermodynamics, carburetion, detonation,
fuels and fuel injection. 3 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., 222.
314. HEAT TRANSFER (3) Hicks
Basic concepts of conduction, convection and radiation; steady and
unsteady states, film coefficients and dimensional analysis. Prereq., 222.
392. ADVANCED MACHINE DESIGN (3) Black
Advanced problems in the design and analysis of machine members
including consideration of stress propogation; stress analysis; fatigue
and creep; mechanical vibration; Coriolis' acceleration; Castigliano'a
theorem; and gi-aphical analysis. Prereq., 303 and permission.
393. LUBRICATION AND FRICTION (3) Black
Derivation of Reynold's equation and its application to bearings
and gear teeth; load capacity and thermal equilibrium. Boundary lubri-
cation, lubricant composition, surface finish, bearing materials and bear-
ing performance. Prereq., Math. 315, C.E. 121 and permission.
394. MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS (3) Niesse
The characteristic phenomena of mechanical vibrations encountered
in machines and structures, and their quantitative investigation. Simple-
harmonic motion; combinations of simultaneous motions; free and forced
vibration; damping effects; critical speeds; balancing; electro-mechanical
analogy; principles of transmission and isolation of vibration; systems
of several degrees of freedom; self-excited vibration; instrumentation.
2 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., C.E. 121 and Math. 315.
395. ADVANCED THERMODYNAMICS (3) Hicks
A review of classical thermodynamics, the Maxwell relations, free
energy, kinetic equilibrium of combustion. Prereq., 222.
For other advanced courses in Mechanical Engineering, see page
208 under "Engineering."
ENGINEERING DRAWING— See Engineering
216 Ohio University
ENGLISH Professors Wray (chairman), Foster, Kendoll
Visiting McGuffey Professor Sumnners
Associate Professors McQuiston, Losh,
Kirchner, Tfionnpson, Stone
Assistant Professors L. Brown, Hand, Knecfit,
Pickard, Whan (chairman, freshman English),
Aney, Butterworth, Sv/ardson, Culbert
Visiting Assistant Professor Stanton
Instructors Kasten, R. Roe, Wells, R. C. Brown, MacGibbon,
Hogcin, Molin, Davidson, Lettis, Curran, Violette, Morris,
McDonnell, Groff, Purdum, Greene, Williams, Mintzloff,
Palmer, 1. G. LoFollette, E. Raymond, A. Roe
The major requirement for the A.B. degree consists of a minimum
of 25 hours beyond 3-4 distributed as follows: (a) 101, 102; (b) 323
or 324; (c) at least six hours chosen from 311, 312, 321, 322, 331,
371; (d) at least nine hours so chosen that two periods (18th, 19th, 20th
centuries) are represented from 332, 341, 342, 351, 352, 353, 356, 361,
362, 368,372; (e) 396.
Students who write well may secure permission to vary these re-
quirements in order to pursue an English major in creative writing.
A limited number of English majors may before April 15 of their
junior year submit to the chairman of the department a written request
to follow the honors program during their senior year. In addition to
meeting the university requirements for honors work (see page 72),
students in this program will attend the English Masters Seminar and
achieve distinction in the comprehensive examination in English 396.
The requirement for the minor (optional) is 101, 102, and at least
two additional courses (6 hours), chosen from 200 or 300 courses, not
concentrated in one literary type, century, or field.
1. ENGLISH COMPOSITION (3) Staff
The grammatical elements of English composition, the sentence,
and the paragraph. After com.pleting English 1 with a grade of not
less than C, students are required to pass English 3-4. Credit for Eng.
1 is not counted toward a degree. (Each semester.)
3-4. ENGLISH COMPOSITION (3-3) Staff
A progressive course in written composition. Beginning with a
brief review of the fundamentals of grammar and paragraph building,
English 3 concentrates on the writing of clear, forceful exposition.
English 4 offers more scope for reading, discussion, and analytical writ-
ing. (Each semester.)
101. SOPHOMORE ENGLISH LITERATURE (1) (3) Staff
A survey of English literature from the Middle Ages through the
Seventeenth Century, with particular emphasis upon Chaucer, Shake-
speare, and Milton. Prereq., 4. (Each semester.)
102. SOPHOMORE ENGLISH LITERATURE (II) (3) Staff
A survey of English literature from the Eighteenth Century to the
present, including major figures. Prereq., 4. (Each semester.)
111. THE CHIEF AMERICAN WRITERS (I) (3) Staff
Examination of the representative prose and poetry of the Colonial
writers and a more detailed study of the works of the principal authors
before the Civil War. Prereq., 4. (Each semester.)
English 217
112. THE CHIEF AMERICAN WRITERS (II) (3) Staff
A study of selected prose and poetry of the well-established post-
Civil War writers and some consideration of well-known recent writers.
Prereq., 4. (Each semester.)
223. SHAKESPEARE (1) (3) Wray
Shakespeare's principal comedies and historical plays read in con-
junction with a review of his life and background. The primai'y em-
phasis is on reading with understanding and enjoyment. Pi'ereq., 4. (1st
sem., yearly.)
224. SHAKESPEARE (II) (3) Wray
Shakespeare's principal tragedies, with particular attention to his
dramatic technique and the Elizabethan stage. Prereq., 4. (2nd sem.,
yearly.)
262. THE CONTEMPORARY ENGLISH AND AMERICAN NOVEL (3) Kendall
Recent British authors, including Galsworthy, Conrad, Joyce, Ben-
nett, and Woolf; American authors, including Cather, Dreiser, Lewis,
Wolfe; living writers such as Maugham, Huxley, Hemingway, Faulk-
ner; best novels of the season. Prereq., 4. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
263. MODERN BRITISH AND AMERICAN DRAMA (3) Staff
Types and tendencies in English, Irish, and American drama since
about 1890. A reading and discussion of plays by Wilde, Shaw, Synge,
O'Casey, Fry, O'Neill, Anderson, Connelly, Hellman, Sherwood, Saroyan,
and Williams. Prereq., 4. (1st sem., 1959-60.)
264. THE TEACHING OF HIGH SCHOOL ENGLISH (3) L.Brown
A study of the content and presentation of grammar, composition,
and literature — poetry, drama, novel, and short story. Prereq., 4 and
junior or senior rank. (1st sem., yearly.)
266. THE SHORT STORY (3) McQuiston
A historical and critical study of the short story, including its
origin and evolution as a literary form, its masters in the past such as
Poe and De Maupassant, and modern classics. Prereq., 4. (2nd sem.,
1958-59.)
275. THE ENGLISH AND AMERICAN NOVEL (I) (3) Stone
The message and method of the first great novels in English:
Fielding, Austen, Scott, Dickens, Thackeray, the Brontes, Hawthorne,
and Melville. Class discussion and lecture. Frequent quizzes. Prereq., 4.
(1st sem., yearly.)
276. THE ENGLISH AND AMERICAN NOVEL (II) (3) Stone
The message and method of the great novels from mid-Victorian
times to the first world War: Trollope, Eliot, Twain, James, Crane,
Hardy, Conrad, Butler, Dreiser, and Maugham. Class discussion and
lecture. Frequent quizzes. Prereq., 4. (2nd sem., yearly.)
277. ENGLISH AND AMERICAN BIOGRAPHY (3) Kendall
The development of biography as a literary form in Great Britain
and the United States; its technique; and the masterpieces considered
in relation to their authors, subjects, and social background. Prereq., 4.
(1st sem., 1959-60.)
218 Ohio University
281. THE EUROPEAN NOVEL (3) Lash
Reading of famous European novels of the Nineteenth and early
Twentieth centuries in translation, with chief emphasis on the Russian,
French, German, and Scandinavian. Prereq., 4, (1st sem., 1959-60.)
282. EUROPEAN DRAMA (3) Lash
Readings in English of typical plays by Sophocles, Aristophanes,
Plautus, Moliere, Ibsen, Strindberg, Hauptmann, Rostand, Chekov,
Gorki, Molnar, Pirandello, Capek, and Sartre. Prereq., 4. (2nd sem.,
1959-60.)
284. MYTHOLOGY IN ENGLISH AND AMERICAN LITERATURE (3) Lash
A study chiefly of Greek and Roman mythology with special refer-
ence to the allusions found in major English and American writers.
Prereq., 4. (2nd sem., yearly.)
285. THE BIBLE AS LITERATURE { I) (3) Foster
An analysis of the historical books of the Old Testament, and other
narratives, together with a brief survey of the early poetry and pro-
phecy. Prereq., 4. (1st sem., yearly.)
286. THE BIBLE AS LITERATURE (II) (3) Foster
Prose and poetry from the Old Testament; the life and the sajrings
of Jesus; and the letters of Saint Paul, with special emphasis on con-
tinuity of Hebrew literary traditions in the Old and the New Testa-
ments. Prereq., 4. (2nd sem., yearly.)
290. CREATIVE WRITING (3) Kendall
Individual work in the writing of fiction and non-fiction — short
stories, essays, articles, verse. Prereq., 4. (Each semester.)
293. SOPHOMORE COMPOSITION (3) Culbert, Lash and Staff
An extended study of the rhetorical and grammatical principles of
effective composition; practical work in a variety of writing problems.
Section 293e is designed specifically for future teachers in English in
junior and senior high schools. Prereq., 4. (Each semester.)
311. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE (3) R. Roe
An elementary account of the growth of the English language; its
relation to other world languages; the vocabulary and grammar of
Anglo-Saxon, Middle English, and Modern English; selections from
Early English literature. Prereq., 12 hrs. (1st sem., 1958-59.)
312. CHAUCER (3) Staff
Chaucer, his life and his world; contemporary literature; his early
works; The Canterbury Tales; Troilus and Criseyde; Chaucer scholar-
ship. Prereq., 12 hrs.; 311 recommended. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
321. SIXTEENTH CENTURY LITERATURE (3) Wray
A study of England's part in the Renaissance and the humanistic
movement as revealed in the works of the chief poets and prose writers
of the century. Prereq., 12 hrs. (1st sem,, 1959-60.)
322. ELIZABETHAN DRAMA (3) Kendall
A study of the English drama from 1550 to 1642, thus including
the predecessors, the contemporaries, and the immediate followers of
Shakespeare. Prereq., 12 hrs.; or 9 hrs., including 101, and S hrs. dra-
matic art. (2nd sem., 1956-60.)
English 219
323. SHAKESPEARE (I) (3) McQuiston
Shakespeare's development as a writer of comedies and historical
dramas; his life and social background; the Elizabethan stage and the-
atrical companies. A research paper. Prereq., 12 hrs. (1st sem., yearly.)
324. SHAKESPEARE (II) (3) McQuiston
Intensive analysis of the great tragedies and more rapid reading
of the other tragedies and the sonnets; Shakespearean scholarship and
criticism. A research paper. Prereq., 12 hrs. (2nd sem., yearly.)
331. SEVENTEENTH CENTURY LITERATURE (3) Foster
The poetry and prose of such writers as Donne and Bacon; Herrick
and other Cavalier and "metaphysical" poets; Browne, Walton, Hobbes,
Bunyan, Pepys; Restoration plays. Prereq., 12 hrs. (1st sem., 1958-59.)
332. MILTON (3) Foster
Emphasis on John Milton's minor poems, some of his prose, and
Paradise Lost, Paradise Regained, and Sampson Agonistes. Prereq., 12
hrs. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
341. EIGHTEENTH CENTURY LITERATURE (I) (3) Molin
The poetry of Pope and Gay; the essays of Addison and Steele;
and the works of Swift and Defoe; the novels of Richardson and Field-
ing; the drama. Prereq., 12 hrs. (1st sem., 1959-60.)
342. EIGHTEENTH CENTURY LITERATURE (II) (3) Molin
Dr. Johnson, his works, his personality, his friends; Boswell and
his biography of Johnson; Goldsmith and Sheridan; Walpole; Gray and
Cowper; the philosophers. Prereq., 12 hrs. (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
351. POETRY OF THE ROMANTIC PERIOD (3) Kendall
The poetry of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats; phil-
osophical background and historical context of Romanticism — Rosseau,
Godwin, the French Revolution, the Napoleonic Empire. Prereq., 12 hrs.
(1st sem., 1958-59.)
352. VICTORIAN POETS (3) Kirchner
The influence of the Victorian Age upon the lives and the poetry
of Tennyson, the Brownings, Arnold, Swinburne, the Rossettis, Morris,
and Clough. Prereq., 12 hrs. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
353. ENGLISH PROSE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY (3) Wray
A study of the essayists and major prose writers of the Romantic
and Victorian periods, including Lamb, Hazlitt, DeQuincey, Coleridge,
Carlyle, Newman, Ruskin, Huxley, and Arnold. Prereq., 12 hrs. (1st
sem., 1958-59.)
356. EMERSON, THOREAU, AND THE CONCORD GROUP (3) Kirchner
A study of Emerson, Thoreau, Alcott, Fuller, and others whose
lives and writings were influenced by that American form of idealism
known as Transcendentalism. Prereq., 12 hrs. including 111. (2nd
sem., 1959-60.)
361. TWENTIETH CENTURY PROSE (3) Stone
An intensive analysis of such writers as Joyce, Faulkner, Heming-
way, and Wolfe. Prereq., 12 hrs. (1st sem., 1958-59.)
220 Ohio University
362. TWENTIETH CENTURY DRAMA (3) Thompson
An intensive analysis of such writers as Shaw, O'Neill, Anderson,
Williams, and O'Casey. Prereq., 12 hrs. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
368. TWENTIETH CENTURY POETRY (3) Foster
An intensive analysis of such poets as Eliot, Auden, Frost, Thomas,
and some younger poets. Prereq., 12 hrs. (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
371. HISTORY OF LITERARY CRITICISM (3) Thompson
A review of the theories and practice of literary criticism in
Europe from Aristotle through the Renaissance, neoclassic, and Roman-
tic schools to the present. Prereq., 12 hrs., (1st sem., 1959-60.)
372. PRACTICAL LITERARY CRITICISM (3) Thompson
A survey of the distinctive ways whereby modern literary scholars
attempt to elucidate and evaluate works of literature. Readings in
contemporary criticism and preparation of critical papers that will ex-
emplify some of the distinctive techniques of literary analysis. Prereq.,
12 hrs., including 371 and permission. (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
390. STUDIES IN ENGLISH (lto3) Staff
Directed reading and research in English or American literature
for individual students with special interests and competence. Confer-
ences and papers. (See also the Honors Program.) Maximum credit in
course, 6 hrs., Prereq., 12 hrs. and permission of chairman. (Each
semester. )
391-392. MASTERS SEMINAR (1-1) Staff
Discussion of problems of research and of criticism in relation to
theses in progress. Required of English majors in the honors program
and of candidates for the master's degree in English who are writing a
research thesis. (Yearly.)
393-394. CREATIVE WRITING SEMINAR (3-3) Kendall
Criticism of manuscripts and discussion of problems of form. Re-
quired of candidates for the master's degi-ee in English who are sub-
mitting creative work in lieu of the research thesis. Prereq., 290 or
equivalent, permission. Admission only in the fall, except for unusual
reasons. (Yearly.)
396. SENIOR SURVEY OF ENGLISH LITERATURE (1) Swardson
An intensive survey of English literature including a wide back-
ground of reading, weekly lectures presented by staff members and a
comprehensive final examination. Required of senior English majors in
the College of Arts and Sciences. (Yearly.)
401. BIBLIOGRAPHY AND THESIS WRITING (3) Aney
Students are given an introduction to basic reference works, schol-
arly and critical journals, and pertinent bibliographies. Assigned exer-
cises in methodology may include the field of the student's course work
or thesis. Required of all candidates for the Master's degree in English.
(1st sem., yearly.)
470. SEMINAR IN LITERARY PROBLEMS (3) Staff
Intensive study of an author, group, or form. Maximum credit in
course, 6 hrs. (Yearly.)
495. THESIS (lto6) Staff
Prereq., permission. (Each sem.ester.)
Finance 221
FINANCE Professor Cherrington (chairman)
Associate Professor Fichtfiorn
Assistant Professor Dawson
Lecturer Wolfe
75. PERSONAL FINANCE (2) Cherrington
Considered are such subjects as installment purchases, savings ac-
counts, savings bonds, borrowing, life insurance, annuities, buying a
home, investments in securities, investment companies, and taxes. Pre-
req.. Not open to juniors and seniors nor to students working toward
the Bachelor of Science in Commerce degree.
101. FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS (3) Staff
Commercial banking, consumer credit, long-term funds for business,
security exchanges, savings institutions, insurance, investment com-
panies, urban real estate financing, farm credit, and the Federal Reserve
System. Prereq., Ec. 12 or 102.
121. CORPORATION FINANCE (3) Staff
Stocks and bonds, financing industrial, public utility and railroad
companies, investment banking, securities markets, short-term financing,
dividend policies, expansion and combination, refinancing, recapitaliza-
tion, and reorganization. Prereq., 101 and Acct. 76.
275. INVESTMENT PRINCIPLES (3) Cherrington
Information for individual investors which can be used in the
management of personal investment problems. Among the topics to be
considered are investment risks and how they can be handled, yields,
analysis of financial statements, securities markets and their behavior.
Prereq., 121.
306. SECURITY ANALYSIS (3) Fich+horn
The problems of selection or sale of securities for investment pur-
poses. Industry structure, volume-price-cost relationships, management,
financial position, terms of the security contract, and market price be-
havior are studied to determine the attractiveness of a security. Con-
struction of portfolios for individual investors is considered briefly.
Report writing and case discussion. Prereq., 275.
312. CREDIT AND COLLECTION MANAGEMENT (3) Fichthorn
The process of extending credit to business firms and of collecting
outstanding indebtedness. Subjects covered include financial statement
analysis, types of credit information and its evaluation, policies for
extending credit, determining credit limits, collections, and credit de-
partment organization and administration. Emphasis is on mercantile
and bank credit. Report writing and case discussion. Prereq., 121.
315. PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE (3) Fichthorn
Analysis of the principal types of property and casualty insurance
policies with respect to protection afforded the policyholder, his obli-
gations, and cost of protection. Policies studied include fire and extended
coverage, allied lines, business interruption, inland marine, automobile,
general liability, theft, and bonds. The subjects of risk, insurance-law,
industry organization, and multiple-peril policies are also covered. Pre-
req., 121.
316. LIFE INSURANCE (2 or 3 as scheduled) Dawson
The fundamental economics of life insurance. The principles and
practices of life insurance including types of contracts, group and in-
dustrial insurance, annuities, etc. Prereq., Ec. 12 or 102 or permission.
222 Ohio University
341. MONEY AND BANKING (3) Dawson
The basic concepts of money, credit, and exchange with emphasis
on bank credit expansion by the Federal Reserve and commercial banks,
and a study of monetary policies followed by the Federal Reserve and
Treasury. A historical study of the development of the monetary system
of the United States. Prereq., 121 or 12 hours economics.
351. MONETARY THEORY (3) Dawson
A study of the theories advanced to explain the relationship be-
tween money and its value, the relationship between money and the
level of economic activity, allocations of funds among alternate uses,
and interest and interest rates. Prereq., 341 or permission.
356. PROBLEMS IN CORPORATION FINANCE (3) Cherring+on
This course is developed through the use of cases which deal with
short-term financing, long-term financing, reserve and dividend policies,
expansion and combination, refunding, recapitalization, and reorgani-
zation, Prereq., 121.
381. RESEARCH IN FINANCE (lto8) Staff
Special studies in money, banking, or corporation finance. Prereq.,
9 hrs., Ec. 12 or 102 and permission.
391. SEMINAR IN FINANCE {2 to 4) Staff
Maximum credit in course, 10 hrs. Prereq., 9 hrs., Ec. 12 or 102
and permission.
495. THESIS (1 to6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
Additional course: Ec. 315 — Public Finance.
FINE ARTS
General courses in the history and appreciation of the fine arts are
open to all students who wish to broaden their knowledge of the field.
Advanced courses are listed under the offerings of the various depart-
ments.
The minor requirements for the B.F.A. degree may be fulfilled by
completing 18 hours in the following courses, including F.A. 17-18.
(See page 144.)
17-18. INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS (3-3) Seigfred, OIpp, Bergsagel
Analysis of the form, media, and content of the major arts stress-
ing interrelationship of architecture, the dance, dramatic art, music,
literature, and painting through recognition of common art factors.
121-122. HISTORY OF PAINTING AND SCULPTURE (3-3) OIpp
Periods, styles, and great personalities from early times to the
present. Analysis of aesthetic qualities in masterpieces of art.
123-124. HISTORY OF MUSIC (3-3) Bergsagel
Music from ancient times to the present. Not open to students who
have received credit in Mus. 5-6. Prereq., 17-18 or permission.
175-176. HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE (3-3) Denison
The development of architecture with emphasis on environmental
influences. Illustrated lectures.
179-180. HISTORY OF THE VISUAL THEATRE (3-3) Lane, Hahne
Survey of theatrical production and acting. Development of the
related arts of dance and the motion picture.
Fine Arts 223
203-204. HISTORY OF ORATORY (3-3) Stoats
Survey from the Greek and Roman periods to modem times.
FRENCH — See Romance Languages
GENERAL STUDIES
1-2. Biology— THE LIVING WORLD (3-3) Staff
Biol. 1 deals with the fundamental similarities and differences
among plants and animals; their protoplasm, cells, tissues, and organs;
their physiological processes; and their reproduction, growth, and devel-
opment. Biol. 2 is concerned with studies of representatives of the
principal groups of plants and animals from the standpoint of structure,
life history, and classification. The fundamental principles of heredity,
evolution, ecology, and geographical distribution of organisms are set
forth. 2 lee. and 2 lab. This course is not designed for botany or
zoology majors; but if it is taken, a maximum of three hours' credit may
be allowed toward such a major, at the discretion of the department
concerned. No credit allowed for this course for students who have com-
pleted Bot. 3-4 or Zool. 3-4. Not open to juniors and seniors. (Yearly.)
3.4. Physical Science— THE PHYSICAL WORLD (3,3) Staff
A general physical science course designed for non-science majors.
Emphasis is placed on basic scientific laws and principles and the solu-
tion of related problems without use of formal mathematics. Laboratory
experiments are designed to help in the understanding of the various
areas studied. Phys. Sci. 3 includes an introduction to astronomy,
meteorology, and topography, while 4 includes chemistry and physics.
2 lee. and 2 lab. Does not fulfill physics requirements for science majors.
Not open to juniors and seniors. (Yearly.)
7,8. Humanities— GREAT BOOKS (3,3) Cuibert, Hultgren, Murphy, Wells
Guided reading and discussion of literary masterpieces, ancient
and modem, as an introduction to the Western humanistic tradition:
man's relation to God, right and wrong, society, and environment. Open
to those who are eligible for or have taken English 3. Not open to
juniors and seniors. (Yearly.)
107,108. Humanities— GREAT BOOKS (3,3) Cuibert
Guided reading and discussion of literary masterpieces, ancient and
modern, as an introduction to the Western humanistic tradition: man's
relation to God, right and wrong, society, and environment. Not open
to freshmen or to those who have had Humanities 7 and 8. (Yearly.)
9, 10. Social Science— CITIZENSHIP IN THE MODERN WORLD
(3, 3) Everetf, Fairfield, Murphree, Park
Soc, Sci. 9 is an introductory analysis of human behavior, drawing
primarily on anthropology, sociology, and briefly on biology. Soc. Sci.
10 focuses on parties and politics, the democratic heritage and its rivals,
and contemporary political problems. Not open to juniors and seniors.
(Yearly.)
209.210. Social Science— CITIZENSHIP IN THE MODERN WORLD
(3,3) Fairfield
Approaches to human behavior and personality through advanced
readings fi'om several fields. In the second semester the course stresses
American culture and character and the political crisis in an inter-
national community. Not open to freshmen and sophomoi'es or to those
who have had Soc. Sci. 9, 10. (Yearly.)
224 Ohio University
GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY Professor Sturgeon (chairmon)
Assistant Professors Phielps, Aukland
Instructors Lehrer, Korsok
The major requirement for the A.B. degree is 30 semester hours in
approved departmental courses and Geol. 1-2. Geol. 111-112 and 223 are
required for those students specializing in physical geography.
GEOGRAPHY
3. ELEMENTS OF PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY (3) Staff
An introductory study of the elements of the physical environment:
earth-sun relationships, landforms, weather and climate, and soils. Not
open to juniors, seniors, or students who have had Geog. 150. (Each
semester.)
4. WORLD REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY (3) Staff
An introductory study of the world by regions wherein the physical
background, land utilization, and cultural development is surveyed.
Not open to juniors, seniors, or students who have had Geog. 150. (2nd
sem., yearly.)
15. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY (3) Staff
A study of the world distribution of man's basic economic activities:
extractive, agricultural, and manufacturing industries, in partial re-
lationship to the physical environment. Not open to juniors and seniors.
(Each semiester.)
150. GEOGRAPHY AND ENVIRONMENT (3) Staff
A survey of man's response and adjustment to the varied natural
environment throughout the world employing the concepts of human
geography. Not open to students who have had Geog. 3 or 4. (Each
semester.)
175. FUNDAMENTALS OF METEOROLOGY (3) Lehrer
An introductory study of the elements of weather: temperature,
pressure, moisture, and wind. Weather map analysis. 2 lee, 2 lab. (1st
sem., yearly.)
176. FUNDAMENTALS OF CLIMATOLOGY (3) Lehrer
An introductory study of the climates of the world: their distribu-
tion, characteristics, and causes. 2 lee, 2 lab. Prereq., Geog. 175. (2nd
sem., 1959-60.)
202. GEOGRAPHY OF THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA (3) Lehrer
A systematic and regional study of the U.S. and Canada: the
physical environment, natural resources, agriculture, and cultural de-
velopment. (1st sem., yearly.)
215. CARTOGRAPHY (3) Korsolc
The elementary principles of map projections, map drawing and
graph making. Prereq., permission. (2nd sem., yearly.)
231. GEOGRAPHY OF OHIO (3) Korsok
A detailed regional study of the physical background and economic
development of Ohio. (1st sem., 1958-59.)
Geography and Geology 225
232. CONSERVATION OF NATURAL RESOURCES (3) Staff
Problems in the conservation of soils, water, minerals, forests and
wild life as related to land use. The interrelations of these various fac-
tors and their educational significance are emphasized. Field trips.
(1st sem., yearly.)
301. GEOGRAPHY OF THE SOVIET UNION (3) Korsok
Intensive geographic study of the Soviet Union. Prereq., 3 and 4,
or 150*. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
305. GEOGRAPHY OF LATIN AlvlERICA (3) Lehrer
Intensive geographic study of Latin America. Prereq., 3 and 4, or
150*. (1st sem., 1958-59.)
308. GEOGRAPHY OF EUROPE (3) Korsok
Intensive geographic study of Europe. Prereq., 3 and 4, or 150*.
(2nd sem., 1959-60.)
312. GEOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN ASIA AND ISLANDS (3) Korsok
Intensive geographic study of Southern and Eastern Asia. Prereq.,
3 and 4, or 150*. (1st sem., 1959-60.)
322. GEOGRAPHY OF AFRICA (3) Lehrer
Intensive geographic study of Africa. Pi'ereq., 3 and 4, or 150*.
(2nd sem., 1958-59.)
360. POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY (3) Staff
Geographic basis of national strength or weakness. Physical and
cultural influences upon historical development emphasized. Prereq., 6
hrs.* (1st sem., 1958-59.)
382. GEOGRAPHICAL STUDIES (1 to 4 a semester in any of the following) Staff
Supervised studies in fundamentals of geographic research. Maxi-
mum credit in any one area, 8 hrs. Prereq,, 12 hrs., and permission.
(Each semester.)
a. Cartography. Korsok
b. Conservation of Natural Resources. Staff
c. Economic Geography. Korsok
d. Meteorology and Climatology. Lehrer
e. Physiography (See Geol. 383-a). Lehrer
f. Political Geography. Korsok
g. Regional Geography. Staff
GEOLOGY
The major requirement for the A.B. or B.S. degree is a minimum of
30 semester hours in approved departmental courses numbered above
100, including 111, 112, 131, 132, 223, 241, 251, 252, 282, 314, 343, 362,
field camp and Geog. 3, 4, and 215. In addition, the following extra-
departmental work is required: general chemistry, 8 hrs.; C.E. 10, 3
hrs.; Math. 5, 5 hrs.; physics, 8 hrs.
1-2. ELEMENTS OF GEOLOGY (3-3) Staff
Elementary geology including studies of eai'th features, processes,
and principles and an introduction to earth history; laboratory exercises
with maps, minerals, rocks, and fossils. 2 lee, 2 lab., and "field trips.
Geol. 1 not open to students who have had 103, or 106. (Yearly.)
*Upperclassmen and eraduate students in related fields such as historj', economics,
government, and sociology may take the course by special permission.
226 Ohio University
103. ENGINEERING GEOLOGY (3) Phelps
Study of geologic materials, methods, and principles of value to
engineers. 2 lee, 2 lab., and field trips. Not open to students who have
had 1 or 106. (1st sem., yearly.)
106. AGRICULTURAL GEOLOGY (3) Sturgeon
Study of geologic materials, methods, and principles of value to
students of agriculture. 2 lee, 2 lab., and field trips. Not open to stu-
dents who have had 1 or 103. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
111-112. HISTORICAL GEOLOGY (2-2) Sturgeon
Earth history emphasizing geologic development and stratigraphy
of North America. 2 lee, 1 lab., and field trips. Prereq., 2. (Yearly.)
131. MINERALOGY 1. (3) Phelps
Elements of crystallography and the introduction to descriptive
mineralogy. 2 lee, 2 lab. Prereq., 2 and Chem. 2 or 4. (1st sem., yearly.)
132. MINERALOGY li. (3) Phelps
Determinative mineralogy using physical and chemical means for
the study of the common ore and rock-forming minerals. 1 lee, 4 lab.
Prereq., 131. (2nd sem., yearly.)
223. PRINCIPLES OF GEOMORPHOLOGY (3) Aulcland
Introduction to the origin of surface features and pertinent geologic
structures emphasizing the land forms of the world. 2 lee, 2 lab., and
field trips. Prereq., 10 hrs. including 112. (1st sem., 1958-59.)
224. GLACIAL GEOLOGY (3) Aukland, Phelps
Introduction to study of glaciers and glaciation. 2 lee, 2 lab., and
field trips. Prereq., 112. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
241. PETROLOGY (3) Phelps
Study of rocks emphasizing origin, composition, physical properties,
field classification, and identification. 2 lee, 2 lab., and field trips.
Prereq., 132. (1st sem., yearly.)
251-252. PALEONTOLOGY (3-3) Sturgeon
Introduction to fossils emphasizing the invertebrates, their mor-
phology, classification, identification, and distribution. Index fossils em-
phasized. 2 lee, 2 lab., and field trips. Prereq., 112. (Yearly.)
282. GEOLOGIC FIELD METHODS (3) Phelps
Introduction to geologic field methods, especially in use of hand
level, Brunton pocket transit, and plane table and telescopic alidade, and
aerial photos. 1 lee and field work. Prereq., 12 hrs., C.E. 10, and perm.
(2nd sem., yearly.)
314. PRINCIPLES OF STRATIGRAPHY (3) Sturgeon
Processes and principles involved in the study of stratigraphy.
2 lee, 2 lab., and field trips. Prereq., 251-252, 343. (2nd sem., yearly.)
315. GEOLOGY OF OHIO (2) Sturgeon
Introduction to the geology of Ohio emphasizing physiography,
stratigraphy, and economic geology. 2 lee, and field trips. Prereq., 112.
(1st sem., 1958-59.)
Geography and Geology 227
333. OPTICAL CRYSTALLOGRAPHY (2) Aukland
The optical behavior of common rock-fonning minerals by powder
immersion techniques and the use of the petrographic microscope. 1 lee,
2 lab. Prereq., 132, physics 6, chemistry 2 or 4. (1st sem., 1958-59.)
342. PETROGRAPHIC METHODS (3) Aukland
An introduction to the identification of rocks bj'' thin-sections and
the petrographic microscope. A selection of 100 North American rocks
is studied. 2 lee, 2 lab. Prereq., 132, 241, 333, and Chem. 2 or 4. (2nd
sem., 1958-59.)
343. PRINCIPLES OF SEDIMENTATION (3) Aukland
Processes and principles involved in study of sediments. 2 lee, 2
lab. and field trips. Prereq., 112, 132, and 241. (2nd sem., yearly.)
353. MICROPALEONTOLOGY (3) Sturgeon
Similar approach as in 251-252 but dealing with animal fossils
commonly studied under the microscope. 1 lee, 4 lab., and field trips.
Prereq., 251. (1st sem., 1958-59.)
362. STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY (3) Phelps
Study of the earth's architecture and of the diastrophic forces in-
strumental in the deformation of the earth's crust. 2 lee, 2 lab., and
field trips. Prereq., 2, 112, Math, through college trigonometry. (2nd
sem., yearly.)
371. ECONOMIC GEOLOGY— Metals (3) Phelps
Principles of metallic mineral deposition and a survey of the ore
deposits of the world. 2 lee, 2 lab. Prereq., 112, 132, and 241. (1st sem.,
1958-59.)
372. ECONOMIC GEOLOGY— Non-metals (3) Aukland
Principles of non-metallic mineral deposition and a survey of non-
metallic and mineral fuel deposits of the world. 2 lee, 2 lab., and field
trips. Prereq., 132, and 241. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
383. GEOLOGIC STUDIES (Ho 4 a semester in any of the following) Staff
Supervised studies in fundamentals of geologic research. Maximum
credit in any one area, 8 hrs. Prereq., 12 hrs., and permission.
a. Glacial Geology and Physiography. Aukland, Phelps.
b. Mineralogy, Petrology, or Economic Geology. Aukland, Phelps.
e Paleontology. Sturgeon.
d. Sedimentation and Stratigraphy. Aukland, Phelps, Sturgeon.
e. Structural Geology. Phelps.
385,386. GEOLOGIC FIELD RECONNAISSANCE (1-5) Staff
Vacation period geologic field trips to selected areas in North
America with pertinent conferences, readings, and accepted reports.
Prereq., 15 hrs., and permission.
391,392. SEMINAR IN GEOLOGY (1,1) Staff
Selected topics. Required of all majors and graduate students.
Prereq., 15 hrs., and permission. (Yearly.)
415. REGIONAL STRATIGRAPHY— EASTERN NORTH AMERICA (3) Sturgeon
Detailed consideration of stratigraphy east of the Great Plains.
2 lee, 2 lab. Prereq., 12 hrs. above 100 including 112 and 314. (1st sem.,
1958-59.)
228 Ohio University
416. REGIONAL STRATIGRAPHY— WESTERN NORTH AMERICA
(3) Phelps, Sturgeon
Treatment similar to 415 but covering the Great Plains and cor-
dilleran regions. 2 lee, 2 lab. Prereq., 12 hrs. above 100 including 112
and 314. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
425. REGIONAL PHYSIOGRAPHY— EASTERN NORTH AMERICA (3) Aukland
Study of surface features and related significant geologic data of
North America east of the Great Plains. 2 lee, 2 lab., and field trips.
Prereq., 223, 314, 362. (1st sem., 1959-60.)
426. REGIONAL PHYSIOGRAPHY— WESTERN NORTH AMERICA (3) Phelps
Similar to 425 but covering the Great Plains and cordilleran
regions. 2 lee, 2 lab. Prereq., 223, 314, 362. (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
493. RESEARCH IN GEOLOGY (lto4) Staff
Maximum credit in course 6 hrs. Prereq., 18 hrs., and permission.
(Yearly.)
495. THESIS (lto6) Staff
Maximum credit in course 6 hrs. Prereq., permission.
GEOLOGY — See Geography and Geology
GERMAN Associafe Professors Krauss, Lederer
Assisfant Professor Benson (chairman)
Instructor Johnson
The major requirement for the A.B. degree is a minimum of 20
hours above courses 1-2, including 209-210.
1-2. BEGINNING GERMAN (4-4) Staff
Instruction in the fundamental grammatical principles, drill in
pronunciation, conversation, and the reading of prose. (Yearly.)
101-102. ITERMEDIATE GERMAN (4-4) Staff
Reading of modern German literature with emphasis on conversa-
tion, translation, drill in idioms, and some grammar review. Prereq.,
2 or 2 yrs. high school German. (Yearly.)
103. GERMAN FOR CHEMISTS (2) Johnson
A course designed to familiarize chemistry students with the tech-
nical expressions found in a German textbook in chemistry. Prereq,, 101.
(2nd sem., yearly.)
108. GERMAN CONVERSATION (3) Krauss
Practice in pronunciation, conversation, idioms. The materials used
deal with everyday German life and customs. Prereq., 101 or 3 yrs. high
school German. (2nd sem., yearly.)
209-210. GERMAN GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION (2-2) Lederer
Review of German grammar, drill in formal and free composition,
and practice in German conversation. Required of all German majors
and those students planning to teach German. Prereq., 102 or 4 yrs.
high school German. (Yearly.)
301,302. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE (3,3) Lederer
Prereq., 102, or 4 yrs. high school German. (1959-60.)
German 229
303.304. READINGS FROM GERMAN LITERATURE (l+o4, 1to4) Staff
Selected readings adapted to the needs of the class or the student.
Maximum credit in each course, 8 hrs. Prereq., 102 or 4 yrs. high school
German. (Given upon sufficient demand.)
311.312. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN DRAMA (3,3) Lederer
A study of the German drama of the Nineteenth Century and the
reading of the more important plays connected with the various move-
ments. Prereq., 102 or 4 yrs. high school German. (1958-59.)
313. CLASSICAL GERMAN DRAMA (3) Krauss
Plays of Lessing, Goethe, and Schiller are studied. Prereq., 102
or 4 yrs. high school German. (1st sem., 1958-59.)
314. GOETHE'S FAUST (3) Krauss
A detailed study of Goethe's greatest contribution to modern thought
and life. Prereq., 313. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
319. THE GERMAN SHORT STORY. 1800-1850 (2) Krauss
Reading of representative short stories from Romanticism to Poetic
Realism with discussion of the literary movements. Prereq., 102 or 4
yrs. high school German. (1st sem., 1959-60.)
320. THE GERMAN SHORT STORY, 1850-1900 (2) Krauss
Reading of representative short stories of Poetic Realism with dis-
cussion of this literary movement. Prereq., 102 or 4 yrs. high school
German. (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
321. CONTEMPORARY GERMAN SHORT STORY (2) Krauss
Reading of representative stories from Naturalism to the present
time with discussion of the various literary movements. Prereq., 102 or
4 yrs. high school German. (1st sem., 1958-59.)
322. WAGNER'S POETICAL WORKS (2) Krauss
Richard Wagner's principal music dramas will be read and dis-
cussed for their literary content. Prereq., 102 or 4 yrs. high school
German. (Given upon sufficient demand.)
323. GERMAN LYRICS AND BALLADS (2) Krauss
Reading and discussion of the German lyi-ics and ballads since
Goethe. Prereq., 102 or 4 yrs. high school German. (1st sem., 1959-60.)
351. ADVANCED GERMAN GRAMMAR AND STYLE (2) Lederer
Grammatical analysis. Free composition and translation into Ger-
man. Prereq., 210. (Given upon sufficient demand.)
371. ADVANCED GERMAN (l+o4) Krauss, Lederer
Reading and research in German language and literature for ad-
vanced students. Maximum credit in course, 8 hrs. Prereq., 6 hrs. beyond
102,
421-422. INTRODUCTION TO MIDDLE HIGH GERMAN (2-2) Lederer
Selected readings from medieval German lyrics and epics. Prereq.,
12 hrs. beyond 102. (Given upon sufficient demand.)
495. THESIS {lto6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
230 Ohio UNivEaisiTY
GOVERNMENT Associate Professors Collins,
Gusteson (chairman) Elsbree
Assistant Professors Everett, Fairfield
Instructor Habachy
The Department of Government seeks to meet the needs of those
who desire to understand the organization and functions of government,
to promote active participation in the duties of citizenship, to prepare
students to enter government service, to provide background for pre-
law students, and to train teachers of government.
The major requirement for the A.B. degree is 24 hours, including
Govt. 1 and 2. Recommended electives include Economics 11-12 or 101-
102; and History 101-102. Prelaw students should elect Accounting
75-76.
1,2. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (3.3) Collins, Gusteson, Elsbree, Everett
Govt. 1 includes the political and constitutional development, the
organization and the functioning of the national government. Govt. 2
is concerned with the organization and functioning of state and local
governments. Not open to juniors and seniors. (Yearly.)
101,102. COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT (3,3) Elsbree
A comparison of the American, European, and Oriental systems of
government, including organization, procedure, popular representation,
and the effect upon the social and economic life of the people. (Yearly.)
106. CURRENT POLITICAL AND SOCIAL PROBLEMS
(2) Collins, Elsbree, Fairfield
A consideration of current problems of a political, social, and
economic nature, with particular emphasis on problems in the field of
government. (Yearly.)
203. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT AND ADMINISTRATION (3) Collins
The creation and legal powers of cities; municipal elections and
political bosses; an analysis of the administrative functions and prob-
lems of city government: personnel, finance, police, public utility regu-
lation and ov/nership. Prereq., 6 hrs. (Yearly.)
216. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS (3) Everett
Basic factors involved in world politics, including the modem state
system, nationalism, militarism; the evolution of international relations,
forces and conditions affecting international relations, and the foraiu-
lation of national foreign policies. Prereq., Govt. 1 and Hist. 2; or Hist.
1 and 2. (1st sem., yearly.)
217. CURRENT INTERNATIONAL PROBLEMS (3) Elsbree
The non-historical study of international problems arising from
the conflict of national foreign policies, programs for national security,
efforts toward world political and economic order, and contemporary
policies of the Great Powers. Prereq., 6 hrs. government or history.
(Yearly.)
301,302. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL LAW (2,2) Gusteson
Principles underlying American constitutional government as seen
in leading cases, with special reference to interpretation of the Con-
stitution of the United States. Prereq., 9 hrs. govt, or history. (Yearly.)
305. AMERICAN POLITICAL PARTIES (3) Gusteson
The origin and growth, the organization and methods of parties,
the influence of economic and social conditions on party policy, the
position and functions of the party system in democracies. Prereq., 9
hrs. (Yearly.)
Government 231
308. LEGISLATURES AND LEGISLATIVE PROCESSES (3) Gus+eson
Major problems of representative government with respect to
legislative assemblies. Analysis of structure, organization, and proce-
dures; problems of representation; relationships between the legislature,
the executive, the courts, and the people. Prereq., 9 hrs. (Yearly.)
309. LAW ENFORCEMENT (3) Gus+eson
Survey and analysis of the problems of the American policing,
prosecutory, judicial, and correctional systems. Emphasis on both policy
making and administration. Prereq., 9 hrs. (Yearly.)
323. INTERNATIONAL LAW AND ORGANIZATION (3) Everett
Development and analysis of the principles of public law govern-
ing the relations of states, emphasizing current problems and develop-
ments. Analysis of the role of international organizations in the re-
lations of states, maintaining international peace, developing inter-
national law. Prereq., Govt. 216 or 217. (2nd sem., yearly.)
331. FAR EASTERN GOVERNMENTS AND POLITICS (3) Elsbree
A study of the governmental organization, political parties and
foreign policies of China, Japan and selected countries of Southeast
Asia. Political developments since 1945 -will be emphasized. Prereq.,
9 hrs. (Yearly.)
341. AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY (3) Collins
A consideration of the problems involved in the formulation and
execution of foreign policy. Particular emphasis is given to the current
problems of American policy. Prereq., 9 hrs. govt, or hist. (2nd sem,,
yearly.)
343. AMERICAN POLITICAL THOUGHT (2) Fairfield
The origin and development of political ideas in the United States,
growth of democratic principles from the colonial times to 1865, and
an analysis of recent trends in American political thought. Prereq.,
9 hrs. govt, or hist. (Yearly.)
344. RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT (3) Elsbree
Eecent political theories basic to political and social institutions:
individualism, collectivism, fascism, and democracy; emphasis on the
European version of democracy, totalitarianism of the communist and
fascist states. Prereq., 9 hrs. or 3 hrs. govt, and 6 hrs. European histoi*y.
(Yearly.)
348. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (3) Collins
The theory and practice of administrative organization, and control
of administrative action, with emphasis on financial and public personnel
administration. Basic course for preparation for civil service examin-
ations. Prereq., 9 hrs. (Yearly.)
349. ADMINISTRATIVE LAW (3) Collins
Organization, functions, procedures, and administrative problems
of selected national regulatory agencies; principles affecting administra-
tive discretion; administrative power over private rights; enforcement
and judicial control of administrative action. Prereq., 9 hrs. (Yearly.)
370. STUDIES IN GOVERNMENT (1fo3) Staff
Intensive study of special topics in the field of government and
political science. Areas of study include comparative government, inter-
national affairs, political parties, political theory, public administration,
public law. Maximum credit in course, 12 hrs. Prereq., 12 hrs., per-
mission. (Each semester.)
232 Ohio University
391. SEMINAR IN GOVERNMENT {1to3) Staff
Maximum credit in course, 6 lirs. Prereq., 15 hrs.
393. PROBLEMS IN GOVERNMENT (lto3) Siaff
Research or directed reading based upon the student's special in-
terest. Maximum credit in course, 6 hrs. Prereq., 15 hrs. and permission.
401. RESEARCH IN GOVERNMENT {lto3) Staff
Maximum credit in course, 6 hrs. Prereq., 15 hrs. and permission.
495. THESIS (1to6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
GREEK — See Classicai Languages
HEALTH — See Physical EducaHon and Athletics
HISTORY Professors Cady (chairman), Gustavson
Associate Professors Morrison, C. H. Roberts, Stevens
Assistant Professors Mayes, Lobdell, Daniel
Instructors Thompson, Habachy
The major requirenient for the A.B. degree consists of a minimum,
of 24 hours, including Hist. 1, 2, 101, 102 (unless excused as the result
of taking a placement test), and at least two courses above 300 selected
from more than one field of history. Hist. 1, 2 should be taken during
the freshman year. Government, economics, geography, and sociology
are suggested as electives, v/ith specific courses to be selected in consul-
tation with the adviser.
1,2. V/ESTERN CIVILIZATION IN MODERN TIMES (3.3) Staff
Hist. 1 covers the period from 1450 to 1815 and stresses the Renais-
sance, the Protestant Reformation, the agricultural and commercial revo-
lutions, European expansion, the French Revolution and Napoleonic Era.
Hist. 2 places emphasis on the industrial revolution, the unification of
Italy and Germany, modern imperialism in Africa and Asia, the rise of
Japan, the United States as a world power, World War I, the rise of
totalitarian states. World War II, and efforts toward world organization.
Not open to juniors and seniors. (Each semester.)
101,102. HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES (3,3) Staff
A survey course covering the political, diplomatic, social, and eco-
nomic development of American history. Hist. 101 covers the period to
1865; Hist. 102, the period from 1865 to the present. (Each semester.)
105. HISTORY OF OHIO (3) Morrison
A survey from earliest times to the present: social, economic, and
political. (Each semester.)
110. THE OLD SOUTH (3) Morrison
A study of the plantation regime in the ante bellum South, with
emphasis on the daily life on the various types of plantations. (Each
sem.ester.)
111. THE NEW SOUTH (3) Morrison
Social, economic, and political life since 1865, rural conditions, in-
dustrial development, labor conditions, the problem of white and black,
educational progress, the solid South in politics, the South today. (Each
semester.)
History 233
115. ANCIENT HISTORY (3) Cody, Mayes
A survey of the origins of Western Civilization from prehistoric
man to the disintegration of the Roman Empire, embracing a general
study of the early civilizations of the Fertile Crescent and the Greco-
Roman world. (2nd sem., yearly.)
120, MEDIEVAL HISTORY (3) Mayes
A study of social, economic, and cultural forces of the Middle Ages
with emphasis on the institutional and cultural life from the fall of
Rome to the Renaissance. (2nd sem., yearly.)
125,126. ENGLISH HISTORY (3,3) Cady, Mayes
Designed for English majors and prelegal students as well as for
the general student of history. The first semester covers the period to
1688 and stresses institutional aspects of medieval England and the
social, political, and constitutional developments in the Tudor and Stuart
periods. The second semester emphasizes cultural and economic develop-
ments, the British empire, constitutional and social reforms, and the im-
pact of World Wars I and II. (Yearly.)
145. LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY (3) Thompson
Emphasis will be placed on the national rather than the colonial
period. (2nd sem., yearly.)
240. HISTORY OF CANADA (2) Morrison
An introduction to Canada for Americans: a study of its resources,
its founding and development under France and England, and its emer-
gence as an important modern state. (Each semester.)
250. THE FAR EAST (3) Cody
Geographical factors; political and cultural traditions of historic
China and -Japan; attempted adjustments to the impact of the West in
the nineteenth century; collapse of Manchu China; Japanese imperialism
culminating in World War II; the postwar Far Eastern scene. (1st
sem., yearly.)
269. TEACHING OF THE SOCIAL STUDIES IN JUNIOR
AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOLS (2) Roberts
The nature, development, purpose, and value of the social studies,
with emphasis on methods and techniques of instruction in this field.
Problems of curriculum reorganization, unit planning, materials of
instruction, and evaluation. Prereq., 12 hrs. social sciences. (Each
semester.)
301. COLONIAL AMERICA (3) Lobdell
The discovery and colonization of America, relation of the colonies
to England, and the daily life of colonial Americans. Prereq., 6 hrs. (1st
sem., yearly.)
302. THE REVOLUTIONARY ERA (3) Daniel
An intensive study of the causes of the Revolution, the struggle for
independence, the movement for a new government, and the framing of
the Constitution. Prereq., 6 hrs. (2nd sem., yearly.)
310. SECTIONAL CONTROVERSY, 1820-1850 (2) Stevens
Slavery and political controversy, rise of the common man, rural
conditions, transportation, immigration, education, the factory sj^stem,
reform agitation, territorial annexations, growth of nationality. Prereq.,
6 hrs. (1st sem., yearly.)
234 Ohio University
312. THE CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION (3) Stevens
The sections of the United States in 1850, forces leading to war, the
great conflict; Reconstruction, its background and development; restor-
ation of home rule in the South, general cultural and economic develop-
ment. Prereq., 6 hrs. (2nd sem., yearly.)
316. HISTORY OF THE INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION IN THE
UNITED STATES, 1850-1941 (3) Daniel
Origins of the factory system in America, the impact of the Civil
War, rise of heavy industry, problems of financing and control, influence
of the progressive era, resurgence of big business during wartime and
the twenties, industrial problems of the depression period. Prereq., 6
hrs., including 102. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
321. THE UNITED STATES IN RECENT TIMES, 1898-1928 (3) Lobdell
American imperialism, the Progressive Era, World War I, retreat
from world responsibility, and the post-war prosperity period. Prereq.,
6 hrs. (1st sem., yearly.)
322. THE UNITED STATES IN RECENT TIMES, SINCE 1928 (3) Lobdell
The great depression, the New Deal, abandonment of isolation,
World War II, post-war crises and problems. Prereq., 6 hrs. (2nd sem.,
yearly.)
324. HISTORY OF AMERICAN DIPLOMACY (3) Thompson
A survey of the development of the foreign policy of the United
States, emphasizing relations with Latin America, the Far East, and
Europe to World War II. Prereq., 6 hrs. (1st sem., yearly.)
325. THE WESTWARD MOVEMENT (3) Daniel, Stevens
Expansion from the Atlantic to the Pacific. Explorations, Indian
trade, land policies, pioneer life, territorial acquistions and state mak-
ing, trails and railroads to the Far West, rise of cowboy land, types of
later frontiers, and influence of the West upon American ideals and in-
stitutions. Prereq., 6 hrs. (2nd sem., yearly.)
331. SOCIAL HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES (3) Daniel
The story of immigration, race, the family, class structure, religion,
leisure and "the American way of life"; problems of disease, poverty,
crime, and urbanization. Prereq., 6 hrs. (1st sem., yearly.)
332. CULTURAL HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES (3) Daniel
The development of American art, architecture, music, forms of
literary expression, science, and educational means for the dissemination
of culture. Prereq., 6 hrs. (2nd sem., yearly.)
352. INDIA AND SOUTHEAST ASIA IN MODERN TIMES (3) Cady
Historic civilizations of India and Southeast Asia; the impact of
Western colonial rule on the peoples of the area; readjustment following
the gradual liquidation of colonial empires. Prereq., 6 hrs. (2nd sem.,
yearly.)
361. THE RENAISSANCE AND THE REFORMATION (3) Mayes
A study of Europe in transition from the 14th to the 16th cen-
turies, with special emphasis on Italy. The course will examine the rise
of the national states, the commercial revolution, humanism, art and
architecture, the later medieval church, the rise of Protestantism, and
the Catholic Reformation. Prereq., 6 hrs. (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
History 235
363. TUDOR AND STUART ENGLAND (3) Mayes
England in the 16th and 17th centuries: a study of Tudor absolu-
tism, the English Reformation, the constitutional crisis (parliament
versus the Crown) of the Stuart period, the republican experiment un-
der Cromwell, the beginnings of empire, and the major cultural and
economic developments. Prereq., 6 hrs. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
365. FRENCH REVOLUTION (3) Gostavson
An intensive study of such historical factors as causation, influence
of ideology, institutional organization, and the role of the individual in
a gi-eat social upheaval. Px-ereq., 9 hrs. (2nd sem., yearly.)
370. EUROPE BETWEEN WORLD WARS (3) Gustavson
Fascism, communism, and the twenty-year armistice between 1919
and 1939. Prereq., 6 hrs. (1st sem., 1958-59.)
372. CONTEMPORARY EUROPE (3) Gusfavson
Problems of peace and war in Europe since 1939. Prereq., 6 hrs.
(2nd sem., yearly.)
375. HISTORY OF RUSSIA (3) Gustavson
A survey from the earliest times to the present. The Russian back-
ground of communist ideas, organization, and practices is stressed. Pre-
req., 6 hrs. (1st sem., yearly.)
378. THE HISTORY OF MODERN GERMANY (3) Gustavson
A survey of Germany and central Europe since the Age of Napoleon.
Prereq., 6 hrs. (2nd sem., yearly.)
385. IMPERIALISM AND WORLD POLITICS (3) Cody
Types of imperialism; empire building during the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries by Russia, Japan, United States, Great Britain,
France, Germany, and Italy. Prereq., 6 hrs. (1st sem., yearly.)
390. REPRESENTATIVE HISTORIANS AND THEIR WRITINGS
(2 or 3 as scheduled) Staff
Typical historians from the time of Herodotus and readings from
their masterpieces to illustrate schools of interpretation, philosophies of
history and the development of historical writing. Prereq., 12 hrs. (2nd
sem., 1959-60.)
392. PROBLEMS IN HISTORY (lto3) Sfaff
Intensive individual work either in research or in systematic reading
along the lines of the student's special interest under the supervision of
a member of the staff. Prereq., 15 hrs. and permission. Maximum credit
in course, 6 hrs. (Each semester.)
395. HISTORIOGRAPHY AND METHODOLOGY (3) Staff
An introduction to the technique of historical investigation with
practice in historical criticism and writing. Prereq., 15 hrs. (1st sem.,
yearly.)
398. SEMINAR IN HISTORY (1to3) Staff
Reports based upon original research with gi'oup discussion and
criticism. Maximum credit in course, 6 hrs. Prereq., 15 hrs, and per-
mission. (2nd sem., yearly.)
495. THESIS (l+o6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
236 Ohio University
HOME ECONOMICS Professor V. M. Roberts (director)
Associate Professor, Bane
Assistant Professors Macauley, Davis, Lewis,
Nehls, Cowan, Sellers
Instructors Makroczy, Lowe, Price, Rogers
Part-Time Instructor Murray
The School of Home Economics offers work in the following fields:
(i) Child Development and Family Life, (2) Foods and Nutrition, (3)
Home Economics Education, (4) Housing and Home Management, (5)
Institution Administration and (6) Textiles and Clothing.
Basic courses in each area of home economics are set up with em-
phasis directed toward home and family living. Students who are major-
ing in other departments, but desire training directed toward home and
family living may elect any of the basic courses (see "Core Courses,"
page 91).
Students majoring in home economics take the basic courses in
home economics and courses in general education during the first two
years and follow a professional curriculum during the junior and senior
years. Requirements for a Bachelor of Science in Home Economics
degree are indicated on page 91.
HOME ECONOMICS
51. ORIENTATION IN HOME ECONOMICS
(2) Roberts assisted by specialists in each field
The value of home economics for home and family life; the oppor-
tunities for careers in the various fields of home economics. Vocational
testing, g:uidance, and counseling.
161. HOME NURSING AND FAMILY HEALTH (2) Murray
Training in simple procedures in the care of the sick and minor
accidents in the home. A study of disease prevention and health pro-
motion for the family.
360. WORKSHOPS IN HOME ECONOMICS (1-2) Staff
Special workshops to aid the home economics teacher will be sche-
duled during summer sessions. Maximum credit toward graduate degree
— 6 hours. Prereq., 268 or equivalent, teaching experience or quali-
fied for certification to teach Home Economics. The areas of study in-
clude :
a. Home Economics Education
b. Clothing and Textiles
c. Foods and Nutrition
d. Child Development and Family Life
e. Consumer Education
f. Home Furnishings
g. Home Management
h. Household Equipment
i. School Lunch Management
381. RESEARCH IN HOME ECONOMICS {lfo3) Staff
A project course in which the student carries on independent in-
vestigations or problems under the guidance of the instructor. Maxi-
mum credit in course, 6 hrs. Prereq., 20 hrs. and permission.
Home Economics 237
390a, b, c. d. e. FIELD WORK IN HOME ECONOMICS (2 to 4) Staff
(a) Home Economics Extension
(b) Home Service Work With Public Utilities
(c) Institution Management
(d) Retail Merchandising
(e) Radio-TV
Through cooperation with business organizations, department
stores, radio-TV stations, and the Home Economics Extension Depart-
ment opportunities are given for on-the-job training and practical ex-
perience. The faculty adviser serves as coordinator of the work establish-
ed with these outside agencies. Prereq., 18 hrs., permission, and senior
rank.
391. SEMINAR IN HOME ECONOMICS (1 or2) Sioff
Prereq., 18 hrs., and permission.
495. THESIS (1to6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND FAMILY LIFE
5.6. CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND FAMILY LIVING (3,3) Nehls. Price
H. Ec. 5 deals with the physical, emotional, social, and intellectual
development of the child from conception through adolesence. The home
environment, the care, and the guidance which foster the total develop-
ment of the child will be stressed.
H. Ec. 6 stresses the problems confronting young people in estab-
lishing a family. Attention is given to the reinforcement the family may
secure through interactions with the church, the school, and the com-
munity. Not open to those who have had H. R. 301 or Soc. 260.
172. ADVANCED CHILD DEVELOPMENT (2) Nehls
Emphasis on the development of the preschool child as approached
through the cooperation of the parents, the teachers, and the children
in the Nursery School. 1 lee. 3 hrs. participation in Nurseiy School.
Prereq., 5, or 6 hrs. psychology.
375a, b. READINGS IN CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND FAMILY LIVING
(2 or 3) Nehls, Price
a. Child Development
b. Family Living
An intensive study through library research of a phase of child
development or a problem in family living. Weekly conferences. Maxi-
mum credit in course, 6 hrs. Prereq., 6 and 172, or 9 hrs. psychology
and/or sociology, permission.
377. TECHNIQUES WITH YOUNG CHILDREN (3) Nehls. Price
Techniques of guidance of nursery school children, with emphasis
on emotional and social development of the child and the effect of family
attitudes on behavior. 2 lee, and 3 hrs. at Nursery School. Prereq., 6
and 172.
378. ADMINISTRATION OF GROUP CARE OF YOUNG CHILDREN
(Not offered in 1959-60) (3) Price
The organization and administration of Nursery School. Prereq., 6
and 172,
238 Ohio University
379a, b. GUIDANCE OF NURSERY SCHOOL CHILDREN
(2 to 6) Nehls, Price
(a) Teaching and Guidance in the Nursery School. (4 hrs.)
(b) Techniques in Child Feeding. (2 hrs.)
Teaching and guidance in the Nursery School with participation in
all phases of the Nursery School program. Prereq., 377 or 6 hrs. psy-
chology and permission, or Education 272.
477a, b. SPECIAL STUDIES IN FAMILY RELATIONSHIPS OR CHILD
DEVELOPMENT (2 to 6) Nehls
(a) Family Eelationships. (2 or 3 hrs.)
(b) Child Development. (2 or 3 hrs.)
An intensive study of a problem in family relationships or child de-
velopment. Prereq., 6 and 172 or 12 hrs. psychology, sociology and/or
human relations.
FOODS AND NUTRITION
1-2. FOODS, NUTRITION AND MEAL PLANNING (3-3) Lewis, Lowe
Selection, storage, preparation, and serving of food. Nutrition and
all aspects of food management in the home are considered. 1 lee, 1
discussion, 4 lab.
125. FAMILY NUTRITION (3) Lowe
The relation of nutrition to growth, development, and maintenance
of health in all age groups. 2 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., 2.
320. CREATIVE COOKERY AND MEAL MANAGEMENT
(Summer sessions only) (2 to 4) Roberts
An advanced course emphasizing the creative, scientific, and artistic
phases of food preparation and meal management. Prereq., 9 hrs. foods
and nutrition and permission.
322. EXPERIMENTAL COOKERY (Not offered In 1959-60) (3) Lewis
Group and individual experiments on selected problems of food prep-
aration. 1 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 2 and Chem. 113.
323. FOOD PRESERVATION (Not offered in 1958-59) (2) Lewis
Methods of home food preservation and factors affecting palatability
and retention of nutrients in processed food. 1 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq.,
2.
326. ADVANCED NUTRITION (3) Lowe, Roberts
Principles of nutrition as applied to the feeding of individuals and
families under varying conditions. 2 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., 125, Chem.
113 and Zool. 235.
328. RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN FOODS AND NUTRITION
(Summer sessions only) (3) Roberts
Reports, discussions, and reviews of scientific literature. Some lab-
oratory projects may be included. Prereq., 2, and 125 or equivalent.
329. NUTRITION IN DISEASE (2) Macauley, Lowe
Application of principles of nutrition to the feeding of individuals
and the use of diet in prevention and treatment of disease. Problems
in planning and preparing therapeutic diets. 1 lee. and 3 lab. Prereq.,
125, 326.
340. PROBLEMS IN FOODS AND NUTRITION (2 or 3) Macauley, Lewis, Lowe
A comprehensive study of nutrition, experimental foods, food or
nutrition analysis, or institution management. Maximum credit in
course, 6 hrs. Prereq., 9 hrs. foods and nutrition and permission.
Home Economics 239
433. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN CHEMISTRY OF FOODS AND NUTRITION
(2 or 3) Lewis
An intensive study of a phase of food chemistry or nutrition. Max-
imum credit in course, 6 hrs. Prereq., 326.
HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION
155. HOME ECONOMICS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (2) Sellers
Problems related to home economics at the elementary level. Em-
phasis on the development of good food habits and nutritional status of
children. Three hours each week for class discussion, and laboratory
work.
268. TEACHING OF HOME ECONOMICS (3) Sellers
Organization, methods, classroom procedures, evaluation, and teach-
ing aids in family life education for secondary schools. Prereq., concur-
rently with Ed, 281, permission.
269. TEACHING OF FOODS AND NUTRITION (3) Lewis, Lowe
Organization of materials and methods of presenting principles of
food preparation and nutrition. For majors in foods and nutrition. 1
lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 2, 125.
350. PROBLEMS IN THE TEACHING OF HOME ECONOMICS
{1 to 3) Sellers
Opportunity for individual selection of problems. Maximum credit
in course, 6 hrs. Prereq., 18 hrs. and 268.
367. VOCATIONAL HOME ECONOMICS (Summer sessions only) (3) Sellers
History and philosophy of vocational homemaking education. Con-
temporary trends, methods, sources of materials, and evaluation. Ob-
servations arranged. Prereq., 268 or teaching experience in home
economics.
368. DEMONSTRATION TECHNIQUES (2) Lewis
Practical experience in the demonstration of foods, equipment or
clothing. Planned for those going into secondary education or consum-
er service positions. 4 lab. Prereq., 12 hrs.
369. HOME ECONOMICS IN ADULT EDUCATION (3) Sellers
Organization procedures, curriculum materials, and methods of con-
ducting adult education groups in the field of education for family living.
Prereq., 18 hrs. home economics.
450. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN THE TEACHING OF HOME ECONOMICS
(2 or 3) Sellers
Intensive study of some phase of home economics education. Max-
imum credit in course, 6 hrs. Prereq., teaching experience in home ec-
onomics.
HOUSING AND HOME MANAGEMENT
7. THE HOME AND ITS FURNISHINGS (2) Mokrociy
A practical and aesthetic study in house furnishings including basic
art qualities, styles of houses and interiors; analysis of modem floor
plans; selection and arrangement of furniture and accessories. 1 lee.
and 2 lab.
108. CONSUMER PROBLEMS OF THE FAMILY (2) Rogers
Education of the household buyer by practical application of market
devices as aids to the consumer buyer; retailing activities as they affect
the role of the consumer. 1 lee. and 2 lab.
240 Ohio University
330. WORKSHOP IN HOME FURNISHINGS (3) Makroczy
Laboratory problems in advanced techniques in home furnishings,
including upholstering, slip-covering, refinishing furniture, and making
draperies. 1 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 7 and 4; for non-majors, 7 and 4
hrs. art and permission.
331. ECONOMICS OF FURNISHINGS (Offered as needed) (2) Cowan
A study of the production, distribution, and qualities of furnish-
ings. Problems on china, glass, silver, furniture, bedding, rugs, etc.
Prereq., 330; for non-majors, 6 hrs. economics.
334. HOUSEHOLD EQUIPMENT (3) Macauley
Household operating and equipment problems. A critical analysis
of the use of equipment to establish standards for effective use. 1 lee.
and 4 lab. Prereq., 2 and 108.
351. HOME MANAGEMENT (2) Rogers
Econcrnic use of time, energy, and money in the successful function-
ing of the home from the viewpoint of the satisfaction of members of
the family. Prereq., 2 and 108, or 6 hrs. sociology.
353. HOME MANAGEMENT LABORATORY (3) Rogers
Residence in the home management house for one-half semester
provides experience in the use of human and material resources of the
family for the optimum development of its members. A charge is made
to cover room and board. Prereq., 351 or with 351, and permission.
353. PROBLEMS IN FAMILY ECONOMICS (1 to 3) Makroczy
Individual investigation of family income, expenditures, and stand-
ards of living. Minimum standards of living are emphasized; planned
for majors in social work. Prereq., 351 or 6 hrs. sociology and permis-
sion.
452. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN HOUSEHOLD EQUIPMENT AND
HOME MANAGEMENT (2 or 3) Macauley, Makroczy
An intensive study of the efficient management of time, energy,
or money in the home. Maximum credit in course, 6 hrs. Prereq., 351,
353 and 334.
INSTITUTION ADMINISTRATION
327. QUANTITY COOKERY (3) Macauley
Preparation and serving of foods in large quantities. Use of modem
equipment. Laboratory practice in the cafeteria and residence halls of
Ohio University. Prereq., 2.
342. INSTITUTION MARKETING AND FOOD COST CONTROL (2) Macauley
Studies in production, distribution and storage of food supplies to
serve as a basis for the purchase of such commodities for quantity use.
Record keeping involved in food service. 1 lee. and 3 lab. Prereq., 327.
343. INSTITUTION EQUIPMENT AND FURNISHINGS (2) Macauley
Kitchen planning and selection of equipment including materials,
construction, installation, operation, care, and relative cost; floor plans
and specifications. 1 lee. and 3 lab. Prereq., 327.
348. INSTITUTION MANAGEMENT (3) Macauley
Principles of organization and administration which apply to food
units in school lunch rooms, and public and private institutions. Ad-
ministration of labor; standards of work; cost control. Prereq., 327 and
Aect. 75,
Home Economics 241
TEXTILES AND CLOTHING
3-4. CLOTHING SELECTION AND CONSTRUCTION
(2-2) Bane, Cowan Makroczy
A basic course in clothing construction with discussions on color.
line, personal attractiveness, fashion, and wardrobe planning. 1 lee. and
3 lab.
110. TEXTILES (2) Cowan
A basic textile course involving the study of textile fibers and the
construction, processing, use and care of fabrics. 1 lee. and 3 lab.
212-213. FLAT PATTERN DESIGN (2-2) Bane
Dress pattern making on advanced fitting problems and the execu-
tion of original designs. 1 lee. and 3 lab. Prereq., 4 and 110 or Art 137
and permission.
300. NEW DEVELOPMENTS IN TEXTILES (Summer sessions only) (2) Cowan
New developments in textile fibers with special emphasis on new
fibers, their characteristics, uses and care. Prereq., 9 hrs. clothing and
textiles.
301. TECHNIQUES IN TEACHING CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION
(Summer sessions only) (1) Bane
Special problems in sizing, alteration, fitting and consti-uction as
applied to teaching the high school student. Prereq., 316 or equivalent,
teaching experience or certification to teach home economics.
302. TECHNIQUES IN TEACHING CLOTHING SELECTION
(Summer sessions only) (1) Bane
Methods of presenting clothing selection on the high school level with
emphasis on psychological and economic aspects of clothing. Consumer
and market trends to be included. Prereq., 316 or equivalent, teaching
experience or certification to teach home economics.
310. TECHNIQUES IN CLOTHING DESIGN (Summer sessions only) (2) Bane
An advanced course in clothing that offers opportunity for creative
expression and for an understanding of patterns through the medium of
flat pattern design. 1 lee. and 3 lab. Prereq., 4 and 110.
313. CLOTHING AND TEXTILES FOR THE CONSUMER
(Not offered in 1958-59) (2) Cowan
Problems presented to the buyer and the consumer in purchasing
textile products such as lingerie, home-furnishing fabrics, ready-to-wear,
and accessories. Prereq., 9 hrs. clothing and textiles, Ec. 11 or 101.
315. HISTORY OF COSTUME AND TEXTILES
(Not offered in 1959-60) (2) Cowan
Study of costume and textiles through the ages as a basis for the
understanding and appreciation of present-day costumes. Prereq., 4 and
110.
316. TAILORING (3) Bane
Tailoring of suits or coats. Emphasis placed on professional tech-
niques, advanced fitting problems, and construction of high fashion gar-
ments. 6 lab. and demonstration. Prereq., 4 and 110.
318. ADVANCED TEXTILES (3) Cowan
Physical and chemical examination of fibers and fabrics. Problems
in the comparison and evaluation of fabrics. 1 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq.,
4 and 110, Chem. 2.
242 Ohio University
319a. b. SPECIAL STUDIES IN TEXTILES OR CLOTHING (3 to 6) Bane, Cowan
Intensive study of one of more problems related to textiles or cloth-
ing. Maximum credit in each area, 6 hrs.; total in course, 12 hrs.
Prereq., 12 hrs. clothing and textiles and permission.
(a) Clothing. (3 hrs.)
(b) Textiles. (3 hrs.)
HUMAN RELATIONS Professors A. C. Anderson, Patrick
Associate Professor B. R. Black (chairnnan)
Instructors E. I. Anderson, J. Dickinson
Courses in the department are designed to contribute to the general
education of students in any field. Majors in any area who plan to pre-
pare for personnel work in business and industry, social work and ad-
ministration, government agencies, or education are invited to confer
with members of the staff about selection of courses in this and related
departments.
291-292. PRACTICUM IN STUDENT PERSONNEL
(3-3) E. I. Anderson, Dickinson
A survey of the problems of orientation of freshmen to college.
Supervised experience including observation, discussion, and practice in
personnel and guidance. 1 lee. and a minimum of 4 lab. Prereq., per-
mission. (Yearly)
301. MARRIAGE (3) Patrick and Associates Eggers, McQuate, Organ
Schmidt, Rowles
A clinical approach to the problems of dating, courtship, marriage,
parenthood, and childhood adjustments in the light of scientific and
philosophical thinking of today. Prereq., for undergraduate credit, jun-
ior or senior rank; for graduate credit, 12 hrs. social sciences, or 6 hrs.
social sciences and 6 hrs. biology. (2nd sem., yearly.)
303-304. HUMAN RELATIONS (3-3) A. C. Anderson, Black
A course taught by the case method, designed for students interested
in studying the habits and skills of analysis, judgment, and action im-
portant to people in all walks of life. Prereq., junior, senior, or graduate
rank. (303, each semester; 304, 2nd sem., yearly.)
325. FIELD WORK OR RESEARCH (1 to 3) StaH
An opportunity for individual work in a specialized area of human
relations; field work in human relations; or supervised work for a speci-
fied time in the offices of admissions, registrar, O. U. Center, housing,
and University College; or research under the direction of the staff.
Maximum credit in course, 5 hrs. Prereq., 303 and permission. (Each
semester.)
491. SEMINAR IN HUMAN RELATIONS (3) StaH
Prereq., 303 or 304, and permission. (1st sem., yearly.)
493, 494. SEMINAR IN STUDENT PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION
(3, 3) Black
Designed for those specializing in student personnel work. Empha-
sis on philosophy and current trends in student personnel work and ad-
ministrative procedures for effective coordination of services within a
student personnel program. Prereq., 18 hrs. social sciences and permis-
sion. (Yearly.)
495. THESIS (1 to 6) StaH
Prereq., permission.
Industrial Arts 243
HUMANITIES— See General Studies
INDUSTRIAL ARTS Associate Professors Kinison, Paige,
Perry (chairman)
Assistant Professor Calvin
Instructors Adams, Armbruster, Shull, Squibb, Weber
The requirements for an industrial arts major in the program lead-
ing to a Bachelor of Science in Education are outlined on page 134. The
program outline for the Bachelor of Science in Industrial Technology is
described on page 95.
1. GENERAL WOODWORKING I (3) Adams, Paige
A study of the uses of common hard and soft woods hand tools, and
machinery, joints and other methods of wood fabrication, glues, finishes,
and the planning of projects. 1 lee. and 4 lab.
2. GENERAL WOODWORKING II (3) Paige
A study of the operation of common woodworking machinery, cab-
inet consti-uction, decorative processes, veneering and house framing. 1
lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 1.
5. DRIVER EDUCATION (1) Weber
A beginning course in driving. Laboratory practice in dual-control
car. Study includes the car and current problems of traffic. Credit not
counted toward degree. 1 lee. and 1 lab. Fee, $15.
6. WOOD TURNING (2) Paige
A laboratory course in the designing and making of objects on the
wood turning lathe. It includes spindle, faceplate, chuck, mandrel turn-
ing, and methods of finishing on the wood lathe. 4 lab.
8. ORIENTATION IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS (2) Staff
A course of brief experiences with materials, tools and processes,
planning and finishing. Designed to help the student consider teaching
industrial arts as a profession. 4 lab.
9. CRAFT AND HOBBY WORK (2) Perry
A laboi'atory course in which any student of the University may
learn to work with wood, metal, leather, reed, plastics, textiles or other
available materials. 4 lab.
11. DUPLICATING (3) Weber
Study and practice in the areas of block printing, etching, litho-
graphy, photography, silk screening, and use of the mimeograph and
spirit duplicator. 1 lee. 4 lab.
13. GENERAL COLD METALS (3) Adams, Calvin
A study of the materials and the fundamental operations involving
hand and machine work in sheet metal, bench metal and machine shop.
1 lee. and 4 lab.
14. GENERAL HOT METALS (3) Ambruster, Squibb
This course includes the basic operations in forge, foundry, and
welding practice. Related infonnation, both technical and general, is in-
cluded as part of each phase of laboratory work. 1 lee. and 4 lab.
244 Ohio University
19. AUTOMOTIVE THEORY AND REPAIR (3) Shull
A study of the automobile with emphasis on servicing and overhaul-
ing the engine and chassis. 1 lee. and 4 lab.
51. FARM SHOP (3) Shull
A study of woodworking, concrete working and electricity as applied
to building and repair work on the farm. 1 lee. and 4 lab.
102. PRACTICAL CARPENTRY (3) Paige
The fundamental processes of carpentry which are involved in house
construction, including staking out, concrete forms, framing, flooring,
sheathing, insulating, interior finishing, framing of windows and the
framing and hanging of doors. Prereq., 1. 6 lab.
104. FURNITURE UPHOLSTERY (2) Paige
A study of the tools, equipment, and materials used in the con-
struction and repair of spring seats, padded seats, and overstuffed fur-
niture. Practice will include both old and new construction. 4 lab.
105. MATERIALS AND FINISHES (3) Paige
A study of the different materials and finishes that are generally
used in the industrial arts laboratories: their sources, manufacture, and
application.
106. ADVANCED WORK IN CRAFTS (2) Perry
Emphasis will be placed upon skill development in some craft area
chosen by the student in consultation with the instructor. Evidence of
original design and specialized skill development, as applied to the cho-
sen materials, is a requirement for this course. 4 lab. Prereq., 9 or
permission.
107. SHEET METAL (2) Adams
The laboratory work consists of laying out, cutting, forming, join-
ing, decorating and finishing sheet metals. Proper use and maintenance
of hand tools and machine tools are emphasized. 4 lab. Prereq., 13 or
permission.
109. CABINETMAKING (3) Paige
The design and construction of various kinds of cabinets. Includes
individually-designed projects and production methods. 6 lab. Prereq.,
2.
115. INDUSTRIAL ARTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (1 to 2) Perry
The operation and use of common hand tools to form wood, metal
and other materials. Planning and construction of articles commonly
associated with elementary school classroom work. 1 lee. and 1 lab.
Prereq., elementary teaching majors only.
116. CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN (2) Paige
A study of the principles of design and their application to indus-
trial arts projects, and of the identification of the periods of furniture
design. 4 lab.
117. SHOP AND MACHINE MAINTENANCE (2 to 4) Shuli
Practice in common jobs necessary to maintain tools and machines
in industrial arts school laboratories. This includes sharpening and ad-
justment of both hand and power tools, electric motor hook-up and re-
pair. 4 to 8 lab. Prereq., permission.
Industrial Arts 245
121. PAHERN MAKING (1) Adams
A laboratory course which includes a study of tools, machinery, pat-
tern, layout, joinery, and special types of construction of wood patterns.
2 lab.
124. MACHINE SHOP (2) Calvin
The shaping of metal by the use of the engine lathe, the shaper, the
milling machine, and including the care and upkeep of these macliines.
4 lab. Prereq., 13 or permission.
128. ADVANCED METAL WORK (3) Calvin
Continuation of technical operations on metalworking machinery,
theory of inspection, product control, gauging and measuring devices.
Laboratory work includes operations in both cold and hot metal areas.
6 lab. Prereq., permission.
129. V/ELDING (2) Squibb
Application of principles and techniques of oxy-acetylene and arc fu-
sion welding of ferrous and nonferrous metals; brazing; selection,
care and use of equipment and supplies; welding metallurgy. 4 lab.
Prereq., 14 or permission.
131. INTRODUCTION TO CERAMICS (2) Armbruster
A study of the processes of forming pottery, tile and brick; of con-
crete work, including the building of forms, and the use of other stone
setting materials. 1 lee. and 3 lab. Prereq., 2 or permission.
133. PRACTICAL ELECTRICITY (3) Perry
A study of sources, principles, and measurements of electricity.
Planning and construction of devices to illustrate electrical effects. 1
lee. and 4 lab.
134. PRACTICAL POWER AND TRANSPORTATION (3) Shull
Experimentation, project construction and study of air, steam, water,
electricity and internal combustion of gases as sources of power, and
their effects on industry and transportation. 1 lee. and 4 lab.
141. PRINTING (3) Kinison
This course consists of learning the case, composition of straight
matter, pulling and correcting proofs, imposition, distribution, and plat-
en presswork. 1 lee. and 4 lab.
142. PRINTING (3) Kinison
The course deals with papers and paper making, ink, care of sup-
plies, designing and setting display composition, the making of stereo-
type mats and castings, and platen presswork. 1 lee. and 4 lab. Pre-
req., 141.
144. PHOTOLITHOGRAPHY (3) Kinison
Practice in the making of off-set plates of several kinds and opera-
tion of the off-set press. Plate making involves the use of copying cam-
ei'a and the whirl er. 6 lab.
147. ADVANCED PRINTING (3) Kinison
Deals with the problems that are encountered in a commercial
printing shop. 6 lab. Prereq., 142.
246 Ohio University
199. ADMINISTRATION OF DRIVER EDUCATION (2 or 3) Weber
For prospective driving teachers. Certification by the American
Automobile Association upon completion. Certification for teaching in
the high schools of Ohio depends upon certification in at least one other
high school subject. 2 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., Psych., Psych. 5 or permis-
sion.
201. ADVANCED PRINCIPLES OF DRIVER EDUCATION (3) Perry
A course designed to aid teachers in extending their professional
development through group study and planning in the area of driver
education. Class activity will be guided by problems found in present
programs. Emphasis will be upon improvement of time utilization and
student motivation. Prereq., 199 or permission.
203. INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS (3) Armbroster
Fundamental theory and practice in the use and care of electronic
apparatus commonly employed for communication and production con-
trol in industry. 1 lee. 4 lab. Prereq., 133.
260. TEACHING OF INDUSTRIAL ARTS (3) Calvin
A study of the techniques used in teaching industrial arts. Em-
phasis on organizing and planning, courses of study, methods of pre-
senting technical and related information, evaluating student progress
and shop management. Prereq., 12 hrs.
299. PROBLEMS IN SAFETY EDUCATION (2) V/eber
A study of current practices in the field of safety education. Special
emphasis may be given to applications in the fields of transportation,
manufacturing, and driver education.
302. DEVELOPMENT OF TEACHING AIDS FOR INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION
(2) V/eber
Emphasis is on analysis of teaching situations to determine which
can be enhanced through the use of teaching aids. Laboratory activity
consists of development and construction of instructional aids designed
for specific purposes. A term paper is required for graduate credit. 4
lab. Prereq., teaching experience or concurrently with practice teach-
ing.
309. ADMINISTRATION OF THE GENERAL SHOP (3) Paige
Supervision and administration as related to the general shop. Types
of organization, laboratory planning, equipment selection, tool storage,
and accounting systems are topics studied. Prereq., 12 hrs.
326. HISTORY OF INDUSTRIAL AND VOCATIONAL ARTS (3) Calvin
A study of the history of industrial arts from its earliest beginnings
down to the present, including the Smith-Hughes Law and the George-
Deen Act and their administration in Ohio.
328. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS (1 fo 3) Staff
A research course where individual problems are selected for inves-
tigation, solution, and reporting. Maximum credit in course, 3 hrs.
Prereq., senior rank.
399. WORKSHOP IN DRIVER EDUCATION (Summer sessions only) (1) Perry
A course designed for teachers of driver education. Class activity
will be guided by problems found in present programs. Emphasis will
be placed on improvement of time utilization and student motivation.
Prereq., certification in driver education.
Journalism 247
450a, b, c, d. ADVANCED WORK IN WOOD, METAL,
PRINTING OR POWER (2) S+aH
Advanced laboratory work in the wood, metal, printing or power
areas along with a study of the industrial practices in the field selected.
The course may be repeated in different areas for a maximum credit of
6 hrs. 4 lab. Prereq., (a) Wood, 1, 2; (b) Metal, 13, 14; (c) Printing, 11,
141; (d) Power, 133, 134.
457. CURRICULUM BUILDING IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS (3) Staff
A study of the building of a complete industrial arts curriculum and
of the construction of the several courses that make up the curriculum.
Prereq., 16 hrs.
471. ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION
(3) StaH
This course is a study of the philosophy of industrial education, of
the Federal laws pertaining to vocational education and of the problems
and practices of administration and supervision of vocational and non-
vocational industrial education in the public schools. Prereq., permis-
sion.
481. RESEARCH IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS (1 to 3) Staff
Students are directed in the investigation of selected phases of the
theory and practice of industrial education. A written report of this in-
vestigation is to be presented by each student to the departmental grad-
uate committee. Maximum credit in course, 6 hrs. Prereq., Ed. 488.
491. SEMINAR IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDUCATION (1 to 3) Staff
Reports on recent books and magazine articles, and reports based
upon original research will be given and followed by group discussion
and criticism. Maximum credit in course, 6 hrs. Prereq., 15 hrs.
495. THESIS |1 to 6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
ITALIAN — See Romance Languages
JOURNALISM Professor Hortin (director)
Associate Professors Turnbull, Baird, Humphreys
Assistant Professor Baxter
Instructors Nichols, Reamer, Gilbert
1. ORIENTATION IN JOURNALISM (2) Hortin. StaH
Analysis of the forms and purposes of journalistic communciations
— reporting, editing, management, advertising, radio and television,
news, public relations, free lance and feature writing, photo- journalism;
opportunities for careers in the various sequences; guidance and coun-
seling; survey of facilities.
105. HISTORY OF AMERICAN JOURNALISM (3) Baird
A study of the development of newspaper, magazine, and radio
journalism from the colonial period to the present, including political, ec-
onomic, and mechanical aspects. Prereq., Eng. 4.
248 Ohio University
107. NEWSPAPER REPORTING (3) Baird, Baxter
Instruction in methods of gathering material and writing news re-
ports, interviews, reports of speeches, follow-ups and re-writes, human
interest stories, and specialized news. Practice work covering assign-
ments and preparing copy. Prereq., Eng. 4, and Sec. St. 15 or the ability
to operate a typewriter efficiently.
ni. REPORTING PRACTICE {1 to 6) Reamer
Students are assigned to general reporting on The Athens Mes-
senger, which includes the covering of definite news beats as well as
special assignments. Prereq., 107 and permission.
140. THE COMMUNITY NEWSPAPER (2) Staff
The course stresses editorial and business phases of weeklies and
small dailies. Problems include editing, editorial writing, and rural
correspondence; school, church, and business life; circulation, advertis-
ing, job printing, and mechanical equipment. Prereq., Eng. 4.
146. TYPOGRAPHY. MECHANICS, AND MAKEUP (3) Baird, Turnbull
Make-up in type of newspaper pages, following introduction to hand
composition. Study of principles of good make-up of ads and news, in-
cluding correct choice of type. Mechanics of printing reproduction
studied.
217. NEWSPAPER AND MAGAZINE EDITING (3) Humphreys
Principles and practices of copyreading, headline writing, illustra-
tion, and make-up for newspapers, tabloids, and magazines. Other
phases: picture editing, desk problems, wire and syndicate material.
Prereq., 107.
221. EDITING PRACTICE (1 to 6) Gilbert
Students are assigned to copyreading on The Athens Messenger,
handling local, correspondence, and wire copy, and working out make-up
problems. Prereq., 217 or permission.
230. REVIEWING AND CRITICISM (2) Humphreys
A study and analysis of books, art, drama, music, photography, ra-
dio, television, and other public presentations. Students write reviews
and criticisms after studying outstanding examples in recognized publi-
cations. Prereq., 107, Eng. 4.
247. NEWSPAPER ADVERTISING AND LAYOUT (3) Nichols, Turnbull
A study of the operation of the advertising department from the
viewpoint of the advertising manager. Prereq., Advt. 155.
251. CONTEMPORARY THOUGHT AND DEVELOPMENTS (3) Humphreys
Contributions in all phases of modern society are discussed by uni-
versity faculty members and other authorities. Students are required
to do reference reading and to write news reports of the discussions.
Prereq., 107 junior or senior rank.
277. NEWSPAPER ADVERTISING PRACTICE |1 to 6) Nichols
Laboratory work in preparing copy for local display advertisers of
The Athens Messenger. Other practice problems in the fields of classi-
fied, national, and promotion advertising. Prereq., 247.
280. RADIO-TV NEWS WRITING AND EDITING (2) Baxter
The study and practice of writing and editing news for broadcast-
ing. Students will prepare radio news from local sources and press
services. Prereq., 107, Radio 79.
Journalism 249
285. RADIO-TV NEWS PRACTICE (2 or 3) Baxter
A laboratory course in the production of regular newscasts covering
both preparation of copy and the actual broadcasts of the script over
WOUB and WOUI, AM and FM. Maximum credit in course, 6 hrs.
Prereq., 280.
303. TELEVISION NEWS PRODUCTION (3) Baxter
The preparation and production of television news. Experiments
in visual presentation of news and discussion of the organization and
policies of the television newsroom. Prereq., 280, Photog. 133, and
permission.
306. NEWSPAPER AND COMMUNICATIONS LAW (2) Hortin
Principles and case studies of the law of the press with emphasis
on constitutional guarantees, libel, contempt, privacy, copyright, privil-
ege, and administrative controls. Some consideration of regulations
pertaining to radio and television. Prereq., 217 and senior rank.
307. REPORTING OF PUBLIC AFFAIRS (2) Balrd, Hortin
Includes a study of governmental, civic, and business organizations:
courts, legal procedure, city and county government, state and national
organizations, banks, political parties, and community activities. Pre-
req., Ill, or permission, and senior rank in journalism.
309. RADIO-TV ADVERTISING AND MANAGEMENT (3) Turnbuil
A study of the business principles and practices in the broadcast-
ing industry, dealing with problems in radio and TV station operation,
with major emphasis on time sales. Prereq., Advt. 155 or permission.
322. FEATURE AND MAGAZINE WRITING (3) Baird. Hortin
A study of newspaper, magazine, and pictorial features, followed by
practice in writing and marketing of various types. The course in-
cludes finding subjects, securing photographs, writing articles and sur-
veying markets. Prereq., 107, or 12 hrs. of English, or permission.
323. ADVANCED FEATURE AND MAGAZINE WRITING (2) Baird, Horttn
Students are permitted wide range in selecting feature subjects.
High grade writing is stressed with definite idea of publication. Prereq.,
322.
325. THE EDITORIAL PAGE (2) Humphreys
A study of the editorial page as to purpose, style, and effect. Train-
ing is given in writing interpretative news articles, columns, and all types
of editorials. Prereq., Ill, or 12 hrs. of English, and senior rank, or
permission.
327. PUBLIC RELATIONS TECHNIQUES (3) Hortin, Staff
Study and practice of fundamental public relations functions. Em-
phasis is placed on polling, publicity wi-iting, and preparation of litera-
ture of business organizations — house organs, reports, pamphlets, ad-
vertisements, leaflets, manuals, and letters. Prereq., 107, 146, and
junior rank, or permission.
328. PUBLIC RELATIONS (3) Hortin. Staff
A study of advanced public relations problems, policies, and prac-
tices of various institutions and oragnizations in modem society. Atten-
tion is focused on public relations program development. Prereq., 327
or permission.
250 Ohio University
329. BUSINESS AND MAGAZINE JOURNALISM (2) Baird
Study of industrial, business, and institutional publications. Anal-
ysis of contents, purposes, and readership of such publications. Practice
in copy preparation and make-up. Staff, costs, printing, and circula-
tion are considered. Prereq., Ill and 146.
343. NEWSPAPER MANAGEMENT (2) Turnbull
A study of the problems and economics of publishing. Consideration
is given to policy making as it affects all departments of the newspaper
plant. Prereq., junior or senior rank.
348. ADVERTISING PRODUCTION (2) Turnbull
Study of mechanical, graphic, and creative methods of advertising
production; comparative analysis of printing processes; relation of color,
art work, type, media, and quality of paper to advertising purpose; study
of cost and controls. Prereq., 247 or Advt, 332 or permission.
370. INTERNSHIP (3) StaH
A conference course open only to students who have completed their
internship work with an approved organization. Students will submit a
comprehensive report involving analysis and problems encountered dur-
ing the summer training. Prereq., only by permission; junior rank or
above, and completion of summer internship.
375. SPECIALIZED JOURNALISM (3) Baird, Staff
A course designed for students desiring training in special fields —
science, sports, society, politics, military, home economics, agriculture,
religious activities, teaching journalism, music, and other approved ar-
eas. Prereq., junior rank or above and permission.
376. GRAPHIC PRODUCTION PROCESSES (3) Turnbull, Staff
Advanced study of all processes for reproducing the printed word
and pictures, including photo-engraving, lithography, letterpress, roto-
gravTire, mimeographing, duplicating. Emphasis is placed on developing
a thorough understanding of latest developments in each field as they
affect editing, advertising, public relations, and television news. In-
cludes theory and laboratory work in preparation of written and photo-
graphic copy for each process. Prereq., 146, senior rank, and permis-
sion.
381. RESEARCH IN JOURNALISM (1 to 8) Staff
Special studies in one or more phases of journalism. Prereq., 18
hrs. in journalism and advertising, and permission.
403. SEMINAR IN MASS COMMUNICATIONS (2) Staff
Methods of research in mass communications; the selection, plan-
rang, and evaluation of research problems. Study of thesis writing and
selection of a thesis problem. Survey of outstanding books and period-
ical literature in mass communications. Prereq., permission.
495. THESIS (1 to 6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
LATIN — See Classical Languages
Management 251
LIBRARY SCIENCE Assistant Professor Wright (Librarian)
Assistant Librarians Chutter, Linnenbruegge, Dickinson, Devlin
Courses in Library Science under the direction of the University
Librarian, in cooperation with the College of Education, provide training
for students wishing to qualify as teacher-librarians under the Ohio
Department of Education. Library Science 191 is also useful as a gen-
eral elective for students interested in training for graduate or research
work in any field of study. Students in literature or fine arts may find
Library Science 194 helpful as background material.
191. HISTORY OF LIBRARIES AND THE USE OF
LIBRARY RESOURCES (3) Wrighf, Devlin
A survey of the development of book collections serves as an intro-
duction to practical training in the effective use of modem library re-
sources. Open to all students in any year. Required for a minor in
library science, (2nd sem., yearly.)
192. CLASSIFICATION AND CATALOGING OF BOOKS (3) Devlin
Training in classifying and cataloging books, with practice in the
preparation of a card catalog for a high school library. Required for a
minor in library science. (2nd sem., yearly.)
194. HISTORY OF BOOKS AND PRINTING (3) Wright
A survey of the development of books and printing from early times
to the present. (1st sem., 1958-59.)
202. BOOKS FOR HIGH SCHOOL READERS (3) Linnenbruegge
A study of library service for young people serves as an introduc-
tion to books and book services for the high school age gi'oup. (2nd sem,,
1959-60.)
291. THE SCHOOL LIBRARY (3) Linnenbruegge
Study of methods and materials used in organizing school library
service, and developing library use among school pupils. Practice work
and field trips. Required for a minor in library science. (1st sem., year-
ly.)
393. ADMINISTRATIVE PROBLEMS IN A SCHOOL LIBRARY (3) Linnenbruegge
Study of practical problems in planning adequate library quarters,
selection of furniture and equipment, relations with faculty and with
purchasing and finance offices. Offered second semester. Prereq., 291.
(2nd sem., 1959-60.)
MANAGEMENT Professors Beckert, Hellebrandt (chairman),
Associate Professor Splvey
3. INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS (3) BeclcerJ
A survey of the operations of business, large and small, in our cap-
italistic system with observations of the changes taking place in our free
enterprise society. An understanding of the technical language of in-
dustry and the development of the vocabulary of business and business
terms. Not open to upperclassmen pursuing the Bachelor of Science in
Commerce degree.
211. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT (3) Hellebrandt, Staff
An examination of the basic fundamentals of management under-
lying the solution of problems of organization and operation in all busi-
ness enterprise, followed by their application to such specific fields of
industrial management as materials, personnel, production, budgets,
labor relations, etc, Prereq,, Ec, 12 or 102, junior rank, or permission.
252 Ohio University
301-302. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT (3) Hellebrandf
An introduction to the more important production procedures and
techniques commonly used by progressive manufacturing plants. Deals
with methods of supervision used at the lower levels of management in
the production field more than with the problems of policy formulation
which confront the factory manager. Case and semi-laboratory method
used. Prereq., 211, or permission.
302 covers practical training in the more important types of prob-
lems encountered by executives at the level of the executive factory
manager. The main objective is to develop the ability to analyze and
solve problems in management control of production and in the formula-
tion of production policies. Case method used. Prereq., 301, or permis-
sion.
308. PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL (2) Hellebrandt
Study of forecasting, planning, authorizing, scheduling, dispatching,
and controlling flow of industrial production, from receipt of customer's
order to shipment of finished goods. Prereq., 211, or permission.
312, ADMINISTRATION OF PERSONNEL (3) StaH
A comprehensive survey in the principles of management of people
in business organizations and institutions. Among the subjects treated
are employee selection, training, and rating; labor turnover; job analy-
sis; wage and salary administration. Prereq., 211, or permission.
314. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT PROBLEMS (3) Staff
A detailed study of personnel problems and their relation to various
personnel management principles dealing with such subjects as induction
and training, transfers and promotions, and morale. Case method used.
Prereq., 312, or permission,
321. MOTION AND TIME STUDY (2 or 3 as scfieduled) Hellebrandt
Methods work, work simplification and time study as tools of man-
agement to develop methods of determining operating standards, pro-
duction control, and wage rate determination. Prereq., 301 or 211 and/or
permission.
325. INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS (2 or 3 as scheduled) Hellebrandt
Objectives, establishment and procedures of collective bargaining;
administration of collective bargaining agreements; labor-management
cooperation; the methods of conciliation, mediation, and arbitration of
disputes. Taught by case method. Prereq., 211, or permission.
332. WAGE AND SALARY ADMINISTRATION (2 or 3 as scheduled) Staff
The factors determining industrial wage and salary policies, meth-
ods of employee payments, wage relationships, wage rate setting, in-
centive wage plans. The techniques and methods of implementing wage
and salary policies. Prereq., 302 or 312.
345. ADVANCED PRODUCTION PROBLEMS (2 or 3 as scheduled) Hellebrandt
Case studies of production problems in a number of different in-
dustries, designed to apply to all phases of the student's training and
experience. Prereq., 302, senior rank and/or permission.
381. RESEARCH IN MANAGEMENT (1 to 8) StaH
Special studies in industrial organization and scientific manage-
ment. Prereq., 16 hrs. economics and/or commerce including Mgt, 301
or 312, and permission.
Marketing 253
391. SEMINAR IN MANAGEMENT (2 to 4) Staff
Maximum credit in course, 10 hrs. Prereq., 15 hrs. management and
/or economics and permission.
495. THESIS (Uo6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
Additional courses: Ec. 335 — Labor Economics, Ec. 338 — Labor Leg-
islation, Stat. 271 — Analysis of Statistical Data, Stat. 341 — Business
Cycles, Stat. 345 — Forecasting, and Sec. St. 285 — Office Management.
MARKETING Professor Krauskopf
Associate Professors Paynter (chialrman), Raymond
Assistant Professor Richmond
155. MARKETING PRINCIPLES (3) Krauskopf, Paynter, Raymond, Richmond
The principles, methods, and policies of marketing consumers' goods
and industrial goods. Prereq., Ec. 12 or 102.
258. MARKETING PROBLEMS (3) Raymond
A consideration by the case method of the problems facing the pro-
ducer and the middleman. Prereq., 155.
271. PRINCIPLES OF PERSONAL SELLING (2) Raymond
The fundamentals of personal salesmanship and the problems in-
volved in the relationship of the personal salesman to the sales organiza-
tion. Prereq., 155.
276. SALES MANAGEMENT (2) Raymond
Problems in the management of the sales organization and in some
of the immediately related fields of management. Prereq., 155.
301. RETAIL SELLING POLICIES (3) Paynter
The organization and operation of retail institutions. Prereq., 155.
302. RETAIL BUYING AND STOCK CONTROL (3) Paynter
A study of buying, receiving, and stock control practices in retail
stores. Prereq., 301.
311. RECENT TRENDS IN MARKETING AND SELLING (3) Krauskopf, Paynter
Prereq., 155.
326. INDUSTRIAL PURCHASING AND INDUSTRIAL MARKETING (3) Paynfer
The purchasing and selling of industrial goods. Prereq., 155.
341. FOREIGN TRADE (3) Paynter
A study of the theories of foreign trade and of the problems met by
concerns engaged in importing and exporting. Prereq., 155.
346. FOREIGN MARKETS (2) Paynter
A study of foreign markets from the point of view of the American
exporter. Prereq., 155.
254 Ohio Unive31sity
352. PROBLEMS IN SALES MANAGEMENT (2) Raymond
Problems of sales administration and selling policies by the case
method. Prereq., 258 or 271, 276.
381. RESEARCH IN MARKETING (1 to 8) Staff
Research methods, market data, and methods of conducting market
surveys. Prereq., 18 hrs. commerce, including 5 hrs. marketing, and
permission.
391. SEMINAR IN MARKETING {2 to 4) StaH
Maximum credit in course, 10 hrs. Prereq., 18 hrs. commerce, in-
cluding 5 hrs. marketing, and permission.
495. THESIS (lto6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
MATHEMATICS Professors Marquis, Denbow, Goedicke
Associate Professors Butner (chairman), Fishback, Jasper
Assistant Professors Spring, W. E. Baxter, Hood, Sexauer
Instructors M. R. LeBoutillier, Diekhans.Uhl, N.Johnson,
Rodgers, Lauff
The major requirement for the A.B. or B.S. degree is 28 hours
including Math. 5, 6, 101, 102 and at least two courses numbered above
300.
1. ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA (3) Staff
A beginning course for students with no high school algebra. (Sum-
mer session only.)
2. PLANE GEOMETRY (3) Staff
A course for students with no high school geometry. Prereq., 1, or
1 yr. high school algebra. (Summer session only.)
3. INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA (3) StaH
Review of high school algebra and some simple topics from college
algebra. Any student who takes 3 must earn a "C" or better in order to
go on to Math. 5. Prereq., 2, or 1 yr. each in geometry and algebra in
high school. (Each semester.)
5. FRESHMAN MATHEMATICS (5) Staff
College algebra and plane trigonometry. Prereq., 2, or 1 yr. each in
algebra and plane geometry in high school. (Each semester.)
6. ANALYTIC GEOMETRY AND CALCULUS I (5) Stoff
Topics in analytic geometry, function and limits, differentiation and
uitegration of algebraic forms, application of derivatives, integration as
a summation process. Prereq., 5. (Each semester.)
9. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS (3) Staff
A critical reanalysis and review of the basic concepts of algebra.
Not open to students who have had Math. 5. For premedical and pre-
dental students; others by permission. Prereq., 2, or 1 yr. each in algebra
and plane geometry in high school. (1st sem. yearly.)
Mathematics 255
!0. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS (3) Staff
An introduction to the basic concepts of statistics, analytic geome-
try, and the calculus. Not open to students who have had Math. 6.
Prereq., 9. (2nd sem. yearly.)
34. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE (3) StaH
A study of interest, annuities, sinking funds, valuation of bonds,
capitalized cost, life insurance, and life annuities. Prereq., 2, or 1 yr.
each in algebra and plane geometry in high school. (Each semester.)
101. ANALYTIC GEOMETRY AND CALCULUS II (4) Staff
Conies, differentiation and integration of transcendental functions,
polar coordinates, parametric equations, curvature, integration, indetermi-
nate forms. Prereq., 6. (Each semester.)
102. ANALYTIC GEOMETRY AND CALCULUS III (4) StaH
Solid analytic geometry, series, expansion of functions, partial
derivatives, multiple integrals, elementary differential equations. Prereq.,
101. (Each semester.)
104. COLLEGE GEOMETRY (3) Staff
Review of plane geometry, together with a more advanced treatment
of similar and homothetic figures, the triangle, medians, bisectors, alti-
tudes, and transversals. Prereq., 6. (2nd sem., yearly.)
107. ELEMENTARY STATISTICS (3) Staff
Basic theory and methods used in widely different fields. Histo-
grams, ogives, probability, normal curve, curve fitting, sample theory;
simple, correlation; testing statistical hypotheses. Not open to students
who have had 207, or who have completed 101. Prereq., 5, or 9, or a
"C" in 3. (Each semester.)
207. APPLIED STATISTICS (3) Staff
A course for beginners in statistics, covering the same topics as 107,
and including also a study of quality control. Not open to students with
107. Prereq., 101. (Each semester.)
268. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN HIGH SCHOOL
(2 or 3 as scfieduled) Fishbacic, Jasper
An analysis of the basic ideas of algebra and geometry. Methods of
presenting topics in these subjects to junior and senior high school stu-
dents. Prereq., 6 and Psych. 5. (2nd sem., yearly.)
301. THEORY OF EQUATIONS (3) Jasper, Spring
The roots of unity, roots of an equation, isolation of real roots,
numerical solutions, determinants, and matrices, systems of linear equa-
tions, and symmetric functions. Prereq., 102 (1st sem., yearly.)
303. NUMERICAL ANALYSIS (3) Goedicke, Spring
An investigation of numerical methods for approximate solution of
applied problems. Topics will include interpolation theory, curve fitting,
approximate integration, and the numerical solution of differential equa-
tions. Prereq., 315 or permission. (1st sem,, 1958-59.)
304. 305. ADVANCED CALCULUS (3, 3) Fisfibacic, Jasper
Critical treatment of certain topics in calculus. Limits, continuity,
differentiation of functions of one and several variables, series, and defi-
nite and multiple integrals, line integrals. Prereq., 102, for 304; 304 for
305. (Yearly.)
256 Ohio University
308. PROJECTIVE GEOMETRY (3) Fishback, Marquis
Elements, primitive forms, duality, protectively related forms,
curves and ruled surfaces of the second order, Pascal's and Brianchon's
theorems, poles and polars, and the theory of involution. Prereq., 102.
(2nd sem., 1958-59.)
315. ADVANCED APPLIED MATHEMATICS I (3) Staff
An introductory treatment of elementary and series solutions of
differential equations, partial differential equations and boundary value
problems, fourier series. Prereq., 102. (Each semester.)
316. ADVANCED APPLIED MATHEMATICS II (3) Staff
An introductory treatment of matrices, vector analysis, complex
variables, and Laplace transforms. Prereq., 315. (2nd sem., yearly.)
317. INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA (3) Sexauer, Fishback
Development of the postulates of group theory, fields, rings, matrices
and point sets. Prereq., 301 or permission. (1st sem,, 1959-60.)
318. VECTOR ANALYSIS (3) Butner. Goediclce
Algebra of vectors, differential and integral vector calculus, vector
spaces, and introductory tensor analysis. Prereq., 102. (1st sem., 1959-
60.)
319. MATRIX THEORY (3) Butner, Denbow
Linear transformations; matrices over a field; canonical forms and
invariants. Prereq., 301 or permission. (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
326. THEORY OF STATISTICS (3) Butner, Goedicke
Basic concepts of statistics treated theoretically. Distributions of one
and several variables, sampling theory, correlation, analysis of vari-
ance, testing of statistical hypothesis. Prereq., 102 and 107 or 207 or
permission. (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
340. STUDIES IN MATHEMATICS (3) Staff
Selected topics in mathematics are studied under the guidance
of an instructor particularly interested in the field. Maximum credit
in course, 6 hrs. Prereq., 18 hrs.
351-352. THEORY OF FUNCTIONS OF A COMPLEX VARIABLE
(3-3) Marquis, Jasper
Prereq., 304 for 305; 351 for 352. (1958-59.)
356. THEORY OF FUNCTIONS OF REAL VARIABLES (3) Denbow, Hood
A critical study, from a modern point of view, of topics in real
variable theory. Prereq.,, 304. (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
399. SEMINAR IN COMPUTING (1) StaH
Topics in programming and theory of digital computing machines.
Prereq., 6, and junior standing.
495. THESIS {lto6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
Music 257
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING— See Engineering
MUSIC Professors Ingerham, Ahrendt (director)
Visiting Professor Keleti
Associate Professors Fontaine, P. Peterson, Stephenson
Assistant Professors Kresge, Longstreet, Roach,
Bloyney, Thackrey, Morley, Witzler, Merritt,
Minelli, Jennings, Brophy, hfall, Conkling,
Bergsagel, Reinns
Instructors Szaroleta, R. D. Smith, Comin
Lecturers Malone, Sears
APPLIED MUSIC
Private instructional fee for all applied music (piano, voice, organ,
strings, woodwind, brass, percussion), $20 a semester hour.
(Note: A description of the proficiency requirements for applied
music may be secured from the School of Music.)
VOICE (1 to 3) Peterson, Roach, Merritt
Prereq., permission.
PIANO (1 to 3) Fontaine, Kresge, Longstreet, Jennings, Szaroleta
Prereq., permission.
ORGAN (1) Kresge
Prereq., permission.
STRINGED INSTRUMENTS: Violin. Viola. Violoncello, Boss
(1 to 3) Ingerham, Conkling
Prereq., permission.
WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS: Flute, Oboe, Clarinet, Bassoon (1 to 3) Witiler
Prereq., permission.
BRASS INSTRUMENTS: Trumpet. Baritone. Horn, Trombone. Tuba
(1 to 3) Brophy. Smith
Prereq., permission,
PERCUSSION INSTRUMENTS (1 to 3) Minelli
Prereq., permission.
BRASS CHOIR (1) Brophy
Prereq., permission.
UNIVERSITY BANDS (1) Minelli, Brophy
Open to men and women students. Prereq., permission.
UNIVERSITY CHORUS (l) Bergsagel
Open to men and women students. Prereq., permission.
UNIVERSITY SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA (1) Ahrendt
Open to men and women students. Prereq., permission.
MEN'S GLEE CLUB (1) Peterson
Open to men students. Prereq., permission.
WOMEN'S GLEE CLUB (1) Merritt
Open to women students. Prereq., permission.
258 Ohio University
66-67. CLASS PIANO (1-1) Blayney
Prereq., permission.
251-252. CHAMBER MUSIC (1-1) StaH
Participation in the playing of the standard chamber music litera-
ture. Prereq., permission. Maximum credit in course, 6 hrs.
273. CONDUCTING (2) Ingerham
Fundamentals of conducting, accompained by individual practice
in conducting. For music majors only; open to others by permission.
Prereq., 104 and 106.
331-332. PIANO ENSEMBLE (1-1) StaH
Participation in the playing of original works or arrangements for
two pianos. Prereq., permission.
375. ADVANCED CONDUCTING (1 to 4) StaH
An opportunity for study and practical experience in either choral
or instrumental conducting. Maximum credit in course, 6 hrs. Prereq.,
104, 106, 273, and pennission.
431. VOICE (1 to 4) Merrltt, Peterson, Roach
Maximum credit in course, 16 hrs. Prereq., permission.
433. PIANO (1 to 4) Fontaine, Szaroleta, Jennings, Longstreet
Maximum credit in course, 16 hrs. Prereq., permission.
435. ENSEMBLE (1 to 4) StaH
Maximum credit in course, 16 hrs. Prereq., permission.
437. STRINGED INSTRUMENTS {1 to 4) Ingerham, Conkling
Maximum credit in course, 16 hrs, Prereq., permission.
439. V/OODWIND INSTRUMENTS (1 to 4) WItzler
Maximum credit in course, 16 hrs. Prereq., permission.
441. BRASS INSTRUMENTS (1 to 4) Brophy, Smith
Maximum credit in course, 16 hrs. Prereq., permission.
443. PERCUSSION INSTRUMENTS (1 or 2) MInelli
Maximum credit in course, 8 hrs. Prereq., permission.
495. RECITAL (4) Staff
A full-length public recital, a recording of which will be filed in the
library, in lieu of a thesis. Prereq., permission. Fee charged by Radio
Department based on length and type of program.
MUSIC HISTORY AND LITERATURE
5. MUSIC APPRECIATION (2) Thackrey, Malone
The form and meaning of musical masterpieces. Not open to music
majors or those who have received credit for F.A. 123-124.
337. THE LITERATURE OF VOCAL MUSIC (2) Peterson
Representative literature from the fields of oratorio, choral music,
and the art song. Prereq., F.A. 124.
338. THE LITERATURE OF ORCHESTRAL MUSIC (2) Ingerham
Orchestral literature from the classic through the contemporary.
Prereq., F.A. 124.
Music 259
339. THE EVOLUTION OF THE OPERA (2) Bergsagel
Prereq., F.A. 124.
340. THE LITERATURE OF PIANO MUSIC (2) Fontaine
The development of the instrument, the primary forms adapted to
it, and the representative composers. Prereq., F.A. 124.
401-402. MUSIC LITERATURE (3-3) Bergsagel
Prereq., F.A. 124 and permission.
495. THESIS (lto6) StafF
Prereq., permission.
THEORY AND COMPOSITION
3-4 THEORY (3-3) Hall
A beginning study of the melodic, harmonic, and rhythmic principles
of music and its notation. 5 hrs. a week.
103-104. DICTATION AND SIGHT SINGING (2-2) Hall
Should be taken concurrently with 105-106. 3 hrs. a week. Prereq.,
4 with a minimum grade of C.
105-106. HARMONY (3-3) Hall
Harmonization of melodies and figured basses, both written and at
the keyboard. Improvisation, transposition. 4 hrs. a week. Prereq., 4
with a minimum grade of C.
201-202. ANALYSIS AND FORM (2-2) Fontaine
Harmonic and structural analysis of music composition. Prereq., 106.
233. INSTRUMENTATION (3) Minelli
The various orchestral instruments from the standpoint of their
range and orchestral uses. Arranging for small ensembles. 3 hrs. a week
and participation in Instrumental Workshop. Prereq., 106.
307-308. ARRANGING AND SCORING FOR BANDS (2-2) Minelli
Scoring and arranging for the modem marching and symphonic
band. Prereq., 104, 106, and 233.
313-314. ORCHESTRATION (2-2) Ahrendf
Scoring for small, medium, and full orchestra. Prereq., 104 and 106.
315-316. ADVANCED HARMONY (2-2) Kresge
The evolution of harmony to the present, including the new methods
of chord structure in modem harmony. Prereq., 104 and 106.
317-318. COUNTERPOINT (2-2) Fontaine
Single counterpoint in all species in two, three, or four parts. De-
relopment of motive, double counterpoint, free writing on original
themes. Prereq., 104 and 106.
319-320. COMPOSITION (2-2) Ahrendt
Original writing in the smaller forms. Prereq., 104 and 106.
357-358. COUNTERPOINT (2-2) Fonfaine
Double and triple counterpoint with and without free parts. Special
attention is given to the Inventions and Partitas of Bach. Prereq., 318.
371-372. COMPOSITION (2-2) Ahrendt
Original writing in the larger forms. Prereq., 320.
260 Ohio University
384. RESEARCH IN MUSIC (1 to 4) Staff
Prereq,, 30 hrs. or the equivalent. Permission,
403. SEMINAR IN MUSIC (1) Staff
Reports on research by students or faculty, for discussion. Required
of all graduate students enrolled in the School of Music (yearly).
Maximum credit, 2 hrs. Prereq., permission.
407-408. EVOLUTION OF HARMONIC THEORY (2-2) Bergsagel, Hall
A study of the writings of the most important music theorists
from the 10th century to the present. Prereq., 106, F.A. 123-124, 1 yr.
of Cpt., 201-202, 313-314, 315-316.
409-410. CANON AND FUGUE (2-2) Fontaine
A critical study of the classic canon in all its forms. Complete fa-
miliarity with the Well-Tempered Clavichord is expected. A fully devel-
oped original fugue in four voices is necessary for credit. Prereq., 358
and permission.
425-426. COMPOSITION (2-2) Ahrendt
Extensive writing in the larger vocal and instrumental forms. Pre-
req., 372.
427-428. ADVANCED ORCHESTRATION (2-2) Ahrendt
Problems in scoring original works for the modem symphony or-
chestra. Satisfactory scores are performed by the University Symphony
Orchestra. Prereq., 314 and 318.
429. SIXTEENTH CENTURY COUNTERPOINT (2) Fontaine
The techniques of the period, particularly as evidenced in the works
of Palestrina and Lassus. Original writing in the sixteenth century
modal style. Prereq., 318 and permission.
495. THESIS (1 to 6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
MUSIC EDUCATION
72. MUSIC FUNDAMENTALS (2) Thacbey, Malone
A course for elementary teachers only involving theory, ear train-
ing, tone production, and sight singing of unison and part songs. 3 hrs.
a week.
261. STRING TECHNIQUES AND MATERIALS (2) Conkling
5 hrs. a week.
263. V/IND AND PERCUSSION TECHNIQUES AND MATERIALS
(2) StaH
Maximum credit in the course, 6 hrs. 5 labs.
265. VOCAL TECHNIQUES AND MATERIALS (2) Stephenson
266. TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY GRADES
(2) Morley, Malone, Stephenson
Music material and methods for elementary teachers only. Prereq.,
72.
Music 261
267. SUPERVISION OF MUSIC IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (3) Blayney
(For music major only.) Prereq. with Ed. 272.
268. MUSIC IN THE JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL (3) Stephenson
Prereq., with Ed. 281.
276. MUSIC WORKSHOP (1 fo 3) Staff
Maximum credit in the course, 4 hrs.
a. Elementary Music Workshop (Summer only).
b. Elementary Music Workshop (Extension only).
376a, b, c, d. MUSIC WORKSHOP (1 to 4) StaH
Maximum credit in course, 6 hrs.
a. Music Clinic-Workshop (Summer only).
b. Opera Workshop (Summer only).
c. Elementary Music Workshop (Summer only.)
d. Elementary Music Workshop (Extension only.)
470. CONTEMPORARY TRENDS IN MUSIC EDUCATION (2) Stephenson
Prereq., permission.
471. PROBLEMS IN THE SUPERVISION OF VOCAL MUSIC (2) Morley
2 lee, lab as required. Prereq., 265, 267, 268, 2 hrs. observation,
and 4 hrs. student teaching.
472. PROBLEMS IN THE SUPERVISION OF INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC
(3) Minell;
2 lee, lab as required. Prereq., 261, 263, 2 hrs. observation, and 4
hrs. student teaching.
473. EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES IN MUSIC (3) Stephenson
Important psychological investigations bearing upon musical compo-
sition, performance and appreciation. Prereq., permission.
495. THESIS {1 to 6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
MUSIC THERAPY
374. FOUNDATIONS OF MUSIC (2 to 4) Sears
A lecture-laboratory course applying pertinent findings from the
fields of physics, acoustics, electronics, physiology, psychology, and
sociology to music education and music therapy. 2 lee, 3 lab, and re-
search problem. Prereq., 6 hrs. psychology, general biology, introductory
physics, permission.
377. BACKGROUND OF MUSIC THERAPY (3) Sears
The history of the use of music in mental hospitals and clinics;
present trends; state and private hospital programs. Prereq., 30 hrs. of
music, 9 hrs. of psychology or equivalent; special permission.
379. MUSIC THERAPY (2 to 9) Sears
A workshop course in methods, materials and procedures of con-
ducting a music therapy program in hospitals and clinics. Prereq., 377,
or by special permission.
PAINTING— See Art
262 Ohio University
PHILOSOPHY Professor Organ (chairman)
Associate Professor Murphree
Assistant Professors Wieman, Grean, Hagensick
Instructor Sheridan
The major requirement for the A.B. degree consists of a minimum
of 24 hours, including 110, 221, 222, and at least three courses in the
300 group.
1. PRINCIPLES OF REASONING (3) Staff
A general course in reasoning which considers the methods by which
dependable knowledge is achieved in the natural sciences and social
studies, with attention to the common psychological, semantic, and logi-
cal errors in human reasoning. Not open to juniors and seniors. (Each
semester.)
2. MORAL PHILOSOPHIES (3) Grean, Murpfiree, Sheridan
A study of important moral philosophies in the history of western
thought. Discussion of such themes as the good life and the nature of
moral obligation. Not open to juniors and seniors. (Each semester.)
103. OLD TESTAMENT THOUGHT (3) Grean, Hood
A study of the development of Old Testament thought from the
earliest times. Examination of the philosophical, moral, and religious
significance of important passages. The evolution of prophecy and of
law, and the rise of post-exilic Judaism will be treated. (1st sem.,
yearly.)
104. NEW TESTAMENT THOUGHT (3) Grean, Hood
A study of the background and development of New Testament
thought. Examination of the philosophical, moral, and religious signifi-
cance of the beliefs of Jesus, Paul, and the early Church. (2nd sem.,
yearly.)
107. WORLD'S GREAT RELIGIONS (3) Organ
A historical and comparative treatment of the origins, literature,
beliefs, practices, and values of the living religions of the world, (Each
semester.)
110. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY (3) S+aH
An analysis of the typical philosophical problems arising in the
study of nature, society, religion, and art for the purpose of developing
a thoughtful and consistent intellectual perspective, (Each semester,)
117, SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY (2) Murpfiree
An analysis of basic types of social and political philosophies, classi-
cal and modem, including the philosophical backgrounds of American
democracy. (1st sem., yearly.)
201, ETHICS (3) Wieman
A comparative study of theories of the right and the good which
enter into contemporary thought, with attention to the problem of evi-
dence and the relation between value standards and experience. (Each
semester.)
209. LOGIC (3) Hagensicic
A consideration of the nature of reasoning and argument with
special emphasis on the applications of logic in ordinary and scientific
activities. (Each semester.)
Philosophy 263
212. AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY (3) Murphree
Chief movements in American thought beginning with transcen-
dentalism and including pragmatism, naturalism, and idealism. Prereq.,
110. (2nd sem., yearly.)
215. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION (3) Grean
A discussion and analysis of representative theories of the nature of
religion and religious experience, the existence and nature of God, the
problem of evil, human freedom, immortality, and religion and culture.
(1st sem., yearly.)
221. HISTORY OF WESTERN PHILOSOPHY: ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL
(3) Organ
A study of significant ideas of representative philosophers in the
western world from 600 B.C. to 1600 A.D. (1st sem., yearly.)
222. HISTORY OF WESTERN PHILOSOPHY: MODERN (3) Sheridan
A study of significant ideas of representative pliilosophers in the
western world since 1600. (2nd sem., yearly.)
302. AESTHETICS (3) Grean
The nature and function of art and aesthetic experience. Discussion
of representative theories of beauty, the creative process, aesthetic
appreciation, art and morality, and art and religion. Analysis of parti-
cular works of art will be used as illustrations. Prereq., 6 hrs. or 3 hrs.
and 12 hrs. humanities. (2nd sem., yearly.)
304. CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY (2) Murphree
Readings in modem social philosophy with attention to theories
of action, mass movements, and politics. Prereq., 6 hrs. or 3 hrs.
and 6 hrs. of a social science. (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
305. THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (3) Hagensick
A critical examination and appraisal of various twentieth century
views of what knowledge is and how it is attained. Prereq., 6 hrs. (1st
sem., 1959-60.)
306. PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE (3) Hagensick
An examination of philosophical problems associated with science.
The character of scientific methods, the relationships between laws and
theories are among the topics studied. Prereq., 6 hrs. or 3 hrs. and 12
hrs. natural science. (2nd sem., yearly.)
308. EASTERN PHILOSOPHY (2) Organ
An examination of selected philosophers and systems of philosophy
of India and China. Prereq., 6 hrs. including 107. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
310. PRAGMATISM (2) Murphree
The background of the pragmatic movement and its development as
represented by Peirce, James, Dewey, and Schiller. Prereq., 6 hrs. (2nd
sem., 1958-59.)
311. METAPHYSICS (2) Wieman
A survey of basic assumptions underlying different conceptions of
the world, with special attention to materialism, formism, idealism, and
contextualism. Prereq., 6 hrs. (1st sem., 1958-59.)
321. PLATO (2) Wieman
Reading of selected works of Plato in English translation. Prereq.,
6 hrs. (1st sem., 1959-60.)
322. ARISTOTLE (2) Organ
Reading of selected works of Aristotle in English translations.
Prereq., 6 hrs. (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
264 Ohio University
331. CONTINENTAL IDEALISM |2) Sheridon
Reading and discussion of selections from Kant, Hegel, Schopen-
hauer, and Cassirer. This course will present the idealist view of the
nature of knowledge, the nature of man, and the problem of value.
Prereq., 6 hrs. (1st sem., 1958-59.)
333. EXISTENTIALISM (2) Sheridan
A critical examination of existentialism with emphasis on Sartre,
Marcel, Jaspers, and Heidegger. This movement will be treated as a
philosophic discipline and in relation to trends in modern life. Prereq.,
6 hrs. (1st sem., 1959-60.)
341. SYMBOLIC LOGIC (2) Hagensick
The study and use of symbolic methods and techniques for consider-
ing logical problems. Special attention is given to the relations be-
tween symbolic logic and our natural and technical languages. Prereq.,
6 hrs. including 209. (1st sem., 1958-59.)
391. SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY (1-3) StaH
Especially assigned problems are treated or the writings of import-
ant philosophers are read and critically examined. Maximum credit in
course, 6 hrs. Prereq., 15 hrs.
495. THESIS (1 to 4) S+aH
Prereq., permission.
PHOTOGRAPHY Lecturers White. Truxell, Allen
A student may not register for more than eight hours in photo-
graphy during a single semester without special permission.
77-78. BASIC PHOTOGRAPHY (3-3) Allen
1 lee. and 4 lab.
133. BASIC NEWS PHOTOGRAPHY (3) White
Introduction to photographic technique and practice and study of
picture content for news reporting. (Not open to photog. majors.) 1
lee. and 4 lab.
134. ADVANCED NEWS PHOTOGRAPHY (3) Truxell
Study and practice in photography for news and feature reporting.
1 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 78 or 133 and permission.
143-144. PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES (3-3) White
History of photographic processes, photographic optics, photo-
chemistry, sensitometry, photographic printing processes, and mechani-
cal reproduction methods. 3 lee. Prereq., 78.
145-146. WORKSHOP IN PHOTOGRAPHY (3-3) Allen
Individual practice in basic problems of photographic design and
technique. Maximum credit in course, 6 hrs. 6 lab. Prereq., 78.
277-278. PORTRAITURE (3-3) Truxell
Formal and informal portraiture as well as problems connected with
the photography of people indoors and out-of-doors, individually or in
groups, including an approach to fashion. 1 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq.,
146.
379-380. COMMERCIAL AND ILLUSTRATIVE PHOTOGRAPHY (3-3) White
Studio and location work in commercial, advertising, industrial, and
architectural photography. Introduction to problems of studio operation
and free-lance photography. 1 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 278 or permission.
Physical Education and Athletics 265
38!. PROBLEMS IN PHOTOGRAPHY (3) Staff
Individual study and practice in a specialized phase of photo-
graphy under instructor supervision. Maximum credit in any one phase
or combination of phases, 12 hrs. 6 lab.
a. Individual selection of approved problems in photographic design,
technique or practice. 6 lab. Prereq., 277.
b. Picture stories for publication and magazine free-lance photo-
graphy. 1 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 277.
c. 16 mm. motion picture production. 6 lab. Prereq., 277.
d. Special problems in color photography. 6 lab. Prereq., 391.
391-392. COLOR PHOTOGRAPHY (5-5) Wfiite
Theory of color photography, practice with color transparency
materials, direct separations, separations from transparencies, masking,
and dye transfer printing. 1 lee. and 8 lab. Prereq., 144 and 278 and per-
mission.
481. RESEARCH IN PHOTOGRAPHY (1 to 4) Staff
Maximum credit in course, 8 hrs. Prereq., 20 hrs. including 381 and
permission.
495. THESIS (1 to 6) StaH
Prereq., permission.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND ATHLETICS
Associate Professors Hatcher, Trautwein,
LaTourrette, Trepp, Nessley, Rhoods, Widdoes, Miller
Assistant Professors Blosser, Wren, Snyder,
Ricfiey, Heffelfinger, SchlelcFier, Bartels
Instructors Gillespie, Huntsman, Billingsley,
Jensen, McComb, O'Neal, Sams
WIDDOES, director of the Division; TRAUTWEIN, associate
director and business manager of intercollegiate athletics; NESSLEY,
assistant director in charge of physical education program; HATCHER,
health education; TREPP, chairman, major curriculum for men;
LaTOURRETTE, recreation; MILLER, chairman, women's program;
RHOADS, intramural athletics, men; GILLESPIE, intramural sports,
women; HUNTSMAN, head track coach; BLOSSER, golf coach, assist-
ant in football and basketball; WREN, head baseball coach, assistant
in football; HEFFELFINGER, head line coach in football; JENSEN,
modern dance; SNYDER, head basketball coach, assistant in football;
RICHEY, freshman football and baseball; SAMS, aquatics, for women;
BARTELS, swimming and tennis coach and aquatics, for men;
SCHLEICHER, athletic trainer, wrestling coach; O'NEAL, supervising
critic, Putnam school; BILLINGSLEY, aquatics and gymnastics;
McCOMB, ice activities and soccer.
SERVICE COURSES
The physical education program is designed for the diversified
interests and abilities of men and women in the University. Students
may elect freely from those courses which appeal to them yet avoid
repetition of one sport or activity for the entire fulfillment of their
physical education requirement.
266 Ohio University
The asterisk (*) indicates those courses which may be repeated
once. For women this may be done by permission. No student may use
more than two credit hours in the same sport or activity toward a degree
requirement.
For a detailed statement of the university requirement in physical
education refer to page 70.
MEN
I. 2. SEASONAL SPORTS {1, 1) Blosser and Sfaff
Instruction and guidance in sports adaptable to team and league
play. Activities change with the seasons and weather conditions. 3 hrs.
a week.
II. VOLLEYBALL, HANDBALL, BADMINTON (1) Nessley
Students may rotate activities during the semester, 3 hrs. a week.
19. GYMNASTICS (1) Billingslcy
Instruction and practice in tumbling skills, stunts, apparatus, pyra-
mids, and trampoline. 3 hrs. a week,
21. WRESTLING* (1) Schleicher
For those who wish to learn wrestling, develop additional skill, or
train for the varsity squad. Daily for half a semester.
23. TRACK AND CROSS COUNTRY* (1) Huntsman
Coaching and practice in track and field events and training for
varsity track squads. Daily for half a semester.
24. TOUCH FOOTBALL AND SOCCER (1) McComb and Staff
Varsity and freshman squads. Daily for half a semester.
25. FOOTBALL* (1) Staff
Coaching and practice in skills, strategy, play making and rules.
Two double periods a week for half a semester, Prereq,, permission.
27. BASEBALL* (1) Wren
Instruction and guidance in team and league play. Daily for half a
semester,
29. BASKETBALL* (1) Snyder
Coaching and practice in skills, plays, techniques and strategy. Daily
for half a semester.
31. SV/IMMING* (1) Bartels and Staff
Coaching and practice in standardized swimming meet events. Daily
for half a semester.
33. HANDBALL (1) StaH
Instruction and practice in skills, court strategy, and rules of the
four-wall game. 3 hrs. a week,
39. DIVING FUNDAMENTALS (1) Billingsley
Instruction and practice in springboard skills and the basic dives
from each of the five diving groups. 3 hrs, a week,
51. ICE HOCKEY* (1) McComb
Daily for half a semester. Prereq., permission.
Physical Education and Athletics 267
MEN— WOMEN
3. BEGINNING SWIMMING (1) Sams, Bartels, StaH
For students who are unable to take care of themselves in deep
water; orientation to water, skills, safety, elementary strokes and forms
of diving. 3 hrs, a week.
4. INTERMEDIATE SWIMMING* (1) Sams, Bartels, StaH
For students who have passed a beginner's swimming test or can
swim; instruction and practice in the basic strokes, plain and surface
diving. Prereq., 3 or equivalent. 3 hrs. a week.
5. ADVANCED SWIMMING (1) Sams, Bartels, Sta«
For those who have passed the Red Cross Swimmer's Test or its
equivalent. The analysis and skills of diving, the recognized strokes and
their variations, and fundamentals of competitive swimming. Prereq.,
4 or peiTiiission. 3 hrs. a week.
7. BEGINNING MODERN DANCE (1) Jensen
Fundamentals of movement technique and introduction to the con-
cept of movement in relation to time, space, and dynamics. 3 hrs. a week.
8. INTERMEDIATE MODERN DANCE* (1) Jensen
Further studies in technique and dance forms. Prereq., 7 or previous
dance training. 3 hrs. a v/eek.
9. 10. ADAPTED ACTIVITIES* (1, 1) Trepp. Miller
Students whose physical activities should be restricted are assigned
to those activities adapted to their special needs. 3 hrs. a week. Prereq.,
medical permission.
15. 16. FOLK AND NATIONAL DANCING (1,1) Hatcher, LaTourrette
American square dances and European dances based on the schot-
tische, polka, and waltz. Sixteen is a continuation of 15, using dances
which involve more difficult steps. 3 hrs. a week.
17. BEGINNING TENNIS (1) Heffelfinger, Miller
For students who wish to learn or improve skills, fundamentals of
play, court strategy and rules. Daily for half a semester.
18. INTERMEDIATE TENNIS* (1) Heffelfinger. Miller
A continuation of 17 with emphasis on fundamentals of play and
court strategy. Prereq., 17 or playing experience. Daily for half a se-
mester.
37. FENCING (1) Nessley
Instruction and practice in foil fencing. 3 hrs. a week.
38. ADVANCED FENCING (1) Nessley
A continuation of 37. Emphasis on bouts.
41. BEGINNING GOLF (1) Blosser. Gillespie, Staff
Instruction and practice in grips, strokes, stance and other techniques
necessary to start playing golf. Daily for half a semester.
42. INTERMEDIATE GOLF* (1) Blosser. Staff
Instruction and practice in playing golf. Prereq., 41 or playing ex-
perience. Daily for half a semester.
45. BEGINNING BOWLING (l) Schleicher. Richey
Instruction and practice in skills, etiquette, rules and scoring. Daily
for half a semester. Pin fee, $10.50.
268 Ohio University
47. RIDING (]) Stoff
Instruction and practice at the McAfee farm. Fee, $20.
49. BEGINNING SKATING (1) McComb, StaH
50. ADVANCED AND FIGURE SKATING (1) McComb, StaH
115-116. ADVANCED MODERN DANCE* (1-1) Jensen
The more complex coordinations and movement studies. Further
study in rhythmic, spatial and dynamic elements of dance. Experimenta-
tion in form and composition. 3 hrs. a week. Prereq., permission.
118. LIFE SAVING AND WATER SAFETY (1) Bar+els, Sams, Staff
Techniques included in the test for American Red Cross Senior Life
Saving certificate are covered. 3 hrs. a week. Prereq., 5 or permission.
120. INSTRUCTOR'S LIFE SAVING AND V/ATER SAFETY
(1) Bar+els, Sams, Staff
For those who have been certified as American Red Cross Senior
Life Savers and wish to do advanced work in the skills and teaching
technique of water activity. 3 hrs. a week. Prereq., 118.
V/OMEN
Course numbers 1 through 131 may be used to satisfy the physical
education requirement.
1, 2. SPORTS (1, 1) Staff
Students choose from field hockey, soccer, basketball, volleyball,
baseball and badminton according to seasons. This course may be re-
peated if a different sport is taken. 3 hours a week.
6. ELEMENTARY TAP DANCING (1) StaH
A course designed for beginners. 3 hrs. a week.
112. SYNCHRONIZED SWIMMING (1) Sams
Dealing with fundamental rhythmic patterns and stunts necessary
in creating routines for synchronized swimming. Prereq., 5 or permis-
sion. 3 hrs. a week.
113. HIKING (1) LaTourrette
Hikes are varied as to distance and places visited. First aid and
rules of the road for hikers and practice in leading hikes are included.
3 hrs. a week.
114. CAMP CRAFT (1) LaTourrette
An activity course giving experience in firebuilding, outdoor cooking
and lashing temporary camp equipment. One overnight hike is required.
3 hrs. a week.
131. MASS GAMES (1) Gillespie
Games for primary and intermediate grades, program planning
and game leadership. For physical education majors or minors, stu-
dents in elementary education and recreational leaders, or by permis-
sion. 3 hrs. a week.
137, 138. CHOREOGRAPHY (1 or 2) Jensen
Studies and experimentation in dance composition. Prereq., permis-
sion.
PROFESSIONAL COURSES FOR THE MAJOR OR MINOR
Refer to curricula in Health Education, Physical Education and
Recreation, pages 169, 170, and 171.
Physical Education and Athletics 269
MEN
65, 66. PROGRAM SKILLS (2, 2) Rhoads, Huntsman, Barfels, Billingsley
P.E. 65: Theory and practice of touch football, soccer, speedball,
tumbling, stunts and apparatus, swimming proficiency tests and officiat-
ing practice.
P.E. 66: Swimming, marching and conditioning exercises, volley-
ball, tennis, softball, secondary school games, and officiating practice.
121. PROGRAM SKILLS (2) Trepp
Selected rhythmical activities; archery, handball, badminton, horse
shoes, table tennis; relays and mass games suitable for the elementary
school program. Prereq., 65 or 66. 6 hrs. a week.
122. PROGRAM SKILLS (1) Blosser. Nessley, Barfels
Wrestling, fencing, golf, outdoor education and methods in aquatics.
Prereq., 65 or 66. 6 hrs. a week.
139. ATHLETIC OFFICIATING (2) Rhoads
A study of the rules, mechanics and procedures for the officiating
of football and basketball; State certification upon successful completion
of the course.
181. INTRAMURAL SPORTS (2) Rhoads
Current practices, ideas and methods of organizing and administer-
ing a program of intramural sports at all age levels.
267. ATHLETIC COACHING (2 to 4) Widdoes, Staff
Basketball and baseball. See description under 268. Prereq., junior
or senior rank.
268. ATHLETIC COACHING (2 to 4) Widdoes, Staff
Football and track. Instinaction and practice in the gymnasium and
on the field; readings, discussions, reports and moving pictures of actual
cases, theories, systems of play, problems relative to athletic coaching
and interscholastic and intercollegiate competition. Prereq., junior or
senior rank.
MEN— WOMEN
102. PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH (3) Hatcher, Trepp
Provides a knowledge of the hygienic practices and an appreciation
of the means whereby the health of the individual and of the group may
be maintained.
127. FIRST AID (2) LaTourrerte
Application of the principles and practice of American Red Cross
First Aid. The Standard Certificate is granted if requirements are met.
128. PHYSICAL THERAPY (2) Schleicher
Theory and practice of physical therapy and the treatment of athlet-
ic injuries. Prereq., Zool. 133-134,
133-134. ANATOMY, KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY (4-4) Vollowe, Trepp
(Same as Zool. 133-134.) For course description, see Zoology.
135. PROGRAM TECHNIQUES (1) Miller, Trepp, Staff
Designed to give majors practical experience in the organization,
teaching and management of health education and physical education and
recreation programs. Students are supervised by staff members. 3 hrs. a
week.
270 Ohio University
150. RECREATION (3) LaTourrette
A review of the theory of play, recreation and group work. Students
organize parties and square dances and do handcraft. Programs are
planned for community and institutional groups.
153. NATURE AND FUNCTION OF PLAY {2) Rhoads
The historical background, theory, need and administration of play,
emphasizing play programs for schools, recreation centers, camps and
clubs.
233. THEORY OF ADAPTED ACTIVITIES (2) Trepp, Miller
The organization of reconstructive programs adapted to the needs
of physically handicapped individuals. Conditions such as postural de-
fects, cardiac defects, post operative cases, etc., are described and
therapeutic exercises and suitable sports evaluated. Prereq., Zool. 133.
269. TEACHING OF HEALTH (3) Trepp
Instruction, principles and curricula used in presenting health in-
formation to pupils in the elementary and secondary schools. Prereq., 102.
270. TEACHING OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION (1) O'Neal
Objectives, organization and program suggestions for physical edu-
cation in the elementary and secondary school.
271. TEACHING OF SWIMMING (2) Sams, Bartels
Methods and practice in the teaching of swimming. Prereq., 118,
304. HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
(3) Hatcher, Rhoads
Systems of physical education from the time of the Greeks and their
effects on our present programs; the principles underlying physical edu-
cation in the modern program of education. Prereq., Zool. 133, and 134
or with 134, or equivalent.
306. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
(2) Miller, Nessley
Headings and discussions about typical methods of organizing and
administering physical education, school and community health, recrea-
tion and athletics in elementary and secondary schools, private schools
and colleges. Prereq., junior or senior rank.
309. TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS (3) Miller, Nessley
Available tests and measurements for health education, physical
education and athletics, their place, use and possibilities in the program;
practice in handling testing data by elementary statistical methods.
Prereq., 10 hrs. and senior or graduate rank.
349. COMMUNITY RECREATION (3) Nessley
For those interested in guiding leisure time programs. Topics in-
clude: brief history of the play movement, programs and program
building, general administration of playgrounds, community centers, and
recreational activities. Prereq., 10 hrs. and senior or graduate rank.
352. PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS (3) Schmidt and StaH
A study of the fundamental deficiencies and defects characteristic
of children that handicap normal physical, mental, and social develop-
ment and the techniques in conducting health examinations and clinical
service. Prereq., 15 hrs. and senior or graduate rank.
Physical Education and Athletics 275
353. CLINICAL OBSERVATION AND PRACTICE IN PHYSICAL
MEDICINE AND REHABILITATION (3) V.A. Hospital Staff
A concentrated summer school field course at Veterans Administra-
tion Hospital, Chillicothe, Ohio. Instruction by hospital corrective therapy
staff. Open to senior majors or graduate students in physical education.
May be taken alone or in conjunction with one or more courses on the
campus at Athens. Prereq., Zool. 133-134, or equivalent.
395. SCHOOL HEALTH PROBLEMS (3) Trepp
A study of the principles, problems, organization and administration
of school health programs, including school and community relationships.
Prereq., 10 hrs., senior or graduate rank.
396. PROBLEMS OF INTERSCHOOL ATHLETICS (3) WIddoes, Rhoads
The organization and administration of interschool athletics from
the point of view of coaches and administrators; the problems pertain-
ing to interschool competition at all age levels. Prereq., 10 hrs. and senior
or graduate rank.
491. SEMINAR IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND ATHLETICS
(3) Nessiey. Miller, Staff
For graduate students who wish to do research and investigation
in health education, physical education, recreation or athletics. Topics
and problems suitable for thesis writing, trends of the program, methods
of research, writing practice and critical analysis of outlines for re-
search study. Prereq., 24 hrs.
495. THESIS (1 to 6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
WOMEN
121, 122. PROGRAM SKILLS (2. 2) Staff
Theory and practice of individual sports techniques, folk dancing,
fundamental gymnastics, tumbling and stunts.
139. ATHLETIC OFFICIATING (1) Hatcher, LaTourrette
Theory and practice of officiating field hockey, soccer and basketball.
140. ATHLETIC OFFICIATING (1) LaTourrette
Theory and practice of officiating volleyball, baseball, and track.
142. CAMP LEADERSHIP (2) LaTourrette
The responsibilities of counselors and methods of program plan-
ning. Assistance with the campcraft class provides practical leadership
experiences. (Offered in alternate years.)
272. COACHING METHODS (2) Hatclier, LaTourrette
Theory and practice of coaching field hockey, soccer, and basket-
ball. Prereq., playing experience in the sports.
273. COACHING METHODS (2) LaTourrette
Theory and practice of coaching volleyball, baseball, track and field
activities. Prereq., playing experience in the sports.
274. TEACHING OF RHYTHMIC ACTIVITIES (1) Hatcher, Jensen
Methods of teaching folk dancing. Prereq., 15 or 122.
275. TEACHING OF RYHTHMIC ACTIVITIES (1) Hatcher, Jensen
Methods of teaching ballroom and modern dancing. Prereq., 8.
PHYSICAL SCIENCE— See General Studies
272 Ohio Univeesity
PHYSICS Professor Edwards
Associate Professors McClure, Pierce,
Randall (cfioirman), T. Smith
Assistant Professors Gallaher, Stumpf, Shipman
The major requirement for the A.B. degree is a minimum of 24
semester hours including 113-114 and at least 6 hours in courses number-
ed above 300 and Math. 5, 6, 101, and 102.
The major requirement for the B.S. degree is a minimum of 36
semester hours. This must include 113-114, 201-202, 219-220, and a
minimum of 5 semester hours in advanced laboratory courses selected
from 325 to 330 inclusive, and at least 15 hours in courses numbered
above 300. Mathematics courses through differential equations are also
required.
Students preparing for positions in industrial or atomic energy
laboratories should register for additional advanced laboratory courses
while completing the B.S. degree. A complete curriculum for such stu-
dents is given on page 104.
Freshmen students planning to major in physics are advised to
take Math. 5, 6 and General Chemistry. Students anticipating graduate
study should obtain a reading knowledge of both French and German.
5. 6. INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS (4, 4) Edwards. Shipman
A beginning course in physics designed for nontechnical and pre-
medical students. Phys. 5, mechanics and heat; Phys. 6, electricity,
atomic structure, sound and light. 3 lee. and 2 lab. (Yearly.)
113-114. GENERAL PHYSICS (4-4) Gallaher, McCiure, Randall
Shipman, Smith
Fundamental principles of physics. Phys. 113, mechanics, heat, and
sound; Phys. 114, electricity, magnetism, and light. For students in
engineering, mathematics, physics, and chemistry, 3 lee. and 2 lab.
Prereq., Math. 6. (Both courses offered each semester.)
115. MODERN PHYSICS (3) Stumpf
Fundamental principles of atomic, nuclear, and solid state physics for
engineering and science students. 3 lee. Prereq., 114 or 6 and Math. 6.
(2nd sem., yearly.)
201-202. MECHANICS (3-3) Stumpf
Vector analysis, kinematics, Newton's Laws of motion, momentum
and energy, the harmonic oscillator, rigid body motion, Lagrange's
equations, elasticity, hydrostatics and hydrodynamics, and wave motion.
Prereq., 114 and Math. 102. (Yearly.)
215. SOUND (2) Pierce
Wave motion and equations representing it; vibration of strings,
bars, and air columns; musical scales; interference, beats, and combina-
tion tones; hearing; architectural acoustics. Prereq., 5 or 113 and Math.
6. (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
219-220. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM (3-3) Smith
A.C. and D.C. circuits, electric and magnetic fields, both static and
dynamic. Theory of electrical measurements. Maxwell's equations.
Prereq., 114 and Math. 102. (Yearly.)
268. TEACHING OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES (2) Pierce
Objectives, materials, methods, evaluation. Prereq., 8 hrs. in physics
or chemistry. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
Physics 273
305. LIGHT (3) Randall
Laws of geometric optics, theory of interference, diffraction, polar-
imetry, electromagnetic waves, dispersion, double refraction and other
selected topics. Experimental basis of concepts is emphasized. Prereq.,
114 and Math. 102 (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
308. X-RAYS (2) Gallaher
The history and development of the principles of X-rays in med-
icine, chemistry, and physics; production of continuous and character-
istic X-ray spectra; detection, absorption, classical and quantum scat-
tering, refraction and applications to crystallography. Prereq., 114 and
Math. 102. (1st sem., 1959-60.)
310. HBM AND THERMODYNAMICS (3) Smith
Temperature, expansivity, calorimetry, specific heats, thermal con-
duction, thermal properties of gases, change of phase, first and second
laws of thermodynamics, Carnot cycle, entropy, applications to physical
processes. Prereq., 114 and Math. 102. (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
314. MODERN SPECTROSCOPY (3) Randall
The structure of atoms, molecules, and nuclei as revealed by emis-
sion and absorption spectra, hjrperfine structure, energy levels, electron
configurations, and elementary quantum mechanics. Prereq., 114. (1st
sem., yearly.)
325. MECHANICS LABORATORY (1 or 2) Pierce
Kater's pendulum, impact, moment of inertia, gyroscope, viscosity,
bending of beams, coupled pendulums. Prereq., 113 and Math. 102. (1st
sem., 1959-60.)
326. HEAT LABORATORY (1 or 2) Pierce
Mechanical equivalent, heat of combustion, determination of gamma,
conductivity, specific heat of carbon, absolute expansion of mercury,
flame temperature. Prereq., 114 and Math. 102. (1st sem., 1958-59.)
327. OPTICS LABORATORY (1 to 3) Randall
Dispersion, resolving power, Fresnel and Fraunhofer diffraction,
Newton's rings, Michelson interferometer, grating, refractometer, polari-
meter, measurement of wave length. Use of precision apparatus and ac-
curate results emphasized. Prereq., 114. (1st sem., 1959-60.)
328. SPECTROSCOPY LABORATORY (1 to 3) Randall
Qualitative and quantitative analysis by emission and absortion
methods in visible and ultraviolet regions, prism and grating spec-
trometers. Experimental techniques in calibration, sources, standards,
mountings, spectrophotometry, photographic procedure. Prereq., 114.
(2nd sem., yearly.)
329. ELECTRONICS AND ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS LABORATORY
(1 to 4) Smith
Charge on the electron, specific charge of electron, thermionic
emission, resonance potentials, discharge through gases, photoelectricity.
Study of ballistic galvanometer, dielectric constants, magnetic hystersis,
transients. Prereq., 114 and Math. 102. (1st sem., yearly.)
330. X-RAYS AND RADIOACTIVITY LABORATORY (1 to 3) Edwards
Crystal analysis. X-ray spectral distribution, absorption coefficients
and limits, Moseley's law, curved crystal spectrograph. Geiger counters,
pulse heights and coincidence analysis. Radioactive decay and radiation
study. Prereq., 114 and Math. 102. (2nd sem., yearly.)
274 Ohio University
349-350. ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS (3-3) Edwards
Phys. 349, introduction to atomic physics; Phys. 350, introduction to
nuclear physics. Intended for students in physics, chemistry, mathe-
matics or engineering. Topics include elementary particles, quantum
theory of radiation, nuclear energy and reactions. Prereq., 114 and Math.
102. (Yearly.)
352. QUANTUM MECHANICS (3) Gallaher
The philosophy and methods of selected topics including Schroeding-
er's equation, simple barrier problems, eigenfunctions for the rigid ro-
tator and the linear harmonic oscillator. Prereq., 201 and Math, 315.
(2nd sem., 1959-60.)
361. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS {Ho3) Sfoff
Supervised minor research problems in experimental or theoretical
physics. Prereq., 15 hrs. and permission. (Yearly.)
365. NUCLEAR REACTOR THEORY AND PRACTICE (3) Randall
Nuclear physics and neutron theory used in reactors: declassified
applications to reactor engineering practice, operation, design and ma-
terials. Intended for scientists and engineers interested in atomic energy.
Prereq., 114 and Math. 102. (1st sem., 1959-60.)
405-406. THEORETICAL PHYSICS (4-4) Gallaher
Advanced dynamics, Lagrange's equations. Hamilton's principle,
canonical equations, Hamilton-Jacobi equations, statistical mechanics,
kinetic theory, electromagnetic theory. Prereq., 114, Math. 315 and
permission, (1958-59.)
410. HIGH ENERGY PARTICLES (3) Randall
Theoretical and experimental m.ethods of current problems concern-
ing photons, electrons, mesons, neutrons, protons and hyperons from
cosmic rays and particle accelerators. Prereq., 14 hrs. and Math. 102.
(2nd sem. 1959-60.)
451. ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY (3) Gallaher
Electro-and magneto-statics, Maxwell's equations, vector and scalar
potentials, electromagnetic radiation, multipole radiation, retarded po-
tentials, Huygen's principle, relativistic electrodynamics and selected
topics, Prereq., 406. (1st sem., 1959-60 or on demand.)
461. STATISTICAL MECHANICS AND THERMODYNAMICS (3) Smith
Quantum theory, Maxwell-Boltzmann, Fermi-Dirac, and Bose-
Einstein statistics. Development of partition function. Application of
the general theories to selected topics in classical and quantum states
of gases, chemical equilibrium, specific heats, fluctuations, transport
phenomena, electric and magnetic properties of matter. Prereq., 310,
352, 405. (2nd sem., 1958-59 or on demand.)
481. RESEARCH IN PHYSICS (lto3) Staff
Maximum credit in course, 6 hrs. Prereq., 15 hrs. and permission.
491.492. SEMINAR IN PHYSICS (1,1) Gallaher
Selected topics. Required of all graduate students in physics each
semester in residence. Prereq., 15 hrs.
495. THESIS (lto6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
Psychology 275
PRINTING ADMINISTRATION Associate Professor Kinison
n. HAND COMPOSITION AND TYPOGRAPHY (1to3) Kinison
A laboratory course in hand composition. It includes the basic oper-
ations that are used in general printing. Display composition forms a
part of the laboratory exercises. Maximum credit in course, 6 hrs. 1 lee.
and 4-10 lab.
21. ELEMENTS OF PRESSWORK (lto3) Kinison
Includes production problems in the operation of presses, adjustment
and care of pressroom machinery, selection and handling of paper, and
matching and mixing of inks. Maximum credit in course, 6 hrs. 1 lee.
and 4-10 lab.
112. ORGANIZATION OF PRINTING PRODUCTION (4) Kinison
An introduction to the problems involved in commercial printing. It
includes, planning, layout, estimating, and scheduling of the complete
manufacture of printing projects. 1 lee. and 6 lab. Prereq., 11, 21, or
Ind. A. 142.
144. PHOTOLITHOGRAPHY (3) Kinison
Practice in the making of off-set plates of several kinds and oper-
ation of the off-set press. Plate making involves the use of the copying
camera and the whirler. 6 lab.
PSYCHOLOGY Professors Lefimcn, A. C. Anderson,
Patrick (chairnnan), Scott, Paulsen, Uhrbrock
Associate Professors Pullen, Klore
Assistant Professors Nygaard, Bradshaw,
Stornn, Games, G. Johns
Instructor Bowling
Part-time Instructor M. Jofins
Assistant Instructor Leety
The major requirement for the A.B. degree is 24 semester hours in-
cluding 1 or 101, 209, 290, and 6 hours in courses numbered 300 to 399.
Not more than 18 hours may be taken in courses numbered 1 to 299,
and total hours in psychology courses may not exceed 30. Math. 107
is required at the sophomore level, and undergraduate majors (especial-
ly those planning to pursue graduate work in psychology) are advised
to prepare themselves in allied fields appropriate to their interests.
Especially recommended are language, preferably French and German,
and biological sciences, philosophy, and the social sciences, including
economics.
1. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) Staff
An elementary study of the most sigriificant facts and principles of
mental life. Lectures, class demonstrations, discussions. Not open to
juniors and seniors. (Each semester.)
2. PSYCHOLOGY OF EVERYDAY PROBLEMS (3) Scott
An attempt is made to use the principles of psychology in the
solution of the problems and adjustments of everyday life. Prereq., 1.
Not open to juniors and seniors. Credit in this course is not allowed
toward the major in psychology. (Each semester.)
276 Ohio University
5. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) Games, Lehman, Patriclc, Pullen
This course aims to give students preparing to teach the funda-
mental psychological facts and principles concerning maturation, moti-
vation, emotion, and the learning processes in behavior development.
Prereq., 1 or 101. Not open to juniors and seniors. (Each semester.)
9. IMPROVEMENT OF READING AND STUDY METHODS (1) Bradshaw
Improvement of study and reading habits. Credit not counted
toward a degree. (Each semester.)
101. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) Staff
An elementary study of the most significant facts and principles of
mental life. Lectures, class demonstrations, discussion. An intensive
course not open to freshmen and to students having had Psych. 1. (Each
semester.)
103. CHILD PSYCHOLOGY (3) Lehman
A study of behavior in infancy and childhood, including a survey
of the social, cultural, and biological factors associated with various
kinds of child behavior. Prereq., 1 or 101 (Each semester.)
110. PSYCHOLOGY OF ADJUSTMENT (3) Bradshaw, Pullen
An introductory study of motivational and inter-personal relations,
with special emphasis upon frustration, conflict, and adjustment mechan-
isms. Prereq., 1 or 101. (1st sem., yearly.)
113. PSYCHOLOGY OF ADOLESCENCE (2) Bradshaw, Pullen
A study of the physical growth, glandular changes, and emotions
of adolescents. Interests, religious experience, and social adjustment are
considered. Prereq., 1 or 101. (Each semester.)
135. PSYCHOLOGY OF ADVERTISING AND SELLING (3) Anderson
Applications of psychology of attention, human motives, learning
and remembering, imagery, individual likenesses and differences to ad-
vertising and selling. Prereq., 1 or 101. (Each semester.)
204. PSYCHOLOGY OF EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN (2) Lehman, Pullen
The growth and development of nontypical children. Speech dis-
orders, auditory defects, visual defects, delinquency, psychopathy, special
talents and defects are considered. Prereq., 6 hrs. (2nd sem., 1957-58.)
209. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) Klare, Nygaard
Training in the scientific methods and techniques of modern experi-
mental psychology. Individual reports of experiments in the following
fields: sensory processes, individual differences, learning, memory, etc.
2 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 1 or 101 and a course in statistics. (Each
semester.)
231. EMPLOYEE SELECTION AND PLACEMENT (2) Klare, Paulsen
Evaluation of tests and other selective devices for employee se-
lection, placement, and promotion in industry. Lecture and laboratory
combined. Prereq., 1 or 101 and a course in statistics, or concurrent
registration in a course in statistics. (1st sem., yearly.)
Psychology 277
233. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY (2) Klare, Scott, Uhrbrocit
Learning, training, fatigue, motivation, and environmental con-
ditions as they affect the individual's performance. Lecture and labora-
tory combined. Prereq., 6 hrs. (Each semester.)
290. INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENTS (3) Games
The nature and purpose of psychological measurements. Introduc-
tion to tests of intelligence, achievement, personality and interest and
some practice in test construction, administration, and validation. 2 lee.
and 2 lab. Prereq., 1 or 101 and a course in statistics. (2nd sem., yearly.)
301. ADVANCED EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) G.Johns, Klare, Nygaard
Research on a topic selected by the student. Prereq., 9 hrs., includ-
ing 209. (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
303. MENTAL MEASUREMENTS (3) Games, Pullen
The theory, methods, practice and results of intelligence tests. 2
lee. and 1 lab. Prereq., 9 hrs. and a course in statistics. (Each semester.)
307. COMPARATIVE AND GENETIC PSYCHOLOGY (3) G. Johns, Nygaard
Behavior of lower and higher organisms leading up to man is con-
sidered. A comparative-genetic-psycho-biological approach is maintained.
2 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., 9 hrs. or 6 hrs and 6 hrs. zoology. (1st sera.,
yearly.)
309. MOTIVATION AND EMOTIONS (3) G. Johns, Patrick
The dynamics of animals and human behavior; a study of drives,
desires, incentives; a study of emotion in relation to motives. Prereq.,
9 hrs. (2nd sem., yearly.)
310. MENTAL HYGIENE (3) Patrick. Pullen
The Dynamics of behavior pathology: The integration and appli-
cation of motivational, emotional, perceptual, and learning principles
to maladjustments including psychoneurosis. Prereq., 9 hrs. (1st sem.,
yearly.)
312. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) Pullen, Scott
Considers man's mental deviations from the normal; the theory,
application, and limitations of psychoanalysis; methods of studying ab-
normal mental processes, especially psychosis. Clinics at hospitals. 2 lee.
and 1 lab. Prereq., 9 hrs. or 6 hrs. and 6 hrs. zoology. (2nd sem., yearly.)
313. CURRENT PSYCHOLOGICAL LITERATURE (3) Games, Nygaard
The purpose is to give students a critical evaluation of current
experimental and theoretical findings in psychological journals and
related fields. Prereq., 12 hours and permission. (1st sem., yearly.)
315. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) Paulsen. Storm
A study of the behavior of man as influenced by group membership,
with emphasis on the individual's interaction as a basis of change of
motives, attitudes and personahty. Prereq., 9 hrs. and Soc. 1 or C hrs.
and 3 hrs. sociology. (2nd sem., yearly.)
316. PSYCHOLOGY OF INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES (2) Bradshaw, Lehman
The extent and the nature of individual differences, and the in-
fluence thereupon of such factors as heredity, environment, race, nation-
ality, age and sex. Prereq., 9 hrs. (1st sem., 1958-59.)
278 Ohio University
317. EXPERIMENTAL SENSORY PSYCHOLOGY (3) Staff
A systematic study of sensory processes, including vision, audition,
gustation, olfaction, and somesthesis. Experimental methods, research
findings, and theory are emphasized. 2 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., 15 hours,
(1st sem., 1958-59.)
319. PSYCHOLOGY OF PERSONALITY (3) Pullen, Storm
The nature of personality as revealed in interrelations to biological,
psychological, and cultural concepts. Prereq., 9 hrs. (1st sem., yearly.)
320. PERSONNEL AND VOCATIONAL COUNSELING (3) Klare, Paulsen
Methods and techniques useful in considering personnel and voca-
tional problems to be met in industrial, commercial, and school work.
Prereq., 9 hrs. including 231. (2nd sem., yearly.)
325. MINOR PROBLEMS IN PSYCHOLOGY {lto3) Staff
Training in the scientific study of some problem of special interest
to the student. Relatively independent work emphasized. Maximum credit
in course, 6 hrs. Prereq., 9 hrs. and permission. (Each semester.)
335. HISTORY OF PSYCHOLOGY (2) Scott
The evolution of methods and concepts of psychology with emphasis
on more recent trends. Prereq., 9 hrs. (1st sem., yearly.)
337. COUNSELING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY (3) Patrick. Puilen
Analysis of theory and practice in counseling and psychotherapy.
Prereq., 9 hrs. (2nd sem., yearly.)
341. PSYCHOLOGY OF COMMUNICATION (3) Klare
A psychological approach to the process of communication, with
applications to problems in the social sciences. Prereq., 12 hrs. and
permission. (1st sem., yearly.)
351. SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGICAL PROBLEMS IN INDUSTRY (3) Uhrbrock
Consideration of problems of selection, placenient, motivation, de-
velopment and evaluation of employees; with emphasis on job analysis,
interviewing, testing, rating and attitude evaluation as related to work-
er satisfaction, fatigue and productivity. Prereq., 6 hrs., statistics, and
permission. ( E ach semester. )
353. LEARNING AND MEMORY (3) Anderson, Nygaard
A study of methods and basic data in the areas of conditioning,
discrimination learning, problem solving, habit formation, and memory.
2 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., 9 lirs. (1st sem., yearly.)
401. SYSTEMS OF PSYCHOLOGY (3) G. Johns, Nygaard
A critical analysis and comparison of modern and contemporary
psychological theory. Prereq., 15 hrs, and permission. (2nd sem., 1958-
59.)
402. PERCEPTION (3) Klare, Storm
The psychological principles of perception involving the study of
impersonal (time, space, motion) and personal (social) phenomena.
Prereq., 15 hrs. (2nd sem. 1958-59.)
406. AN INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHODIAGNOSIS (3) Patrick, Puilen
A survey and practice of methods and techniques in diagnosing and
evaluating personality disorders. Prereq., 303 and 310 or 312. (2nd sem.,
yearly.)
Psychology 279
407. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) Patrick, Pullen
The theory and use of clinical methods including interviewing,
observation, case documentation, professional problems, and individual
testing. Prereq., 337. (1st sem. 1959-60.)
419. THEORIES OF PERSONALITY (3) Storm
A critical consideration of the theories of personality structure
and origin. Prereq., 315 and 319. (2nd sem. 1958-59.)
421. PRACTICUM IN PERSONNEL AND VOCATIONAL COUNSELING
(3) Klare, Paulsen
A course designed to provide experience in personnel and vocational
counseling. The work will include the handling of counseling cases,
discussion of cases, and readings. Prereq., 320. (1st sem., 1959-60.)
423. RESEARCH METHODS AND TECHNIQUES (2) Klare, Paulsen
Study of research methods especially suited to handling problems
in social sciences. Major emphasis is placed on the application and
interpretation of statistical techniques. Maximum credit in course, 6
hrs. Prereq., 15 hrs. (1st sem., yearly.)
427. ADVANCED PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY (3) Klare, Paulsen
The integration of facts and theories from various areas of psycho-
logy as applied to personnel problems in education, business and in-
dustry. Prereq., 320. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
432. ADVANCED SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) Staff
A summary of the main theoretical and substantive trends in con-
temporary social psychology, with emphasis upon the role of small
group theory and research. Prereq., 315. (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
454. LEARNING THEORY (3) Anderson, Nygaard
Lectures and readings covering theoretical works in the field of
learning. Prereq., 15 hrs. including 353. (2nd sem. 1958-59.)
471. QUANTITATIVE METHODS I (3) Games
General topics of measurements including psychophysics methods,
scaling techniques, correlational and experimental design analyses. 2
lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., 290 or equivalent. (2nd sem., 1957-58.)
472. QUANTITATIVE METHODS II (3) Games
A continuation and extension of Quantitative Methods I. 2 lee. and
2 lab. Prereq., 471. (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
481. RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY (Uo6) Staff
Prereq., 15 hrs. and permission.
494. ADVANCED SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY (2 to 4) Staff
Trends and methods in psychology are critically reviewed. Coopera-
tive investigations, findings of many studies coordinated with the stu-
dent's own findings. Prereq., 15 hrs. and permission. (2nd sem., yearly.)
495. THESIS (lto6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
280 Ohio University
RADIO-TELEVISION Associate Professors Jukes. Turnbull, Baird
Assistant Professors Baxter, Greer
Instructors F. C. Johnson, Saunders
Station Engineer Tonnpklns
47. RADIO WORKSHOP— ENGINEERING SECTION* (1 or2) Jukes, Tompkins
Technical work connected with radio broadcasting. Practice in con-
trol room technique, remote pick-up, tape recording, transmission lines
and station maintenance. Maximum credit in course, 4 hrs. Prereq.,
permission.
79. INTRODUCTION TO RADIO-TV (2) Baird, Greer
The development of radio and television. Attention given to Ameri-
can and foreign systems, mechanics of broadcasting, FCC rules, net-
works, advertising, and public service programs.
105. RADIO BROADCASTING MECHANICS (2) Jukes. Tompkins
Brief study of the apparatus used in radio broadcasting, including
microphones, amplifiers, studio acoustics, control room, transmission
lines, radio transmitter, and antenna. 1 lee. and 2 lab.
147. RADIO WORKSHOP* (2) Johnson
Rehearsal, performance, and technical work connected with radio
broadcasting. Maximum credit in course, 4 hrs. Prereq., 6 hrs. in radio
and permission.
180. RADIO SPEECH (3) Greer. Johnson
Microphone technique, pronunciation problems. Practice in reading
various types of materials. 1 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., Speech 2.
225-226. RADIO PRODUCTION (3-3) Greer
Radio techniques, sources of radio material, editing and preparation
of radio play scripts, use of sound effects. Practice w^ork in the Univer-
sity station. 1 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 180.
247. ADVANCED RADIO WORKSHOP* (2) Greer
Rehearsal, performance, and technical work connected with radio
broadcasting. Maximum credit in course, 4 hrs. Prereq., 8 hrs. in radio,
including 147.
280. RADIO-TV NEWS WRITING AND EDITING (2) Baxter
(Same as Jour. 280) The study and practice of writing and editing
news for broadcasting. Students will prepare radio news from local
sources and press services. Prereq., Jour. 107.
285. RADIO-TV NEWS PRACTICE (2 or 3) Baxter
(Same as Jour. 285) A laboratory course in the production of regu-
lar newscasts covering both preparation of copy and the actual broad-
casts of the script over WOUB and WOUI, AM and FM. Maximum
credit in course, 6 hrs. Prereq., 280.
301. PRINCIPLES OF TELEVISION PRODUCTION (3) Johnson
History of television, its impact upon society and other media of
communication, production aspects of television, general principles of
transmission and reception. Prereq., junior standing, 10 hrs. in radio,
and permission.
302. TELEVISION PRODUCTION LABORATORY (2) Johnson
Laboratory experience in the production of basic television program
types. The problems of camera, audio pick-up, and floor managing as
they relate to the formats of specific television productions. Prereq., 301.
•Credit in the three workshops (47, 147, 247) is limited to a total of 10 hours, with
not more than 4 hours in any one.
Radio-Television 281
309. RADIO-TV ADVERTISING AND MANAGEMENT (3) Turnbuli
(Same as Jour. 309) A study of the business principles and prac-
tices in the broadcasting industry, dealing with problems in radio and
TV station operation, with major emphasis on time sales. Prereq., Advt.
155 or permission.
316. CONTINUITY WRITING (2) Johnson
Writing of scripts including continuity, straight and dramatized
commercials, original and short sketches and stories. Prereq., 12 hrs.
radio and journalism, or 12 hrs. English, and junior standing.
331. DIRECTING FOR TELEVISION (3) Greer
Analysis and application of the theory and techniques of directing
for television with special attention to the problems involved in the
basic formats. 2 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 301, 302 or equivalent.
332. DRAMATIC PRODUCTION FOR TELEVISION (3) Johnson
Television techniques as they apply to the dramatic form. Rehearsal,
performance, and technical work connected with the production of the
dramatic script. 2 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 301, 331, or Dram. A. 299, 350.
375. PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUILDING (3) Greer
A thorough study of all aspects of radio station operation with
particular reference to programming, costs, staff, program building and
series planning. Case study of a specific situation. Prereq., senior stand-
ing, 225-226, 309 or equivalent.
385. RADIO AND TELEVISION IN EDUCATION (3) Johnson
The use of educational radio and television programs in the class-
room and in the home. Study of the problems in broadcasting and
televising high school and college courses. Practical applications in set-
ting up programs. Prereq., 12 hrs. Radio-TV or 12 hrs. Education and
permission.
483. SEMINAR IN RADIO AND TELEVISION (3) Jukes
Individual projects and advanced research in production problems,
music, directing, writing, announcing and the evaluation of radio and
television programs. Special emphasis on the problems and the poten-
tialities of educational television. Prereq., 12 hrs., permission.
484. SEMINAR IN TELEVISION PRODUCTION (3) Jukes
Current literature and advanced research in television production
problems. Individual reading projects and use of laboratory facilities
for research of an exploratory or experimental nature. Class discussions
and reports. Prereq., 301, 302, and permission.
494. RESEARCH (1-12) Staff
Individual, guided research on special problems. Projects must be
approved prior to registration. Prereq., 8 hrs., permission.
495. THESIS (lto6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
Suggested courses: Dramatic Art (see page 188), Speech and
Speech Correction (see page 279), E.E. 103-104— Basic Electrical Engi-
neering, E.E. 325 — Acoustics, Mus. 5 — Music Appreciation, Jour. 375 —
Specialized Journalism.
282 Ohio University
RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS
Professor James R. Patrick, Coordinator
AIR SCIENCE
Professor of Air Science: Lieutenant Colonel Moberly
Assistant Professors: Captains Falkner, Irvin, Hopkins, Wooa,
Lieutenants Wiegand, Zimnnerman
Instructors and Administrative Assistants:
Master Sergeants Word, Corgill
Technical Sergeants Scarmock, Feagin, Cornele
Airman First Class Lindsay
1.2. BASIC COURSE (2,2) Staff
Introduction to the eight-semester AFROTC Program and the ad-
vantages of flight training. Introduction to aviation. Fundamentals of
global geography. International tensions and security structures. In-
struments of national military security. Basic military and leadership
training (lat)oratory). Three hours a week. Prereq., permission.
101,102. BASIC COURSE (2,2) Staff
Introduction to Air Science 101 curriculum. Elements of aerial war-
fare: introduction to aerial warfare; targets, weapons, delivery aircraft.
Elements of aerial warfare: the air ocean, bases, forces. Careers in the
Air Force. Leadership training (laboratory). Three hours a week. Pre-
req ; Basic Air Force 1, 2.
221,222. ADVANCED COURSE (3,3) Staff
Introduction to Advanced AFROTC. The Air Force commander and
his staff. Problem solving techniques. Communicating in the Air Force.
Instructing in the Air Force. The military justice system. Applied air
science, aerodynamics and propulsion, navigation, weather. Air Force
base functions. Leadership training (laboratory). Five hours a week.
Prereq., completion of basic Air Force courses and selection for the Ad-
vanced Air Force course.
AFROTC SUMMER CAMP (3) Camp and Air Base Staff
A four-week training program conducted on an Air Force base be-
tween the junior and senior years, consisting primarily of orientation to
base facilities with some classroom work to make practical application of
courses covered in the freshman, sophomore and junior years and also
to provide opportunity for life under military conditions.
Instruction includes physical training, familiarization flying, USAF
base activity and equipment, individual weapons, drill, field exercises, air
base problems. Prereq., Advanced Air Force 221, 222.
251,252. ADVANCED COURSE (3,3) Staff
Critique of summer camp. Introduction to the Advanced Course,
leadership seminar. Career guidance. Military aspects of world political
geography. Military aviation and the art of war. Briefing for com-
missioned service. Leadership training (laboratory). Five hours a week.
Prereq., 221, 222, 251.
Romance Languages 283
MILITARY SCIENCE AND TACTICS
Professor of Military Science and Tactics: Lieutenant Colonel Andrews
Assistont Professors: Major Catlin; Captains Roberts, Bellonno, Shernnan
Instructors: Sergeants Crondall, Canter, Allen, Saffle, Clem,
Eintracht, Robeysek
1,2. BASIC MILITARY SCIENCE I (2,2) Staff
Organization of the Army and ROTC, individual weapons and
marksmanship. American military history, school of the soldier and
exercise of command. Three hours a week.
101,102. BASIC MILITARY SCIENCE II (2,2) Staff
Map and aerial photograph reading to include application of the
basic principles; functioning and tactical use of infantry crew-served
weapons; school of the soldier and exercise of command. Three hours a
week. Prereq., MS 1, 2.
221,222. ADVANCED MILITARY SCIENCE III (3,3) Staff
Leadership, military teaching methods; organization, functions, and
missions of the arms and services, small unit tactics and communica-
tions, school of the soldier and exercise of command. Five hours a week.
Prereq., two years of basic course or one year of active duty and by per-
mission of the P. M. S. T.
SUMMER ROTC CAMP (3) Camp Staff
A six-week training program to be conducted at an Army post,
camp or base. Summer training will supplement instruction given in
Military Science courses 221, 222, 251, and 252 with practical work in
weapons and marksmanship, interior guard, maps and photographs,
tactical exercises, signal communications, operation under field condi-
tions and specialized training. Particular emphasis is placed on the
development of leadership, character and the student's capability to
function effectively in small unit combat operations, as may be re-
quired of any officer regardless of branch. Prereq., Advanced Military
Science 221 and 222.
251,252. ADVANCED MILITARY SCIENCE IV (3,3) Staff
Command and staff, military intelligence, training management,
logistics, military administration, personnel management, military jus-
tice, role of the United States in world affairs, exercise of command.
Prereq., Advanced Military Science 221, 222 and by permission of the
P. M. S. T.
ROMANCE LANGUAGES Professors Wilkinson, Ondis
Associate Professors Renkenberger, Rice (cFiairnnan)
Assistant Professor Cameron
Instructor Bolen
Acting Instructor Kreps
The major requirement in French, Italian, or Spanish for the A.B.
degree is 20 hours above course 1-2 in the language. A major in Ro-
mance languages or Romance philology consists of 20 hours above course
1-2 in one language and at least one year in each of two other Romance
languages.
FRENCH
1-2. BEGINNING FRENCH (4-4) Staff
Pronunciation, essentials of grammar, oral practice, and reading.
(Yearly.)
284 Ohio University
101-102. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH (4-4) StafF
Conversation, composition, grammar review, and varied readings.
Prereq., 2 or 2 yrs. high school French. (Yearly.)
213.214. FRENCH CONVERSATION (3.3) Bolen
Prereq., 102 or 4 yrs. high school French. (Yearly.)
243-244. FRENCH COMPOSITION (2-2) Wilkinson
Prereq., 102. (1958-59.)
301,302. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE (3,3) Renlcenberger
A general view of French literature from the beginning. Special
topics for investigation by advanced students. Collateral readings and
reports. Prereq., 102, or 4 yrs. high school French. (1959-60.)
303, 304. READINGS FROM FRENCH LITERATURE (3, 3) Staff
Selections vary with the needs of the class or the student. Prereq.,
102. (Given upon sufficient demand.)
328. SIXTEENTH CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE (3) Rice
Development of French thought during the Renaissance. Prereq., 6
hrs. beyond 102. (Given upon sufficient demand.)
331,332. SEVENTEENTH CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE (3,3) Rice
Prereq., 102, or 4 yrs. high school French. (1958-59.)
335. 336. EIGHTEENTH CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE (3, 3) Renlcenberger
Prereq., 102. (1958-59.)
381. RESEARCH IN FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (1to4) Staff
A course designed to promote independent work in the study of
special linguistic and literary problems. Maximum credit in course, 6
hrs. Prereq., 12 hrs. beyond 102 and permission. (Given upon sufficient
demand.)
495. THESIS {lto6) Staff
Prereq., Premission.
ITALIAN
1-2. BEGINNING ITALIAN (4-4) Staff
Pronunciation, grammar, and practice in the language.
101-102. INTERMEDIATE ITALIAN (4-4) Staff
Review of grammar and reading in modem Italian. Prereq., 2 or
2 yrs. high school Italian.
301.302. SURVEY OF ITALIAN LITERATURE (3,3) Staff
Prereq., 102. (Given upon sufficient demand.)
303,304. READINGS FROM ITALIAN LITERATURE (3,3) Staff
Selections may vary with the needs of the class. Prereq., 102. (Giveii
upon sufficient demand.)
371. ADVANCED ITALIAN (lto4) Staff
Advanced work in language and literature. Maximum credit in
course, 8 hrs. Prereq., 6 hrs. beyond 102. (Given upon sufficient demand.)
495. THESIS (lto6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
Romance Languages 285
ROMANCE PHILOLOGY
325-326. GENERAL ROMANCE LINGUISTICS (2-2) Wilkinson
Introduction to graduate courses in philology. Prereq., Fr., It., Lat.,
or Sp. 102. (Given upon sufficient demand.)
421-422. ROMANCE PHILOLOGY (OLD FRENCH) (2.2) Ondis
Prereq., 16 hrs. in French and 16 hrs. in another Romance language
or Latin. R. Philol. 326 is advised but not required. (Given upon suffi-
cient demand.)
441-442. ROMANCE PHILOLOGY (OLD SPANISH) (2-2) Ondis
Prereq., 16 hrs. in Spanish and 16 hrs. in another Romance language
or Latin. R. Philol. 326 is advised but not required. (Given upon suffi-
cient demand.)
495. THESIS (Uo6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
SPANISH
1-2. BEGINNING SPANISH (4-4) Staff
Pronunciation, oral practice, essentials of grammar, and reading.
(Yearly.)
101-102. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH (4-4) Staff
Conversation, composition, grammar review, and varied readings,
Prereq., 2 or 2 yrs. high school Spanish. (Yearly.)
213,214. SPANISH CONVERSATION (3.3) Cameron
Prereq., 102.
301.302. SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE (3,3) Staff
Historic and literary study of Spain from the Middle Ages to the
present time. Prereq., 102. (1959-60.)
303.304. READINGS FROM SPANISH LITERATURE (3.3) Staff
Selections vary with the needs of the class and the student. Pre-
req., 102. (Given upon sufficient demand.)
305.306. THE SPANISH DRAMA (3.3) Ondii
Sp. 305 traces the drama in Spain from its origins to 1700; Sp. 306,
from 1700 to the present. Prereq., 102 or 4 yrs. high school Spanish.
(1959-60.)
315.316. THE SPANISH NOVEL (3,3) Ondis
Sp. 315 covers the evolution of the novel in Spain from the earliest
times to 1700; Sp. 316, the Spanish novel from 1700 to the present.
Prereq., 102, or 4 yrs. high school Spanish. (1958-59.)
351,352. ADVANCED SPANISH GRAMMAR (3,3) Ondis
Peculiarities of Spanish grammar and syntax. Analysis of difficult
texts. Free composition and oral reports. Prereq., 102, or 4 yrs. high
school Spanish. (1959-60.)
381. RESEARCH IN SPANISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (1 to4) Staff
Prereq., 12 hrs. beyond 102 and permission. Maximum credit in
courses, 6 hrs.
495. THESIS (lto6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
ROMANCE PHILOLOGY— See Romance Languages
286 Ohio University
RUSSIAN Assistant Professor Benson
1-2. BEGINNING RUSSIAN (4-4) Benson
Pronunciation, the writing system, grammar, and conversation.
Simple prose. (Yearly.)
101-102. INTERMEDIATE RUSSIAN (4-4) Benson
Prose readings. Grammar review and conversation. Prereq., 2.
(Yearly.)
201-202. ADVANCED RUSSIAN (2-2) Benson
Literary prose and drama. Advanced conversation, Prereq., 102.
(Yearly.)
271. SPECIAL READINGS IN RUSSIAN (lto3) Benson
Assigned readings, adapted to the individual needs of the student.
Maximum credit in course, 6 hours. Prereq., 202 and permission.
(Yearly.)
SCULPTURE— See Art
SECRETARIAL STUDIES Associate Professor Sponseller (chairman)
Assistant Professors Via, Appel, Weaver
Instructor Murrell
15. BEGINNING TYPEWRITING (2) Via, Weaver
Development of basic skill on the typewriter and application of this
skill to the more common typing practices. Achievement standard — 30
words per minute. 5 hours a week; 1 hour arranged. Prereq., not open
to those who have had high school typewriting.
16. INTERMEDIATE TYPEWRITING (2) Appel
Development of further basic skill in the operation of the type-
writer and quantity production of business forms. Achievement standard
— 45 words per minute. 5 hours a week; 1 hour arranged. Prereq., 15
with a scholastic average of 2.0 or one year high school typewriting.
31. BEGINNING SHORTHAND (3) Appel, Via. Weaver
Theory of Gregg Simplified shorthand. Development of ability to
take dictation. Achievement standard — 60 words per minute on new
material. 4 hours a week. Prereq., 15 or with 15; not open to those who
have had high school shorthand.
32. INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND (3) Appel, Via, Weaver
Increasing the student's ability to take dictation. Achievement
standard — 80 words per minute on new material. 4 hours a week.
Prereq., 31 with a scholastic average of 2.0 or one year high school
shorthand; 16 or with 16.
111. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING (2) Staff
Development of speed and accuracy in the production of related
typewriting office problems. Achievement standard — 60 words per min-
ute, 5 hours a week; 1 hour arranged. Prereq., 16 with a scholastic
average of 2.0 or two years high school typewriting.
151. BEGINNING DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION (3) Appel, Via, Weaver
Increasing dictation rates and developing transcription techniques.
Achievement standards — 100 words per minute on new material; 25-
word-per-minute transcription rate. 5 hrs. a week. Prereq., Ill and 32
with scholastic average of 2.0 or two years high school shorthand.
Secretarial Studies 287
152. ADVANCED DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION (3) Appel
Achievement standards — 120 words per minute on new material;
35-word-per-minute transcription rate. 5 hours a week. Prereq., 151 with
a scholastic average of 2.0.
153. SPECIALIZED DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION (3) Via
Development of greater speeds and of vocabulary other than that re-
quired by an ordinary business office. 5 hours a week. Prereq., 152 with
a scholastic average of 2.0.
172. FILING SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES (1) Staff
Various filing procedures and their applications. 2 hours lee. and
1 hour lab. a week. Prereq., 16.
173. MACHINE TRANSCRIPTION (1) Staff
Development of skill in the use of machine transcribers. 1 hour lee.
and 2 hours lab. a week. Prereq., 16.
180. OFFICE MACHINES (2) Staff
Training in the solution of the more common mathematical business
office problems on key-driven and crank-driven calculators. Instruction
on accounting, dictating, and duplicating machines. 5 hours a week.
181. OFFICE PROCEDURES (2) Via
Application of skills to solution of typical office problems and pro-
cedures. 5 hours a week, Prereq., 180, 16, and Acct. 75.
220. BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS (3) Sponseller
Application of English in the writing of effective business letters
and reports for typical business situations. Prereq., Eng. 4, junior or
senior rank.
261. TEACHING OF BUSINESS SUBJECTS (3) Appel
Principles and procedures of teaching business subjects at the
secondary level with emphasis in the areas of general business education
and vocational business education. Prereq., junior rank, major or minor
in Business Education.
275. SECRETARIAL PRACTICE (3) Sponseller
Students spend 5 hours a week working in offices on the campus and
2 hours a week in conference. Prereq., 151, 172, 173, 181.
285. OFFICE MANAGEMENT (3) Weaver
Application of the principles of scientific management to office work
and a study of the organization and work for which the office manager
is responsible. Prereq., Ec. 12, junior rank, or permission.
335. COMMERCIAL CURRICULUM CONSTRUCTION (2) Appel
Principles and factors necessary in the construction of a curriculum
of commercial courses in the high schools of varied communities. Pre-
req., 20 hrs. commerce.
387. RESEARCH IN BUSINESS TEACHING PROBLEMS [[UoB] Weaver
Prereq., 20 hrs. commerce, senior rank, and permission.
391. SEMINAR IN BUSINESS TEACHING PROBLEMS (2-4) Weaver
Maximum credit in course, 10 hrs. Prereq., 20 hrs. commerce and
permission.
437. ADMINISTRATION IN BUSINESS EDUCATION (3 to 6) Sponseller
_ Problems involved in planning, administering, and supervising a
business education program in the high school. Prereq., 20 hrs. com-
merce and permission.
288 Ohio University
SOCIAL SCIENCE— See General Studies
SOCIOLOGY Associafe Professors Jeddeloh, Harlan (chairman)
Assistant Professors Worstell, Eggers, Park
The courses in the Department of Sociology represent the following
areas of teaching and research interest: social institutions and social
change; social psychology and collective behavior; population and ecol-
ogy; cultural anthropology; criminology and juvenile delinquency; and
pre-professional social work.
The major requirement for the A.B. degree is a minimum of 28
semester hours, which must include the following courses: 1-2 or 101;
201-202; 301 or 303; 330; 375. In criminology and juvenile delinquency
and in pre-professional social work the requirement is 34 semester hours,
which must include the above courses plus 133 and 339. (See pages 111
and 113 for descriptions of these curricula.)
In fulfilling the degree requirements of the College of Arts and
Sciences, it is recommended that m.ajor students register for the follow-
ing courses: in the natural sciences. Zoology 3-4 and Mathematics 107;
in the humanities, English 293.
SOCIOLOGY
1-2. GENERAL SOCIOLOGY (3-3) Staff
Basic introduction to the major fields of sociology. Soc. 1 deals with
the nature of culture and cultural behavior, and with the characteristics
of communities in primitive and modern societies. Soc. 2 deals with per-
sonality development and the social conduct of the individual, and with
social institutions and social change. Should be taken in sequence. Not
open to juniors and seniors. (Each sem.)
101. PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY (3) Staff
A one-semester basic course for students unable to take 1 and 2,
covering the same fields at a more rapid pace, with greater emphasis
upon individual reading. No credit for students who have taken 1 or 2.
Not open to freshmen. (Each sem.)
103. READINGS IN SOCIOLOGY (1) Staff
Independent reading of selected major treatises and research mono-
graphs in a specific field of sociology chosen by the student, under the
guidance of a staff member. Prereq., 1 and 2, or 101. (Each sem.)
104. URBAN COMMUNITIES (3) Jeddeloh
Development of modern cities; demographic, economic, and social
characteristics; ecological processes and social organization; the nature
of urbanism; city planning. Prereq., 3 hrs. (2nd sem., yearly.)
105. SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY (3) Park
Human origins, prehistoric cultures, early civilizations; contempor-
ary primitive societies; major culture areas. Methods of anthropological
research. Prereq., 3 hrs. (1st sem., yearly.)
201. ELEMENTARY RESEARCH TECHNIQUES (2) Staff
A laboratory course in the skills and procedures of scientific method
in the study of society. Study design, schedule and scale construction,
interview methods; graphic representation; analysis and organization
of data. May be taken concurrently with 101 by upperclassmen. (1st
sem., yearly.)
Sociology 289
202. FIELD STUDIES IN SOCIOLOGY (2) Staff
Planning and execution of an empirical study of interest to the stu-
dent, utilizing the knowledge and skills developed in 201. Limited class
meetings; conferences with instructor; formal report of study. Prereq.,
201. (Yearly.)
207. EDUCATIONAL SOCIOLOGY (3) Jeddeloh
Sociological study of the school as a social institution; its relation
to the community; development of the child; sociological aspects of learn-
ing and teaching. Prereq., 3 hrs. or permission. (2nd sem., yearly.)
209. INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF POPULATION (3) Staff
Growth and distribution of population; birth and death rates; mi-
gration; the labor force; control of population; demographic methods.
Prereq., 6 hrs. in social sciences. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
210. SOCIAL BEHAVIOR (3) Eggers, Harlan
Social-psychological development of the individual; the emergence
of role-taking abilities and self-concepts in social interaction; the func-
tion of language in conduct. Prereq., 6 hrs. sociology or psychology, or
H. Ec. 5 and 6. (1st sem., yearly.)
211. RACE AND CULTURE CONTACTS (3) Parle
The conflict, accommodation, and assimilation of racial and ethnic
groups; individual and collective status and experience arising in the
contacts of peoples of diverse cultures. Prereq., 3 hrs. sociology or 9 hrs.
social sciences. (2nd sem., yearly.)
220. SOCIAL PROBLEMS (3) Jeddeloh
Intensive study of a limited number of major social problems as
they affect the person, family, community, and nation. Group projects
and discussions. Prereq., 6 hrs. in social sciences. (1st sem., yearly.)
229. CROWD, MASS, AND PUBLIC (3) Harlan
Individual and group behavior under conditions of social unrest and
suggestibility; characteristics of these groups, their stages of develop-
ment and types of action. Prereq., 6 hrs. in social sciences. (1st sem.,
1958-59.)
260. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY (3) Eggers
The family as a basic institution in various cultures; courtship,
marriage, and family relationships in American society; family disor-
ganization; the development of marriage counseling. Prereq., 6 hrs. in
social sciences. (1st sem., yearly.)
301. SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS (2) Staff
Principles of scientific method; theoretical and practical problems
of research design; statistical and other methods of data analysis.
Should precede or be taken in conjunction with 381 or 495. Prereq., 8
hrs., and Math. 107, Stat. 155, or Educ. 381. (1st sem., 1959-60.)
303. SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY (2) Staff
Origins and development of sociology; major European and Ameri-
can contributors; current trends and the status of specialized fields of
interest. Prereq., 6 hrs. (2nd sem., yearly.)
307. VOLUNTARY ASSOCIATIONS (3) Harlan
The origins, social composition, and functions of informal and
quasi-institutional groups such as lodges, veterans' organizations, service
clubs, and sports and hobby clubs, as typical forms of association in
contemporary society. Prereq., 6 hrs. (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
290 Ohio Unh^ersity
311. CRIMINOLOGY AND PENOLOGY (3) Jeddeloh
An introduction to modern criminology and the correctional treat-
ment of offenders. Field visits to courts and correctional institutions.
Prereq., 6 hrs. (1st sem., yearly.)
315. FOLK COMMUNITIES (3) Park
Comparative study of primary village communities in various so-
cieties; the impact of Western technology and institutions; the dis-
organization of folk cultures. Prereq., 10 hrs. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
316. CULTURE AND CIVILIZATION (3) Park
Anthropological and sociological analysis of the concept "civiliza-
tion" and of the transformation of social life which it represents. Con-
sideration of selected civilizations outside the main course of Western
history, with emphasis on their characteristic ethos and social institu-
tions. Prereq., 10 hrs. (2nd sem., 1959-60.)
320. INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY (3) Staff
Work groups and large business firms as social systems: worker-
union-management relations; leadership; decision-making. Review of
research in human relations in industry. Prereq., 9 hrs. in social sciences.
(2nd sem., 1959-60.)
321. CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL MOVEMENTS (3) Harlan
Characteristics and objectives of various types of social movements;
reform and revolution; leaders, ideologies, tactics; case studies of typical
movements. Prereq., 9 hrs. in social sciences. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
322. JUVENILE DELINQUENCY (3) Jeddeloh
Factors associated with delinquency; characteristics of delinquents;
juvenile courts and clinics; probation, correctional training; delinquency
prevention. Field visits. Prereq., 9 hrs. sociology or psychology.
(2nd sem., yearly.)
325. PERSONALITY AND SOCIETY (3) Harlan
Survey of current systematic knowledge of child-rearing practices
and parent-child relationships in various cultures and social classes, and
of their consequences for the personality development of the child. Pre-
req., 12 hrs. sociology or psychology. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
326. DYNAMICS OF INTERPERSONAL RELATIONS (2) Eggers
Analysis of epsiodes of group interaction; role-playing as an experi-
mental device in the study of interpersonal relations; theories concerning
the development of competence in interpersonal relations. Prereq., 210,
or 9 hrs. psychology. (2nd sem., yearly.)
330. CURRENT SOCIOLOGICAL LITERATURE (1) Staff
Familiarization with the scope and types of professional literature
of sociology and related fields. Professional organizations and activities;
advanced training and emplojmaent requirements. Prereq., 9 hrs. (Each
sem.)
336. PUBLIC OPINION AND MASS COMMUNICATIONS (3) Harlan
The processes of opinion formation; relation to public policy
decisions; public opinion polls; organization and control of mass media;
nature and effects of propaganda. Prereq., 9 hrs. social sciences.
(2nd sem., yearly.)
Sociology 291
350. SPECIAL STUDIES IN SOCIOLOGY (1-4) Staff
Guided readings in special topics in sociology not included in the
current departmental curriculum, in one or more of the following areas:
a. Social Organization, b. Social Psychology, c. Collective Behavior,
d. Physical Anthropology, e. Cultural Anthropology, f. Demography and
Ecology, g. Criminology and Delinquency, h. Social Work. Abstracts of
readings, discussions with instructor, final essay. Maximum credit in
course, 4 hrs. ; in any one area, 2 hrs. Prereq., 12 hrs., permission.
(Each sem.)
370. IN-SERVICE TRAINING (lto3) Staff
Individually-arranged work experience under responsibile super-
vision; advance planning and departmental approval; periodic reports.
Prereq., 12 hrs.; junior and senior majors. (Summer only.)
375. SENIOR SEMINAR (2) Staff
Required of all senior majors in last semester of residence. Includes
comprehensive examination covering required courses and electives sub-
mitted for major. Prereq., 28 hrs. completed or in progress. (2nd sem.,
yearly.)
381. RESEARCH PROBLEMS IN SOCIOLOGY (lto3) Staff
Individual research; may be coordinated with other student or staff
research. Maximum credit in course, 6 hrs. Prereq., 12 hrs. and per-
mission. (Each sem.)
470. INTERNSHIP (3 to 6) Staff
Full-time placement for research and training in positions in juven-
ile courts, business and industrial firms, governmental agencies, etc.
3-6 months. Prereq., candidacy for M.A. degree. (Yearly.)
491. SEMINAR (3) Staff
Topic announced each term. Maximum credit in course, 6 hrs. Pre-
req., 15 hrs.
495. THESIS (lto6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
SOCIAL WORK
102. THE SOCIAL SECURITY SYSTEM (2) Worstell and others
Historical development and current provisions of the Social Security
Act and other income security programs as established by law, and their
significance in contemporary American life; comparisons with the social
security systems of other nations. (Each sem.)
133. SOCIAL WORK IN THE AMERICAN COMMUNITY (3) Worstell
A survey of the social services as they are administered through
public and voluntary agencies, including historical and philosophical
growth and development. Field trips and individual projects arranged.
Prereq., 3 hrs. (Each sem.)
234. CHILD WELFARE (3) Worstell
Legislation regarding child care and protection; services for chil-
dren in their own homes, foster homes, and institutions. Case materials
illustrating services and resources. Prereq., 133, or 6 hrs. psychology,
home economics, or education. (Each sem.)
248. SOCIAL GROUP WORK (2) Worstell
Principles, methods, and types of group work; agencies sponsoring
group work programs. Student responsible for participation or leadei*-
ship in a group work project. Prereq., 133. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
292 Ohio University
250. COMMUNITY PLANNING FOR SOCIAL WELFARE (2) Worstell
The planning, organization, and development of welfare services in
the community; operation and functions of community chests, councils
of social agencies, and similar organizations. Prereq., 133. (2nd sem.,
1959-60.)
339. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL CASE WORK (3) Worstell
The development of social case work; analysis of basic principles;
problems and methods as seen in theoretical and case material. Prereq.,
133, 234, and specific consent of the instructor. (Each sem.)
341. FIELD SERVICES (2) Worstell
In-service observation of agency functions and methods; assignment
to specific work responsibilities; conferences with training supervisor.
Two afternoons each week. Maximum credit in course, 4 hrs. Prereq.,
339 and specific consent of the instructor. (Each sem.)
SPANISH — See Romance Languages
SPEECH AND SPEECH AND HEARING THERAPY
Professors Stoats, Kontner, Andersch, A. C. LoFollette
Associate Professor Jukes
Assistant Professors C. Lane, Wiseman, Hohne, Penson,
Ludlunn, Catolono, Wotkins, Ham, Greer
Instructors Trisolini, Reyes, F. C. Johnson,
Boros, Feidner, Saunders
Part-time Instructor C. L. Lane
SPEECH
1. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH (1) Andersch, Staff
Study and practice of basic techniques for eifective participation
in everyday speaking situations. 1 lee. and 1 lab.
2. VOICE AND ARTICULATION (2) La Foliette, Staff
Designed to help each student discover and remedy his vocal and
articulatory problems. Group drills and individual instruction. Special
attention given to pronunciation problems.
3. PUBLIC SPEAKING (2) Stoats, Staff
Principles of public speaking. Practice in presenting short informa-
tive, entertaining, and persuasive speeches with emphasis upon intellec-
tual and emotional adjustments to speaking situations. Prereq., 1 or pro-
ficiency test.
25. PRINCIPLES OF ARGUMENTATION (2) Stoats, Wiseman, Ludium, Wotkins
Analysis of the debate proposition, preparation of the brief, study
of evidence, and class debates.
34. ORAL INTERPRETATION OF LITERATURE
(3) Hahne, Cotalono, Trisolini, Reyes
Techniques in interpretation, development of adequate intellectual
and emotional responsiveness to the meaning of literature; study of
literature adapted to oral interpretation; drill in reading aloud; prepa-
ration of programs. Prereq., 2 or 3.
Speech and Speech and Hearing Therapy 293
104. BASES OF SPEECH (3) Kantner
Scope, purposes and interrelationships of the component areas in
the general field of speech. The physiological, phonetic, psychological
and semantic bases of speech. Prereq., Sophomore standing; major in
Dramatic Art and Speech.
110. PARLIAMENTARY PROCEDURE (1) Stoats, Ludlum
Prereq., 1 or proficiency test.
112. ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING (2) Wiseman, Ludlum
Extended study and application of the principles of public speaking
with emphasis on content and organization. Preparation and delivery of
various types of speeches of substantial length. Prereq., 3 or permission.
147. WORKSHOP IN SPEECH (1 or2) Staff
A. Public Address. Preparation and delivery of speeches and read-
ings for local, state and national contests and/or intercollegiate debate.
Maximum credit in course, 6 hours. Prereq., permission.
B. Choric Interpretation. Application of the principles of oral in-
terpretation to group presentation. Laboratory experience. Maximum
credit in course, 2 hours. Prereq., 34.
205. DYNAMICS OF GROUP DISCUSSION (3) Wiseman
Study and practice of the principles and techniques of group dis-
cussion as an integral part of the democratic pattern of living. Empha-
sis on the functions of discussion in public relations and as a method
of instruction.
260. TEACHING OF HIGH SCHOOL DRAMATICS AND SPEECH (3) Andersch
Organization of curricular and co-curricular speech and dramatic
activities; analysis of available materials; methods of casting, staging,
and producing plays; problems in the coaching of debate and oratory.
Prereq., junior standing, major or minor in dramatic art and speech.
303. ADVANCED ORAL INTERPRETATION (3) Trisolini, Hahne
A study of the principles of types of literature from the standpoint
of the oral interpreter. Emphasis on the development of skill in the
interpretation of various forms of poetry, prose, and dramatic literature.
Prereq., 34.
305. PROBLEM SOLVING THROUGH GROUP DISCUSSION (3) Wiseman
Social responsibility, ethical problems and standards; application of
the principles of general semantics and group dynamics; purposes, types,
and methods of discussion; frequent class practice. Prereq., junior
standing.
309. CLASSICAL RHETORICAL THEORY (3) Staats
The principles of rhetoric based upon the theories of Aristotle,
Cicero, Quintilian, and Adams. Speeches of eminent orators are analyzed.
Prereq., F. A. 203-204 or permission.
325. DIRECTION OF FORENSIC PROGRAMS (3) Wiseman, Ludlum
Organization of forensic programs in high schools and colleges,
management of inter-school contests and tournaments, coaching of de-
bate, discussion and individual events, and principles of judging. Prac-
tical application in the university forensic program. Prereq., 25, 305 or
equivalent.
294 Ohio University
333. ORAL INTERPRETATION OF DRAMATIC LITERATURE (3) Trisolini
A study of the principles of drama from the standpoint of the oral
interpreter. Special emphasis on the modern period from Ibsen and
Chekov to the present. Prereq., Speech 34, 303, or Dram. Art 339.
349. RHETORICAL CRITICISM (3) Watkins
Theories and critical methods of Plutarch, Cicero, Goodrich,
Brougham and selected modern writers. Application through original
critiques of selected speeches. Prereq., 12 hrs., including 309, or equival-
ent.
401. INTRODUCTION TO GRADUATE WORK (3) Kan+ner
Men, movements, and professional literature in the field of speech.
Conduct of research and selection of a thesis problem.
412. ADVANCED SPEECH COMPOSITION AND DELIVERY (3) Staafs
Advanced study of content, organization, composition and delivery
of lecture-length speeches. Prereq., 112, 309, or equivalent.
440. APPLICATIONS OF GENERAL SEMANTICS TO SPEECH (3) V\^iseman
The chief formulations from general semantics which underlie the
synthesis of communication methodologies and personal integration
through com.munication will be presented. Special emphasis on the ap-
plication of these principles to the field of speech. Prereq., 10 hours
of speech or permission.
462. SPEECH AND HIGHER EDUCATION (3) Andersch
Philosophy and function of speech as an academic discipline, re-
lationships to other areas of study, inter-relationships of various areas
within the field, problems in the teaching of speech at the college level.
Required of all graduate students in speech. Prereq., 18 hrs.
471. AMERICAN PUBLIC ADDRESS (3) Stoats
The history of public address in America from colonial times to
the present. Analysis of selected speeches. Practice in the organization,
composition and delivery of speeches of substantial length. Prereq.,
112, F. A. 203-204 or equivalent.
472. BRITISH AND FRENCH PUBLIC ADDRESS (3) Watkins
A study of the pulpit and political orators of the French revolution-
ary period and the British parliamentary orators of the 18th and early
19th centuries. Prereq., 309 or equivalent.
475. GREEK, ROMAN AND PATRISTIC PUBLIC ADDRESS (3) Stoats
Historical and cultural aspects of public address in the Greek, Ro-
man and Patristic periods. Outstanding speakers and speeches of each
period analyzed in terms of the issues of the time. Prereq., A knowledge
of the history of the periods studied is essential. F. A. 203-204, speech
309, Hist. 115 or 120 or equivalent.
485. CONTEMPORARY STUDIES IN PUBLIC ADDRESS (3) Ludlum
Review of selected studies in public address and communication
emphasizing the experimental and descriptive methods and the more
significant findings of comtemporary research. Prereq., 12 hrs., 401.
490. SEMINAR IN PUBLIC ADDRESS (3) Stoots, Wiseman
Advanced study in the history of public address, rhetorical theory,
or rhetorical criticism and speech analysis. Class discussions and re-
ports. Prereq., 309 or 471, or equivalent.
Speech and Speech and Hearing Therapy 295
491. SEMINAR IN SPEECH EDUCATION (2 or 3) Andersch
Problems in the teaching of basic speech courses at the college level,
evolution of the speech curriculum. Assigned problems. Prereq., 15 hrs.
494. RESEARCH (1-12) Staff
Individual, guided research on special problems. Projects must be
approved prior to registration. Pi'ereq., 8 hrs., permission.
495. THESIS (lto6) Staff
Prereq., permission.
Additional course: F.A. 203-204 — History of Oratory.
See also courses listed under Dramatic Art on page 196 and Radio-
TV on page 280.
SPEECH AND HEARING THERAPY
4. REMEDIAL SPEECH (lto2) La Follette. Staff
The Speech and Hearing Clinic is equipped and staffed to aid stu-
dents in overcoming special speech problems. Instruction and supervised
remedial practice are offered for individuals and small groups. Enroll-
ment with permission at any time up to four weeks prior to the end of
the semester. Not to be counted in hours for graduation.
194. SPEECH CORRECTION FOR THE CLASSROOM TEACHER (3) Boros
Nature, causes, and treatment of defective speech in the public
schools with special reference to the role of the regular classroom
teacher. Open to majors in elementary education; others by permission.
Not open to majors in dramatic art and speech.
195. PRINCIPLES OF SPEECH CORRECTION (3) Ham
The nature, symptoms, causes, etiology, and diagnosis of disorders
of speech and voice. Emphasis on methods and techniques in the correc-
tion of common speech defects. Prereq., 6 hrs.. Psych. 1 or 5, or per-
mission.
247. CLINICAL PRACTICE IN SPEECH CORRECTION
(1 or 2) LaFollette, Penson, Ham
Supervised clinical practice with children or adults in the University
Speech and Hearing Clinic. Maximum credit in course, 4 hrs. Prereq.,
307, 310, 320, permission.
262. SPEECH AND HEARING THERAPY IN PUBLIC SCHOOLS (2) Ham, Boros
Methods, organization, and implementation of speech and hearing
programs in the public schools. Must be taken concurrently with Student
Teaching. Prereq., 307.
307. CLINICAL METHODS (3) Ham
Basic orientation to speech therapy. Observation of children with
normal and defective speech. Clinical work in the school situation and in
the Children's Speech Clinic. Prereq., 6 hrs., including 195.
310. SPEECH PATHOLOGY (3) LaFollette
Anatomy of the vocal mechanism and study of organic speech dis-
orders, such as stuttering, aphasia, cleft, palate speech, spastic speech,
and speech of the hard of hearing. Prereq., 195.
312. PHONETICS (3) Kantner
The study of speech sounds from a sociological, physiological, and
acoustical point of view. Mastery of the international phonetic alphabet.
Training in phonetic transcription. Prereq., 6 hrs. or permission.
296 Ohio University
319. AUDIOMETRY AND SPEECH AND HEARING PROBLEMS (3) LaFollette
Techniques of audiometric testing with clinical practice; interpre-
tation of audiograms, criteria for educational placement and referral;
principles of hearing aid selection; public school hearing conservation
programs. Prereq., 6 hrs., or equivalent of 6 hrs., and permission.
320. ADVANCED CLINICAL METHODS (3) LaFollette
Methods in speech correction for adults; survey of current litera-
ture; clinical experience with adults in such problems as articulatory
disorders, stuttering, aphasia, cerebral palsy, cleft palate and loss of
hearing. Prereq., 10 hrs., including 310.
323. LIP READING (3) LaFollette
The basic principles of understanding language by observing the
speaker's lips and facial expression. Emphasis on both theory and prac-
tice of speech reading. Special attention given to teaching methods
Prereq., 6 hrs.
335. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES IN SPEECH AND HEARING THERAPY
(3) Ham
The role of diagnosis in speech and hearing therapy; conducting the
speech examination; the nature, purpose, administration and interpre-
tation of the more important diagnostic tests and procedures related
to the speech problem. Preparation of the case history. Prereq., 320 or
with 320.
345. STUHERING AND PSYCHOGENETIC DISORDERS OF SPEECH
(3) Penson
A detailed study of literature in the field with emphasis on the
nature, causes, development, and treatment of stuttering and other
speech defects with psychogenic implications. Extensive case studies.
Prereq., senior majors, 310, 320 or with 320.
392. SPEECH SCIENCE (3) Penson
Structure and function of the mechanism for speech and hearing.
Anatomical, physiological and neurological considerations. Laboratory
projects. Prereq., senior majors or graduate students.
405. CLINICAL PROGRAMS IN SPEECH AND HEARING THERAPY
(3) LaFollette
Organization and administration of clinical programs in speech and
hearing therapy. Administrative structures, services, professional stan-
dards and underlying philosophies in speech and hearing clinics, both
public and private. Prereq., 310, 319, 320.
455. LANGUAGE FOR THE DEAF AND HARD OF HEARING (3) LaFollette
Stage by stage instruction for the teaching of speech to deaf and
hard of hearing children of all ages. Consideration of basic problems,
specific techniques and special equipment. Students with severe hearing
losses may audit this course by special permission without the pre-
requisites. Prereq., 307, 319 323 or equivalent.
465. LANGUAGE PROBLEMS OF THE BRAIN INJURED (3) Ham
Consideration of the neurological basis, pathological causes and
speech and psychological implications of cerebral palsy, aphasia, and
other types of brain injury, together with methods of therapy. Prereq.,
310, 320, 392, or with 392.
Statistics 297
476. RESEARCH DESIGN IN SPEECH SCIENCE (3) Penson
Scope and philosophy of speech science. Instrumentation, research
designs, areas of research and significant findings in selected contemp-
orary studies. Group or individual research projects in speech pathology,
audiology and phonetics. Prereq., 392.
492. SEMINAR IN SPEECH CORRECTION (3) Penson, LaFollette
Current literature and advanced research in the field of speech cor-
rection. Individual reading projects. Class reports and discussions. Pre-
req., 12 hrs., including 195.
494. RESEARCH (1-12) Staff
Individual, guided research on special problems. Projects must be
approved prior to registration. Prereq., permission, 8 hrs.
495. THESIS OR DISSERTATION (1 to 6 for thesis) Staff
Prereq., permission.
See also courses listed under Dramatic Art on page 196 and Radio-
TV on page 280.
STATISTICS Associate Professor Solfow (chairman)
155. BUSINESS STATISTICS (4) Soltow
Elementary statistical methods used in business. 3 lee, and 3-hour
lab. Prereq., Ec. 12 or 102 and Math. 3 and 34 or Math. 5 and 6.
271. ANALYSIS OF STATISTICAL DATA (3) Soltow
Study of reports and forecasts of business firms, bureaus, and
agencies. Application of statistical methods of specific problems. Pre-
req., 155.
303. VARIABLES (3) Staff
The application of sampling theory to industrial operations. A
course in industrial statistics especially recommended for students in-
terested in production control. Prereq., 155.
341. BUSINESS CYCLES (3) Staff
A study of the nature, causes, and theory of the business cycle to-
gether with a survey of techniques of description and control. Prereq.,
155 or with 155.
345. FORECASTING (3) Staff
The theory of predicition of social data and the theory of business
forecasting with special reference to economic conditions and the busi-
ness cycle. Prereq., 155 or with 155.
381. RESEARCH IN BUSINESS STATISTICS (1to8) Staff
Prereq., 18 hrs. commerce including 155 and permission.
391. SEMINAR IN BUSINESS STATISTICS (2to4) Staff
Maximum credit in course, 10 hrs. Prereq., 18 hrs. commerce in-
cluding 155 and permission.
Additional course: Math. 326 — Theory of Statistics.
298 Ohio University
ZOOLOGY Professors Elliotf, Frey (chairman), Stehr
Associate Professors Rowles, Seibert, Lawrence
Assistant Professors McQuate, Southwick, W. Peterson, Vallowe
Instructor Tullis
The major requirement for the A.B. degree is a minimum of 24
hours in approved departmental courses; for the B.S. degree, a mini-
mum of 24 to 30 hours. These courses must include Zool. 3-4, 107, 120
or 121, 235 or 305. In addition, the following extra-departmental courses
are required : Chem. 1-2 or 3-4, Math. 5 or 9, or 107 (medical technology
majors have no requirement in mathematics), Phil. 110 or 209 or other
approved course in philosophy. Premedical students are urged to elect
Math. 9 and 10 (see page 107) and to include these courses as part
of the freshman program. Students who substitute a year in medical
or dental school for the senior year are credited with 8 hours on the
major for the A.B. degree and 10 hours on the B.S. degree. Those who
complete the affiliated training in medical technology at Mount Carmel
Hospital are credited with 32 hours toward the B.S. degree.
Curricula are outlined by the College of Arts and Sciences for stu-
dents preparing for medicine, dentistry, physical therapy, and medical
technology (see pages 107, 104, 111 and 106). Students who wish to teach
and to complete requirements for the A.B. or B.S. degrees v/ith a major
in zoology, may meet requirements for certification for teaching.
3. PRINCIPLES OF ZOOLOGY (3) Staff
Elementary physiology and anatomy of a living organism to illus-
trate principles of life: metabolism, growth, reproduction, and heredity.
2 lee. and 2 lab. (Each semester). No credit if student has had Biol. 1, 2.
4. PRINCIPLES OF ZOOLOGY (3) Staff
A survey of the important animal phyla to illustrate major biologi-
cal principles; the relationships of animals and their environment; the
doctrine of evolution as the underlying principle. 2 lee. and 2 lab. Pre-
req., 3. (Each semester.) No credit if student has had Biol. 1, 2.
103. READINGS IN BIOLOGY (1) Stehr
A course for students interested in advances in biological fact and
thought, especially as applied to the field of human affairs. Prereq., 4,
or Biol. 2, or high school biology. (Each semester.)
107. PRINCIPLES OF HEREDITY (3) McQuate, Tullis
An introduction to the fimdamental principles of heredity and var-
iation. Practical applications to animal and plant breeding, human
heredity, and race betterment. Prereq., 4, or Biol. 2, or 6 hrs. botany
(1st S6m., yearly.)
108. ELEMENTARY LABORATORY GENETICS (2) McQuate, Tullis
Breeding experiments primarily with Drosophila designed to illus-
trate the principles of heredity. 4 lab. Prereq., 107. (2nd sem., yearly.)
113. BIOLOGY OF VERTEBRATES (4) Seibert
A study of vertebrate animals, other than birds, including classifi-
cation, life histories, and other pertinent topics. Identification of mu-
seum collection with emphasis on Ohio specimens; collecting and pre-
serving techniques; field work. 2 lee, 4 lab., and field v^^ork. Prereq.,
4. (1st sem., yearly.)
Zoology 299
H8. ORNITHOLOGY (3) Seibert
A study of birds and bird biology, including classification, migra-
tion, general anatomy and physiology, life histories, and economic values.
Emphasis on field identification. 2 lee. and 2 lab., or field work. Prereq.,
4, or Biol. 2. (2nd sem., yearly.)
120. COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ANATOMY (4) Elliott
A comparative study of body systems of vertebrates, with labor-
atory work covering various type forms. 2 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 4.
(2nd sem., yearly.)
121. ELEMENTS OF ANATOMY (3) Southwick
Course for majors in zoology other than premedical and predental
students. Particular emphasis is given to a study and dissection of the
head, thorax, and abdomen of the mammal. Illustrated by dissection of
a cat. 2 lee. and 2 lab. Prereq., 4. (1st sem., yearly.)
133-134. ANATOMY, KINESIOLOGY, AND PHYSIOLOGY
(4-4) Rowles, Vallowe, Trepp
(Same as P.E. 133-134) Course for majors in physical education
and athletics. All body systems are studied with particular emphasis on
the skeleton, joints, and muscles, including physiology of exercise and
muscular movements of body. Prereq., 3. (Yearly.)
216. ANIMAL COMMUNITIES (4) Seibert
A study of animals in relation to their surroundings. Discussion of
the general principles governing animal distribution and animal com-
munities. 2 lee. and 4 lab. or field work. Prereq., 4. (2nd sem., yearly.)
219. GENERAL ENTOMOLOGY (4) Stehr
A study of the structure, habits, and life histories of insects, with
practice in collecting, mounting, and identification. 2 lee. and 4 lab.
Prereq., 4. (1st sem., yearly.)
225. ANIMAL MICROTECHNIC (1 or 2) Peterson
The principles and methods of preparing animal material for micro-
scopic study. Practice in fixing, embedding, sectioning, staining, and
mounting tissues. Principles of the microscope and its accessories. 1 lee.
and 4 lab. Prereq., 4, junior or senior rank. (1st sem., yearly.)
235. ELEMENTS OF PHYSIOLOGY (4) Rowles
Functions of various tissues and organs of mammals as applied
particularly to the human organism. Recommended for home economics
majors and zoology majors other than premedical and predental stu-
dents. 2 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 4, or 3 and 6 hrs. home economics. (2nd
sem., yearly.)
241. ELEMENTARY BACTERIOLOGY (4) Lawrence
Morphology and physiology of bacteria, staining reactions, prepara-
tion of media and the biochemical reactions resulting from bacterial
activity. Bacteriology majors are referred to Zool. 311. 2 lee. and 4 lab.
Prereq., 4 or Biol. 2, or 6 hrs. botany or 8 hrs. chemistry. (Each se-
mester.)
245. CLINICAL TECHNIC (2) Frey
The theoi'y and practice of making various tests used in laboratories
of clinical pathology with emphasis on hematology. Prei-eq., 311 and per-
mission. (Each semester.)
301. MAMMALIAN ANATOMY (4) Elliott
The anatomy of mammals with particular emphasis on the cat. 2
lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 120. (1st sem., yearly.)
300 Ohio University
302. VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY (4) Peterson
All phases of vertebrate development are considered, and particular
emphasis in laboratory is given to the chick and pig. 2 lee. and 6 lab.
Prereq., 120. (2nd sem., yearly.)
304. HISTOLOGY (4) Southwick
A study of the fundamental body tissues of vertebrates followed by
a study of the histology of the various body systems. 2 lee. and 4 lab.
Prereq., 120 or 121. (2nd sem., yearly.)
305. PRINCIPLES OF PHYSIOLOGY (4) Rowles
Physio-chemical composition of living material; properties of solu-
tions, membranes and enzymes; physiology of various body systems.
Not open for graduate credit to students majoring in physiology. 2 lee.
and 6 lab. Prereq., 120 or 121, Chem. 2 or 4. (Organic chemistry valuable.
(1st sem., yearly.)
308. PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE (2) Rowles
An analysis of the manner in which the various organs of the body
meet the requirements of physical activity as related to oxygen debt,
fatigue, efficiency, diet, age, sex, body type, race, altitude, and environ-
mental temperature. Course designed for majors and graduate students
in physiology, physical education and athletics. Prereq., Zool. 134, or
120 or 121 and 235 or 305. (2nd sem., yearly.)
309. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY (4) Rowles
Introduction to physical chemistry of true and colloidal solutions;
principles of enzyme action; chemistry of and tests for: carbohydrates,
proteins, fats; digestion and metabolism; chemical analysis of: blood,
bile, milk, urine. 2 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 4 hrs. physiology, Chem. 113
and 117. (1st sem., yearly.)
311. GENERAL BACTERIOLOGY (4) Frey
A study of the structure, classification, and relationships of bac-
teria; preparation of cultures, staining, and biochemical reactions. Not
open for graduate credit to majors in bacteriology. 2 lee. and 4 lab. Pre-
req., 4 and Chem. 113 or 201. (Each semester.)
312. PATHOGENIC BACTERIOLOGY (4) Lawrence
Microorganisms in relation to diseases. A study of disease manifes-
tations, methods of transmission, means of protection and immunity.
2 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 311. (1st sem., yearly.)
314. MICROBIOLOGICAL TECHNICS (2) Frey, Lawrence
A practical course designed to give the student extensive experience
in the use of bacteriological technics and equipment. 4 lab. Prereq., 311
or 241 and organic chemistry. (1st sem., yearly.)
316. ANIMAL PARASITES (4) Lawrence
A study of parasites in relation to human disease. Parasites infest-
ing man, their life histories, the diseases they produce, and means of
prevention. 2 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 10 hrs. and permission. (2nd sem.,
yearly.)
317. ADVANCED GENERAL BACTERIOLOGY (4) Lawrence
A study of bacteria as living systems. Subjects considered will in-
clude: growth requirements, enzyme systems, intermediary and end
products formed, influence of environmental factors and bacterial tax-
onomy. 2 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 311 or 241 and organic chemistry. (2nd
sem., yearly.)
Zoology 301
320. ADVANCED ENTOMOLOGY (4) Stehr
Study of insect morphology and the principles of insect classification
and identification, with emphasis on the more extensive orders. 2 lee.
and 4 lab. Prereq., 219. (2nd sem., 1958-59.)
325-326. INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY (4-4) Stehr
A study of the structure, relationships, and life histories of repre-
sentative members of the various invertebrate phyla, together vdth re-
lated general principles. 2 lee. and 4 lab. Prereq., 10 hrs. and permission.
(1959-60.)
327. ANIMAL ECOLOGY (4) Seiberf
A study of the effect of environment on animals; the role of temper-
ature, moisture, gases, photoperiod, metabolism, osmotic regulation on
ecological distribution; physiological and structural adaptations. Experi-
mental methods in field and laboratory. 2 lee. and 4 lab. or field work.
Prereq., 216. (1st sem. 1959-60.)
343. BIOLOGICAL STUDIES ( Uo 4 a semester in any of the following areas)
Semi-independent studies under the guidance of the instructor. Max-
imum credit in any one area, 8 hrs. Prereq., 10 hrs. and permission.
a. Bacteriology — studies in water, dairy, and pathogenic bacteri-
ology; serology and advanced technic. Frey, Lawrence.
b. Ecology — field and laboratory studies of the relation between
animals and their surroundings. Seibert, Southwick, Stehr.
c. Entomology — classification, structure, life histories, and economic
aspects of insects. Stehr.
d. Genetics — breeding experiments, pedigree analysis and library
work in the field of heredity. McQuate, Tullis.
e. Invertebrate Zoology — classification, structure, embryology, and
life history of invertebrates. Peterson, Stehr.
f. Parasitology — animal parasites. Lawrence, Peterson.
g. Physiological Zoology — physiological and related experimental
studies. Vallowe, Rowles.
h. Readings in Biology — readings dealing with biological history,
theory, and advances. Stehr.
i. Technician's Methods — technic and theory of blood, urine, gas-
tric analysis, fecal examination, and serological methods. Frey.
j. Vertebrate Anatomy — gross and microscopic anatomy, embryol-
ogy, histological technic. Elliott, Peterson.
k. Vertebrate Zoology — classification, life history studies. Seibert,
Vallowe.
413. BACTERIOLOGICAL REVIEW (2) Frey
An advanced theoretical course in bacteriology. Special reference is
made to dissociation, bacterial growth curves, anaerobiasis, oxidation
and reduction, and bacterial metabolism. Prereq., 12 hrs. bactei'iology
and permission. (Given upon sufficient demand.)
415. PHYSIOLOGICAL REVIEWS (2) Rowles
An advanced lecture and conference course, involving literature re-
view in various specialized phases of physiology and biological chem-
istry. Prereq., 8 hours of physiology and biological chemistry and per-
mission. (Given upon sufficient demand.)
302 Ohio University
485. RESEARCH IN BIOLOGY (lto4) Staff
Research work in all areas listed under 343. This course fulfills
the thesis requirement. Maximum credit in course, 4 hrs. Prereq., 20
hrs. and permission.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Mount Carmei Hospital Staff: H. B. Davidson, M. D. Director
The following courses are offered at Mount Carmei Hospital, Col-
umbus, Ohio. See curriculum on page 106.
291. URINALYSIS Four weeks (3)
The physical, chemical, and microscopic study of urine.
292. HEMATOLOGY Eight weeks (5)
Total red and white blood counts, hemoglobin determinations, differ-
ential counts of white blood cells, sedimentation rates, blood typing, and
blood cross-matching.
293. BACTERIOLOGY. SEROLOGY, AND PARASITOLOGY Eight weeks (11)
Review of medical bacteriology with particular emphasis upon and
reference to methods of recognition and detection of types of bacteria;
methods in which blood serum can be used in recognition and diagnosis
of disease; review of parasites pathogenic to man; methods of examin-
ing feces; microscopic and bacteriologic study of sputum.
294. CHEMISTRY Thirteen weeks (8)
A study of the methods of blood chemistry determinations; methods
of gastric analysis and the more complicated chemical procedures for
urine and other body products.
295. HISTOLOGIC TECHNIC Six weeks (4)
Review of fundamental procedures in the preparation of tissue for
microscopic examination; study of special stains commonly used in
microscopic examination of human tissue; experience in handling, on a
routine basis, large amounts of human tissue for microscopic study.
296. BASAL METABOLISM AND ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY Two weeks (1)
Study of the methods of determining the basal metabolic rate, a
study of the electrocardiograph and methods of taking electrocardio-
graphic tracings.
OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY
(As of December 1, 1957)
Board of Trustees
General Administrative
In the Colleges
Administrative Assistants
Committees
Emeriti
Instruction
Staff
OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Term Expires
H. E. Frederick, Marysville 1958
Harvey B. Jordan, Pittsburgh 1959
John W, Galbreath, Columbus 1960
Fred H. Johnson, Columbus 1961
Gordon K. Bush, Athens 1962
Joseph B. Hall, Cincinnati 1963
C. Don McVay, Athens 1964
OFFICERS OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
John W. Galbreath Chairman
Fred H. Johnson Vice Chairman
Paul R. O'Brien Secretary
COMMIHEES OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES*
Athletics and Public Relations — McVay, Frederick, Bush
Executive — Johnson, Bush, Jordan, Hall
Faculty Relations — Hall, Frederick, McVay
Finance — Jordan, Johnson, McVay
Inter-University Relations — Bush, Hall, Johnson, Frederick
Library — Frederick, Hall, Jordan
Planning, Building, and Land Purchase — Bush, Johnson, McVay, Jordan
•The President of the University and the Secretary of the Board are ex-officio members
of all committees. The first person listed is Chairman.
304
General Administrative Officers 305
GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS
John Calhoun Baker, M.B.A., D.C.S., LL.D, President of the
University
Cutler Hall
Erma Irene Anderson, M.S.Ed. Assistant Dean of Women
McGuffey Hall
Burton Staley Andrews, B.S.Ed., Lieutenant Colonel, Infantry
Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Carnegie Hall
Richard Lowell Bitters, B.S.J Director of Press Relatione
Cutler Hall
Janice Battin Bexler, B.S.Ed. Director of the Ohio University Center
Ohio University Center
Bernard Ralph Black, Ed.D. Assistant Dean of the University
College
Cutler Hall
Martha Essman Cleveland, B.S.S.S Executive Assistant in the
Office of the President
Cutler Hall
Gilford White Crowell, Ed.D. Director of the Center for Educational
Services, and Acting Director of the Slimmer
Session and University Extension
Wilson Hall
Joseph Harrison Dando, A.B. Director of Men's Residence Halls
Jefferson Hall
Margaret Keehne Davis, A.M. Director of Residence Services
McGuffey Hall
Margaret Mary Deppen, M.S. Dean of Women
McGuffey Hall
Brandon Tad Grover, B.S.Ed. Assistant to the President
Cutler Hall
Albert Carl Gubitz, A.M. Dean of the Ohio University Branches and
Director of the Bureau of Appointments
Cutler Hall
James Robert Heady, B.S.C. Director of Non-Academic Personnel
Ewing Hall
306 Ohio Univeiesity
Martin Luther Hecht, Jr., B.S.C. Alumni Secretary
Cutler Hall
William Henry Herbert, A.M. Purchasing Agent
Service and Storage Building
Arthur Maurel Hunkins, A.M Dean of Men
McGuffey Hall
Myron Albert Hutcheson, B.S.J Director of Student Financial Aids
McGuffey Hall
Robert Hanna Jones Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds
Ewing Hall
Vincent Joseph Jukes, A.M Director of Radio, Television,
and Audio-Visual Services, and
Coordinator of Veterans Affairs
29 South College
David Neal EIeller, B.S.J., M.S. Editor of "The Ohio Alumnus"
Cutler Hall
Luverne Frederick Lausche, B.S. Business Manager
Ewing Hall
James Henry Lochary, M.Ed Assistant Dean of Men
McGuffey Hall
Robert Ernst Mahn, A.M. Registrar and University Editor
Ewing Hall
Robert Edward Matson, M.Ed Assistant Dean of Men
McGuffey Hall
Frederick Hotchkiss McKelvey, Ed.D Director of the Summer
Session and University Extension (on leave)
Wilson Hall
Caleb Powers Moberly, M.L., Lieutenant Colonel, Air Force Professor
of Air Science
Carnegie Hall
Paul Raymond O'Brien, A.B.C. Treasurer
Ewing Hall
James Ruey Patrick, Ph.D. R.O.T.C. Coordinator
Carnegie Hall
Anthony Martin Reis, B.S.C. Director of Housing
McGuffey Hall
Bertram Allison Renkenberger, Ph.D. Adviser to Foreign Students
29 South College
Administrative Officers in the Colleges 307
Edward Eugene Rhine, B.F.A., Assistant to the Dean of the
Ohio University Branches
Cutler Hall
Eleonora Louise Schmidt, M.D. Director of the Health Service
Health Center
Edward Alex Sudnick, M.S.Ed. Assistant to the Director of
Admissions and University Examiner
Cutler Hall
Carroll Curtis Widdoes, A.B. Director of the Division of
Physical Education and Athletics
Men's Gymnasium
Clark Emerson Williams, A.B. Director of Admissions, and
University Examiner
Cutler Hall
Walter Woodman Wright, S.B., B.S.L.S. Librarian
Edwin Watts Chubb Library
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS IN THE COLLEGES
Donald Roop Clippinger, Ph.D., LL.D. Dean of the Graduate College
Cutler Hall
Rush Elliott, Ph.D. Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences
Cutler Hall
Francis Newell Hamblin, Ed.D. Dean of the College of Education
Cutler Hall
Karl H. Krauskopf, Ph.D. Acting Dean of the College of Comanerce
Copeland Hall
Gaige Brue Paulsen, Ph.D. Dean of the University College
Cutler Hall
Earl Covert Seigfred, Ph.D. Dean of the College of Fine Arts
Cutler Hall
Edwin James Taylor, Jr., M.S. Dean of the College of Applied
Science
Engineering Building
Karl Ahrendt, Ph.D. Director of the School of Music
Music Hall
Loren Joseph Hortin, A.M., Litt.D. Director of the School of
Journalism
Copeland Hall
Claude Edgar Kantner, Ph.D. Director of the Scliool of Dramatic
Art and Speech
Speech Building
308 Ohio University
Frederick Darwin Leach, Ph.D. Director of the School of Painting
and Allied Arts
EUis Hall
VrviAN Mae Roberts, Ph.D. Director of the School of Home
Economics
Agriculture and Household Arts Building
ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANTS
Mildred Leona Barber Assistant to the Treasurer
Ann Freeman Christian Resident Counselor, Center Dormitory
LUELLA L. Cliffton, B.S.Ed. Secretary of the Graduate College
Mary Carolyn Clutter, M.Ed. Secretary to the Dean,
University College
Rowland Congdon, B.S.J. Assistant in the News Bureau
Mary Kellar Forman, A.B Resident Counselor, Voigt Hall
Lois Pauline Fri, B.S.Ed. Secretary to the Librarian
Omah Olena Gaston, B.S.Ed. Assistant to the Dean, College of
Arts and Sciences
Gladys Howell Gill Auditor of the Students' General Fund
Nellie Brooks Griswold Assistant to the University Recorder
Margaret Christy Harper, A.M. — Resident Counselor, Scott Quadrangle
Amelia Power Hays Resident Counselor, Hoivard Hail
Theresa Marie Heiser, B.S.Ed Secretary of the College of Commerce
Myrle King, B.S.Ed. University Recorder
Mildred Knowles Koehn Assistant Resident Counselor,
Scott Quadrangle
Marion Wilfreda Mair, A.M. Resident Counselor, Lindley Hall
Ethel Hammann Moll Resident Counselor, Jefferson Hall
Ann Elizabeth Mumma, A.M. Secretary of the College of Education
Helena Lenore Palmer, B.S.Ed. Assistant Registrar
Joanne Dove Prisley, A.M Resident Counselor, Bryan Hall
Mary Gertrude Pbitchard Assistant to the Treasurer
John William Roberson, B.S.Ed. Cashier
Paul William Whaley Assistant Purchasing Agent
LuciLE Pierce Wild Resident Counselor, Boyd Hall
University Committees 309
UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES
First person listed is Chairman of Committee
Administrative — Seigfred, Andrews, Baker, Clippinger, Crowell, Deppen,
Elliott, Gubitz, Hamblin, Hunkins, Jukes, Krauskopf, Mahn, Moberly,
Paulsen, Renkenberger, Schmidt, Taylor, Widdoes, Williams, Wright,
and the Chairman of the Faculty Advisory Council
Advisory Council — Crewson, Beckert, Cooper, Fishback, Goedicke, Gus-
tavson, Gusteson, Krantz, LaTourrette, Morton, Murphree, Paige,
Penson, Perry, Picard, Pullen, Quisenberry, W. Roberts, C. Smith,
E. Thompson, Trepp, Whan, Wieman, Wiseman
Campus Affairs — Deppen, Hunkins, Merritt, Murphree, C. Smith, Starks;
student representatives: president. Student Council; two vice presi-
dents, Student Council; president, Men's Union Governing Board;
president, Women's League
Correspondence, Extension, and Adult Education — Crowell, Collins, La-
Follette, Mahn, Morton, Nessley, Paynter, Perry
Executive — Baker, Clippinger, Crowell, Elliott, Gubitz, Hamblin, Kraus-
kopf, Mahn, Paulsen, Seigfred, Taylor, Widdoes, Williams, and the
Chairman of the Faculty Advisory Council
Faculty Lectures — Wray, Beckert, Cady, Gustavson, T, Smith
Fraternity Affairs Council — Lochary, A. Anderson, Fenzel, Hecht, Mur-
phy, P. Peterson, Reamer, the President of Inter-Fraternity Coun-
cil, and one I.F.C. elected student member
Graduate Council — Clippinger, Cady, Cooper, Gambill, Krantz, LaFol-
lette, Levinson, Murphy, Pullen, Randall, Stephenson
Honors Work — Organ, Curry, Fichthorn, Humphreys, Krantz, Mayes,
Quisenberry, Stone, Watkins
Inter-Collegiate Athletics — Hellebrandt, Blickle, Butner, DeVeau, LaFol-
lette, Picard, Wiseman
Library — Wright, Bergsagel, Cherrington, Hicks, Klare, Kline, Lewis,
Murphree, Olpp, Shuster, Wray, and two student representatives
Research — T. Smith, A. Anderson, Chase, Clippinger, Culbert, Harlan,
W, Huntsman, O'Brien, Penson, Soltow, Southwick
Scholarship Encouragement — Collins, Badger, Bane, Brooks, Curry,
Leach, Randall, Reininga, E. Thompson, Wiseman, and three student
representatives
Student Financial Aids Policy — Hutcheson, B. Black, Crowell, Deppen,
Gusteson, Ludlum, Marquis, Matson, O'Brien, Renkenberger, Spon-
seller, Sudnick, and two student representatives
University College — Paulsen, W. E. Baxter, Benz, B. Black, Bradshaw,
Gambill, Jasper, Weaver, Wiseman, and five student representatives
Ways and Means — O'Brien, Bixler, Dando, Davis, Deppen, Grover,
Hunldns, Lausche, Reis
310 Ohio University
OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION
John Calhoun Baker, M.B.A., LL.D., D.C.S. President of the Univer-
sity
DEANS AND PROFESSORS EMERITI
Edith E. Beechel, Ph.D., Professor Emerita of Education
Edwin Watts Chubb, Litt.D., LL.D., Dean Emeritus of the College of
Arts and Sciences
Frank Brown Dilley, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Education
Howard Leroy Dunlap, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
Walter Sylvester Gamertsfelder, Ph.D., L.H.D., LL.D., Trustee Pro-
fessor Emeritus of Philosophy and Ethics
John Robert Gentry, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Psychology
Frank Barnhart Gullum, M.S., Associate Professor Emeritus of
Chemistry
John Ambrose Hess, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of German
Victor Dwight Hill, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Classical Languages
Horace Thomas Houf, A.M., B.D. L.H.D., Professor Emeritus of Phi-
losophy
Ellis Herndon Hudson, M.D., Professor Emeritus of Hygiene
Frederick Hartzler Krecker, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Zoology
George Starr Lasher, A.M., Professor Emeritus of Journalism
Constance Grosvenor Leete, A.M., Assistant Professor Emerita of
Romance Languages
Thomas Cooke McCracken, Ph.D., Dean Emeritus of the College of
Education
Mariam Sarah Morse, A.M., Associate Professor Emerita of Home
Economics
Mary Theodora Noss, Docteur d'Universite', Professor Emerita of
French
George Crawford Parks, Ph.B., Business Manager Emeritus
Ida Mae Patterson, M.S., Associate Professor Emerita of Home Eco-
nomics
Harry Houston Peckham, A.M., Professor Emeritus of English
Clarence Cramer Robinson, Mus.M., Professor Emeritus of Music
AzARiAH BooDY SiAS, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of School Administration
Edwin Bert Smith, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Government
Hiram Roy Wilson, Litt.D., Professor Emeritus of English
0FFICE21S OF Instruction 311
PROFESSORS
Karl Ahrendt, Ph.D., Professor of Music
Elizabeth Genevieve Andersch, Ph.D., Professor of Dramatic Art and
Speech
Amos Carey Anderson, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology
Burton Staley Andrews, B.S.Ed., Lieutenant Colonel, Infantry, Pro-
fessor of Military Science and Tactics
Ralph Ferdinand Beckert, A.M., Professor of Accounting
Harry Edward Benz, Ph.D., Professor of Education
Paul Howard Black, M.S., P/rofessor of Mechanical Engineering
John Frank Cady, Ph.D., Professor of History
Homer Virgil Cherrington, Ph.D., Professor of Finance
Donald Hoop Clippinger, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Chemistry
Carl Herbert Denbow, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics
LAvmENCE Powell Eblin, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry
John Elza Edwards, Ph.D., Professor of Physics
Rush Elliott, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy
Richard Allen Foster, Ph.D., Professor of English
Carl Adam Frey, Ph.D., Professor of Bacteriology
Victor Alfred Goedicke, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics and Astron-
omy
Darrell Bennett Green, Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering
Albert Carl Gubitz, A.M., Professor of Economics
Carl Gustav Gustavson, Ph.D., Professor of History
Francis Newell Hamblin, Ed.D., Professor of Education
EiNAR August Hansen, Ph.D., Professor of Elementary Education
Edwin Theodore Hellebrandt, Ph.D., Professor of Economics and
Management
George Edward Hill, Ph.D., Professor of Education
Loren Joseph Hortin, A.M., Litt.D., Professor of Journalism
Deforest Wilbur Ingerham, Mus.B., Professor of Violin
Claude Edgar Kantner, Ph.D., Professor of Dramatic Art and Speech
Paul Murray Kendall, Ph.!)., Professor of English (on leave 1957-1958)
Karl Hort Krauskopf, Ph.D., Professor of Advertising
Arthur C. LaFollette, Ph.D., Professor of Dramatic Art and Speech
Frederick Darwin Leach, Ph.D., Professor of Painting
Harvey Christian Lehman, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology
312 Ohio University
Robert Houghton Marquis, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics
Lawrence Carl Mitchell, A.M., Professor of Painting
Caleb Powers Mobebly, M.L., Lieutenant Colonel, Air Force, Professor
of Air Science
Robert Lee Morton, Ph.D., Professor of Education
Paul Robert Murphy, Ph.D., Professor of Classical Languages
Lewis Amedeus Ondis, Ph.D., Professor of Romance Philology
Troy Organ, Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy
James Ruey Patrick, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology
Gaige Brue Paulsen, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology
Frederick Quentin Picard, Ph.D., Professor of Economics
Ernest Eugene Ray, M.B.A., C.P.A., Professor of Accounting
Vivian Mae Roberts, Ph.D., Professor of Home Economics
Thurman Carlisle Scott, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology^
Earl Covert Seigfred, Ph.D., Professor of Fine Arts
Forest Leroy Shoemaker, Ph.D., Professor of Education
LORIN COOVER Staats, Ph.D., Professor of Dramatic Art and Speech
William Carl Stehr, Ph.D., Professor of Entomology
Myron Thomas Sturgeon, Ph.D., Professor of Geology
Richard Stephen Uhrbrock, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology
Edna Martha Way, A.M., Professor of Space Arts
Gerald Thomas Wilkinson, Ph.D., Professor of Romance Languages
Edith Armstrong Wray, Ph.D., Professor of English
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Ibvin Poston Badger, M.S.C.E., Associate Professor of Civil Engineer-
ing
Russell Norman Baird, A.M., Associate Professor of Journalism
Allyne Bane, A.M., Associate Professor of Home Economics
Bernard Ralph Black, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Human Relations
Arthur Harry Blickle, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Botany and
Curator of the Museum
Robert Keith Butner, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics
Ernest Monroe Collins, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Government
Harry Bernarr Crewson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics
Gilford White Crowell, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education
Officers of Instruction 313
Thomas Harvey Curry, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemical Engi-
neering
Jesse Harold Day, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry
Archibald Campbell Denison, A.B., B.Ar., Associate Professor of
Architecture
Burton William Deveau, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agriculture
WiLLARD Hubbard Elsbrbe, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Government
John James Evans, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education
Margaret Josephine Felsinger, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education
William Henry Fenzel, B.C.S., A.B., Associate Professor of Account-
ing
William Harrison Fichthorn, D.C.S., Associate Professor of Finance
WILLLA.M Thompson Fishback, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathe-
matics
Paul Hendricks Fontaine, Mus.B., Associate Professor of Piano and
Counterpoint
William Gray Gambill, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Botany
Raymond Harris Gusteson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Government
William Harrell Harlan, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology
Sarah Hatcher, A.M., Associate Professor of Physical Education and
Athletics
William Henry Herbert, A.M., Associate Professor of Commerce
Lewis Franklin Hicks, M.S.M.E., Associate Professor of Mechanical
Engineering
Sbxson Eckels Humphreys, Litt.D., Associate Professor of Journalism
William Duane Huntsman, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry
Robert Kelly Ingham, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry
Samuel Jacob Jasper, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics
Henry John Jeddeloh, A.M., Associate Professor of Sociology
Vincent Joseph Jukes, A.M., Associate Professor of Dramatic Art and
Speech
Charles Richard Kinison, M.S., Associate Professor of Industrial Arts
William Harry Kirchner, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Professor of English
George Roger Klare, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology
Robert Joseph Kline, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry
Lavern Laurell Krantz, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education
314 Ohio University
Paul Gerhardt Krauss, Ph.D., Associate Professor of German
Greta Alecia Lash, A.M., Associate Professor of English
Charlotte Ellen LaTourrettb, A.M., Associate Professor of Physical
Education and Athletics
Luverne Frederick Lausche, B.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical
Engineering
James Vantine Lawrence, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Bacteriology
Herbert Lederer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of German
David Levinson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics
Edward Perrin Lynn, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education
Oscar Earle McClure, A.M., Associate Professor of Electrical Engi-
neering and Physics
Frederick Hotchkiss McKelvey, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Edu-
cation (on leave 1957-1958)
Raymer McQuiston, A.M., Associate Professor of English
Wilma Katherine Miller, Pe.D., Associate Professor of Physical Edu-
cation and Athletics
Olin Dee Morrison, A.M., Associate Professor of History
Idus Laviga Murphree, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Social Science
and Philosophy
Allen Alexander Nellis, Jr., A.M., Associate Professor of Engineer-
ing Drawing
Carl Tussing Nessley, Ed.M., Associate Professor of Physical Educa-
cation and Athletics, and Assistant Director of Physical Education
and Athletics
Frank Theodore Paige, A.M., Associate Professor of Industrial Arts
Roy Hoyt Paynter, M.B.A., Associate Professor of Marketing
Donald Edwin Perry, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Industrial Arts
Philip Lawrence Peterson, Mus.M., Associate Professor of Voice
William Marion Pierce, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics
Maxwell Spencer Pullen, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology
Marie Acomb Quick, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education
Roger Christian Quisenberry, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Electrical
Engineering
Charles Addison Randall, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics
Robert Scott Raymond, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Marketing
Officers of Instruction 315
Warren Henry Reininga, M.C.S., C.P.A., Associate Professor of Ac-
counting
Bertram Allison Renkenberger, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Ro-
mance Languages
Arthur Henry Rhoads, A.M., Associate Professor of Physical Educa-
tion and Athletics
James Van Nostran Rice, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Romance
Languages
Carl Henry Roberts, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education
Emmett Rowles, A.m., Associate Professor of Physiology
Henri Cleret Seibert, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Zoology
Richard Royal Selleck, M.S., Associate Professor of Electrical Engi-
neering.
GusTAVUS Edward Smith, M.S.E.E., Associate Professor of Electrical
Engineering
Thomas Stevenson Smith, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics
Le33 Carl Soltow, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Statistics
Charles Clinton Spivey, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Management
Doris Mae Sponseller, A.M., Associate Professor of Secretarial Studies
Gilbert Arthur Stephenson, Mus.M., Ed.D., Associate Professor of
Music Education
Harry Rorert Stevens, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History
Edward Stone, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English
Neil Duncan Thomas, B.S.C.E., Associate Professor of Engineering
Drawing
Eric Thompson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English
William John Trautwein, A.B., Associate Professor of Physical Edu-
cation and Athletics, and Associate Director of Athletics
Joseph Peter Trepp, A.M., Associate Professor of Physical Education
and Athletics
Arthur Thomas Turnbull, Jr., M.S., Associate Professor of Journalism
Atwell Milton Wallace, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Botany
Carroll Curtis Widdoes, A.B., Associate Professor of Physical Educa-
tion and' Athletics
Hazel Mae Willis, A.M., Associate Professor of Design
Isabelle McCoy Work, A.M., Associate Professor of Space Arts
316 Ohio University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Edith Trelease Aney, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English
Marguerite Elizabeth Appel, A.M., Assistant Professor of Secretarial
Studies
Merrill Forrest Aukland, M.S., Assistant Professor of Geography and
Geology
Alan Albert Barnhill, M.S.Ed., Assistant Professor of Engineering
Drawing
Robert Lewis Bartels, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Educa-
tion and Athletics, and Swimming and Tennis Coach
Willard Ellis Baxter, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics
William Spiers Baxter, A.M., Assistant Professor of Journalism
Frank Dawson Bean, A.M., Assistant Professor of Education
Jack Bruno Bellomo, B.S., Captain, QvM/rtermaster Corps, Assistant
Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Morton Benson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of German and Russian
John Dagfinn Bergsagel, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Musicology
Mary Dee Blayney, A.M., Assistant Professor of Music Education
Kermit Allen Blosser, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Educa-
tion and Athletics, Assistant in Football and Basketball, and Golf
Coach
Homer Leslie Bradshaw, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology
Wendell Victor Flagg Brooks, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
William Reuben Brophy, Mus.M., Assistant Professor of Brass Instru-
ments, and Assistant Director of Bands
LuRENE Brown, A.M., Assistant Professor of English
Harrison Butterworth, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English
Laurence Vivla.n Calvin, A.M., Assistant Professor of Industrial Arts
Wallace John Cameron, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Romance Lan-
guages
Cosmo Anthony Catalano, M.F.A., Assistant Professor of Dramatic
Art and Speech
Virgil George Catlin, B.S. Major, Artillery, Assistant Professor of
Military Science and Tactics
William Weymouth Chase, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education
Paul Leighton Conkling, Mus.M., Assistant Professor of Violoncello
Willlam Hickerson Cooper, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education
Officers of Instruction 317
Mary Letitia Cowan, A.M., Assistant Professor of Home Economics
Taylor Culbert, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English
Robert Leslie Daniel, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History
Margaret Keehne Davis, A.M., Assistant Professor of Home Economics
Ray Edward Dawson, Ph.D., C.P.A,, Assistant Professor of Finance
Clara Hockridge DeLand, A.M., Assistant Professor of Education
Esther Mae Dunham, A.M., Assistant Professor of Education
Oscar Raymond Eggers, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology
Agnes Lydia Eisen, A.M., Assistant Professor of Education
John Thomas Everett, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government
Roy Phillip Fairfield, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government
Robert Dittrick Falkner, A.B., Captain, Air Force, Assistant Profes-
sor of Air Science
Lawrence Joseph Gallaher, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics
Paul Allen Games, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology
Stanley Grean, A.B., B.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy
Archie McIntosh Greer, M.F.A., Assistant Professor of Dramatic Art
and Speech
Paul Wandell Hagensick, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy
Virginia Hahne, A.M., Assistant Professor of Dramatic Art and Speech
Sherwood Eastabrook Hall, Mus.M., Assistant Professor of Music
Theory
Richard Errol Ham, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Dramatic Art and
Speech
Esther Jane Hand, A.M., Assistant Professor of English
Clifford Charles Heffelfinger, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical
Education and Athletics, and Assistant Football Coach
Harry Lee Hoffee, M.S.E.E., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engi-
neering
Rodney Taber Hood, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Julian Pelham Hopkins, B.S., Captain, Air Force, Assistant Professor
of Air Science
David Lee Hostetler, M.F.A., Assistant Professor of Ceramics
Lowell B. Howard, LL.B., A.M., Assistant Professor of Biisiness Law
Reginald Terrell Irvin, A.M., Captain, Air Force, Assistant Professor
of Air Science
318 Ohio University
Laurence Eugene Jennings, Mus.M., Assistant Professor of Piano
Gilbert Roland Johns, A.B., Assistant Professor of Psychology
Virginia Knecht, A.M., Assistant Professor of English
Allen Raymond Kresge, Assistant Professor of Organ and Harmony
Christopher Charles Lane, A.M., Assistant Professor of Dramatic
Art and Speech (on leave, first semester 1957-58)
Mary Katherine Leonard, A.M., Assistant Professor of School Design
Mary Ann Lewis, M.S., Assistant Professor of Hom,e Economics
John Francis Lindley, M.S.C.E., Assistant Professor of Civil Engi-
neering
George Henry Lobdell, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History
William Ransom Longstreet, A.M., Mus.B., Assistant Professor of
Piano
Thomas Spencer Ludlum, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Dramatic Art
and Speech
Rubye Mitchell Macaulby, M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Eco-
nomics
Charles Ray Mayes, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History
John Truman McQuate, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology
(on leave 1957-58)
Evangeline Merritt, Mus.M., Assistant Professor of Voice
Charles Minelli, M.Mus.Ed., Assistant Professor of Music and Direc-
tor of Bands
Grace MacGregor Morley, A.M., Assistant Professor of Music Educa-
tion
Julia Jane Nehls, M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics
Margaret Viola Nelson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Education
Donald Henry Niesse, M.S.M.E., Assistant Professor of Mechanical
Engineering
John Emil Nygaard, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology
William Henry Olpp, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Fine Arts
Ronald Ramon Olsen, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics
Mabel Beryl Olson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Education
George Kerlin Park, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology
Edward Martin Penson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Dramatic Art
and Speech
Officers of Instruction 319
Wesley John Peterson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology
WiLLARD Brooks Phelps, A.M., Assistant Professor of Geology
Leona Mabel Pickard, A.M., Assistant Professor of English
Milton Ernest Ploghoft, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education,
and Principal, Unive/rsity Elementa/ry School
Clifford Waldemer Reims, Mus.M., Assistant Professor of Voice
Frank Brough Rickey, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education
and Athletics, Freshman Football Coach, and Assistant in Baseball
David Richmond, M.S., Assistant Professor of Advertising
Helen Hedden Roach, A.B., Assistant Professor of Voice
Donald Owen Roberts, M.F.A., Assistant Professor of Design
William Samuel Roberts, Jr., Captain, Infantry, Assistant Professor
of Military Science and Tactics
Edward Gerhard Russ, M.S.C.E., Assistant Professor of Civil Engi-
neering
Fred Schleicher, Jr., B.S.Ed., Assistant Professor of Physical Educa-
tion and Athletics, Head Athletic Trainer, and Varsity Wrestling
Coach
Beulah Elizabeth Sellers, A.M., Assistant Professor of Home Eco-
nom.ics
Norman Emil Sexauer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Lee Martin Sherman, B.S., Captain, Infantry, Assistant Professor of
Military Science and Tactics
James Trusler Shipman, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physics
Albert Henry Shuster, Jr., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education
Joseph Richard Sligo, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education
Charles Logan Smith, M.F.A., Assistant Professor of Design
Ralppi Dorrance Smith, M.S.M.E., Assistant Professor of Mechanical
Engineering.
William Burton Smith, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
James Edgar Snyder, B.S.Ed., Assistant Professor of Physical Educa-
tion and Athletics, and Head Basketball Coach
Charles Henry Southwick, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology
Ray Frederick Spring, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Esther Bell Starks, A.M., Assistant Professor of Education
Thomas Franklin Storm, M.S., Assistant Professor of Psychology
320 Ohio University
FoLDEN Burt Stumpf, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics
Harold Roland Swardson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English
Robert Frederick Sympson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Joseph Eugene Thackrey, A.M., Assistant Professor of Music Educa-
tion
James Ying-Peh Tong, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Florence Elizabeth Ullmann, M.S.Ed., Assistant Professor of Educa-
tion
Henry Howard Vallowe, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology
Monroe Thomas Vermillion, M.S., Assistant Professor of Botany
Dorotha Macil Via, A.M., Assistant Professor of Secreta/rial Studies
Mary Ward, A.M., Assistant Professor of Education
Lloyd Irion Watkins, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Dramatic Art and
Speech
Betty Maria Weaver, M.B.A., C.P.S., Assistant Professor of Secretarial
Studies
Edgar William Whan, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English, and Di-
rector of English Composition
Robert Colyer Wickham, M.S., Assistant Professor of Engineering
Drawing
Karl Leo Wiegand, A.M., First Lieutenant, Air Force, Assistant Pro-
fessor of Air Science
Robert Morgan Wieman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy
Janet Purser Wilson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Education
Gordon Wiseman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Dramatic Art and
Speech
Warren Arthur Wistendahl, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Botany
James Gardnehi Witte, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics
Karl Escott Witzler, Mus.M., Assistant Professor of Woodwind In-
struments
David Edward Wood, B.S., Captain, Air Force, Assistant Professor of
Air Science
Helen Wisgerhof Worstell, M.S., Assistant Professor of Sociology
Robert Michael Wren, B.S.Ed., Assistant Professor of Physical Edu-
cation and Athletics, Head Baseball Coach, and Assistant in Foot-
ball
Walter Woodman Wright, S.B., B.S.L.S., Assistant Professor of
Library Science
Thomas Bard Zimmerman, A.B., First Lieutenant, Air Force, Assistant
Professor of Air Science
Officers of Instruction 321
INSTRUCTORS
John Harry Adams, M.S., Instructor in Industrial Arts
Ivan Charles Allen, Master Sergeant, Instructor in Military Science
and Tactics
James Joseph Armbruster, M.Ed., Instructor in Industrial Arts
Richard Alden Beale, M.F.A., Instructor in Design
HoBEaiT Shejrwood Billingsley, M.S., Instructor in Physical Education
and Athletics
Poul Bjerre, M.S.E.E., Instructor in Electrical Engineering
Jacqueline Bolen, B.S.Ed., Instructor in French
Vilma Boros, A.m., Instructor in Dramatic Art and Speech
Robert Curtis Brown, A.M., Instructor in English
William Vernon Canter, Sergeant First Class, Instructor in Military
Science and Tactics
Levoyd Cargill, Master Sergeant, Air Force, Instructor in Air Science
Mildred Carolyn Chutter, A.B., B.S.L.S., Assistant Librarian in
Charge of Cataloguing
John Tapley Clem, Sergeant, Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Sally Joan Comin, A.M., Instructor in Music Theory
Donald Eugene Cornele, Technical Sergeant, Air Force, Instructor
in Air Science
Lyle Rodric Crandall, Sergeant First Class, Instructor in Military
Science and Tactics
Eileen Mary Curran, Ph.D., Instructor in English
Loren Kenneth Davidson, A.M., Instructor in English
Eleanor Ruth Devlin, A.M., Assistant Librarian in Charge of Refer-
ence
Dorothy Margaret Dickinson, B.S.Ed., B.S.L.S., Assistant Librarian
in Charge of Circulation
James Charles Dickinson, A.M., Instructor in Human Relations
Herbert Henry Diekhans, M.S., Instructor in Mathematics
Frank Russell Eaton, M.S.L.S., Assistant Reference Librarian
Ira Stern Eintracht, Master Sergeant, Instructor in Military Science
and Tactics
Joseph Edward Essman, B.S., Acting Instructor in Electrical Engi-
neering
Alfred Berlin Feagin, Technical Sergeant, Air Force, Instructor in
Air Science
322 Ohio University
Edward Joseph Feidner, M.F.A., Instructor in Dramatic Art and
Speech
Joseph Albert Fletcher, B.S.C.E., Acting Instructor in Civil Engi-
neering
Robert M. Freimark, M.F.A., Instructor in Drawing
Jack Gilbert, B.S.J., Instructor in Journalism
Mary Ellen Gillespie, B.S.Ed., Instructor in Physical Education and
Athletics
Joseph Allen Greene, A.M., Instructor in English
Edward Burke Groff, Ph.D., Instructor in English
Suzan S. S. Habachy, A.M., Instructor in Government and History
William Dean Hinkle, Part-time Acting Instructor in Mechanical
Engineering
Robert Goode Hogan, Ph.D., Instructor in English
Donald George Horvath, B.S.E.E., Acting Instructor in Electrical
Engineering
Harry Adolph Hultgren, A.M., Instructor in Classical Languages
Stanley Houser Huntsman, M.S., Instructor in Physical Education
and Athletics, Head Track Coach, and Assistant in Football
Joyce Ilene Jensen, M.S., Instructor in Physical Education and Ath-
letics
Marcia D. Johns, A.B., Part-time Instructor in Psychology
Frank Craig Johnson, M.S., Instructor in Dramatic Art and Speech
Kathryn Ann Johnson, A.M., Instructor in German
Neva Duff Johnson, A.B., Instructor in Mathematics
Margaret Cotton Kasten, A.M., Instructor in English
Marion Elizabeth Kirk, B.S., Assistant Cataloguer
Albert Joseph Korsok, A.M., Instructor in Geography
Shirley Ruth Kreps, B.S.Ed., Acting Instructor in Spanish
Irma Green LaFollette, A.B., B.S.Ed., Instructor in English
Charlotte Lewis Lane, B.S., Part-time Instructor in Dramatic Art
and Speech
Rita Josephine Lauff, M.Ed., Instructor in Mathematics
Miriam Randall LeBoutillier, A.B., Instructor in Mathematics
Wilma Brammell Leety, B.S., Assistant Instructor in Psychology
Paul Lindner Lehrer, A.M., Instructor in Geography
Officers of Instruction 323
Richard Lincoln Lettis, Ph.D., Instructor in English
Alton Fred Lindsay, Airman First Class, Air Force, Instructor in Air
Science
Gertrude Rosalie Ida Linnenbruegge, A.M., Assistant Librarian in
Charge of Work with Children and Young People (on leave, first
semester 1957-58)
Margaret Joyce Lowe, M.S., Instructor in Home Economics
Alexander Duncan MacGibbon, A.M., Instructor in English
Judith Emma Makroczy, M.S., Instructor in Home Economics
John Alexander McComb, B.S.Ed., Instructor in Physical Education
and Athletics
Robert Francis McDonnell, A.M., Instructor in English
John Francis McLaren, B.B.A., C.P.S., Instructor in Accounting
Milan Mihal, M.S.Ed., Instructor in School Design
Dorothy Elizabeth Caroline Mintzlaff, A.M., Instructor in English
SVEN Eric Molin, Ph.D., Instructor in English
William Edgar Morris, Ph.D., Instructor in English
Jean Ann Murray, R.N., Part-time Instructor in Home Economics
Avis Lorene Murrell, M.B.A., Instructor in Secretarial Studies
Catherine Nelson, A.B., B.S.L.S., Assistant Librarian in Charge of
Book Selection
P. Outhwaite Nichols, Instructor in Journalism
John Raymond O'Neal, M.Ed., Instructor in Physical Education and
Athletics
William Elihu Palmer, A.M., Instructor in English
Joan Elizabeth Price, M.S., Instructor in Home Economics
Richard John Purdum, Ph.D., Instructor in English
Elizabeth Raymond Raymond, A.M., Instructor in English
Charles William Reamer, A.B., Instructor in Journalism
Raul Reyes, A.M., Instructor in Dramatic Art and Speech
June C. Roberts, Part-time Instructor in Art Education and Draiving
James William Robeysek, Sergeant, Instructor in Military Science and
Tactics
Richard Walter Rodgers, M.S., Instructor in Mathematics
Ann Nancy Roe, A.B., Instructor in English
324 Ohio University
Robert Thomas Roe, A.B., Instructor in English
Hugh Francis Rogers, A.M., Instructor in Engineering Drawing
Mary-Lyell Rogers, M.S., Instructor in Home Economics
Charles David Rose, Acting Instructor in Engineering Drawing
Kenneth Milton Saffle, Master Sergeant, Instructor in Military Sci-
ence and Tactics
Marjorie Sams, M.S., Instructor in Physical Education and Athletics
Thomas Cecil Sarchet, M.S., Instructor in Engineering Drawing
James Gray Saunders, M.F.A., Instructor in Dramatic Art and Speech
Vincent Paul Scarmack, Technical Sergeant, Air Force, Instructor in
Air Science
James Francis Sheridan, Ph.D., Instructor in Philosophy
Robert Leroy Shrigley, M.Ed., Instructor in Education
Howard Isaac Shull, A.M., Instructor in Industrial Arts
Robert Dean Smith, Mus.M., Instructor in Brass Instruments
June Corrine Southworth, A.B., B.S.L.S., Assistant Librarian in
Charge of Acquisitions
Albert Rea Squibb, M.Ed., Instructor in Industrial Arts
Daniel Halbert Stright, M.S., Instructor in Agriculture, and Farm
Superintendent
Gertrude Anne Szaroleta, Mus.M., Instructor in Piano (on leave
1957-1958)
Barbara Elizabeth Thompson, B.S.Ed., Instructor in Education
Richard Austin Thompson, Ph.D., Instructor in History
Ernest Toth, M.F.A., Instructor in Industrial Design
Anthony George Trisolini, A.M., Instructor in Dramatic Art and
Speech
James Earl Tullis, M.S., Instructor in Zoology
Erika Ottolea Uhl, M.S., Instoructor in Mathematics
John Malcolm Violette, A.M., Instructor in English
Thomas Archibald Ward, Master Sergeant, Air Force, Instructor in
Air Science
Earl Mervin Weber, A.M., Instructor in Industrial Arts
Arvin Robert Wells, A.M., Instructor in English
Mary Ellen Williams, A.M., Instructor in English
William Franklin Willier, J.D., Instructor in Business Law
The University Branches 325
LECTURERS AND OTHERS
Walter Albert Allen, A.B., Lecturer in Photography
Fred William Cartland, M.S.E.E., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering
Horace B. Davidson, M.D., Director of Internes in Medical Technology
Lily Keleti, Visiting Professor of Piano
Gene Dovglas Kelly, B.S., Lecturer in Ceraviics and Design
Harry Larson, M.S.E., Lecturer in Civil Engineering
George Tyrell LeBoutillier, Lecturer in Architecture
Margaret Liggett, M.S., Itinerant Teacher in Home Economics
Frances Fleda Malone, M.Ed., Lecturer in Music Education
Dwight Mutchler, Lecturer in Drawing
William Wesley Sears, M.M.E., Lecturer in Music Education
Elizabeth Brownson Stanton, Ph.D., Visiting Assistant Professor of
English
HOLLis Spurgeon Summers, Ph.D., Visiting McGuffey Professor of Cre-
ative Writing
Sidney H. Tompkins, Lecturer in Radio and Television, and Chief Engi-
neer of the Broadcasting Services
Betty Truxell, B.F.A., Lecturer in Photography
Clarence Hudson White, Lecturer in Photography
Thomas McKinley Wolfe, M.B.A., Lecturer in Commerce (on leave
1957-1958)
THE UNIVERSITY BRANCHES
Albert Carl Gubitz, A.M., Dean
David William Wilson, A.M., Director, Chillicothe Branch
James John Mains, Jr., M.A., Director, Ironton Branch
H0V7ARD Ernest Kirk, M.A., Director, Lancaster Branch
Eldred Richard Bovenizer, M.Ed., Director, Martins Ferry Branch
Maurice Ralph Elliott, B.S.Ed., Director, Portsmouth Branch
Ellis Bradford Miracle, A.M., Director, Zanesville Branch
326 Ohio University
HEALTH SERVICE
Eleonora Louise Schmidt, M.D., Director
Burt Held, M.D., Associate Physician
Ruth Eileen Matthewson, M.D., Associate Physician
ROARY Adlai Murchison, M.D., Associate Physician
UNIVERSITY TESTING AND VOCATIONAL COUNSELING
Gaige Brue Paulsen, Ph.D., Director
Ardyce Saul Bowling, M.S.Ed., Vocational Counselor
George Roger Klare, Ph.D., Vocational Counselor
INDEX
A
Absences 20, 67
Accounting, Courses in 1V9
Accreditation 14
Activities, Student 41
Administrative Assistants 308
Administrative Officers 305
Admission :
Application for 52
Extension Division 175
Graduate College 160
Subjects in High School 52
Advanced Standing Examinations 57
Advertising, Courses in 180
Advisers, Student 21, 78, 161
Agriculture :
Courses in 181
Curriculum 117
Degree with major in 117
Airport, University 16
Air Science, Courses in 282
Alumni Office 23
Apartments 18
Applications:
Admission 52
Advanced Standing Examination 57
Auditors 60
Board and Room 17
Change of College 61
Extension Division 175
Foreign Student 55
Graduate College 160
Graduation 68
Graduation in Absentia 71, 108
Honors Work 72
Loan Funds 29
Scholarships 24
Applied Music, Courses in 257
Applied Science, College of 82
Appointments, Bureau of 22
Archaeology, Courses in 182
Architectural Engineering 85
Architecture 156
Architecture, Courses in 183
Art, Courses in 184
Art History, Courses in 184
Arts and Sciences, College of 98
Assistantships, Graduate 163, 164
Associate in Arts Diploma 78
Astronomy, Courses in 188
Athletics :
Coaching Staff 265
Fields 16
Intercollegiate 40, 168
Intramural 39, 168
Atomic Energy and Industrial Physics,
Curriculum 104
Auditing Privilege 60
Automobiles, Registration of 62
Awards and Prizes 32
B
Bands, University 45
Biology, Courses in 188, 223
Board and Room 17
Botany, Courses in 189
Branches, University 166, 325
Buildings and Grounds 14
Bureau of Appointments 22
Business Law, Courses in 191
Business Teacher Training 122
0
Cadet Program, Teacher 129
Calendar, University 4
Campus Affairs Committee 41
Cent«r for Educational Service 140
Center, Ohio University 39
Ceramics, Courses in 185
Certificates, Teaching 141
Change of Address 61
Change of College 61
Change Orders, Course 61
Chemical Engineering :
Courses in 209
Degree in 85
Chemistry, Courses in 192
Chorus, University 45
Civil Engineering:
Courses in 210
Degree in 86
Classical Languages, Courses in 194
Clinics:
Health 19
Hearing 21, 145
Speech 21, 145
Clothing and Textiles 92, 241
Colleges 12
Applied Science 82
Arts and Sciences 98
Commerce 116
Education 128
Fine Arts 144
Graduate 160
University 76
Commencement 73
Commerce :
College of 116
Curriculum 119
Degree in 118
Correspondence Study 174
Counseling 21, 326
Courses of Instruction 178
Credit :
Course 178
Extension and Correspondence 174
Grades 68
Graduate 162
Hours 68
827
328
Ohio University
Military Service 57
Residence 71« 162
Curricula 12
Agriculture H'^
Architectural Engineering 85
Architecture 156
Art 154
Art Education 157
Atomic Energy & Industrial
Physics 104
Cadet Program 129
Chemical Engineering 85
iCivil Engineering 86
Commerce 11°
Design 153
Dramatic Art and Speech 146
Electrical Engineering 87
Elementary Education 129
Home Economics 90
Industrial Engineering Option — 89, 120
Industrial Technology 95
Journalism 123
Mechanical Engineering 88
Medical Technology 106
Music 147
Nursing 109
Occupational Therapy 110
Painting and Drawing 154
Photography 157
Physical Education and Athletics 168
Predental 104
Preforestry 105
Prelaw 106
Premedical 107
Prepharmacy HO
Prephysical Therapy HI
Preprof essional 104
Preveterinary Medicine 112
Secondary Education 130
Secretarial Studies 121
Special Subjects, Education 133
Speech 146
Speech and Hearing Therapy 146
Technical Engineering Option 88
D
Dean's List 65
Debate 44
Degrees 12
Bachelor of Arts 99
Bachelor of Fine Arts 144
Bachelor of Science 102
Bachelor of Science with a Major in
Agriculture 117
Bachelor of Science in Architectural
Engineering . 85
Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engi-
neering 85
Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineer-
ing 86
Bachelor of Science in Commerce 118
Bachelor of Science in Education 128
Bachelor of Science in Electrical
Engineering 87
Bachelor of Science in Home
Economics 90
Bachelor of Science in Industrial
Technology 95
Bachelor of Science in Journalism 122
Bachelor of Science in Mechanical
Engineering ; 88
Bachelor of Science in Secretarial
Studies 120
Doctor of Philosophy 160
Master of Arts 13, 160
Master of Business Administra-
tion 13, 160
Master of Education 18, 160
Master of Fine Arts 13, 160
Master of Science 13, 160
Degree, Second Bachelor's 73
Design, Courses in 155, 184
Diploma, Associate in Arts 78
Divisions: 13
Branches 166
Physical Education and Athletics 166
Resei-ve Officers' Training Corps 171
University Extension 174
Dormitories 17
Dramatic Art and Speech, School of 145
Dramatic Art, Courses in 196
Dramatic Organizations 43
Drawing, Courses in 155, 184
E
Economics, Courses in 198
Education, College of 128
Education, Courses in :
Elementary Education 201
Guidance and Counseling 204
History and Philosophy 205
Professional Laboratory Experiences _204
Research and Scientific Techniques 205
School Administration and Super-
vision 206
Secondary Education 203
Special Education, Elementary 202
Teaching Techniques 207
Education, Degrees in 128, 160
Education, Graduate Work 140, 160
Electrical Engineering :
Courses in 212
Degree in 87
Elementary Education :
Courses in 201
Curriculum 129
Emeriti Deans and Professors 310
Employment Opportunities 31
Engineering 82
Admission to 83
Architectural 85
Chemical 85. 210
Civil 86, 210
Courses in 208
Curricula 84
Index
829
Drawing 208
Electrical 87. 212
Industrial Option 89, 120
Mechanical 88, 214
Technical Option 88
English, Courses in 216
English, Proficiency in 69
Entrance Requirements 52
Examinations :
Advanced Standing 57
Graduate Students 160
Medical 20, 52
Testing 21. 53
Expense Estimate 59
Extension Division, University 174
F
Faculty Roster 310
Farm, University 16
Fees and Deposits 58
Fees:
Auditors 58
Board 17
Comprehensive 58
Correspondence Study 58
Extension Class 58
Miscellaneous 59
Private Instruction 58
Refund of 18, 59
Registration 58
Room 17
Summer Session 58
Fellowships, Graduate 163
Finance, Courses in 221
P'inancial Aids, Student 24
Fine Arts :
College of 144
Courses in 222
Degrees in 144, 160
Food Service 17
Foods and Nutrition 92, 238
Foreign Language Requirements
77, 100, 102
Foreign Students 22, 55
Foreign Study Programs 36
Forensic Organizations 43
Fraternities 18, 49
French, Courses in 283
Freshman Year 76
Fund, Ohio University, Inc. 23
G
General Studies, Courses in 223
Geography, Courses in 224
Geology, Courses in 225
German, Courses in 228
Glee Clubs 45
Golf Course, University 16
Government :
Courses in 230
Grades :
Admission 54
Graduation 64
Honors Work 72
Minimum Standard 68, 162
Point Deficiency 65
Probation 66
Reports 64
Transcripts 66
Grading System 63
Graduate College :
Admission 160
Admission to Candidacy 163
Appointments 163
Assistantships and Fellowships 163
Credit 162
Degrees 160
Examinations 163
Program of Study 162
Record Examination 160
Requirements for the Degree 163
Standards of Work 162
Thesis 162
Time Limit 163
Graduation Regulations :
Application 68
Commencement 73
Honors Work 72
In Absentia 71, 108
Major Areas of Study 69
Physical Education 70
Proficiency in English 69
Residence 71
R.O.T.C. 70
Scholastic Average 64, 68
Second Bachelor's Degree 73
Time Limit 72, 163
With Honor 72
Grants-in-Aid 28
Greek, Courses in 195
Guest Artists & Speakers 37
Guidance and Counseling, Courses in 204
Guidance Program 21, 78
«
Health Service, Student 19, 31, 326
History, Courses in 232
History and Philosophy, Education,
Courses in 205
History of the University 12
Home Economics :
Core Courses 91
Courses in 236
Curricula 90
Degree in 90
School of 90
Honors :
Day 65
Dean's List 65
Graduation 65
Work Program 72
Honor Societies 47
Housing 17
Human Relations, Courses in 242
Humanities, Courses in 228
330
Ohio University
I
In Absentia, Graduation 71, 108
Independent Groups 50
Industrial Arts, Courses in 243
Industrial Engineering Option 89, 120
Industrial Technology :
Curriculum 95
Degree in 95
Intercollegiate Athletics 40, 168
Interfratemity Council 49
Intramural Athletics 40, 168
Italian, Courses in 284
Music History and Literature,
Courses in 258
Music Therapy, Courses in 261
N
Natatorium 39
News Bureau 22
Non-Residents of Ohio 53
Non-Thesis Program 162
Nursing Curriculum 109
Journalism :
Courses in 247
Curricula 123
Degree in 122
School of 122
Kindergarten-Primary, Courses in 201
O
Observation and Participation,
Student Teaching 137
Office Management 120
Officers of the University 304
Ohio, Applicants from 54
Ohio, Non-Residents of 53
Ohio, Residents of 53
Ohio University Fund, Inc. 23
Orchestra, University Symphony 45
Out-of-State Applicants 55
Latin, Courses in 195
Law, Preparation for 106, 119
Library Science, Courses in 251
Library, University 37
Living Accommodations 17
Load, Student 60
Loan Funds 29, 31
Location of the University 13
M
Major Areas of Study 69
Management, Courses in 251
Management, Industrial 120
Map of Campus (See front of Catalog)
Marketing, Courses in 253
Married Students, Housing for 18
Mathematics, Courses in 254
Mechanical Engineering :
Courses in 214
Degree in 88
Medical Examination 20, 52
Medical Technology :
Courses in 302
Curriculum 106
Men's Union 43
Military Science, Courses in 283
Military Service, Credit 57
Musevmi, University 38
Music :
Courses in 257
Organizations 45
School of 147
Music Education, Courses in 260
Painting and Allied Arts, School of 154
Painting, Courses in 184
Panhellenic Association 49
Personnel Management 120
Personnel Work, Appointments in 164
Personnel Work, Preparation for 120
Philosophy, Courses in 262
Photography 157
Photography, Courses in 264
Physical Education and Athletics :
Courses in 265
■Curricula 169
Division of 166
Requirement 70
Physical Science, Courses in 223
Physics, Courses in 272
Playshop, University 44
Point-Hour Ratio 63
Predental Curriculum 104
Preforestry Curriculum 105
Premedical Curriculum 107
Preparation for :
Government Foreign Service 106
Juvenile Delinquency & Criminology,
Work in 113
Law 106, 119
Personnel Management 120
Secretarial Work 122
Social Work 111, 291
Teaching 82, 112, 122, 128
Theology 112
Preprofessional Curricula :
Atomic Energy and Industrial
Physics 104
Dental 104
Index
331
Forestry 105
Medical 107
Medical Technology 106
Nursing 109
Optometry 110
Pharmacy 110
Physical Therapy 111
Veterinary Medicine 112
Printing Administration, Courses in — 275
Prizes and Awards 32
Probation Regulations 65
Proficiency in English 69
Psychology, Ck)urses in 275
Public Relations Office 22
Publications, Student 43
R
Radio-Television, Courses in 280
Radio Stations 45
Recreation 39
Refund of Fees 18, 59
Registration 58, 60, 78, 161
Regulations, University 52
Religion, Courses in 262
Religious Organizations 46
Repeating a Course 64
Research and Scientific Techniques,
Education, Courses in 205
Reserve Officers' Training Corps :
Air Science, Courses in 282
Division 171
Military Science and Tactics, Courses
in 283
Requirement 70
Residence Halls 17
Residence Requirement 71, 162
Residents of Ohio 53
Romance Languages, Courses in 283
Romance Philology, Courses in 285
Room and Board 17
Russian, Courses in 286
(S
Scholarship Regulations 63
Scholarships 24, 28, 164
Scholastic Average 64
Scholastic Organizations 47
School Administration and Supervision,
Courses in 206
School of :
Dramatic Art and Speech 145
Home Economics 90
Journalism 122
Music 147
Painting and Allied Arts 154
Sculpture, Courses in 185
Secondary Education :
Courses in 203
Curriculum 130
Degree in 128
Sessions, The 14
Social Organizations 49
Social Policy, Student 41
Social Science, Courses in 223
Social Work, Preparation for 111, 291
Sociology, Courses in 288
Sororities 18, 49
Spanish, Courses in 285
Special Education, Courses in 202
Special Education, Curriculum 133
Special Students 56, 60, 161
Speech, Courses in 292
Speech, Requirement 76
Speech and Hearing Therapy, Courses
in 295
Statistics, Courses in 297
Student :
Activities 41
Advisers 21, 78, 161
Center 39
Council 42
Employment 31
Financial Aids 24
Government Associations 42, 50
Health Service 19
Load 60, 79, 162
Publicationa 43
Teaching 137
Students :
Auditors 60
Classification of 60
Foreign 22, 55
Freshmen 76
Graduate 160
Part-time 56
Special 56, 60, 161
Transfer 55, 56, 162
Summer Session, The 175
Summer Theatre 44
Teaching Certificates 141
Teaching, Preparation for_82, 112, 122, 128
Teaching Techniques, Courses in 207
Technical Engineering Option 88
Television 44
Terminal Programs 78
Testing and Vocational Counseling_21, 326
Testing Program ; 53
Theatre, Summer 44
Theatre, University 43
Theory and Composition, Music,
Courses in 259
Thesis 163
Time Limit for Graduation 72, 163
Trailer Park 19
Training Schools 137, 139
Transfer Student 55, 56, 162
Transcripts 66
Travel-Study Programs 36
Trustees. Board of 304
332
Ohio University
Union, Men's 43
University College, The 76
W
Withdrawal from Course 61
Withdrawal from University 62
Women's League 42
Vacations 4
Vaccination 20, 52
Veterans 21, 57
Vocational and Counseling Service 21
Y.M.CJ^. and Y.W.C-A. 46
Z
Zoology, Courses in
-298
■i
I
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11